Color C60 C70 60 70 Printer
Color C60 C70 60 70 Printer
This service manual covers the following Revision and Modification Information
models When design changes or revisions relating
FUJI XEROX Co. Ltd. to this service manual occur, the overseas
Color C60/C70 Printer technical information or overseas service
Related Materials bulletin may be issued as supplementary
2000HCF Supplementary information until such changes are
2000B1-HCF Supplementary accommodated in the updated version of
this service manual.
4000C1-HCF Supplementary
Finisher C3 Supplementary
Caution Important changes including
Finisher D2/D2P/D3/D4 Supplementary revisions of spare part numbers and
adjustment specifications must
Confidentiality immediately be reflected on the
This service manual is issued intending respective pages of this manual.
use by maintenance service personnel
authorized by FUJI XEROX Co. Ltd.
Copying, transferring or leasing this
manual without prior consent by FUJI
XEROX Co. Ltd. is prohibited.
When a page becomes irrelevant (e.g.
superceded by a replacement page),
destroy the page by burning or shredding
it.
Handle with care to avoid loss or damage
of the manual.
Edited by: Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. Solution Service & Operational Management CS Dept.
Minatomirai Center Bldg.
3-6-1, Minato-mirai, Nishi-ku, Yokohama-shi, Kanagawa, JAPAN 220-0012
For more information on the following product options, please refer to the supplementary options service man- For more information on the options, refer to the options manual.
uals.
2.1 Contents of Manual
Options that can be connected to this product and the versions of the manuals that describe them: This manual is divided into ten chapters as described below.
1 2000B1-HCF 2000B1-HCF Supplementary Service Manual Ver1.6~ Ver1.7~ This chapter describes the troubleshooting procedures other than image quality troubleshooting for this
product.
2 2000HCF 2000HCF Supplementary Service Manual Ver2.7~ Ver2.8~
• Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting
3 4000C1-HCF 4000C1-HCF Supplementary Service Manual Ver1.6~ Ver1.6~
This chapter describes the image quality troubleshooting procedures for this product.
4 Finisher C3 Finisher C3 Supplementary Service Manual Ver1.5~ Ver1.5~
• Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
5 Finisher D4 Finisher D2/D2P/D3/D4 Supplementary Service Manual Ver2.8~ Ver2.9~
This chapter describes the disassembly, assembly, adjustment and replacement procedures for com-
ponents of this product.
A supplementary manual that deals with the Controller FIP in Chapter 2 for this product is also available. • Chapter 5 Parts List
This chapter contains the spare parts information for this product.
However, the release (Ver 1) contents are the same as those that can be found in this manual.
• Chapter 6 General
Table 2 This chapter contains the following information.
Supplementary 6.1 Specifications
No Contents Manual Name Version 6.2 Tools/Service Consumables/Consumables/Modifications
1 ESS related FIP ESS FIP Common Supplementary Service Manual Ver3.6~ 6.3 Service Data
6.4 Service Mode
NOTE: The Ver No. of the above supplementary manual is the information at the release of this manual. • Chapter 7 Wiring Data
It will be updated to Ver 1.1, Ver 1.2, and so on when manuals for other machine types are issued. Make This chapter contains the information about the Wiring Connector List/Locations, the Wiring Data, and
sure to always update your manual to the latest version. The revised content consists of new IOT support the BSD for this machine.
information and updates to existing information. Please use an updated manual. • Chapter 8 Accessories
• Publication Comment Sheet This chapter contains the information on related products.
Enter any comments and/or corrections regarding this service manual into the Publication Comment • Chapter 9 Installation / Removal
Sheet, and send it to the following department. This chapter contains the installation and removal procedures for this product and the options that are
Japan: Solution Service & Operational Management CS Dept. specific to it.
APO/GCO: PSD CS&SD SSOMG FX via OpCo Technical Service Department • Chapter 10 Mechanism & Functions Overview (not yet issued)
Purpose
Used to describe the purposes of Adjustment and Troubleshooting.
Terminology
Table 1 Terminology
Terminology Description
Assy Means Assembly.
TEC Value Abbreviation of Typical Electricity Consumption, which means the standard power
consumption. Read as ’tec’.
For the safety control of the Safety Critical Components and the components specified, follow the regulations
regarding the Safety Critical Components set by Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd.
As to replacement of any component designated SCC, the complete component unit must be replaced. It must
never be disassembled or no individual internal parts of it must be replaced.
Installation of any part other than the ones designated by Fuji Xerox Co. Ltd. shall be strictly prohibited
because it cannot be guaranteed in quality and safety.
Important Information Stored Component (ISC)
This component stores all the important customer information that is input after the installation. When per-
forming replacement, follow the procedures in ’Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment’ to replace/
discard. Make absolutely sure that no customer information gets leaked outside.
Table 1
Counter Names Check Items
DC135 HFSI Counter (Note) Replace the parts whose expiration date is near/has expired its life.
DC118 Jam Counter Check the Items where paper jam occurs frequently.
DC120 Failure Counter Check the Items where failures occur frequently.
NOTE: For the customer who is required to pay for replacing parts, confirm with the customer
before replacement.
Table 2
Counter Names Check Items
DC135 HFSI Counter (Note) Replace the parts whose expiration date is near/has expired its life.
DC118 Jam Counter Check the Items where paper jam occurs frequently.
DC120 Failure Counter Check the Items where failures occur frequently.
NOTE: For the customer who is required to pay for replacing parts, confirm with the customer
before replacement.
1.3 Detailed Contents of the Service Call 1.4 TRIM Check List
1.3.1 Initial Actions During each service call, perform the following Items.
1. Ask the operator(s) about the machine condition.
Table 1
• Frequency and location of recent paper jams
No. Servicing Items Service Details
• Copy Quality
2. Record the copy meter readings. 1 Check Items before Ser- • Check the overall copy quality using the Test Chart (including check-
3. Inspect the error copy then check the machine. vicing ing of machine operating sound)
4. Check the copy sample at Last Call and the Service Log. 2 Check Items before Ser- • Check the HFSI/Jam/Failure Counters
vicing
1.3.2 Checking Reproducibility of Problem
1. Check the trouble status by carrying out Level 1 Troubleshooting in ’Chapter 2 Troubleshooting’. 3 Check Items before Ser- • Check for uneven density/deletion/Drum scratches/IBT Belt
2. Perform the appropriate Items in the Level 2 Troubleshooting in ’Chapter 2 Troubleshooting’. vicing scratches, etc. in A3 ROS Halftone
3. If there are no applicable Items, troubleshoot by referring to ’Chapter 7 BSD’.
1.3.3 Checking Copy Quality 4 Clean the interior of the 1. Check and clean the paper transport roller (including MSI).
machine 2. Check and clean the toner residue on the paper transport path
1. Make an A3 copy using the Test Chart (499T276), then check the quality.
(Clean the paper trans- (including Fusing Chute), as well as the contamination, paper dust,
• Check each drum, the IBT, and the Heat Roll for scratches. port system) and paper strips on the jam sensor.
• Check the copy quality (Y, M, C, K) for the color balance, color shift, density (color) uneveness, and
5 Clean the Optics/DADF 1. Clean the Platen Cushion, surface of Platen Glass, and CVT Glass
poor low density reproducibility. using the optical cleaning cloth.
1.3.4 TRIM Servicing 2. Clean the DADF Nudger/Feed/retard Roll and the CCD (CIS) for 2
Perform TRIM servicing during a service call to maintain the machine performance. Sided auto scanning
6 Clean the D-Finisher Clean the Chute/Roller/Sensor of the Finisher paper transport path
1. Perform the necessary TRIM Items following the TRIM Check List. The following Item must be performed (300KPV)
at each service call.
7 Perform Calibration Perform Calibration -> Perform for copying and printer 1.
• Check the Toner Waste Bottle. [Color MC only]
NOTE:
2. Check the parts that require periodical cleaning/replacement by referring to the records in the Periodical
Cleaning/Replacement List and the Report/List (HFSI Counter). Clean them if necessary. After replace- • When Color Balance has been set by customer -> It is necessary
ment, always clear the relevant counters on the DC135 HFSI screen. to check with customer
8 Functional Check Functional Check
• Copy Function/Printer Function etc.
9 Consumable Compo- 1. Check the remaining amount in the Toner Cartridge, Toner Waste
nent Check Bottle and paper trays. Replace them if necessary.
2. Clean the operating parts (around the Toner Cartridge and Toner
Waste Bottle)
10 Safety Precautions 1. Make sure that the power plug is plugged in properly.
2. Make sure that there are no cracks on the power plug and the cable
core is not exposed.
3. Make sure that no extension cord with insufficient capacity or power
cord outside the specification for off-the-shelf power strips is used.
4. Make sure that a single socket does not have multiple power plugs
plugged into it.
11 Check Items after Servic- 1. Check the overall copy quality (print quality) using the Test Chart.
ing 2. Check the meter
1.5 Periodic Replacement Parts Table 1
Check the parts that require periodical cleaning/replacement for the number of copies, the number of revolu- Replacement
tion of the Drum/IBT Belt and number of field sheets at servicing. Clean or replace them if necessary. The his- No Item Interval PL No. HFSI Reference
tory can be checked in the DC135 HFSI of Diag Mode (refer to Chapter 6 Service Mode). For the Items that 13 Feeder Unit 1,500 Kfeed #1: PL 12.1 Item6 954-837#1) *Including HCF-
cannot be checked in HFSI, clean or replace them according to the replacement intervals (standard PV). #2: PL 12.1 Item11 954-838(#2) installed machines
#3: PL 12.3 Item4 954-839(#3)
CAUTION #4: PL 12.3 Item11 954-840(#4)
Do not place the drawing materials such as toner, developer, and drum in the car for long periods of time. MSI: PL 13.3 Item8 954-841(*MSI)
14 DADF-250(Color) 200 Kfeed PL 54.18 Item3 955-806
Table 1 Feed Roll
Replacement 15 DADF-250(Color) 200 Kfeed PL 54.18 Item4 955-806
No Item Interval PL No. HFSI Reference Nudger Roll
1 IBT Belt 600 KPV PL 6.3 Item14 954-814 16 DADF-250(Color) 200 Kfeed PL 54.21 Item4 955-806
Retard Roll
2 IBT Belt CLN Assy 300 KPV PL 6.3 Item1 954-815 Cleaning the Sensor.
17 2000HCF:Feed/ 300 Kfeed 954-825 Replace the Feed/
3 2 nd BTR Unit 300 KPV PL 14.1 Item32 954-813
Nudger/Retard Roll Nudger/Retard Rolls
4 Developer and 1,500 KPV PL 8.6 Item10(Y) 954-805(Y) When replacing due
at the same time.
Developer Unit PL 8.6 Item12(M) 954-806(M) to end of life, replace
PL 8.6 Item13(C) 954-807(C) both Developer and 18 2000HCF: Take 1,500 Kfeed 954-833
Away Roll ASSY
PL 8.6 Item4(K) 954-808(K) Developer Unit at the
same time. 19 2000B1-HCF:MSI 1,500 Kfeed 954-854
Take Away Roll
5 CC ASSY 91 KPV PL 8.1 Item3 954-804
20 2000B1-HCF:Tray 300 Kfeed 954-855 Replace the Feed/
6 Fusing Unit 200 KPV PL 7.1 Item2 954-819 A4 LEF equivalent
Feed/Retard/ Nudger/Retard Rolls
7 Ozone Suction Fil- 840 KPV PL 4.1 Item1 954-817 Nudger Roll at the same time.
ter
21 2000B1-HCF:Take 1,500 Kfeed 954-856
8 CC Filter 280 KPV PL 4.3 Item16 954-816 Count up:
Away Roll
• B&W print:+1
22 4000C1-HCF:Tray 300 Kfeed 954-843 Replace the Feed/
• Color print:+2 1 Feed/Retard/ Nudger/Retard Rolls
9 Every Tray: Feed/ 300 Kfeed #1: PL 12.7 Item13 954-820(#1) Replace the Feed/ Nudger Roll at the same time.
Nudger/Retard Roll #2: PL 12.9 Item13 954-821(#2) Nudger/Retard Rolls 23 4000C1-HCF:Tray 300 Kfeed 954-844 Replace the Feed/
#3: PL 12.11 Item13 954-822(#3) at the same time. 2 Feed/Retard/ Nudger/Retard Rolls
#4: PL 12.13 Item13 954-833(#4) Nudger Roll at the same time.
10 MSI:Feed/Nudger/ 300 Kfeed Feed: PL 13.6 Item14 954-824 Replace the Feed/ 24 4000C1-HCF:MSI 1,500 Kfeed 954-842
Retard Roll Nudger: PL 13.6 Nudger/Retard Rolls T/A Roll
(Including HCF- Item15 at the same time.
25 4000C1-HCF:Tray 1,500 Kfeed 954-845
installed machines) Retard: PL 13.6
1 Takeaway Roll
Item13
1,500 Kfeed #1: PL 12.17 Item14 954-827(#1) 26 4000C1-HCF:Tray 1,500 Kfeed 954-846
11 Main Proces-
#2: PL 12.17 Item14 954-828(#2) 2 Takeaway Roll
sor:Take Away Roll
ASSY #3: PL 12.17 Item14 954-829(#3)
MSI:Take Away #4: PL 12.17 Item14 954-830(#4)
Roll ASSY MSI: PL 15.1 Item6 954-831(MSI)
12 Take Away Clutch 1,500 Kfeed #1: PL 12.19 Item14 954-835(#1)
1,2 #2: PL 12.19 Item14 954-836(#2)
Table 1
Voltage Level Range
+3.5VDC (H) +3.33 ~ +3.68VDC
(L) 0.0 ~ +1.0VDC
+5VDC (H) +4.85 ~ +5.36VDC
(L) 0.0 ~ +1.0VDC
+12VDC (H) +11.4 ~ +12.6VDC
(L) 0.0 ~ +1.5VDC
+13.3VDC (H) +12.64 ~ +13.97VDC
(L) 0.0 ~ +1.5VDC
NOTE: Some codes in IOT Fault Code (024-xxx) are repeated in 2.2 IIT, IOT & Option FIP. In that
case, refer to the procedures in both sections.
NOTE: In OF-xxx, the replacing parts ’IISS PWB’, ’IOT PWB’, and ’ESS PWB’ are used. However,
they are also referred to as IIT/IPS PWB, MCU PWB, and Mother PWB respectively in some
machines. The function names need to be replaced with machine-specific PWB to perform replace-
ment.
2.1.4 Controller Chain-Link No. Definition Table 1
The DADF Feed Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the Pre Feed has started. • Transportation failure due to foreign substance in the document path
• The surface of the Feed Roll, Nudger Roll, and Takeaway Roll for foreign substances.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. • The surface of the Feed Roll, Nudger Roll, and Takeaway Roll for wear.
Initial Actions • DADF Pre Regi Sensor: DC330 [005-206] (PL 54.17)
• DADF Feed Clutch: DC330 [005-062] (PL 54.6)
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
The coil resistance of the DADF Feed Clutch: approx. 150 Ohm (When coil temperature is 20 degrees C)
Cause/Action – Between DADF PWB J754 pin-B10 and J754 pin-B11
• DADF Feed Motor: DC330 [005-010] (PL 54.6)
Check the following:
The wire wound resistance of the DADF Feed Motor: approx. 3 Ohm (When the temperature is 25
• Transportation failure due to foreign substance in the document path degrees C)
• The surface of the Feed Roll and Nudger Roll for foreign substances. – Between DADF PWB J760 pin-A13 and J760 pin-A14/A15
• The surface of the Feed Roll and Nudger Roll for wear. – Between DADF PWB J760 pin-B3 and J760 pin-B1/B2
• DADF Feed Sensor: DC330 [005-204] (PL 54.17) • DADF Pre Regi Motor: DC330 [005-024] (PL 54.7)
• DADF Feed Clutch: DC330 [005-062] (PL 54.6) The wire wound resistance of the DADF Pre Regi Motor: approx. 0.95 Ohm (When the temperature is 25
The coil resistance of the DADF Feed Clutch: approx. 150 Ohm (When coil temperature is 20 degrees C) degrees C)
– Between DADF PWB J754 pin-B10 and J754 pin-B11 – Between DADF PWB J760 pin-A1 and J760 pin-A2/A3
• DADF Feed Motor: DC330 [005-010] (PL 54.6) – Between DADF PWB J760 pin-A6 and J760 pin-A4/A5
The wire wound resistance of the DADF Feed Motor: approx. 3 Ohm (When the temperature is 25 • The Drive Gear for wear and damage.
degrees C) If no problems are found, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 54.3)
– Between DADF PWB J760 pin-A13 and J760 pin-A14/A15
– Between DADF PWB J760 pin-B3 and J760 pin-B1/B2
• The Nudger Roll for Nip operation failure.
005-123 DADF Simplex/Side 1 Regi Sensor On Jam
• The Drive Gear for wear and damage.
BSD-ON:CH5.6, CH5.5
If no problems are found, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 54.3)
After the DADF Pre Regi Sensor On, the DADF Regi Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
005-122 DADF Simplex/Side 1 Pre Regi Sensor On Jam
BSD-ON:CH5.5, CH5.4
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
• The DADF Pre Regi Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after DADF Feed Sensor On for
the first document. Cause/Action
• The DADF Pre Regi Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the Pre Regist operation has Check the following:
started for the second document.
• Transportation failure due to foreign substance in the document path
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
• The surface of the Takeaway Roll and Pre Regi Roll for foreign substances.
Initial Actions • The surface of the Takeaway Roll and Pre Regi Roll for wear.
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. • DADF Regi Sensor: DC330 [005-110] (PL 54.25)
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
005-126 DADF Out Sensor On Jam
BSD-ON:CH5.7, CH5.6
Cause/Action
Check the following: After the reading has started (the DADF Regi Motor has started up), the DADF Out Sensor did not turn ON
within the specified time.
• Transportation failure due to foreign substance in the document path
• The surface of the Regi Roll for foreign substance. NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
• The surface of the Regi Roll for wear.
Initial Actions
• DADF Lead Regi Sensor: DC330 [005-207] (PL 54.8)
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
• DADF Regi Motor: DC330 [005-035] (PL 54.8)
The wire wound resistance of the DADF Regi Motor: approx. 1.4 Ohm (When the temperature is 25
degrees C)
Cause/Action
Check the following:
– Between DADF PWB J760 pin-B4 and J760 pin-B5/B6
– Between DADF PWB J760 pin-B9 and J760 pin-B7/B8 • Transportation failure due to foreign substance in the document path
If no problems are found, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 54.3) • The surface of the Regi Roll and Platen Roll for foreign substance.
• The surface of the Regi Roll and Platen Roll for wear.
• DADF Out Sensor: DC330 [005-208] (PL 54.22)
005-125 DADF Regi Sensor Off Jam • DADF Platen Motor: DC330 [005-047] (PL 54.9)
The wire wound resistance of the DADF Platen Motor: approx. 1.4 Ohm (When the temperature is 25
BSD-ON:CH5.6
degrees C)
After the reading has started (the DADF Regi Motor has started up), the DADF Regi Sensor did not turn OFF – Between DADF PWB J760 pin-A7 and J760 pin-A8/A9
within the specified time. – Between DADF PWB J760 pin-A12 and J760 pin-A10/A11
• DADF Regi Motor: DC330 [005-035] (PL 54.8)
The wire wound resistance of the DADF Regi Motor: approx. 1.4 Ohm (When the temperature is 25 NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
degrees C)
– Between DADF PWB J760 pin-B4 and J760 pin-B5/B6
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
– Between DADF PWB J760 pin-B9 and J760 pin-B7/B8
If no problems are found, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 54.3)
Cause/Action
Check the following:
005-127 DADF Out Sensor Off Jam • Transportation failure due to foreign substance in the document path
• The surface of the Platen Roll and Out Roll for foreign substances.
BSD-ON:CH5.7, CH5.10
• The surface of the Platen Roll and Out Roll for wear.
After the DADF Regi Sensor turned OFF, the DADF Out Sensor did not turn OFF within the specified time. • DADF Exit Sensor: DC330 [005-209] (PL 54.23)
• DADF Platen Motor: DC330 [005-047] (PL 54.9)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. The wire wound resistance of the DADF Platen Motor: approx. 1.4 Ohm (When the temperature is 25
Initial Actions degrees C)
– Between DADF PWB J760 pin-A7 and J760 pin-A8/A9
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
– Between DADF PWB J760 pin-A12 and J760 pin-A10/A11
Cause/Action If no problems are found, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 54.3)
005-141 DADF Feed Sensor Off Jam • The document guides for improper placement.
BSD-ON:CH5.4, CH5.5 • Whether the Nudger Roll is in uniform contact with the document placement tray.
• Whether the Feed Roll and Retard Roll are in uniform contact with the document.
Before the DADF Feed Sensor turned OFF, the DADF Pre Regi Sensor turned OFF. • Whether the document is badly curled.
• Whether the combination is out of the size specifications. (Mixed Size)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. 005-150 DADF Holed Feed Sensor Off Jam
BSD-ON:CH5.4
Cause/Action
After the DADF Feed Sensor On in Hole Punched mode, the DADF Feed Sensor did not turn OFF within the
Check the following:
specified time.
• The surface of the Feed Roll, Nudger Roll, Retard Roll, and Takeaway Roll for foreign substances.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
• The surface of the Feed Roll, Nudger Roll, Retard Roll, and Takeaway Roll for wear.
• The Torque Limiter for failure. Cause/Action
• DADF Feed Sensor: DC330 [005-204] (PL 54.17) Check that the hole position at the rear of the document (not at the center but at the periphery furthermost from
• DADF Feed Motor: DC330 [005-010] (PL 54.6) the Tail Edge) is within 19mm of the document Tail Edge. If no problems are found with the document, go to the
005-141 FIP.
The wire wound resistance of the DADF Feed Motor: approx. 3 Ohm (When the temperature is 25
degrees C)
– Between DADF PWB J760 pin-A13 and J760 pin-A14/A15
– Between DADF PWB J760 pin-B3 and J760 pin-B1/B2 005-151 DADF Holed Pre Regi Sensor Off Jam
• DADF Pre Regi Motor: DC330 [005-024] (PL 54.7)
BSD-ON:CH5.5
The wire wound resistance of the DADF Pre Regi Motor: approx. 0.95 Ohm (When the temperature is 25
degrees C) After the DADF Pre Regi Sensor On in Hole Punched mode, the DADF Pre Regi Sensor did not turn OFF within
– Between DADF PWB J760 pin-A1 and J760 pin-A2/A3 the specified time.
– Between DADF PWB J760 pin-A6 and J760 pin-A4/A5
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
If no problems are found, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 54.3)
Cause/Action
Check that the hole position at the rear of the document (not at the center but at the periphery furthermost from
the Tail Edge) is within 19mm of the document Tail Edge. If no problems are found with the document, check
005-144 DADF Too First Pre Regi Sensor Jam the DADF Pre Regi Sensor (DC330 [005-206]).
BSD-ON:CH5.5
Due to document skew, the DADF Pre Regi Sensor turned ON earlier than the specified timing.
005-152 DADF Holed Regi Sensor Off Jam
BSD-ON:CH5.6
After the DADF Regi Sensor On in Hole Punched mode, the DADF Regi Sensor did not turn OFF within the NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
specified time.
Cause/Action
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. Check that the hole position at the rear of the document (not at the center but at the periphery furthermost from
the Tail Edge) is within 19mm of the document Tail Edge. If no problems are found with the document, go to the
Cause/Action 005-129 FIP.
Check that the hole position at the rear of the document (not at the center but at the periphery furthermost from
the Tail Edge) is within 19mm of the document Tail Edge. If no problems are found with the document, go to the
005-125 FIP.
005-156 DADF Holed Duplex Exit Sensor Off Jam
BSD-ON:CH5.10
005-153 DADF Holed Lead Regi Sensor Off Jam After the DADF Exit Sensor On in Hole Punched mode, the DADF Exit Sensor did not turn OFF within the spec-
BSD-ON:CH5.6 ified time. (Duplex)
After the DADF Lead Regi Sensor On in Hole Punched mode, the DADF Lead Regi Sensor did not turn OFF NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
within the specified time.
Cause/Action
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. Check that the hole position at the rear of the document (not at the center but at the periphery furthermost from
the Tail Edge) is within 19mm of the document Tail Edge. If no problems are found with the document, go to the
Cause/Action 005-129 FIP.
Check that the hole position at the rear of the document (not at the center but at the periphery furthermost from
the Tail Edge) is within 19mm of the document Tail Edge. If no problems are found with the document, check
the DADF Lead Regi Sensor (DC330 [005-207]).
005-160 DADF Tray Lift Up Fail on Running (Document Set)
BSD-ON:CH5.2
005-154 DADF Holed Out Sensor Off Jam When the document has been loaded, the DADF Level Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after
BSD-ON:CH5.7 the Tray has started to rise. Or, the DADF Bottom Sensor does not turn OFF. (When detected during Run,
Stop, or Purge)
After the DADF Out Sensor On in Hole Punched mode, the DADF Out Sensor did not turn OFF within the spec-
ified time. NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Cause/Action
Check that the hole position at the rear of the document (not at the center but at the periphery furthermost from Cause/Action
the Tail Edge) is within 19mm of the document Tail Edge. If no problems are found with the document, go to the
Check the following:
005-127 FIP.
• DADF Level Sensor: DC330 [005-203] (PL 54.17)
• DADF Tray Motor: DC330 [005-086] (PL 54.4)
005-155 DADF Holed Simplex Exit Sensor Off Jam The wire wound resistance of the DADF Tray Motor: approx. 20 Ohm (When the temperature is 25
degrees C)
BSD-ON:CH5.10
– Between DADF PWB J758 pin-1 and J758 pin-2/3/4/5
After the DADF Exit Sensor On in Hole Punched mode, the DADF Exit Sensor did not turn OFF within the spec- • DADF Bottom Sensor: DC330 [005-202] (PL 54.16)
ified time. (Simplex) • The DADF Tray Motor Drive Gear for wear and damage, and the Torque Limiter for damage.
If no problems are found, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 54.3)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
005-198 Too Short Size Jam
BSD-ON:CH5.5, CH5.4
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. The DADF detected a document that is equal to or shorter than the minimum feedable size (in the Slow Scan
Direction).
Cause/Action NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Follow the instructions on the UI screen. If the error is not cleared, check the following:
Initial Actions
• The DADF Tray Set Guide for operation failure. Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
• DADF Tray APS Sensor 1-3: DC330 [005-215/216/217] (PL 54.16)
If no problems are found, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 54.3) Cause/Action
Check the size of the document that was fed by the user. If it is within the permitted length for DADF transport,
check the following:
005-196 Size Mismatch Jam on No Mixed-Size • DADF Pre Regi Sensor: DC330 [005-206] (PL 54.17)
BSD-ON:CH5.5, CH5.3 • DADF Feed Sensor: DC330 [005-204] (PL 54.17)
If no problems are found, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 54.3)
The system detected that the second and subsequent documents are of different size compared to the first
document.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
005-199 Too Long Size Jam
Initial Actions BSD-ON:CH5.5, CH5.4
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
It was detected that the document length in Slow Scan direction was out of the specifications (Simplex mode:
670 mm or longer, Duplex mode: 477.4 mm or longer).
Cause/Action
Follow the instructions on the UI screen. If the error is not cleared, check the following: NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
• DADF Tray APS Sensor 1-3: DC330 [005-215/216/217] (PL 54.16) Initial Actions
• DADF No. 1 APS Sensor: DC330 [005-218] (PL 54.17) Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
If no problems are found, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 54.3)
Cause/Action
Check the size of the document that was fed by the user. If it is within the permitted length for DADF transport,
check the following:
005-197 Prohibit Combine Size Jam
BSD-ON:CH5.5 • DADF Pre Regi Sensor: DC330 [005-206] (PL 54.17)
• DADF Feed Sensor: DC330 [005-204] (PL 54.17)
Documents with a prohibited size combination was detected. If no problems are found, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 54.3)
Cause/Action
Check the following:
005-210 DADF Download Fail
BSD-ON:CH3.3 • DADF Bottom Sensor: DC330 [005-202] (PL 54.16)
• DADF Tray Motor: DC330 [005-086] (PL 54.4)
When the IISS starts up (Power ON/Sleep recovery), it was detected that the DADF is in Download Mode. The wire wound resistance of the DADF Tray Motor: approx. 20 Ohm (When the temperature is 25
degrees C)
Cause/Action – Between DADF PWB J758 pin-1 and J758 pin-2/3/4/5
Perform the DADF software download. • The DADF Tray Motor Drive Gear for wear and damage, and the Torque Limiter for damage.
If no problems are found, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 54.3)
Write failure to DADF EEPROM or communication failure with EEPROM was detected.
• DADF Bottom Sensor: DC330 [005-202] (PL 54.16)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. • DADF Tray Motor: DC330 [005-086] (PL 54.4)
The wire wound resistance of the DADF Tray Motor: approx. 20 Ohm (When the temperature is 25
Cause/Action degrees C)
If the problem persists after turning the power OFF then ON, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 54.3) – Between DADF PWB J758 pin-1 and J758 pin-2/3/4/5
• The DADF Tray Motor Drive Gear for wear and damage, and the Torque Limiter for damage.
If no problems are found, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 54.3)
005-281 DADF Tray Lift Down Fail 005-283 DADF Level Sensor Logic Fail
BSD-ON:CH5.2 BSD-ON:CH5.2
The DADF Bottom Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the DADF Tray has started to drop.
DADF Level Sensor failure was logically detected based on the relationship with the Document Set Sensor
outputs.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Initial Actions NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Cause/Action
Check the following:
005-284 DADF APS Sensor Logic Fail
BSD-ON:CH5.5 • The DADF L/H Cover for improper installation.
• The Sensor Actuator for disengagement and bending.
It was detected that the combination of DADF No. 1 to 3 APS Sensor outputs is logically not right. • DADF L/H Cover Interlock Sensor: DC330 [005-223] (PL 54.5)
If no problems are found, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 54.3)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
005-906 DADF Feed Sensor Static Jam
BSD-ON:CH5.4
Cause/Action
Check the DADF No. 1/2/3 APS Sensor (DC330 [005-218/219/220]). (PL 54.17) The DADF Feed Sensor turns ON at the following timings:
If no problems are found, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 54.3) 1. At Power ON
2. At Feeder Cover Interlock Close
3. At Platen Interlock Close
005-305 DADF Feeder Cover Interlock Open NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
BSD-ON:CH5.1 Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
The Feeder Cover Interlock was opened during DADF operation.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. Cause/Action
Check the following:
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. • Check the DADF Feed Sensor for remaining paper, the Actuator for return failure, foreign substances,
contamination on sensors, and etc.
Cause/Action • DADF Feed Sensor: DC330 [005-204] (PL 54.17)
Check the following: If no problems are found, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 54.3)
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the following: Check the following:
• Check the DADF Pre Regi Sensor for remaining paper, the Actuator for return failure, foreign sub- • Check the DADF Lead Regi Sensor for remaining paper, foreign substances, contamination on sensors,
stances, contamination on sensors, and etc. and etc.
• DADF Pre Regi Sensor: DC330 [005-206] (PL 54.17) • DADF Lead Regi Sensor: DC330 [005-207] (PL 54.8)
If no problems are found, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 54.3) If no problems are found, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 54.3)
005-908 DADF Regi Sensor Static Jam 005-910 DADF Out Sensor Static Jam
BSD-ON:CH5.6 BSD-ON:CH5.7
The DADF Regi Sensor turns ON at the following timings: The DADF Out Sensor turns ON at the following timings:
1. At Power ON 1. At Power ON
2. At Feeder Cover Interlock Close 2. At Feeder Cover Interlock Close
3. At Platen Interlock Close 3. At Platen Interlock Close
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the following: Check the following:
• Check the DADF Regi Sensor for remaining paper, foreign substances, contamination on sensors, and • Check the DADF Out Sensor for remaining paper, foreign substances, contamination on sensors, and
etc. etc.
• DADF Regi Sensor: DC330 [005-110] (PL 54.25) • DADF Out Sensor: DC330 [005-208] (PL 54.22)
If no problems are found, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 54.3) If no problems are found, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 54.3)
005-909 DADF Lead Regi Sensor Static Jam 005-911 DADF Exit Sensor Static Jam
BSD-ON:CH5.6 BSD-ON:CH5.10
The DADF Lead Regi Sensor turns ON at the following timings: The DADF Exit Sensor turns ON at the following timings:
1. At Power ON 1. At Power ON
2. At Feeder Cover Interlock Close 2. At Feeder Cover Interlock Close
3. At Platen Interlock Close 3. At Platen Interlock Close
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the following: Check the following:
• Check the DADF Exit Sensor for remaining paper, foreign substances, contamination on sensors, and • DADF Level Sensor: DC330 [005-203] (PL 54.17)
etc. • DADF Tray Motor: DC330 [005-086] (PL 54.4)
• DADF Exit Sensor: DC330 [005-209] (PL 54.23) The wire wound resistance of the DADF Tray Motor: approx. 20 Ohm (When the temperature is 25
If no problems are found, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 54.3) degrees C)
– Between DADF PWB J758 pin-1 and J758 pin-2/3/4/5
• DADF Bottom Sensor: DC330 [005-202] (PL 54.16)
• The DADF Tray Motor Drive Gear for wear and damage, and the Torque Limiter for damage.
005-914 DADF APS Sensor 1/2/3 Static Jam If no problems are found, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 54.3)
BSD-ON:CH5.5
The DADF No. 1/2/3 APS Sensor turns ON at the following timings:
1. At Power ON
005-940 DADF No Original Fail
2. At Feeder Cover Interlock Close BSD-ON:CH5.1
Cause/Action
Check the following: 005-941 Doc Number of Sheets is Insufficient
BSD-ON:CH5.1
• Check the DADF No. 1/2/3 APS Sensor for remaining paper, foreign substances, contamination on sen-
sors, and etc. It was detected that some documents were missing after N sheets (no. of sheets indicated in the panel) of doc-
• DADF No. 1/2/3 APS Sensor: DC330 [005-218/219/220] (PL 54.17) uments have been returned.
If no problems are found, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 54.3)
Cause/Action
Follow the instructions on the UI screen.
005-945 FS-Size Mismatch Jam on No Mix-Size or SS Mix-Size In No Mix or Slow Scan (SS) Mixed mode, it was detected that a document with a different size in Fast Scan
(FS) direction was transported from the DADF. (If paper was not fed, 005-945 is displayed. If paper was fed,
(Cont) 005-947 is displayed.)
BSD-ON:CH5.3
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
In No Mix or Slow Scan (SS) Mixed mode, it was detected that a document with a different size in Fast Scan
(FS) direction was transported from the DADF. (If paper was not fed, 005-945 is displayed. If paper was fed, Initial Actions
005-947 is displayed.) Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Cause/Action
Initial Actions Follow the instructions on the UI screen. If the error is not cleared, check the following:
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
• The DADF Tray Set Guide for operation failure.
Cause/Action • DADF Tray APS Sensor 1-3: DC330 [005-215/216/217] (PL 54.16)
Follow the instructions on the UI screen. If the error is not cleared, check the following: If no problems are found, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 54.3)
In No Mix mode, it was detected that a document with a different size in Slow Scan (SS) direction was trans-
ported from the DADF. (If paper was not fed, 005-946 is displayed. If paper was fed, 005-948 is displayed.)
005-946 SS-Size Mismatch Jam on No Mix-Size (Cont)
BSD-ON:CH5.5, CH5.4 NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
In No Mix mode, it was detected that a document with a different size in Slow Scan (SS) direction was trans- Initial Actions
ported from the DADF. (If paper was not fed, 005-946 is displayed. If paper was fed, 005-948 is displayed.) Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Cause/Action
Initial Actions Follow the instructions on the UI screen. If the error is not cleared, check the following:
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
• DADF No. 1-3 APS Sensor: DC330 [005-218/219/220] (PL 54.17)
Cause/Action • DADF Pre Regi Sensor: DC330 [005-206] (PL 54.17)
Follow the instructions on the UI screen. If the error is not cleared, check the following: • DADF Feed Sensor: DC330 [005-204] (PL 54.17)
If no problems are found, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 54.3)
• DADF No. 1-3 APS Sensor: DC330 [005-218/219/220] (PL 54.17)
• DADF Pre Regi Sensor: DC330 [005-206] (PL 54.17)
• DADF Feed Sensor: DC330 [005-204] (PL 54.17)
If no problems are found, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 54.3)
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. Cause/Action
Check the following:
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for foreign substances and • Fusing Unit Nip Sensor: DC330 [010-203] (PL 7.3)
pinched harnesses.
• The Sensor Actuator for damage. (PL 7.3)
• The Retract Mechanism for wear and damage.
Cause/Action • The One Way Clutch for skidding.
Check the following:
• The Drawer Connector ( DP/DJ612) for poor contact.
• The Center NC Sensor or Rear NC Sensor for dropped parts, contamination on sensor, and clogging due If no problems are found, replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
to foreign substances.
• The Heat Roll for wound up, stuck paper.
• The following target temperature setting values for settings that are on the high side.
010-322 Fusing Unit Center NC Sensor Disconnection Fail
– NVM [744-001] (Warm Up Control Temperature (FC)): initial value is 163
BSD-ON:CH10.4
– NVM [744-004] (Standby Control Temperature): initial value is 171
– NVM [744-008] (Low Power Control Temperature (FC)): initial value is 137 An open circuit abnormality (the AD value of the NC Sensor is equivalent to the open circuit value) of the Fusing
– NVM [744-010] (Fusing Unit Motor Empty Rotation Detection Temperature): initial value is 120 Unit Center NC Sensor was detected.
• Heat Roll STS: DC140 [010-206] (PL 7.3)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
– Fail occurs when the temperature monitor value is 230 degrees C or higher
• Center NC Sensor: DC140 [010-200] (Inf), DC140 [010-201] (Temp), DC140 [010-202] (Diff) (PL 7.3) Initial Actions
When any one of the following has occurred, it is a Fail. Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
– Temperature Monitor Value: 240 degrees C or higher
– Open Circuit AD Value (Temp): 276 or lower Cause/Action
– Open Circuit AD Value (Inf): 241 or lower Check the following:
• Rear NC Sensor: DC140 [010-203] (Inf), DC140 [010-204] (Temp), DC140 [010-205] (Diff) (PL 7.3)
When any one of the following has occurred, it is a Fail. • Center NC Sensor: DC140 [010-200] (Inf), DC140 [010-201] (Temp) (PL 7.3)
– Temperature Monitor Value: 250 degrees C or higher – Open Circuit AD Value: 1020 or higher
Turn ON the power. If the error reappears, replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
010-323 Fusing Unit Rear NC Sensor Disconnection Fail 010-327 Stand By Heat Roll Fusing On Time Fail
BSD-ON:CH10.4
BSD-ON:CH10.4, CH10.3
An open circuit abnormality (the AD value of the NC Sensor is equivalent to the open circuit value) of the Fusing
In the Standby state, the H/Roll temperature has not risen within the specific time and hence unable to return to
Unit Rear NC Sensor was detected.
the Standby Control Temperature.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Cause/Action
Cause/Action
Check the following:
Check the following:
• Rear NC Sensor: DC140 [010-203] (Inf), DC140 [010-204] (Temp) (PL 7.3)
• Main Lamp 1: DC330 [010-007] (PL 7.2)
– Open Circuit AD Value: 1020 or higher
• Main Lamp 2: DC330 [010-008] (PL 7.2)
• The Drawer Connector ( DP/DJ612) for poor contact.
• Sub Lamp: DC330 [010-009] (PL 7.2)
• The Fusing Unit for improper installation
• The Drawer Connector ( DP/DJ612) for poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
• The Center NC Sensor or Rear NC Sensor for dropped parts, contamination on sensor, and clogging due
to foreign substances.
• The Heat Roll for wound up, stuck paper.
010-324 Fusing Unit NVM Fail • Check if the Lamp turns ON during the standby. (When normal, the Main 2 Lamp turns ON and blinks.)
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
BSD-ON:CH3.1
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
010-328 Fusing Unit Not Ready Time Fail
Initial Actions BSD-ON:CH10.4
• Turn the power OFF and ON.
• Restore the machine to its original state if the temperature control value has been changed. The Heat Roll temperature error (either high or low) was detected for more than the specified time when the
Fusing Unit Lamp is in conductive state.
Procedure
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Turn OFF the power and check the connector ( P/J420) between the MCU PWB and the NVM PWB for poor
contact.. Are the connectors connected securely? Cause/Action
Y N
Turn the power OFF and ON. If the problem persists, record the following NVM values and replace the Fusing
Connect the connector ( P/J420) securely. Unit Assembly (PL 7.1). After replacement, contact the Support Group.
A
• NVM [745-472] (Fusing Unit Internal State when Not Ready Time Fail Occurs (For Debug)) 010-334 Fusing Unit NC Sensor Fail
• NVM [745-473] (Center NC Sensor Temperature when Not Ready Time Fail Occurs (For Debug))
BSD-ON:CH10.4
• NVM [745-474] (Rear NC Sensor Temperature when Not Ready Time Fail Occurs (For Debug))
• NVM [745-475] (Heat Roll STS Temperature when Not Ready Time Fail Occurs (For Debug)) During Warm Up Control, an abnormal detected temperature due to NC Sensor malfunction or poor contact
was detected.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
010-330 Fusing Unit Motor Fail
BSD-ON:CH10.1, CH1.13 Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
The Fusing Unit Drive Motor rotation error was detected. When the Lock Up (Fusing Unit Drive Motor Fail) sig-
nal of the Motor Drive output was monitored at the specified time interval after a certain time has passed since
the Motor operation had started, it was found to have failed 5 times in a row.
Cause/Action
Check the following:
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
• The Drawer Connector ( DP/DJ612) for poor contact.
Initial Actions • The Fusing Unit for improper installation
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
010-357 Fusing Unit Pitch Rejection Fail It is time to replace the Fusing Unit Assembly.
BSD-ON:CH10.4, CH10.3
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Paper transport refusal was detected for more than the specified time during a Print Process. Cause/Action
Replace the Fusing Unit Assembly. (PL 7.1)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Cause/Action
Check the following:
• NVM [745-695] (Fusing Unit Center NC Sensor Temperature Monitor Value when Pitch Refusal Fail
Occurs)
• NVM [745-696] (Fusing Unit Rear NC Sensor Temperature Monitor Value when Pitch Refusal Fail
Occurs)
• NVM [745-697] (Fusing Unit Heat Roll STS Sensor Temperature Monitor Value when Pitch Refusal Fail
Occurs)
• NVM [745-698] (Final Pitch Refusal Factor)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Cause/Action
The Fusing Unit Assembly needs to be replaced soon. Replace the Fusing Unit Assembly as required. (PL 7.1)
024-923 Toner Y Empty If no problems are found, replace the IOT Drive PWB. (PL 18.2)
BSD-ON:CH9.5
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
024-925 Toner C Empty NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
BSD-ON:CH9.5 Cause/Action
Replace the Drum Cartridge (M). (PL 8.1)
The Toner Cartridge (C) must be replaced.
Cause/Action
Replace the Toner Cartridge (C). (PL 8.1)
024-941 Drum Cartridge C Life End
BSD-ON:CH9.4
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Cause/Action
Check the following:
• The light emitter or the light receptor section of the sensor for blockage due to curled paper tail edge.
• OCT Tray Full Sensor: DC330 [047-202] (PL 17.3)
• The light emitter or the light receptor section of the OCT Tray Full Sensor for foreign substances.
Initial Actions Turn OFF the power. Disconnect the following connectors from the MCU PWB and measure the resistance
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. between each connector terminal and the GND.
• J406-A2 (MOB ADC Assembly)
Procedure • J417-1 (CC Intake Fan)
Remove the Rear Upper Cover and the MCU Cover, and then check the +24VDC_C13 supply line to the MCU • J417-15 (Rear Cooling Fan)
PWB. Is the voltage between the MCU PWB J400-5 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Is the resistance 5 Ohm or higher for each?
Y N Y N
Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the LVPS N11A J509-3 and the MCU PWB Check the connections that are in earth fault (at 5 Ohm or lower) for short circuits.
J400-5 for short circuit.
Replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
Turn OFF the power. Disconnect the following connectors from the MCU PWB and measure the resistance
between each connector terminal and the GND.
• JA431-2, 3 (ROS Assembly (Y, M)) 041-337 MD TM F1 Fuse Fail
• JB431-2, 3 (ROS Assembly (Y, M)) BSD-ON:CH1.14, CH1.7, CH10.6, CH10.7
• JA432-48, 49 (ROS Assembly (Y, M))
• JB432-48, 49 (ROS Assembly (Y, M)) Fuse 1 on the TM Drive PWB has blown.
• JA433-2, 3 (ROS Assembly (C, K))
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
• JB433-2, 3 (ROS Assembly (C, K))
• JA434-48, 49 (ROS Assembly (C, K)) Initial Actions
• JB434-48, 49 (ROS Assembly (C, K)) Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Is the resistance 5 Ohm or higher for each?
Y N Procedure
Check the connections that are in earth fault (at 5 Ohm or lower) for short circuits.
Remove the Rear Lower Cover, and then check the +24VDC_C13 supply line to the TM Drive PWB.. Is the
voltage between the LVPS N11A J509-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2) Y N
Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the LVPS N11A J509-1 and the TM Drive PWB
J460-1 for short circuit.
041-312 MCU F4 Fuse Fail
BSD-ON:CH1.14, CH1.7, CH9.23, CH9.30 Turn OFF the power. Disconnect the following connectors from the TM Drive PWB and measure the resis-
tance between each connector terminal and the GND.
Fuse 4 on the MCU PWB has blown. • J465-B14 (Invert Gate Solenoid)
• J465-B11 (Release Invert Solenoid)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. Is the resistance 5 Ohm or higher for each?
Y N
Initial Actions Check the connections that are in earth fault (at 5 Ohm or lower) for short circuits.
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Replace the TM Drive PWB. (PL 18.3)
Turn OFF the power. Disconnect the following connectors from the TM Drive PWB and measure the resis- Initial Actions
tance between each connector terminal and the GND. Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
• J463-A1, A2, A3, A4 (Tray 1 Feed Lift Motor)
• J463-B1, B2, B3, B4 (Tray 2 Feed Lift Motor) Procedure
• J464-A1, A2, A3, A4 (Tray 3 Feed Lift Motor) Turn the power OFF and remove the Rear Upper Cover. Disconnect the connector J7191 (Flat Cable) from the
• J464-B1, B2, B3, B4 (Tray 4 Feed Lift Motor) IIT PWB and open the Chassis Assembly. Turn ON the power and check the Intlk_+24VDC supply line to the
Is the resistance 5 Ohm or higher for each? IOT Drive PWB.. Is the voltage between the IOT Drive PWB J430-7 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N Y N
Check the connections that are in earth fault (at 5 Ohm or lower) for short circuits. Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the AC Power Supply N11A J514-7 and the IOT
Drive PWB J430-7 for short circuit.
Replace the TM Drive PWB. (PL 18.3)
Turn OFF the power. Disconnect J440 from the IOT Drive PWB and measure the resistances between J440-
9, 12 and the GND.. Is the resistance 5 Ohm or higher?
Y N
041-344 MD IO F1 Fuse Fail Check the connections between the IOT Drive PWB J440-9, 12 and the Regi Motor J230-5, 2 for short
BSD-ON:CH1.15, CH1.13, CH8.7 circuits (earth fault).
Fuse 1 on the IOT Drive PWB has blown. Replace the IOT Drive PWB. (PL 18.2)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Serial communication error has occurred between the MCU PWB and the TM Drive PWB.
Procedure
Turn the power OFF and remove the Rear Upper Cover. Disconnect the connector J7191 (Flat Cable) from the NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
IIT PWB and open the Chassis Assembly. Turn ON the power and check the Intlk_+24VDC supply line to the
IOT Drive PWB.. Is the voltage between the IOT Drive PWB J430-7 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Initial Actions
Y N Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the AC Power Supply N11A J514-7 and the IOT
Drive PWB J430-7 for short circuit.
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
A
2. Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the MCU PWB J402 and the TM Drive PWB Procedure
J461 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. Turn the power OFF and remove the Rear Upper Cover. Disconnect the connector J7191 (Flat Cable) from
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: the IIT PWB and open the Chassis Assembly. Turn ON the power and check the Intlk_+24VDC supply line to
• TM Drive PWB (PL 18.3) the IOT Drive PWB.. Is the voltage between the IOT Drive PWB J430-7 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2) Y N
Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the AC Power Supply N11A J514-7 and the IOT
Drive PWB J430-7 for short circuit.
041-350 MD IO F7 Fuse Fail Turn OFF the power. Disconnect J437 from the IOT Drive PWB and measure the resistances between J437-
BSD-ON:CH1.15, CH1.7, CH9.19, CH9.22, CH9.26, CH10.10 3, 4 and the GND.. Is the resistance 5 Ohm or higher?
Y N
Fuse 7 on the IOT Drive PWB has blown. Check the connections between the IOT Drive PWB J437-3, 4 and the MSI Feed Motor J225-2, 5 for
short circuits (earth fault).
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Replace the IOT Drive PWB. (PL 18.2)
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
041-355 MD IO F10 Fuse Fail
Procedure BSD-ON:CH1.15, CH1.7, CH7.10, CH9.9, CH9.17, CH9.25, CH10.9, CH10.12, CH10.13
Turn the power OFF and remove the Rear Upper Cover. Disconnect the connector J7191 (Flat Cable) from
the IIT PWB and open the Chassis Assembly. Turn ON the power and check the +24VDC_C13 supply line to Fuse 10 on the IOT Drive PWB has blown.
the IOT Drive PWB.. Is the voltage between the IOT Drive PWB J430-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the LVPS N11A J509-2 and the IOT Drive PWB
J430-3 for short circuit. Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Turn OFF the power. Disconnect the following connectors from the IOT Drive PWB and measure the resis-
tance between each connector terminal and the GND. Procedure
• J442-5 (IBT Steering Motor)
Turn the power OFF and remove the Rear Upper Cover. Disconnect the connector J7191 (Flat Cable) from
• J442-10 (1st BTR Retract Motor) the IIT PWB and open the Chassis Assembly. Turn ON the power and check the +24VDC_C13 supply line to
• J436-5 (CC Cleaner Motor) the IOT Drive PWB.. Is the voltage between the IOT Drive PWB J430-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
• J440-2, 5 (Duplex Motor) Y N
Is the resistance 5 Ohm or higher for each? Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the LVPS N11A J509-2 and the IOT Drive PWB
Y N J430-3 for short circuit.
Check the connections that are in earth fault (at 5 Ohm or lower) for short circuits.
Turn OFF the power. Disconnect the following connectors from the IOT Drive PWB and measure the resis-
Replace the IOT Drive PWB. (PL 18.2) tance between each connector terminal and the GND.
• J435-8 (MSI Nudger Solenoid)
• J433-8 (Deve K Drive Clutch)
041-354 MD IO F9 Fuse Fail • J436-7, 9, 11, 13, 15 (Toner Cartridge Motor K1/K2/C/M/Y)
BSD-ON:CH1.15, CH1.13, CH8.6 • J433-10 (2nd BTR Retract Cam Drive Clutch)
• J443-9, 11, 13, 15 (Exit Roll Fan 4/3/2/1)
Fuse 9 on the IOT Drive PWB has blown. • J443-17 (Inverter Front Fan)
• J433-12 (Rear Add Fan)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
• J433-1 (Fusing Unit Exhaust Fan)
Initial Actions • J443-5 (Exit Fan 1/2/3/4)
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. Is the resistance 5 Ohm or higher for each?
Turn OFF the power. Disconnect the following connectors from the TM Drive PWB and measure the resis-
041-370 MD TM F3 Fuse Fail tance between each connector terminal and the GND.
BSD-ON:CH1.14, CH1.7, CH10.7, CH10.8 • J465-A8 (Takeaway Clutch 1)
• J465-A6 (Takeaway Clutch 2)
Fuse 3 on the TM Drive PWB has blown. Is the resistance 5 Ohm or higher for each?
Y N
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. Check the connections that are in earth fault (at 5 Ohm or lower) for short circuits.
Initial Actions Replace the TM Drive PWB. (PL 18.3)
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Procedure
Remove the Rear Lower Cover, and then check the +24VDC_C13 supply line to the TM Drive PWB.. Is the
voltage between the LVPS N11A J509-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
A B
042-313 Rear Cooling Fan Fail Y N
Refer to BSD CH1.4 and CH1.5 and check the +5VDC circuit to the MCU PWB J407-A10.
BSD-ON:CH9.30
Check the connection between the Drum Motor Y, M, C PWB J216-1 and the MCU PWB J407-A10
Rear Cooling Fan failure was detected. When the Rear Cooling Fan Fail signal indicating an abnormality of the
for open circuit and poor contact.
Fan was monitored at the specified time interval for 12 s after 2 s has passed after the Rear Cooling Fan opera-
tion had started, it was found to have failed the specified number of times or more.
Turn OFF the power and check the following:
• The connection between the MCU PWB J407 and the Drum Motor Y, M, C PWB J216 for open cir-
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. cuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
Initial Actions • The connection between the Drum Motor Y, M, C PWB and the Drum Motor Y for open circuit, short
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. circuit, and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Drum Motor Assembly (Y) (PL 3.2)
Cause/Action
• Drum Motor Y, M, C PWB Assembly (PL 3.2)
Check the following:
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
• Rear Cooling Fan: DC330 [042-039] (PL 4.1)
Press the Stop button and turn OFF the power. Install the Drum Cartridge (Y) and close the Front Cover.
• The Rear Cooling Fan for foreign substances.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [042-011] (Drum Motor Y, M, C).. Does the
If no problems are found, replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2) Drum Motor Y rotate?
Y N
Check the Drum Motor Y for loading due to the Drum Cartridge (Y).
042-320 Drum Motor Fail Y Press the Stop button and turn OFF the power. Check the connection between the Drum Motor Y, M, C J216-4
BSD-ON:CH9.2 and the MCU PWB J407-A7 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
The Drum Motor Y revolution failure was detected. When the Lock Up (Drum Motor Y Fail) signal of the Motor
Drive output was monitored at the specified time interval after a certain time has passed after the Drum Motor
operation had started, it was found to have failed 5 times in a row. 042-321 Drum Motor Fail M
BSD-ON:CH9.2
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
The Drum Motor M revolution failure was detected. When the Lock Up (Drum Motor M Fail) signal of the Motor
Initial Actions Drive output was monitored at the specified time interval after a certain time has passed since the Drum Motor
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. operation had started, it was found to have failed 5 times in a row.
Procedure NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Turn OFF the power. Remove the Drum Cartridge (Y) and cheat the Front Cover Interlock Switch. Initial Actions
Remove the Rear Upper Cover and disconnect the IIT PWB connector J7191 (Flat Cable). Remove the MCU
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Cover and open the Chassis Assembly.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [042-011] (Drum Motor Y, M, C).. Does the
Drum Motor Y rotate? Procedure
Y N Turn OFF the power. Remove the Drum Cartridge (M) and cheat the Front Cover Interlock Switch.
Turn Off the power and remove the Duct. Turn ON the power. Is the voltage between the Drum Motor Remove the Rear Upper Cover and disconnect the IIT PWB connector J7191 (Flat Cable). Remove the MCU
Y, M, C PWB J215-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Cover and open the Chassis Assembly.
Y N Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [042-011] (Drum Motor Y, M, C).. Does the
Refer to BSD CH1.13 and check the +24VDC circuit to the Drum Motor Y, M, C PWB J215-1. Drum Motor M rotate?
Y N
Is the voltage between the Drum Motor Y, M, C PWB J216-1 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Turn Off the power and remove the Duct. Turn ON the power. Is the voltage between the Drum Motor
Y N Y, M, C PWB J215-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Is the voltage between the MCU PWB J407-A10 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
A B A
Version 1.2 12/2014 CHAIN 42
2-55
Color C60/C70 Printer Troubleshooting
Color C60/C70 Printer 12/2014
Troubleshooting
Version 1.2 2-56 CHAIN 42
A
Y N Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [042-011] (Drum Motor Y, M, C).. Does the
Refer to BSD CH1.13 and check the +24VDC circuit to the Drum Motor Y, M, C PWB J215-1. Drum Motor C rotate?
Y N
Is the voltage between the Drum Motor Y, M, C PWB J216-1 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Turn Off the power and remove the Duct. Turn ON the power. Is the voltage between the Drum Motor
Y N Y, M, C PWB J215-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Is the voltage between the MCU PWB J407-A10 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Y N
Y N Refer to BSD CH1.13 and check the +24VDC circuit to the Drum Motor Y, M, C PWB J215-1.
Refer to BSD CH1.4 and CH1.5 and check the +5VDC circuit to the MCU PWB J407-A10.
Is the voltage between the Drum Motor Y, M, C PWB J216-1 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
Check the connection between the Drum Motor Y, M, C PWB J216-1 and the MCU PWB J407-A10 Y N
for open circuit and poor contact. Is the voltage between the MCU PWB J407-A10 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
Y N
Turn OFF the power and check the following: Refer to BSD CH1.4 and CH1.5 and check the +5VDC circuit to the MCU PWB J407-A10.
• The connection between the MCU PWB J407 and the Drum Motor Y, M, C PWB J216 for open cir-
cuit, short circuit, and poor contact. Check the connection between the Drum Motor Y, M, C PWB J216-1 and the MCU PWB J407-A10
• The connection between the Drum Motor Y, M, C PWB and the Drum Motor M for open circuit, short for open circuit and poor contact.
circuit, and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: Turn OFF the power and check the following:
• The connection between the MCU PWB J407 and the Drum Motor Y, M, C PWB J216 for open cir-
• Drum Motor Assembly (M) (PL 3.2)
cuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
• Drum Motor Y, M, C PWB Assembly (PL 3.2)
• The connection between the Drum Motor Y, M, C PWB and the Drum Motor C for open circuit, short
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
circuit, and poor contact.
Press the Stop button and turn OFF the power. Install the Drum Cartridge (M) and close the Front Cover. If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Drum Motor Assembly (C) (PL 3.2)
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [042-011] (Drum Motor Y, M, C).. Does the
Drum Motor M rotate? • Drum Motor Y, M, C PWB Assembly (PL 3.2)
Y N • MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
Check the Drum Motor M for loading due to the Drum Cartridge (M).
Press the Stop button and turn OFF the power. Install the Drum Cartridge (C) and close the Front Cover.
Press the Stop button and turn OFF the power. Check the connection between the Drum Motor Y, M, C J216-5 Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [042-011] (Drum Motor Y, M, C).. Does the
and the MCU PWB J407-A6 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. Drum Motor C rotate?
If no problems are found, replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2) Y N
Check the Drum Motor C for loading due to the Drum Cartridge (C).
042-322 Drum Motor Fail C Press the Stop button and turn OFF the power. Check the connection between the Drum Motor Y, M, C J216-6
and the MCU PWB J407-A5 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
BSD-ON:CH9.2
If no problems are found, replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
The Drum Motor C revolution failure was detected. When the Lock Up (Drum Motor C Fail) signal of the Motor
Drive output was monitored at the specified time interval after a certain time has passed since the Drum Motor
operation had started, it was found to have failed 5 times in a row. 042-323 Drum Motor Fail K
BSD-ON:CH9.1
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
The Drum Motor K revolution failure was detected. When the Lock Up (Drum Motor K Fail) signal of the Motor
Initial Actions Drive output was monitored at the specified time interval after a certain time has passed since the Drum Motor
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. operation had started, it was found to have failed 5 times in a row.
Procedure NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Turn OFF the power. Remove the Drum Cartridge (C) and cheat the Front Cover Interlock Switch. Initial Actions
Remove the Rear Upper Cover and disconnect the IIT PWB connector J7191 (Flat Cable). Remove the MCU
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Cover and open the Chassis Assembly.
Procedure Procedure
Turn OFF the power. Remove the Drum Cartridge (K) and cheat the Front Cover Interlock Switch. Turn OFF the power. Remove the IBT Unit and cheat the Front Cover Interlock Switch.
Remove the Rear Upper Cover and disconnect the IIT PWB connector J7191 (Flat Cable). Remove the MCU Remove the Rear Upper Cover and disconnect the IIT PWB connector J7191 (Flat Cable). Remove the MCU
Cover and open the Chassis Assembly. Cover and open the Chassis Assembly.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [042-006] (Drum Motor K). . Does the Drum Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [042-015] (IBT Drive Motor).. Does the IBT
Motor K rotate? Drive Motor rotate?
Y N Y N
Is the voltage between the Drum Motor K PWB J213-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Is the voltage between the MCU PWB J409-B18 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
Y N Y N
Refer to BSD CH1.13 and check the +24VDC circuit to the Drum Motor K PWB J213-1. Refer to BSD CH1.4 and CH1.5 and check the +5VDC circuit to the MCU PWB J409-B18.
Is the voltage between the Drum Motor K PWB J214-1 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Enter the Diag Mode, turn ON DC330 [042-015] (IBT Drive Motor). Is the voltage between the MCU
Y N PWB J409-B16 (+) and the GND (-) +1VDC or lower?
Is the voltage between the MCU PWB J407-B8 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Y N
Y N Replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
Refer to BSD CH1.4 and CH1.5 and check the +5VDC circuit to the MCU PWB J407-B8.
Press the Stop button and turn OFF the power. Check the following:
Check the connection between the Drum Motor K PWB J214-1 and the MCU PWB J407-B8 for • The connection between the MCU PWB J409 and the IBT Drive Motor J204 for open circuit, short
open circuit and poor contact. circuit, and poor contact.
• The connections between the AC Power Supply N11A J514-5, 1 and the IBT Drive Motor J203-1, 2
Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the MCU PWB J407 and the Drum Motor K PWB for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts.
J214 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: • IBT Drive Motor (PL 6.4)
• Drum Motor Assembly (K) (PL 3.1)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
Press the Stop button and turn OFF the power. Install the IBT Unit and close the Front Cover.
Press the Stop button and turn OFF the power. Install the Drum Cartridge (K) and close the Front Cover. Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [042-015] (IBT Drive Motor).. Does the IBT
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [042-006] (Drum Motor K). . Does the Drum
Drive Motor rotate?
Motor K rotate?
Y N
Y N Check the IBT Drive Motor for loading.
Check the Drum Motor K for loading due to the Drum Cartridge (K).
• The Drive Gear for wear, damage, and gear blockage.
• The Rolls within the IBT Unit) for improper installation and revolution failure due to foreign sub-
Press the Stop button and turn OFF the power. Check the connection between the Drum Motor K J214-4 and
the MCU PWB J407-B5 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. stances.
If no problems are found, replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2) • The IBT Cleaner Assembly for revolution failure due to a malfunction.
Press the Stop button and turn OFF the power. Check the connection between the IBT Drive Motor J204-8 and
the MCU PWB J409-B11 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
042-324 IBT Drive Motor Fail If no problems are found, replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
BSD-ON:CH9.18
The IBT Drive Motor rotation error was detected. When the Lock Up (IBT Drive Motor Fail) signal of the Motor
Drive output was monitored at the specified time interval after a certain time has passed since the IBT Drive
042-325 Main Motor Fail
Motor operation had started, it was found to have failed 5 times in a row. BSD-ON:CH9.9
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. The Main Motor rotation error was detected. When the Lock Up (Main Motor Fail) signal of the Motor Drive out-
put was monitored at the specified time interval after a certain time has passed since the Main Motor operation
Initial Actions had started, it was found to have failed 5 times in a row.
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Initial Actions The IBT Belt Home Position Sensor detected that the interval of an IBT Belt cycle is longer than the reference
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. value.
Procedure NOTE: . If the value of NVM [741-119] (Belt Home Position Too Long Counter) has become '3', clear the
value to '0', and then turn the power OFF and ON. This counter counts the number of sequential Fail
Turn OFF the power. Remove the Rear Upper Cover and disconnect the IIT PWB connector J7191 (Flat
occurrences and it is configured to prevent the start up at power OFF and ON only, in order to avoid the
Cable). Remove the MCU Cover and open the Chassis Assembly. Turn the rotor of the Deve Motor manually..
danger of the IBT Belt breaking when the Fail has occurred three times in a row.
Does the rotor rotate with no load?
Y N NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Check the following:
• The Main Drive Assembly Gear for wear, damage, and blockage. (PL 3.4) Initial Actions
• The 2nd BTR Retract Cam Clutch and the Gear for wear, damage, and blockage. Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
• The Developer Housing Kit (K) for revolution failure due to a malfunction (including the Deve K Drive
Clutch). Cause/Action
• The Waste Toner Collection Auger section for revolution failure due to blockage and etc. Check the following:
• The Drum Cartridge (K) Cleaner Blush for improper installation.
• The Auger section in Drum Cartridge (K) for blockage. • IBT Belt Home Position Sensor: DC330 [042-200] (PL 6.5)
• The Seal Roll (within the Drum Cartridge) for improper installation. Enter the Diag mode. Perform the following and check whether the value of the counter display goes up.
1. Turn ON DC330 [042-015] (IBT Motor).
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [042-001] (Main Motor).. Does the Main 2. Turn ON DC330 [042-200] (IBT Belt Home Position Sensor).
Motor rotate? • The IBT Belt Home Position Sensor for contamination.
Y N
• The inner surface of the IBT Belt for peeled off reflective seal and contamination.
Is the voltage between the Main Motor J209-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N • The IBT Belt for position misalignment.
Refer to BSD CH1.13 and check the +24VDC circuit to the Main Motor J209-1. If no problems are found, replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
Is the voltage between the Main Motor J210-1 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
Y N
Is the voltage between the MCU PWB J412-B7 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? 042-327 Belt Position Fail
Y N BSD-ON:CH9.19, CH9.18
Refer to BSD CH1.4 and CH1.5 and check the +5VDC circuit to the MCU PWB J412-B7.
The Belt Edge detected value (by monitoring the Belt Edge Sensor output value) is out of specification range.
Check the connection between the Main Motor J210-1 and the MCU PWB J412-B7 for open circuit
and poor contact. NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the MCU PWB J412 and the Main Motor J210 for Initial Actions
open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Main Motor (PL 3.4)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
Procedure
Check the location where the machine is installed.. Is the machine installed on a level surface?
Press the Stop button and turn OFF the power. Check the connection between the Main Motor J210-7 and the Y N
MCU PWB J412-B1 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. Improve the installation location.
If no problems are found, replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
Turn OFF the power. Pull out the IBT Unit and check the IBT Belt Edge Sensor Actuator.. Is the Actuator not
bent and is operating smoothly?
Y N
042-326 Belt Home Position too long Repair the Actuator or replace the Belt Edge Sensor. (PL 6.4)
A
A
Is the IBT Belt position near to the center? The Fusing Unit Exhaust Fan failure was detected. When the Fusing Unit Exhaust Fan Fail signal indicating an
Y N abnormality of the Fan was monitored at the specified time interval, it was found to have failed 15 times in a row.
Move the IBT Belt nearer to the center. Turn ON DC330 [042-015] (IBT Drive Motor) and allow it to rotate
for about 30 s. If the problem persists, Replace the IBT Belt. (PL 6.3) NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Reinstall the IBT Unit. Disconnect the IOT Drive PWB connector J442 and measure the wire wound resis- Initial Actions
tance of the IBT Steering Motor. Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
• Between IOT PWB J442 pin-5 and J442 pin-1/2/3/4
Is the resistance approx. 60 Ohm for each? Cause/Action
Y N
Check the following:
Check the connection between the IOT PWB J442 and the IBT Steering Motor P253 for open circuit,
short circuit, and poor contact. • Fusing Unit Exhaust Fan: DC330 [042-030] (PL 4.2)
If no problems are found, replace the IBT Steering Motor. (PL 6.4)
• The Fusing Unit Exhaust Fan for foreign substances.
Check the connection between the MCU PWB J409 and the IBT Belt Edge Sensor J156 for open circuit, short If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
circuit, and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: • IOT Drive PWB (PL 18.2)
• IBT Belt Edge Sensor (PL 6.4) • MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
The IBT Belt Edge Sensor read value does not change in one cycle of Belt rotation. Blower Fan failure was detected. The Blower Fan FGO signal was monitored for 12 s after 2 s has passed since
the Drum Motor K had stopped to calculate the number of rotation. The calculated number of rotation was
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. lower than the specified number of rotation.
Initial Actions NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Cause/Action
Check the following:
Cause/Action
• The IBT Belt Edge Sensor Actuator for operation failure. Check the following:
• The IBT Belt Edge Sensor for improper installation.
• Blower Fan: DC330 [042-031] (PL 4.1)
• The connection between the MCU PWB J409 and the IBT Belt Edge Sensor J156 for open circuit, short
• The Blower Fan for foreign substances.
circuit, and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• IBT Belt Edge Sensor (PL 6.4) • MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
042-330 Fusing Unit Exhaust Fan Fail 042-338 CC Intake Fan Fail
BSD-ON:CH10.12 BSD-ON:CH9.30
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. 042-601 Belt Edge Learn Fail (Hidden Fail)
BSD-ON:CH9.19
Cause/Action
When in the Belt Edge Learn mode, the Belt Walk amount within the specified number of Belt revolution cycles
Check the following:
is greater than the specified amount and the average position for one Belt cycle is out of the specification
range. (This Fail occurs when the Belt Edge Learn did not complete properly)
• CC Intake Fan: DC330 [042-033] (PL 4.3)
• The CC Intake Fan for foreign substances. NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
If no problems are found, replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
When in the Belt Walk mode, the Belt Walk amount within the specified time interval is greater than the speci- Procedure
fied amount. (This Fail occurs when the Walk accuracy of the IBT Belt has deteriorated)
Make a color copy of the Test Chart.. Is the Color Regi shifted?
Y N
No action necessary.
A
A
Turn OFF the power. Pull out the IBT Unit and check the position of the IBT Belt.. Is the IBT Belt position
near to the center?
Y N
Move the IBT Belt nearer to the center, and then turn the machine OFF and ON.
The Main Filter must be replaced. (This Fail appears when the Blower Fan FG output is monitored at the speci-
fied time after a certain time has passed since the Drum Motor K had stopped and it is found that the number of
the Blower Fan rotations have exceeded the specified value.)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Cause/Action
Replace the following parts and clear HFSI [954-817].
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. Serial communication error has occurred between the MCU PWB and the IOT Drive PWB.
Initial Actions NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Initial Actions
Cause/Action Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
045-311 Controller Communication Fail Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the MCU PWB J403-A15 and the IOT Drive
BSD-ON:CH3.1 PWB J431-A1 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the IOT
Drive PWB. (PL 18.2)
Communication error between ESS PWB and MCU PWB was detected.
Is the voltage between the IOT Drive PWB J431-A15 (+) and the GND (-) +3.3VDC?
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. Y N
Refer to BSD CH1.5 and check the +3.3VDC circuit to the IOT Drive PWB J431-A15.
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the MCU PWB J403 and the IOT Drive PWB J431 for
open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
Procedure If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• IOT Drive PWB (PL 18.2)
Turn OFF the power and remove the Rear Upper Cover and MCU Cover.
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
Turn ON the power.. Are the CR21 (GRN: +3.3VDC) and CR9 (GRN: +5V) on the MCU PWB ON?
Y N
Turn OFF the power. Refer to the BSD CH1.5 and check the power line to the LED(s) that did not turn ON. 045-314 IOT Sequence Time Over
BSD-ON:CH3.1
Is the CR15 (RED: Reset) on the MCU PWB ON or blinking?
Y N
It was detected that the sequence processing within the IOT has exceeded the allowable time.
Turn OFF the power and check the connectors ( P/J335 and P/J425) between the ESS PWB and MCU
PWB for poor contacts. NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• ESS PWB (PL 35.2) Initial Actions
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2) Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
• BP PWB (PL 18.2)
Turn the power OFF and replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
045-315 Video Line M Fail NOTE: . When this Fail occurs, a misdetection of Heat Roll high temperature error might occur. After
replacing the PWB, set the value of NVM [745-416] (High Temperature Error Detection History (Heat
BSD-ON:CH6.12
Roll)) to '0'.
The system detected that the beam was not lighted due to a Video Line malfunction between the VIDEO ASIC NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
for M and the ROS LD DRIVER IC.
Initial Actions
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
Cause/Action 2. Turn the power OFF and check whether there is any foreign substances or improper soldering at the
FPGA and CPLD pins on the MCU PWB.
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
3. In the following high voltage system HVPS Supply Line, check for occurrence of leaks due to malfunc-
2. Turn OFF the power and check the Flat Cable between the MCU PWB JA432/ JB432 and the LDD PWB
tioning parts:
M/K J1A M/ J1B M for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts.
• Deve Bias
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• PCC
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
• CC
• ROS Assembly (Y, M) (PL 2.1)
• BCR
• 1st BTR
• 2nd BTR
045-316 Video Line K Fail
If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
BSD-ON:CH6.14
045-318 MCU FPGA Fail • ESS PWB (PL 35.2)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
BSD-ON:CH3.1
Initial Actions
045-360 CONTIF Error Y Fail Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
BSD-ON:CH6.11
Cause/Action
Irregular output of Video Data (Y) from the Controller was detected.
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Turn OFF the power and check the connectors ( P/J335, P/J391 and P/J425) between the ESS PWB, BP
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
PWB, VSEL PWB, and MCU PWB for poor contacts.
Initial Actions If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. • ESS PWB (PL 35.2)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Turn OFF the power and check the connectors ( P/J335, P/J391 and P/J425) between the ESS PWB, BP 045-363 CONTIF Error K Fail
PWB, VSEL PWB, and MCU PWB for poor contacts. BSD-ON:CH6.14
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• ESS PWB (PL 35.2) Irregular output of Video Data (K) from the Controller was detected.
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Initial Actions
045-361 CONTIF Error M Fail Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
BSD-ON:CH6.12
Cause/Action
Irregular output of Video Data (M) from the Controller was detected. 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Turn OFF the power and check the connectors ( P/J335, P/J391 and P/J425) between the ESS PWB, BP
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
PWB, VSEL PWB, and MCU PWB for poor contacts.
Initial Actions If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. • ESS PWB (PL 35.2)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Turn OFF the power and check the connectors ( P/J335, P/J391 and P/J425) between the ESS PWB, BP 045-364 IRECT Error Y Fail
PWB, VSEL PWB, and MCU PWB for poor contacts. BSD-ON:CH6.11
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
Cause/Action 2. Turn OFF the power and check the Flat Cable between the MCU PWB JA433/ JB433 and the LDD PWB
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. Y/C J345A C/ J345B C for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts.
2. Turn OFF the power and check the Flat Cable between the MCU PWB JA431/ JB431 and the LDD PWB 3. Perform DC685 Regi Con Setup and check whether the Error clears.
Y/C J345A Y/ J345B Y for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts.
If the problem persists, replace the following parts in sequence:
3. Perform DC685 Regi Con Setup and check whether the Error clears.
If the problem persists, replace the following parts in sequence: • MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
• ESS PWB (PL 35.2)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
• ESS PWB (PL 35.2)
045-367 IRECT Error K Fail
BSD-ON:CH6.14
045-365 IRECT Error M Fail
BSD-ON:CH6.12 A memory error of the IRECT module (K) has occurred.
A memory error of the IRECT module (M) has occurred. NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
Cause/Action 2. Turn OFF the power and check the Flat Cable between the MCU PWB JA434/ JB434 and the LDD PWB
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. M/K J1A K/ J1B K for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts.
2. Turn OFF the power and check the Flat Cable between the MCU PWB JA432/ JB432 and the LDD PWB 3. Perform DC685 Regi Con Setup and check whether the Error clears.
M/K J1A M/ J1B M for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts.
If the problem persists, replace the following parts in sequence:
3. Perform DC685 Regi Con Setup and check whether the Error clears.
If the problem persists, replace the following parts in sequence: • MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
• ESS PWB (PL 35.2)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
• ESS PWB (PL 35.2)
Cause/Action All of the output destinations in the Output device are malfunctioning, and no output destination is available.
Check the following:
Cause/Action
• OCT Front Position Sensor: DC330 [047-200] (PL 17.3) Enter DC122 Fail History. Go to the FIP of the affected Output Tray.
• OCT Rear Position Sensor: DC330 [047-201] (PL 17.3)
• OCT Motor: DC330 [047-001] (Rear), DC330 [047-002] (Front) (PL 17.3) NOTE: . For more information on failures at the Finisher, refer to the Finisher Supplementary Service
Manual.
The wire wound resistance of the OCT Motor: approx. 37 Ohm
– Between IOT Drive PWB J444 pin-5 and J444 pin-6
• The light emitter or the light receptor section of the OCT Front Position Sensor or the OCT Rear Position
Sensor for foreign substances.
• The OCT Motor for gear bite, damage, and foreign substances inside it.
If no problems are found, replace the IOT Drive PWB. (PL 18.2)
Communication cannot be established between the IOT and the Output device (Finisher).
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Turn OFF the power and check the following:
NOTE: . For more information on the PWB and power supply at the Finisher, refer to the Finisher
Supplementary Service Manual.
• The connection between the MCU PWB J411 and the Finisher PWB for open circuit, short circuit,
and poor contact.
BSD-ON:CH26.11
Cause/Action
The IFM Decurler In Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the IOT Exit Sensor On. Check the following:
Cause/Action • The IFM Front Door Interlock Switch (DC330[048-300]) for operation failure. (PL 37.2)
• The IFM Front Door for damage or mismatch.
Check the following:
• The IFM Decurler In Sensor (DC330[048-102]) for operation failure. (PL 37.8) If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 37.2)
• The IFM Transport Motor (DC330[048-001]) for operation failure. (PL 37.3)
• The IOT and the IFM for improper docking.
• The Trans Roll and Pinch Roll for transportation failure due to contamination, wear, and deterioration.
• The Drive Gear for wear and damage.
048-310 IFM Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 On Fail
BSD-ON:CH26.13
• A paper transportation failure due to foreign substances on the paper path.
• Usage of out of spec paper.
The Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 did not turn ON within the specified time after start of the IFM Decurler
Cam Motor clock output.
If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 37.2)
Cause/Action
Check the following:
048-102 IFM Exit Sensor On Jam • The Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 (DC330[048-201]) for operation failure. (PL 37.6)
BSD-ON:CH26.15, CH26.14, CH26.11 • The Decurler Cam Motor (DC330[048-011]) for operation failure. (PL 37.3)
• The Meniscus Actuator for damage.
The IFM Exit Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the IFM Decurler In Sensor On.
• The Cam Shaft for revolution failure.
• The Coupling Cam for damage.
Cause/Action
• The bearing for wear.
Check the following:
• The IFM Exit Sensor (DC330[048-103]) for operation failure. (PL 37.11) If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 37.2)
• The Decurler Belt Motor (DC330[048-002]) for operation failure. (PL 37.3)
• The IFM Transport Motor (DC330[048-001]) for operation failure. (PL 37.3)
• The Decurler Belt for a revolution failure due to worn or deteriorated Upper/Lower Decurler Belt Roll.
048-311 IFM Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 Off Fail
• The Decurler Belt for improper installation.
BSD-ON:CH26.13
• The Trans Roll and Pinch Roll for transportation failure due to contamination, wear, and deterioration.
• The Drive Gear for wear and damage. The Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 did not turn OFF within the specified time after start of the IFM Decurler
• A paper transportation failure due to foreign substances on the paper path. Cam Motor clock output.
• Usage of out of spec paper.
Cause/Action
If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 37.2) Refer to 048-310 FIP.
048-300 IFM Front Door Open 048-312 IFM Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 On Fail
BSD-ON:CH26.2 BSD-ON:CH26.13
The IFM Decurler Belt Motor rotation speed is out of the specified range.
If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 37.2)
Cause/Action
Check the following:
048-313 IFM Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 Off Fail • The Decurler Belt Motor (DC330[048-002]) for operation failure. (PL 37.3)
BSD-ON:CH26.13 • The Upper/Lower Decurler Belt Roll for revolution failure.
• The Drive Belt for improper tension.
The Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 did not turn OFF within the specified time after start of the IFM Decurler
Cam Motor clock output. • The bearing for wear.
• The Upper/Lower Idle Roll for revolution failure.
Cause/Action
Refer to 048-312 FIP. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 37.2)
048-314 IFM Decurler Gate Sensor On Jam 048-317 IFM Cooling Fan 5 Fail
BSD-ON:CH26.12 BSD-ON:CH26.16
The Decurler Gate Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the IFM Decurler Gate Solenoid On. The IFM Fan 5 does not rotate.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the following: Check the following:
• The Decurler Gate Sensor (DC330[048-203]) for operation failure. (PL 37.7) • The IFM Fan 5 (DC330[048-042]) for operation failure. (PL 37.12)
• The Decurler Gate for operation failure (including an operation failure of the Decurler Gate Solenoid • The IFM Fan 5 for foreign substances.
(DC330[048-014/015] (Upper/Lower))). (PL 37.7)
• The bearing for wear. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 37.2)
• The IFM Fan 1/2 (DC330[048-016]) for operation failure. (PL 37.12) Cause/Action
• The IFM Fan 1/2 for foreign substances.
1. Check that the power supply to each post-processing device is turned ON.
2. Check that each post-processing device and the IFM are connected correctly.
If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 37.2)
BSD-ON:CH26.16
Once the power supply has been shut down during Download Mode, it is always started in Download Mode.
• The IFM Fan 3/4 (DC330[048-017]) for operation failure. (PL 37.12)
• The IFM Fan 3/4 for foreign substances. 048-900 IFM Decurler In Sensor Static Jam
BSD-ON:CH26.11
If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 37.2)
When the power was turned ON or the operation was started, the IFM Decurler In Sensor detected paper.
Cause/Action
048-321 D-Finisher Communication Fail Check the following:
BSD-ON:CH26.10
• Check the Decurler In Sensor for remaining paper bits, foreign substances, contamination on sensor,
and etc.
Communication cannot be established between IFM and Finisher D.
• The Decurler In Sensor (DC330[048-102]) for operation failure. (PL 37.8)
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 37.2)
2. Turn OFF the power and check the following:
• Open circuit, short circuit, or poor contact of the connector between IFM PWB J106 and I/F PWB
J8002 as well as between I/F PWB J8006 and Finisher PWB J8007.
• Broken/bent pins, burn damage, and foreign matter of the Lattice Connectors (P/J307, P/J680).
048-901 IFM Exit Sensor Static Jam
BSD-ON:CH26.11
• The power supply at the Finisher for a malfunction.
NOTE: For more information on the PWB and power supply at the Finisher, refer to the Fin- When the power was turned ON or the operation was started, the IFM Exit Sensor detected paper.
isher Supplementary Service Manual.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Cause/Action
Check the following:
• Does the rated voltage of the machine match the rated voltage of the installed Fusing Unit?
• The Fusing Unit for improper installation
If no problems are found, replace the Fusing Unit Assembly. (PL 7.1)
An open circuit abnormality (the AD value of the STS is equivalent to the open circuit value) of the Heat Roll
STS was detected.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Cause/Action
Check the following:
NOTE: Note that the 059-326 Fail may also occur when the PH Drawer is closed without the individ-
ual Fusing Unit installed.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. Procedure
Enter the Diag Mode and then turn ON DC330 [061-202] (No SOS Fail (M)), DC330 [061-204] (SOS Long Fail
Initial Actions (M)), and DC330 [061-006] (LASER#1:PS308) in sequence.. Is Fail 061-323 (No SOS Fail M) or 061-313
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. displayed?
Y N
Cause/Action Check the circuit of the Front Cover Interlock Switch for poor connection that may have caused chatter-
ing.
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Turn OFF the power and check the connectors ( P/J335, P/J391 and P/J425) between the ESS PWB, BP Turn OFF the power and check the Flat Cable between the MCU PWB JA432 and the LDD PWB M/K J1A M for
PWB, VSEL PWB, and MCU PWB for poor contacts. open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.. Is the connection normal?
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: Y N
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2) Repair the connection's open circuit and short circuit.
• ESS PWB (PL 35.2)
In the following high voltage system HVPS Supply Line, check for occurrence of leaks due to malfunctioning
parts:
• Deve Bias
061-311 Video ASIC 2 Fail • PCC
BSD-ON:CH6.13, CH6.14 • CC
• BCR
The Video ASIC 2 (C/K) on the MCU PWB is malfunctioning.
• 1st BTR
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. • 2nd BTR
If no problems are found, replace the ROS Assembly. (PL 2.1)
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
061-315 SOS Long Fail K
Cause/Action BSD-ON:CH6.16
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Check the connectors ( P/J335 and P/J425) between the ESS PWB, BP PWB, and MCU PWB for poor The interval of the SOS signal for K color is longer than the specified value.
contacts.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2) Initial Actions
• ESS PWB (PL 35.2) Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Procedure
061-313 SOS Long Fail M Enter the Diag Mode and then turn ON DC330 [061-203] (No SOS Fail (K)), DC330 [061-205] (SOS Long Fail
BSD-ON:CH6.15 (K)), and DC330 [061-008] (LASER#2:PS320) in sequence.. Is Fail 061-325 (No SOS Fail K) or 061-315
displayed?
The interval of the SOS signal for M color is longer than the specified value. Y N
Check the circuit of the Front Cover Interlock Switch for poor connection that may have caused chatter-
ing.
A
Version 1.2 12/2014 CHAIN 61
2-75
Color C60/C70 Printer Troubleshooting
Color C60/C70 Printer 12/2014
Troubleshooting
Version 1.2 2-76 CHAIN 61
A
Turn OFF the power and check the Flat Cable between the MCU PWB JA434 and the LDD PWB M/K J1A K for
open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.. Is the connection normal?
Y N 061-319 SOS Short Fail K
Repair the connection's open circuit and short circuit.
BSD-ON:CH6.16
In the following high voltage system HVPS Supply Line, check for occurrence of leaks due to malfunctioning
The interval of the SOS signal for C and K colors is shorter than the specified value.
parts:
• Deve Bias
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
• PCC
• CC Initial Actions
• BCR Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
• 1st BTR
• 2nd BTR Procedure
If no problems are found, replace the ROS Assembly. (PL 2.1) Enter the Diag Mode and then turn ON DC330 [061-207] (SOS Short Fail (K)) and DC330 [061-008]
(LASER#2:PS320) in sequence.. Is Fail 061-319 displayed?
Y N
061-317 SOS Short Fail M Check the circuit of the Front Cover Interlock Switch for poor connection that may have caused chatter-
ing.
BSD-ON:CH6.15
Turn OFF the power and check the Flat Cable between the MCU PWB JA434 and the LDD PWB M/K J1A K for
The interval of the SOS signal for Y and M colors is shorter than the specified value.
open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.. Is the connection normal?
Y N
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Repair the connection's open circuit and short circuit.
Initial Actions
In the following high voltage system HVPS Supply Line, check for occurrence of leaks due to malfunctioning
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
parts:
• Deve Bias
Procedure • PCC
Enter the Diag Mode and then turn ON DC330 [061-206] (SOS Short Fail (M)) and DC330 [061-006] • CC
(LASER#1:PS308) in sequence.. Is Fail 061-317 displayed?
• BCR
Y N
Check the circuit of the Front Cover Interlock Switch for poor connection that may have caused chatter- • 1st BTR
ing. • 2nd BTR
If no problems are found, replace the ROS Assembly. (PL 2.1)
Turn OFF the power and check the Flat Cable between the MCU PWB JA432 and the LDD PWB M/K J1A M for
open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.. Is the connection normal?
Y N 061-320 Polygon Motor 1 Fail
Repair the connection's open circuit and short circuit.
BSD-ON:CH6.15
In the following high voltage system HVPS Supply Line, check for occurrence of leaks due to malfunctioning
parts: When any one of the following has occurred:
• Deve Bias
• The Polygon Motor Ready signal is OFF at the start of Print operation during the fast rotation of the Poly-
• PCC
gon Motor for Y and M.
• CC
• The number of rotation of the Polygon Motor did not come within the standard range within the specified
• BCR time after the Polygon Motor On for Y and M.
• 1st BTR • When the Polygon Motor Ready signal was monitored at specified time intervals after the Polygon Motor
• 2nd BTR for Y and M transitions to normal state, Not Ready was detected 2 times in a row.
If no problems are found, replace the ROS Assembly. (PL 2.1)
• When the SOS Long Fail M, the SOS Short Fail M, the No SOS Fail M, or the SOS Stop M Fail occurs, the Y N
ROS VDD is in the +5V supply state and the Polygon Motor Ready signal for Y and M is Not Ready. Check the circuit of the Front Cover Interlock Switch for poor connection that may have caused chatter-
• When the Video Line M Fail is detected, the Polygon Motor Ready signal for Y and M is Not Ready. ing.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the MCU PWB J417 and the ROS Motor C/K J6 R2 for
open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
Initial Actions If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. • ROS Assembly (C, K) (PL 2.1)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
Procedure
Enter the Diag Mode and then turn ON DC330 [061-200] (Polygon Motor #1: Ready), DC330 [061-001] (Poly-
gon Motor #1: PS308) in sequence.. Is Fail 061-320 displayed? 061-323 No SOS Fail M
Y N
Check the circuit of the Front Cover Interlock Switch for poor connection that may have caused chatter- BSD-ON:CH6.15
ing.
The SOS signal for M color cannot be detected at all after the completion of initial APC (Auto Power Control).
Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the MCU PWB J417 and the ROS Motor Y/M J6 R1 for
open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: Initial Actions
• ROS Assembly (Y, M) (PL 2.1)
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
Procedure
Enter the Diag Mode and then turn ON DC330 [061-202] (No SOS Fail (M)), DC330 [061-204] (SOS Long Fail
061-321 Polygon Motor 2 Fail (M)), and DC330 [061-006] (LASER#1:PS308) in sequence.. Is Fail 061-323 or 061-313 (SOS Long Fail
BSD-ON:CH6.16 M) displayed?
Y N
When any one of the following has occurred: Check the circuit of the Front Cover Interlock Switch for poor connection that may have caused chatter-
ing.
• The Polygon Motor Ready signal is OFF at the start of Print operation during the fast rotation of the Poly-
gon Motor for C and K. Turn OFF the power and check the Flat Cable between the MCU PWB JA432 and the LDD PWB M/K J1A M for
• The number of rotation of the Polygon Motor did not come within the standard range within the specified open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
time after the Polygon Motor On for C and K. If no problems are found, replace the ROS Assembly (Y, M). (PL 2.1)
• When the Polygon Motor Ready signal was monitored at specified time intervals after the Polygon Motor
for C and K transitions to normal state, Not Ready was detected 2 times in a row.
• When the SOS Long Fail M, the SOS Short Fail K, the No SOS Fail K, or the SOS Stop K Fail occurs, the 061-325 No SOS Fail K
ROS VDD is in the +5V supply state and the Polygon Motor Ready signal for C and K is Not Ready. BSD-ON:CH6.16
• When the Video Line K Fail is detected, the Polygon Motor Ready signal for C and K is Not Ready.
The SOS signal for K color cannot be detected at all after the completion of initial APC (Auto Power Control).
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Initial Actions NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Procedure
Enter the Diag Mode and then turn ON DC330 [061-201] (Polygon Motor #2: Ready), DC330 [061-003] (Poly- Procedure
gon Motor #2: PS320) in sequence.. Is Fail 061-321 displayed?
Enter the Diag Mode and then turn ON DC330 [061-203] (No SOS Fail (K)), DC330 [061-205] (SOS Long Fail
(K)), and DC330 [061-008] (LASER#2:PS320) in sequence.. Is Fail 061-325 or 061-315 (SOS Long Fail
K) displayed?
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Connection error between the ROS (Y, M) LDD PWB (Y) and MCU PWB was detected. Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
2. Check the Flat Cable between the MCU PWB JA433/ JB433 and the LDD PWB Y/C J345A C/ J345B C
Initial Actions for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts.
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Connection error between the ROS (Y, M) LDD PWB (M) and MCU PWB was detected. Cause/Action
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Check the Flat Cable between the MCU PWB JA434/ JB434 and the LDD PWB M/K J1A K/ J1B K for
Initial Actions open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts.
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
061-335 ROS CK VDD Fail The SOS signal for M color cannot be detected in mid-course after the APC has started.
BSD-ON:CH6.13, CH6.14
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
When the Polygon Motor for C and K is turned OFF, the ROS (C, K) VDD signal (LD power supply signal) is in
conducting state. Cause/Action
Check for occurrence of leaks in the following high voltage system:
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
• Deve Bias
Cause/Action • PCC
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
• CC
2. Check the circuit of the Front Cover Interlock Switch for poor connection that may have caused chatter-
• BCR
ing.
• 1st BTR
If no problems are found, replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
• 2nd BTR
When the Laser is turned ON, the ROS (C, K) VDD signal (LD power supply signal) is in non-conducting state.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. When the LD Alarm C occurred, the LD deterioration was detected in the more than specified number of beams
from among 32 beams.
Procedure
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode.
Check the value of NVM [749-141] (LD Status when LD Alarm K Occurs).. Is the display ’4294967295’? Procedure
Y N
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode.
Replace the ROS Assembly (C, K). (PL 2.1)
Check the value of NVM [749-140] (LD Status when LD Alarm C Occurs).. Is the display ’4294967295’?
Y N
Check the circuit of the Front Cover Interlock Switch for poor connection that may have caused chattering.
Replace the ROS Assembly (C, K). (PL 2.1)
Check the circuit of the Front Cover Interlock Switch for poor connection that may have caused chattering.
061-341 ROS LD Fail Y
BSD-ON:CH6.11
061-348 Polygon Motor 1 Ready Check Fail
When the LD Alarm Y occurred, the LD deterioration was detected in the more than specified number of beams
BSD-ON:CH6.15
from among 32 beams.
The Polygon Motor Ready signal is already Ready even before the Polygon Motor for Y and M starts up.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Procedure NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Initial Actions
Check the value of NVM [749-138] (LD Status when LD Alarm Y Occurs).. Is the display ’4294967295’?
Y N Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Replace the ROS Assembly (Y, M). (PL 2.1)
Procedure
Check the circuit of the Front Cover Interlock Switch for poor connection that may have caused chattering. Enter the Diag Mode and then turn ON DC330 [061-200] (Polygon Motor #1:Ready), DC330 [061-001] (Poly-
gon Motor #1:PS308) in sequence.. Is Fail 061-348 displayed?
Y N
061-342 ROS LD Fail M Check the circuit of the Front Cover Interlock Switch for poor connection that may have caused chatter-
ing.
BSD-ON:CH6.12
When the LD Alarm M occurred, the LD deterioration was detected in the more than specified number of Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the MCU PWB J417 and the ROS Motor Y/M J6 R1 for
open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
beams from among 32 beams.
If no problems are found, replace the ROS Assembly (Y, M). (PL 2.1)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Check the circuit of the Front Cover Interlock Switch for poor connection that may have caused chattering.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. Cause/Action
Initial Actions Turn OFF the power and check the connections between the MCU PWB JA432/ JB432 and the LDD PWB M/K
J1A M/ J1B M for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts.
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
Procedure
Enter the Diag Mode and then turn ON DC330 [061-201] (Polygon Motor #2:Ready), DC330 [061-003] (Poly- • MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
gon Motor #2:PS320) in sequence.. Is Fail 061-349 displayed? • ROS Assembly (Y, M) (PL 2.1)
Y N • NVM PWB (PL 18.2)
Check the circuit of the Front Cover Interlock Switch for poor connection that may have caused chatter-
ing.
Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the MCU PWB J417 and the ROS Motor C/K J6 R2 for 061-382 ROS Data C Fail
open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. BSD-ON:CH6.13
If no problems are found, replace the ROS Assembly (C, K). (PL 2.1)
Serial data (APC/Stitching control data) transfer failure to the ROS LD DRIVER IC (C) has occurred.
061-380 ROS Data Y Fail NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. Cause/Action
Turn OFF the power and check the connections between the MCU PWB JA433/ JB433 and the LDD PWB Y/C
Initial Actions J345A C/ J345B C for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts.
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
Cause/Action
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
Turn OFF the power and check the connections between the MCU PWB JA431/ JB431 and the LDD PWB Y/C
• ROS Assembly (C, K) (PL 2.1)
J345A Y/ J345B Y for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts.
• NVM PWB (PL 18.2)
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
061-381 ROS Data M Fail NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. Cause/Action
Turn OFF the power and check the connections between the MCU PWB JA434/ JB434 and the LDD PWB M/K
Initial Actions J1A K/ J1B K for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts.
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
NOTE: . When NVM [749-079] (Video Line Fail Bypass) is set to '0', this Fail will be sent, and when it is
Procedure set to '1', the type will be changed to Sub System Fail and Video Line K Fail will be sent.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Check the value of NVM [749-139] (LD Status when LD Alarm M Occurs).. Is the display ’4294967295’?
Y N Initial Actions
If the image quality is affected, replace the ROS Assembly (Y, M). (PL 2.1) Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Check the circuit of the Front Cover Interlock Switch for poor connection that may have caused chattering. Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Turn OFF the power and check the Flat Cable between the MCU PWB JA434/ JB434 and the LDD PWB
061-606 LD Alarm C (Hidden Fail) M/K J1A K/ J1B K for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts.
BSD-ON:CH6.13
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
The LD deterioration was detected in one of 32 beams at the exposure process (C). • MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
• ROS Assembly (C, K) (PL 2.1)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Procedure
061-609 Video Line M Hidden Fail (Hidden Fail)
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode.
BSD-ON:CH6.12
The system detected that the beam was not lighted due to a Video Line malfunction between the VIDEO ASIC
for M and the ROS LD DRIVER IC.
NOTE: . When NVM [749-079] (Video Line Fail Bypass) is set to '0', this Fail will be sent, and when it is
set to '1', the type will be changed to Sub System Fail and Video Line M Fail will be sent.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Turn OFF the power and check the Flat Cable between the MCU PWB JA432/ JB432 and the LDD PWB
M/K J1A M/ J1B M for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
• ROS Assembly (Y, M) (PL 2.1)
Transmission cannot be established between the ESS PWB and the DADF PWB. A software error was detected at the ESS PWB.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
• Platen Interlock Switch: DC330 [062-300] or DC330 [005-213] (PL 1.5) 08 This value is not displayed -
• The connection between the Platen Interlock Switch J727 and the ESS PWB P309 for open circuit and 10 LED Lamp Wire Harness PL 1.7
poor contact of the connectors. 11 DARTS2 PWB PL 35.2
If no problems are found, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 35.2) 12 IIT-ESS Video Cable PL 18.2
13 This value is not displayed -
14 IIT-ESS I/O Harness (PLT) PL 18.5
15 IIT-ESS I/O Harness (DADF) PL 18.5 NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
16 IIT PWB PL 1.5
Procedure
17 IIT PWB Power Cable PL 18.5
1. Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Change the value for DC131 [715-030] to '1' and then exe-
18 This value is not displayed - cute [NVM Write].
19 LGC (ESS) PWB PL 35.2
2. A 3 or 4-digit number is displayed in the current value column.
20 DARTS2 Memory PL 35.2 3. Check the upper 1 or 2 digits, or the lower 2 digits using the following table and replace the appropriate
parts.
4. After replacing the appropriate parts, again change the value for DC131[715-030] to '1' and then execute Sample Display
[NVM Write].
• 110 (3-digit display):
5. Check that the current value column becomes '0'.
LED Lamp failure and LED Lamp Wire Harness is damaged or has poor contact.
6. If the problem persists after performing the above procedure, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 35.2)
(The first digit '1' in '110' is the upper digit, which indicates the LED Lamp ('0' in '01' is not displayed).
The lower 2 digits '10' indicates the LED Lamp Wire Harness.)
• 1200 (4-digit display):
062-328 PWBA Configuration Fail The IIT-ESS Video Cable is damaged or has poor contact.
BSD-ON:CH3.4
(The first 2 digits '12' in '1200' are the upper digits, which indicates the IIT-ESS Video Cable. The
lower 2 digits '00' indicates that nothing is applicable (no failures).)
The type (GAP PWB/GAPWM PWB/DARTS2 PWB) of the PWB to be installed to the ESS PWB is incorrect.
NOTE: . Execute the IIT diagnosis and then call DC131[715-030] again (press the Change Settings but-
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. ton) to check the value (diagnosis result).
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
Table 1
2. Turn OFF the power and check that the DARTS2 PWB is installed.
Current value Component Name PL No.
00 Not applicable (No errors) -
062-329 DARTS Memory Capacity Fail 01 LED Lamp (LED) PL 1.7
BSD-ON:CH3.4 02 CCD Lens Assembly PL 1.5
03 CCD Flexible Print Cable PL 1.5
The SO-DIMM DRAM that meets the memory capacity requirement of the DARTS2 PWB is not installed. 04 This value is not displayed -
05 This value is not displayed -
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
06 This value is not displayed -
Cause/Action 07 This value is not displayed -
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. 08 This value is not displayed -
2. Turn OFF the power and install an SO-DIMM DRAM that has the appropriate capacity. (PL 35.2) 09 This value is not displayed -
If the problem persists, replace the DARTS2 PWB. (PL 35.2) 10 LED Lamp Wire Harness PL 1.7
11 DARTS2 PWB PL 35.2
12 IIT-ESS Video Cable PL 18.2
13 This value is not displayed -
062-330 GAPWM/DARTS PWB Hard Fail 14 IIT-ESS I/O Harness (PLT) PL 18.5
BSD-ON:CH3.4
15 IIT-ESS I/O Harness (DADF) PL 18.5
The following errors were detected by the GAPWM or DARTS2 PWB failure detection function. 16 IIT PWB PL 1.5
Table 1 • CCD Fan: DC330 [062-017] (PL 1.5)
Current value Component Name PL No. • The CCD Fan for foreign substances.
• The connection between the CCD Fan J729 and the ESS PWB P309 for open circuit, short circuit, and
17 IIT PWB Power Cable PL 18.5
poor contact.
18 This value is not displayed -
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
19 LGC (ESS) PWB PL 35.2
20 DARTS2 Memory PL 35.2 • ESS PWB (PL 35.2)
• IIT PWB (Switch the EEPROM) (PL 1.5)
4. After replacing the appropriate parts, again change the value for DC131[715-030] to '1' and then execute
[NVM Write].
5. Check that the current value column becomes '0'.
062-360 Carriage Position Fail
6. If the problem persists after performing the above procedure, check the connector ( P/J322) between the
BSD-ON:CH6.10
ESS PWB and the DARTS2 PWB for poor connection, damage, foreign substances, broken/bent pins,
and burns.
The Carriage position error was detected.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• DARTS2 PWB (PL 35.2) NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
• ESS PWB (PL 35.2)
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
062-345 IIT EEPROM Fail (IIT)
BSD-ON:CH3.4
Procedure
Remove the Platen Glass and move the Full Rate Carriage to right and left manually.. Does the Carriage
Write failure to EEPROM or communication failure with EEPROM has occurred. moves smoothly, with no interference?
Y N
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. Check the Carriage operation for mechanical load, the Carriage Cable for winding failure, the Rail for
contamination/foreign substances, and the Full Rate/Half Rate Carriage for improper position (ADJ
Cause/Action 1.1.1), etc.
Turn the power OFF and ON.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [062-005] (Scan direction) or [062-006] (Return
If the problem persists, turn OFF the power and replace the IIT PWB (Write the values from the IIT Shipment direction).. Does the Carriage move?
Inspection NVM List). (PL 1.5) Y N
Remove the Rear Upper Cover. Is the voltage between the IIT PWB J721-1/2 (+) and the GND (-)
+24VDC?
Y N
Go to '2.2.2.4 +24VDC Power FIP (IIT)'.
062-357 CCD Fan Fail
BSD-ON:CH6.7 Turn OFF the power. Disconnect the IIT PWB connector J721 and measure the wire wound resistance of
the Motor.
CCD Fan Error signal was detected. • Between IIT PWB J721 pin-1 and J721 pin-3/4
• Between IIT PWB J721 pin-2 and J721 pin-5/6
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Is the resistance approx. 0.85 Ohm for all?
Initial Actions Y N
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. Replace the Carriage Motor. (PL 1.6)
Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the IIT PWB J7193 and the ESS PWB P309 for
Cause/Action open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact at the connectors.
Check the following: If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• ESS PWB (PL 35.2)
A
Version 1.2 12/2014 CHAIN 62
2-87
Color C60/C70 Printer Troubleshooting
Color C60/C70 Printer 12/2014
Troubleshooting
Version 1.2 2-88 CHAIN 62
A
• IIT PWB (Switch the EEPROM) (PL 1.5) LED Lamp failure and LED Lamp Wire Harness is damaged or has poor contact.
• BP PWB (PL 18.2) (The first digit '1' in '110' is the upper digit, which indicates the LED Lamp ('0' in '01' is not displayed).
The lower 2 digits '10' indicates the LED Lamp Wire Harness.)
Press the Stop button. Turn ON DC330 [062-212] (IIT Regi Sensor). Manually move the Carriage and turn the • 1200 (4-digit display):
IIT Regi Sensor ON then OFF.. Does the display change between High/Low?
The IIT-ESS Video Cable is damaged or has poor contact.
Y N
Use '2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP' to check the IIT Regi Sensor. (The first 2 digits '12' in '1200' are the upper digits, which indicates the IIT-ESS Video Cable. The
lower 2 digits '00' indicates that nothing is applicable (no failures).)
It can be considered that there were no errors. Again, check the Carriage operation and check for any noise NOTE: . Execute the IIT diagnosis and then call DC131[715-030] again (press the Change Settings but-
source around the machine. If the problem occurs frequently, replace the following parts in sequence: ton) to check the value (diagnosis result).
• ESS PWB (PL 35.2)
• IIT PWB (Switch the EEPROM) (PL 1.5)
Table 1
Current value Component Name PL No.
062-362 X Hard Fail
BSD-ON:CH6.9 00 Not applicable (No errors) -
01 LED Lamp (LED) PL 1.7
Hard modification of authentication device was detected (at usual detection/power ON). 02 CCD Lens Assembly PL 1.5
03 CCD Flexible Print Cable PL 1.5
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
04 This value is not displayed -
Cause/Action 05 This value is not displayed -
Turn the power OFF and ON. 06 This value is not displayed -
07 This value is not displayed -
If the problem persists, turn OFF the power and replace the ESS PWB. (PL 35.2) 08 This value is not displayed -
09 This value is not displayed -
10 LED Lamp Wire Harness PL 1.7
11 DARTS2 PWB PL 35.2
062-371 Lamp Illumination Fail
12 IIT-ESS Video Cable PL 18.2
BSD-ON:CH6.9, CH6.2
13 This value is not displayed -
Insufficient light from Lamp detected in CCD. (During white gradation correction/AGC before Scan starts) 14 IIT-ESS I/O Harness (PLT) PL 18.5
15 IIT-ESS I/O Harness (DADF) PL 18.5
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. 16 IIT PWB PL 1.5
Initial Actions 17 IIT PWB Power Cable PL 18.5
Check whether there is something blocking the light and check the Lamp, Lens, Mirror, and White Color Cor- 18 This value is not displayed -
rection Plate for deterioration or contamination. 19 LGC (ESS) PWB PL 35.2
20 DARTS2 Memory PL 35.2
Procedure
1. Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Change the value for DC131 [715-030] to '1' and then exe- 4. After replacing the appropriate parts, again change the value for DC131[715-030] to '1' and then execute
cute [NVM Write]. [NVM Write].
2. A 3 or 4-digit number is displayed in the current value column. 5. Check that the current value column becomes '0'.
3. Check the upper 1 or 2 digits, or the lower 2 digits using the following table and replace the appropriate 6. If the problem persists after performing the above procedure, check the following:
parts. • Check for burnt out LED Lamp (DC330 [062-002]). (PL 1.7)
Sample Display • The Flat Cable between the PS LED PWB J702 and the IIT PWB J723 for open circuits, short cir-
• 110 (3-digit display): cuits, and poor contacts (especially, check whether the Flat Cable was inserted in a skewed man-
ner).
• The Flat Cable between the Lens & CCD J700 and the IIT PWB J710 for open circuits, short circuits, Table 1
and poor contacts (especially, check whether the Flat Cable was inserted in a skewed manner).
Current value Component Name PL No.
• The Flat Cable between the IIT PWB J7191 and the BP PWB J336 for open circuit, short circuit, and
poor contact. 03 CCD Flexible Print Cable PL 1.5
• The connector ( P/J309) between the ESS PWB and the BP PWB for damage and foreign sub- 04 This value is not displayed -
stances 05 This value is not displayed -
If no problems are found, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 35.2) 06 This value is not displayed -
07 This value is not displayed -
08 This value is not displayed -
062-380 AGC Fail 09 This value is not displayed -
BSD-ON:CH6.9, CH6.2 10 LED Lamp Wire Harness PL 1.7
11 DARTS2 PWB PL 35.2
Insufficient lamp brightness was detected when performing AGC. 12 IIT-ESS Video Cable PL 18.2
13 This value is not displayed -
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
14 IIT-ESS I/O Harness (PLT) PL 18.5
Initial Actions 15 IIT-ESS I/O Harness (DADF) PL 18.5
Check whether there is something blocking the light and check the Lamp, Lens, Mirror, and White Color Cor- 16 IIT PWB PL 1.5
rection Plate for deterioration or contamination. 17 IIT PWB Power Cable PL 18.5
18 This value is not displayed -
Procedure 19 LGC (ESS) PWB PL 35.2
1. Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Change the value for DC131 [715-030] to '1' and then exe- 20 DARTS2 Memory PL 35.2
cute [NVM Write].
2. A 3 or 4-digit number is displayed in the current value column. 4. After replacing the appropriate parts, again change the value for DC131[715-030] to '1' and then execute
3. Check the upper 1 or 2 digits, or the lower 2 digits using the following table and replace the appropriate [NVM Write].
parts. 5. Check that the current value column becomes '0'.
Sample Display 6. If the problem persists after performing the above procedure, check the following:
• 110 (3-digit display): • Check for burnt out LED Lamp (DC330 [062-002]). (PL 1.7)
LED Lamp failure and LED Lamp Wire Harness is damaged or has poor contact. • The Flat Cable between the PS LED PWB J702 and the IIT PWB J723 for open circuits, short cir-
(The first digit '1' in '110' is the upper digit, which indicates the LED Lamp ('0' in '01' is not displayed). cuits, and poor contacts (especially, check whether the Flat Cable was inserted in a skewed man-
The lower 2 digits '10' indicates the LED Lamp Wire Harness.) ner).
• 1200 (4-digit display): • The Flat Cable between the Lens & CCD J700 and the IIT PWB J710 for open circuits, short circuits,
The IIT-ESS Video Cable is damaged or has poor contact. and poor contacts (especially, check whether the Flat Cable was inserted in a skewed manner).
(The first 2 digits '12' in '1200' are the upper digits, which indicates the IIT-ESS Video Cable. The • The Flat Cable between the IIT PWB J7191 and the BP PWB J336 for open circuit, short circuit, and
lower 2 digits '00' indicates that nothing is applicable (no failures).) poor contact.
• The connector ( P/J309) between the ESS PWB and the BP PWB for damage and foreign sub-
NOTE: . Execute the IIT diagnosis and then call DC131[715-030] again (press the Change Settings but-
stances
ton) to check the value (diagnosis result).
If no problems are found, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 35.2)
Table 1
062-386 AOC Fail
Current value Component Name PL No.
BSD-ON:CH6.9
00 Not applicable (No errors) -
01 LED Lamp (LED) PL 1.7 A CCD output error was detected when performing AOC.
02 CCD Lens Assembly PL 1.5
1. Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Change the value for DC131 [715-030] to '1' and then exe- 20 DARTS2 Memory PL 35.2
cute [NVM Write].
2. A 3 or 4-digit number is displayed in the current value column. 4. After replacing the appropriate parts, again change the value for DC131[715-030] to '1' and then execute
[NVM Write].
3. Check the upper 1 or 2 digits, or the lower 2 digits using the following table and replace the appropriate
parts. 5. Check that the current value column becomes '0'.
Sample Display 6. If the problem persists after performing the above procedure, check the following:
• 110 (3-digit display): • The Flat Cable between the Lens & CCD J700 and the IIT PWB J710 for open circuits, short circuits,
and poor contacts (especially, check whether the Flat Cable was inserted in a skewed manner).
LED Lamp failure and LED Lamp Wire Harness is damaged or has poor contact.
• The Flat Cable between the IIT PWB J7191 and the BP PWB J336 for open circuit, short circuit, and
(The first digit '1' in '110' is the upper digit, which indicates the LED Lamp ('0' in '01' is not displayed).
The lower 2 digits '10' indicates the LED Lamp Wire Harness.) poor contact.
• 1200 (4-digit display): • The connector ( P/J309) between the ESS PWB and the BP PWB for damage and foreign sub-
stances
The IIT-ESS Video Cable is damaged or has poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 35.2)
(The first 2 digits '12' in '1200' are the upper digits, which indicates the IIT-ESS Video Cable. The
lower 2 digits '00' indicates that nothing is applicable (no failures).)
NOTE: . Execute the IIT diagnosis and then call DC131[715-030] again (press the Change Settings but- 062-389 Carriage Over Run Fail
ton) to check the value (diagnosis result).
BSD-ON:CH6.10
Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the IIT PWB J7193 and the ESS PWB P309 for
open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact at the connectors. Table 1
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: Current value Component Name PL No.
• ESS PWB (PL 35.2) 00 Not applicable (No errors) -
• IIT PWB (Switch the EEPROM) (PL 1.5) 01 LED Lamp (LED) PL 1.7
• BP PWB (PL 18.2) 02 CCD Lens Assembly PL 1.5
03 CCD Flexible Print Cable PL 1.5
Press the Stop button. Turn ON DC330 [062-212] (IIT Regi Sensor). Manually move the Carriage and turn the
IIT Regi Sensor ON then OFF.. Does the display change between High/Low? 04 This value is not displayed -
Y N 05 This value is not displayed -
Use '2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP' to check the IIT Regi Sensor. 06 This value is not displayed -
07 This value is not displayed -
It can be considered that there were no errors. Again, check the Carriage operation and check for any noise
source around the machine. If the problem occurs frequently, replace the following parts in sequence: 08 This value is not displayed -
• ESS PWB (PL 35.2) 09 This value is not displayed -
• IIT PWB (Switch the EEPROM) (PL 1.5) 10 LED Lamp Wire Harness PL 1.7
11 DARTS2 PWB PL 35.2
12 IIT-ESS Video Cable PL 18.2
062-393 CCD PWB Sync Signal Fail 13 This value is not displayed -
BSD-ON:CH6.8 14 IIT-ESS I/O Harness (PLT) PL 18.5
15 IIT-ESS I/O Harness (DADF) PL 18.5
• Write failure to the Shading Memory has occurred. 16 IIT PWB PL 1.5
• Write failure to the DARTS2 Memory has occurred. 17 IIT PWB Power Cable PL 18.5
• Averaging processing error has occurred in the ASIC. 18 This value is not displayed -
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. 19 LGC (ESS) PWB PL 35.2
20 DARTS2 Memory PL 35.2
Procedure
1. Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Change the value for DC131 [715-030] to '1' and then exe-
4. After replacing the appropriate parts, again change the value for DC131[715-030] to '1' and then execute
cute [NVM Write]. [NVM Write].
2. A 3 or 4-digit number is displayed in the current value column. 5. Check that the current value column becomes '0'.
3. Check the upper 1 or 2 digits, or the lower 2 digits using the following table and replace the appropriate 6. If the problem persists after performing the above procedure, check the Flat Cable between the Lens &
parts.
CCD J700 and the IIT PWB J710 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact (especially, check
Sample Display whether the Flat Cable was inserted in a skewed manner).
• 110 (3-digit display): If no problems are found, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 35.2)
LED Lamp failure and LED Lamp Wire Harness is damaged or has poor contact.
(The first digit '1' in '110' is the upper digit, which indicates the LED Lamp ('0' in '01' is not displayed).
The lower 2 digits '10' indicates the LED Lamp Wire Harness.) 062-395 Trans PWB Power Cable Connection Fail
• 1200 (4-digit display):
BSD-ON:CH3.4, CH1.8
The IIT-ESS Video Cable is damaged or has poor contact.
(The first 2 digits '12' in '1200' are the upper digits, which indicates the IIT-ESS Video Cable. The The IIT PWB power source error was detected.
lower 2 digits '00' indicates that nothing is applicable (no failures).)
Procedure Cause/Action
Remove the Rear Upper Cover and the Rear Lower Cover.. Are the voltages between the LVPS CC4 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
J505-1/2 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? 2. Turn OFF the power and check the following:
Y N • The Flat Cable between the IIT PWB J7191 and the BP PWB J336 for open circuit, short circuit, and
Go to '2.2.2.4 +24VDC Power FIP (IIT)'.
poor contact.
• The connector ( P/J309) between the ESS PWB and the BP PWB for poor contact, damage, and for-
Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the LVPS CC4 J505 and the IIT PWB J720 for open
circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. eign substances.
If no problems are found, replace the IIT PWB (Switch the EEPROM). (PL 1.5) If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• ESS PWB (PL 35.2)
• IIT PWB (Switch the EEPROM) (PL 1.5)
062-396 CCD Cable Connection Fail • BP PWB (PL 18.2)
BSD-ON:CH3.9
A CCD Flat Cable connection error was detected. 062-398 IIT-Cont I/O Cable Connection Fail
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. BSD-ON:CH3.9
Initial Actions An IIT-ESS I/O Cable (PLT) connection error was detected.
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Turn OFF the power and check the following:
• The connection between the IIT PWB J7192 and the BP PWB J390 for open circuit, short circuit,
and poor contact.
• The connector ( P/J309) between the ESS PWB and the BP PWB for poor contact, damage, and for-
eign substances.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• ESS PWB (PL 35.2)
• IIT PWB (Switch the EEPROM) (PL 1.5)
• BP PWB (PL 18.2)
The document being scanned is a legal tender, securities, etc., and therefore is prohibited by law.
Procedure
Refer to 'Legal Notices' in the User Guide to check the document types available for copying.
Write failure to Extension EEPROM or communication failure with EEPROM was detected.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Turn OFF the power and check the following:
• Check the connection between the DCDC PWB J745 and the DARTS2 PWB J740 for open circuit,
short circuit, and poor contact.
• Check the connectors ( P/J322) between the ESS PWB and DARTS2 PWB for poor contacts.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• DCDC PWB (Switch the EEPROM) (PL 54.2)
• DARTS2 PWB (PL 35.2)
• ESS PWB (PL 35.2)
A SO-DIMM DRAM failure was detected by the DARTS2 PWB failure detection function.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. Initial Actions
Initial Actions Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Cause/Action
Cause/Action 1. Check the value of NVM [716-020] (Fail status 4) and record it.
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. 2. Turn OFF the power and check the following:
2. Turn OFF the power and check for poor contact between the DARTS2 PWB and the SO-DIMM DRAM. • The Flat Cable between the CIS J7461 and the DCDC PWB J746 for open circuit, short circuit, and
poor contact.
3. If the problem persists, turn OFF the power and replace the following parts in sequence:
• The connection between the DCDC PWB J745 and the DARTS2 PWB J740 for open circuit, short
• SO-DIMM DRAM (PL 35.2)
circuit, and poor contact.
• DARTS2 PWB (PL 35.2) 3. Turn ON the power.
4. If the problem persists, turn OFF the power and replace the following parts in sequence:
• DCDC-DARTS Cable (PL 54.1)
065-221 CIS AGC Fail • DCDC PWB (Switch the EEPROM) (PL 54.2)
BSD-ON:CH5.9 • CIS (PL 54.2)
• DARTS2 PWB (PL 35.2)
The CIS AGC process has not completed/resolved.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
065-223 CIS Connection Fail
Initial Actions
BSD-ON:CH5.9
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
The CIS Cable may have poor contact.
Cause/Action
1. Check the value of NVM [716-019] (Fail status 3) and record it. NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
2. Turn OFF the power and check the following: Initial Actions
• The Flat Cable between the CIS J7461 and the DCDC PWB J746 for open circuit, short circuit, and
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
poor contact.
• The connection between the DCDC PWB J745 and the DARTS2 PWB J740 for open circuit, short
circuit, and poor contact.
Cause/Action
1. Check the values of NVM [716-017] (Fail status 2A) and NVM [716-018] (Fail status 2B) and record them.
3. Turn ON the power.
2. Turn OFF the power and check the following:
4. If the problem persists, turn OFF the power and replace the following parts in sequence:
• The Flat Cable between the CIS J7461 and the DCDC PWB J746 for open circuit, short circuit, and
• DCDC-DARTS Cable (PL 54.1)
poor contact.
• DCDC PWB (Switch the EEPROM) (PL 54.2)
• The connection between the DCDC PWB J745 and the DARTS2 PWB J740 for open circuit, short
• CIS (PL 54.2) circuit, and poor contact.
• DARTS2 PWB (PL 35.2) 3. Turn ON the power.
4. If the problem persists, turn OFF the power and replace the following parts in sequence:
• DCDC-DARTS Cable (PL 54.1)
065-222 CIS AOC Fail • DCDC-CIS Flat Cable (PL 54.2)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Cause/Action
1. Check the value of NVM [716-021] (Fail status 5) and record it.
2. Turn OFF the power and check the following:
• The Flat Cable between the CIS J7461 and the DCDC PWB J746 for open circuit, short circuit, and
poor contact.
• The connection between the DCDC PWB J745 and the DARTS2 PWB J740 for open circuit, short
circuit, and poor contact.
3. Turn ON the power.
4. If the problem persists, turn OFF the power and replace the following parts in sequence:
• DCDC-DARTS Cable (PL 54.1)
• DCDC PWB (Switch the EEPROM) (PL 54.2)
• CIS (PL 54.2)
• DARTS2 PWB (PL 35.2)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Cause/Action
1. Check the values of NVM [716-011/012/013/014] (Fail status 1A/1B/1C/1D) and record them.
2. Turn OFF the power and check the following:
• The Flat Cable between the CIS J7461 and the DCDC PWB J746 for open circuit, short circuit, and
poor contact.
071-100 Tray 1 Miss Pre Feed Jam The wire wound resistance of the Tray 1 Feed Lift Motor: approx. 4 Ohm (When the temperature is 25
degrees C)
BSD-ON:CH8.1, CH7.6
– Between TM Drive PWB J463 pin-A1 and J463 pin-A2
The Tray 1 Pre Feed Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the Paper Feed from Tray 1 has – Between TM Drive PWB J463 pin-A3 and J463 pin-A4
started. • Takeaway Motor: DC330 [077-001] (PL 12.19)
• Takeaway Clutch 1: DC330 [077-002] (PL 12.19)
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
The coil resistance of the Takeaway Clutch 1: approx. 113 Ohm (When coil temperature is 20 degrees C)
Initial Actions – Between TM Drive PWB J465 pin-A8 and J465 pin-A9
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. NOTE: Driving T/A Rolls 1 and 2 is possible by combining with the Takeaway Motor (DC330 [077-
001]).
Cause/Action • The Takeaway Roll 1, Tray 1 Retard Roll, and Tray 1 Feed Roll for contamination, wear, and transporta-
Check the following: tion failure due to deterioration.
• The Drive Gear for wear and damage.
• Tray 1 Pre Feed Sensor: DC330 [071-100] (PL 12.6)
• The LH Cover for improper latching.
• Tray 1 Feed Lift Motor: DC330 [071-001] (Feed) (PL 12.6)
• Transport failure due to foreign substance in paper path.
The wire wound resistance of the Tray 1 Feed Lift Motor: approx. 4 Ohm (When the temperature is 25
degrees C) • Usage of out of spec paper.
– Between TM Drive PWB J463 pin-A1 and J463 pin-A2 If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
– Between TM Drive PWB J463 pin-A3 and J463 pin-A4
• TM Drive PWB (PL 18.3)
• The Tray 1 Feed Roll, Retard Roll, and Nudger Roll for contamination, wear, and transportation failure
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
due to deterioration.
• The Drive Gear for wear and damage.
• Transport failure due to foreign substance in paper path.
071-104 Pre Regi Sensor On Jam (Tray 1)
• Usage of out of spec paper.
BSD-ON:CH8.7, CH8.3
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
The Pre Regi Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time during paper feed from Tray 1.
• TM Drive PWB (PL 18.3)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2) NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Initial Actions
071-101 Tray 1 Miss Feed Jam Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
BSD-ON:CH8.4, CH8.3, CH7.6
Cause/Action
The Feed Out Sensor 1 does not turn ON within the specified time after the Paper Feed from Tray 1 has started. Check the following:
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. • Pre Regi Sensor: DC330 [077-100] (PL 15.4)
• Pre Regi Motor: DC330 [077-006] (PL 15.2)
Initial Actions
The wire wound resistance of the Pre Regi Motor: approx. 0.8 Ohm (When the temperature is 25 degrees
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
C)
– Between Pre Regi Motor J229 pin-2 and J229 pin-1/3
Cause/Action – Between Pre Regi Motor J229 pin-5 and J229 pin-4/6
Check the following:
• Takeaway Clutch 1: DC330 [077-002] (PL 12.19)
• Feed Out Sensor 1: DC330 [071-101] (PL 15.1) The coil resistance of the Takeaway Clutch 1: approx. 113 Ohm (When coil temperature is 20 degrees C)
• Tray 1 Feed Lift Motor: DC330 [071-001] (Feed) (PL 12.6) – Between TM Drive PWB J465 pin-A8 and J465 pin-A9
• IOT Drive PWB (PL 18.2) • Tray 1 Level Sensor: DC330 [071-201] (PL 12.6)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2) • Tray 1 Feed Lift Motor: DC330 [071-002] (Lift Up) (PL 12.6)
• TM Drive PWB (PL 18.3) The wire wound resistance of the Tray 1 Feed Lift Motor: approx. 4 Ohm (When the temperature is 25
degrees C)
– Between TM Drive PWB J463 pin-A1 and J463 pin-A2
071-105 Regi In Sensor On Jam (Tray 1) – Between TM Drive PWB J463 pin-A3 and J463 pin-A4
BSD-ON:CH8.10, CH8.7 • The drive system between the Bottom Plate and the Tray 1 Feed Lift Motor for operation failure.
• The Tray for Paper misload
The Regi In Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time during paper feed from Tray 1.
• The Tray for existence of objects other than Paper
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
Initial Actions
072-101 Tray 2 Miss Feed Jam Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
BSD-ON:CH8.4, CH8.3, CH7.7
Cause/Action
The Feed Out Sensor 2 does not turn ON within the specified time after the Paper Feed from Tray 2 has started. Check the following:
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. • Feed Out Sensor 1: DC330 [071-101] (PL 15.1)
• Takeaway Motor: DC330 [077-001] (PL 12.19)
Initial Actions
• Takeaway Clutch 1: DC330 [077-002] (PL 12.19)
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
The coil resistance of the Takeaway Clutch 1: approx. 113 Ohm (When coil temperature is 20 degrees C)
– Between TM Drive PWB J465 pin-A8 and J465 pin-A9
Cause/Action
Check the following: NOTE: Driving T/A Rolls 1 and 2 is possible by combining with the Takeaway Motor (DC330 [077-
001]).
• Feed Out Sensor 2: DC330 [072-101] (PL 12.17)
• Tray 2 Feed Lift Motor: DC330 [072-001] (Feed) (PL 12.6)
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
072-104 Pre Regi Sensor On Jam (Tray 2)
BSD-ON:CH8.7, CH8.3 Cause/Action
Check the following:
The Pre Regi Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time during paper feed from Tray 2.
Abnormal output AD value from Tray 2 Paper Size Sensor was detected.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Cause/Action
Check the following:
Initial Actions
073-101 Tray 3 Miss Feed Jam Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
BSD-ON:CH8.5, CH8.3, CH7.8
Cause/Action
The Feed Out Sensor 3 does not turn ON within the specified time after the Paper Feed from Tray 3 has started. Check the following:
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. • Feed Out Sensor 1: DC330 [071-101] (PL 15.1)
• Takeaway Motor: DC330 [077-001] (PL 12.19)
Initial Actions
• Takeaway Clutch 2: DC330 [077-003] (PL 12.19)
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
The coil resistance of the Takeaway Clutch 2: approx. 113 Ohm (When coil temperature is 20 degrees C)
– Between TM Drive PWB J465 pin-A6 and J465 pin-A7
Cause/Action
Check the following: NOTE: Driving T/A Rolls 3 to 6 is possible by combining with the Takeaway Motor (DC330 [077-
001]).
• Feed Out Sensor 3: DC330 [073-101] (PL 12.17)
• Takeaway Clutch 1: DC330 [077-002] (PL 12.19)
• Tray 3 Feed Lift Motor: DC330 [073-001] (Feed) (PL 12.10)
NOTE: Driving T/A Rolls 1 and 2 is possible by combining with the Takeaway Motor (DC330 [077- • IOT Drive PWB (PL 18.2)
001]).
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
• The Takeaway Rolls 1 to 4 and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and transportation failure due to dete- • TM Drive PWB (PL 18.3)
rioration.
• The LH Cover for improper latching.
• The Drive Gear for wear and damage. 073-105 Regi In Sensor On Jam (Tray 3)
• Transport failure due to foreign substance in paper path.
BSD-ON:CH8.10, CH8.7
• Usage of out of spec paper.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: The Regi In Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time during paper feed from Tray 3.
• TM Drive PWB (PL 18.3) NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
• The Pre Regi Roll, Takeaway Rolls 1 and 2, and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and transportation NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
failure due to deterioration.
• The Drive Gear for wear and damage. Initial Actions
• Transport failure due to foreign substance in paper path. Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Cause/Action
Check the following:
Abnormal output AD value from Tray 3 Paper Size Sensor was detected.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Cause/Action
Check the following:
• TM Drive PWB (PL 18.3) NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
074-101 Tray 4 Miss Feed Jam
BSD-ON:CH8.5, CH8.3, CH7.9
Cause/Action
Check the following:
The Feed Out Sensor 4 does not turn ON within the specified time after the Paper Feed from Tray 4 has started.
• Feed Out Sensor 1: DC330 [071-101] (PL 15.1)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. • Takeaway Motor: DC330 [077-001] (PL 12.19)
• Takeaway Clutch 2: DC330 [077-003] (PL 12.19)
Initial Actions
The coil resistance of the Takeaway Clutch 2: approx. 113 Ohm (When coil temperature is 20 degrees C)
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
– Between TM Drive PWB J465 pin-A6 and J465 pin-A7
Cause/Action NOTE: Driving T/A Rolls 3 to 6 is possible by combining with the Takeaway Motor (DC330 [077-
001]).
Check the following:
• Takeaway Clutch 1: DC330 [077-002] (PL 12.19)
• Feed Out Sensor 4: DC330 [074-101] (PL 12.17)
The coil resistance of the Takeaway Clutch 1: approx. 113 Ohm (When coil temperature is 20 degrees C)
• Tray 4 Feed Lift Motor: DC330 [074-001] (Feed) (PL 12.12)
NOTE: Driving T/A Rolls 1 and 2 is possible by combining with the Takeaway Motor (DC330 [077- • IOT Drive PWB (PL 18.2)
001]).
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
• The Takeaway Rolls 1 to 6 and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and transportation failure due to dete- • TM Drive PWB (PL 18.3)
rioration.
• The LH Cover for improper latching.
• The Drive Gear for wear and damage. 074-105 Regi In Sensor On Jam (Tray 4)
• Transport failure due to foreign substance in paper path.
BSD-ON:CH8.10, CH8.7
• Usage of out of spec paper.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: The Regi In Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time during paper feed from Tray 4.
• TM Drive PWB (PL 18.3) NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
• The Pre Regi Roll, Takeaway Rolls 1 and 2, and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and transportation NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
failure due to deterioration.
• The Drive Gear for wear and damage. Initial Actions
• Transport failure due to foreign substance in paper path. Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
• Usage of out of spec paper.
Cause/Action
Check the following:
Abnormal output AD value from Tray 4 Paper Size Sensor was detected.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Cause/Action
Check the following:
Initial Actions • MSI Pre Regi Sensor: DC330 [077-101] (PL 15.1)
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. • Pre Regi Motor: DC330 [077-006] (PL 15.2)
The wire wound resistance of the Pre Regi Motor: approx. 0.8 Ohm (When the temperature is 25 degrees
Cause/Action C)
Check the following: – Between Pre Regi Motor J229 pin-2 and J229 pin-1/3
– Between Pre Regi Motor J229 pin-5 and J229 pin-4/6
• MSI Pre Feed Sensor: DC330 [075-100] (PL 13.7)
• The MSI Feed Roll, MSI Retard Roll, MSI Pre Regi Roll, and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and
• MSI Feed Motor: DC330 [075-001] (PL 13.6) transportation failure due to deterioration.
The wire wound resistance of the MSI Feed Motor: approx. 2.15 Ohm (When the temperature is 25 • The Drive Gear for wear and damage.
degrees C)
• Transport failure due to foreign substance in paper path.
– Between IOT Drive PWB J437 pin-3 and J435 pin-1/2
• Usage of out of spec paper.
– Between IOT Drive PWB J437 pin-4 and J435 pin-3/4
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• MSI Nudger Solenoid: DC330 [075-003] (PL 13.6)
The coil resistance of the MSI Nudger Solenoid: approx. 30 Ohm (When coil temperature is 20 degrees • IOT Drive PWB (PL 18.2)
C) • MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
– Between IOT Drive PWB J435 pin-7 and J435 pin-8
• MSI Lift Motor: DC330 [075-005] (Up), DC330 [075-006] (Down) (PL 13.4)
The wire wound resistance of the MSI Lift Motor: approx. 83.5 Ohm 075-135 Regi In Sensor On Jam (MSI)
– Between IOT Drive PWB J435 pin-5 and J435 pin-6 BSD-ON:CH8.10, CH8.7
• The MSI Feed Roll, Retard Roll, and Nudger Roll for contamination, wear, and transportation failure due
to deterioration. The Regi In Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time during paper feed from the MSI.
• The Drive Gear for wear and damage.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
• Transport failure due to foreign substance in paper path.
• Usage of out of spec paper. Initial Actions
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Initial Actions Press the Stop button and turn OFF the power.
Check the MSI Lifter Gear for damage and the Tray Lift Up mechanism for mechanical load.
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• IOT Drive PWB (PL 18.2)
Procedure • MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [075-005] (MSI Up).. Does it Lift Up?
Y N
Press the Stop button. Remove the MSI Rear Cover and rotate the gear of the MSI Lifter manually. Does
075-211 MSI Lift Down Fail
the gear rotate without load? BSD-ON:CH7.10
Y N
Remove any Lift Up mechanical loading. The MSI Lift Down Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time during the MSI Lift Down.
Is the voltage between the MSI Lift Motor P226-2 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Y N
Turn the power OFF and remove the Rear Upper Cover. Disconnect the connector J7191 (Flat
Initial Actions
Cable) from the IIT PWB and open the Chassis Assembly. Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Turn ON the power. Is the voltage between the IOT Drive PWB J430-3 (+) and the GND (-)
+24VDC? Procedure
Y N
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [075-006] (MSI Down).. Does it Lift Down?
Refer to BSD CH1.7 and check the +24VDC circuit to the IOT Drive PWB J430-3. Y N
Press the Stop button. Remove the MSI Rear Cover and rotate the gear of the MSI Lifter manually. Does
Turn the power OFF and check the connection between the IOT Drive PWB J435-6 and the MSI Lift
the gear rotate without load?
Motor P226-2 for open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the IOT Drive Y N
PWB. (PL 18.2)
Remove any Lift Down mechanical loading.
Turn ON DC330 [075-005] (MSI Up). Is the voltage between the MSI Lift Motor P226-2 (+) and the Is the voltage between the MSI Lift Motor P226-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
GND (-) +1VDC or lower?
Y N
Y N
Turn the power OFF and remove the Rear Upper Cover. Disconnect the connector J7191 (Flat
Turn the power OFF and check the connection between the IOT Drive PWB J435-6 and the MSI Lift Cable) from the IIT PWB and open the Chassis Assembly.
Motor P226-2 for open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the IOT Drive
Turn ON the power. Is the voltage between the IOT Drive PWB J430-3 (+) and the GND (-)
PWB. (PL 18.2)
+24VDC?
Y N
Is the voltage between the MSI Lift Motor P226-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Refer to BSD CH1.7 and check the +24VDC circuit to the IOT Drive PWB J430-3.
A A B C
A B C
Turn the power OFF and check the connection between the IOT Drive PWB J435-5 and the MSI Lift
Motor P226-1 for open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the IOT Drive
PWB. (PL 18.2)
Turn ON DC330 [075-006] (MSI Down). Is the voltage between the MSI Lift Motor P226-1 (+) and
the GND (-) +1VDC or lower?
Y N
Turn the power OFF and check the connection between the IOT Drive PWB J435-5 and the MSI Lift
Motor P226-1 for open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the IOT Drive
PWB. (PL 18.2)
Is the voltage between the MSI Lift Motor P226-2 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N
Turn the power OFF and check the connection between the IOT Drive PWB J435-6 and the MSI Lift
Motor P226-2 for open circuit and poor contact.
Press the Stop button. Turn ON DC330 [075-201] (MSI Lift Down Sensor). Raise and lower the MSI Bottom
Plate to to block/clear the light path to the MSI Lift Down Sensor.. Does the display change between High/
Low?
Y N
Use '2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP' to check the MSI Lift Down Sensor.
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
077-107 Fusing Unit Exit Sensor Off Jam (Invert)
Cause/Action BSD-ON:CH10.5, CH10.6, CH10.7
077-109 IOT Exit Sensor On Jam (Straight) • Release Invert Solenoid: DC330 [077-016] (PL 16.5)
The coil resistance of the Release Invert Solenoid: approx. 36 Ohm (When coil temperature is 20
BSD-ON:CH10.8, CH10.6
degrees C)
The IOT Exit Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time during the paper transportation for Face Up out- – Between TM Drive PWB J465 pin-B11 and J465 pin-B12
put. • Exit Motor: DC330 [077-008] (PL 16.2)
The wire wound resistance of the Exit Motor: approx. 6.5 Ohm (When the temperature is 25 degrees C)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
– Between the Exit Motor J222 pin-2 and J222 pin-1/3
Initial Actions – Between the Exit Motor J222 pin-5 and J222 pin-4/6
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. • The Invert In Roll, Invert Roll, and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and transportation failure due to
deterioration.
Cause/Action • A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/burr on the paper path.
Check the following: • The Drive Gear for wear and damage.
• Usage of out of spec paper.
• IOT Exit Sensor: DC330 [077-110] (PL 16.4) If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Invert Gate Solenoid: DC330 [077-013] (Invert), DC330 [077-014] (Exit) (PL 16.5)
• TM Drive PWB (PL 18.3)
The coil resistance of the Invert Gate Solenoid: approx. 30 Ohm (When coil temperature is 20 degrees C)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
– Between TM Drive PWB J465 pin-B14 and J465 pin-B13/B15
• A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/burr on the paper path.
• The Drive Gear for wear and damage.
• Usage of out of spec paper.
077-113 IOT Exit Sensor Off Jam (Straight)
BSD-ON:CH10.8
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
The IOT Exit Sensor does not turn OFF within the specified time during the paper transportation for Face Up
• TM Drive PWB (PL 18.3)
output.
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
The IOT Exit Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time during the paper transportation for Face Down Cause/Action
output. Check the following:
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. • IOT Exit Sensor: DC330 [077-110] (PL 16.4)
Initial Actions • Exit Motor: DC330 [077-008] (PL 16.2)
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. The wire wound resistance of the Exit Motor: approx. 6.5 Ohm (When the temperature is 25 degrees C)
– Between the Exit Motor J222 pin-2 and J222 pin-1/3
Cause/Action – Between the Exit Motor J222 pin-5 and J222 pin-4/6
Check the following: • The Exit Roll and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and transportation failure due to deterioration.
• A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/burr on the paper path.
• IOT Exit Sensor: DC330 [077-110] (PL 16.4) • The Drive Gear for wear and damage.
• Invert Motor: DC330 [077-009] (CCW), DC330 [007-010] (CW) (PL 16.2) • Usage of out of spec paper.
The wire wound resistance of the Invert Motor: approx. 5.5 Ohm If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
– Between TM Drive PWB J466 pin-10 and J466 pin-9/11
• TM Drive PWB (PL 18.3)
– Between TM Drive PWB J466 pin-13 and J466 pin-12/14
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2) NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
077-115 IOT Exit Sensor Off Jam (Invert)
BSD-ON:CH10.8, CH10.7
Cause/Action
The IOT Exit Sensor does not turn OFF within the specified time during the paper transportation for Face Down Check the following:
output.
• Pre Regi Sensor: DC330 [077-100] (PL 15.4)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. • Pre Regi Motor: DC330 [077-006] (PL 15.2)
The wire wound resistance of the Pre Regi Motor: approx. 0.8 Ohm (When the temperature is 25 degrees
Initial Actions C)
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
– Between Pre Regi Motor J229 pin-2 and J229 pin-1/3
– Between Pre Regi Motor J229 pin-5 and J229 pin-4/6
Cause/Action • Duplex Motor: DC330 [077-011] (PL 14.2)
Check the following:
The wire wound resistance of the Duplex Motor: approx. 4.2 Ohm (When the temperature is 25 degrees
C)
• IOT Exit Sensor: DC330 [077-110] (PL 16.4)
– Between IOT Drive PWB J440 pin-2 and J440 pin-1/3
• Exit Motor: DC330 [077-008] (PL 16.2)
– Between IOT Drive PWB J440 pin-5 and J440 pin-4/6
The wire wound resistance of the Exit Motor: approx. 6.5 Ohm (When the temperature is 25 degrees C)
• The Pre Regi Roll, Duplex Rolls 1, 2, and 3, and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and transportation
– Between the Exit Motor J222 pin-2 and J222 pin-1/3
failure due to deterioration.
– Between the Exit Motor J222 pin-5 and J222 pin-4/6
• The Drive Gear for wear and damage.
• Release Invert Solenoid: DC330 [077-016] (PL 16.5)
• Transport failure due to foreign substance in paper path.
The coil resistance of the Release Invert Solenoid: approx. 36 Ohm (When coil temperature is 20
• Usage of out of spec paper.
degrees C)
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
– Between TM Drive PWB J465 pin-B11 and J465 pin-B12
• The Invert Roll, Exit Roll, and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and transportation failure due to deteri- • IOT Drive PWB (PL 18.2)
oration.
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
• A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/burr on the paper path.
• The Drive Gear for wear and damage.
• Usage of out of spec paper. 077-120 Post 2nd BTR Sensor On Jam
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
BSD-ON:CH9.25, CH8.9
• TM Drive PWB (PL 18.3) The Post 2nd BTR Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the start of Regi Feed.
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Initial Actions
077-118 Pre Regi Sensor On Jam (Duplex)
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
BSD-ON:CH8.7, CH10.10
The Pre Regi Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time during the Duplex Path paper transportation Cause/Action
for 2 Sided Printing. Check the following:
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Cause/Action – Between TM Drive PWB J466 pin-10 and J466 pin-9/11
Check the following: – Between TM Drive PWB J466 pin-13 and J466 pin-12/14
• The Duplex Rolls 1, 2, and 3, Invert Roll, and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and transportation fail-
• Dup In Sensor: DC330 [077-107] (PL 14.3) ure due to deterioration.
• Invert Motor: DC330 [077-009] (CCW), DC330 [007-010] (CW) (PL 16.2) • A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/burr on the paper path.
The wire wound resistance of the Invert Motor: approx. 5.5 Ohm • The Duplex Motor Belt for wear and damage. (PL 14.2)
– Between TM Drive PWB J466 pin-10 and J466 pin-9/11 • The Drive Gear for wear and damage.
– Between TM Drive PWB J466 pin-13 and J466 pin-12/14 • Usage of out of spec paper.
• Release Invert Solenoid: DC330 [077-016] (PL 16.5) If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
The coil resistance of the Release Invert Solenoid: approx. 36 Ohm (When coil temperature is 20
degrees C) • IOT Drive PWB (PL 18.2)
– Between TM Drive PWB J465 pin-B11 and J465 pin-B12 • MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
• The Invert Roll and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and transportation failure due to deterioration. • TM Drive PWB (PL 18.3)
• A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/burr on the paper path.
• The Drive Gear for wear and damage.
• Usage of out of spec paper. 077-132 Invert In Sensor Off Jam
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: BSD-ON:CH10.6, CH10.8, CH10.7
• IOT Drive PWB (PL 18.2) The Invert In Sensor does not turn OFF within the specified time during the paper transportation for Face Down
output. (If this jam is detected, no purge will be performed.)
• TM Drive PWB (PL 18.3)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Initial Actions
077-130 Duplex Out Sensor On Jam Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
BSD-ON:CH10.10, CH10.7
Cause/Action
The Duplex Out Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time during the Duplex Path paper transportation Check the following:
for 2 Sided Printing.
• Invert In Sensor: DC330 [077-105] (PL 16.4)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
• Exit Motor: DC330 [077-008] (PL 16.2)
Initial Actions The wire wound resistance of the Exit Motor: approx. 6.5 Ohm (When the temperature is 25 degrees C)
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. – Between the Exit Motor J222 pin-2 and J222 pin-1/3
– Between the Exit Motor J222 pin-5 and J222 pin-4/6
Cause/Action • Invert Gate Solenoid: DC330 [077-013] (Invert), DC330 [077-014] (Exit) (PL 16.5)
Check the following: The coil resistance of the Invert Gate Solenoid: approx. 30 Ohm (When coil temperature is 20 degrees C)
– Between TM Drive PWB J465 pin-B14 and J465 pin-B13/B15
• Dup Out Sensor: DC330 [077-109] (PL 14.3) • Invert Motor: DC330 [077-009] (CCW), DC330 [007-010] (CW) (PL 16.2)
• Duplex Motor: DC330 [077-011] (CW), DC330 [077-012] (CCW) (PL 14.2) The wire wound resistance of the Invert Motor: approx. 5.5 Ohm
The wire wound resistance of the Duplex Motor: approx. 4.2 Ohm (When the temperature is 25 degrees – Between TM Drive PWB J466 pin-10 and J466 pin-9/11
C)
– Between TM Drive PWB J466 pin-13 and J466 pin-12/14
– Between IOT Drive PWB J440 pin-2 and J440 pin-1/3
• The Invert In Roll, Invert Roll, and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and transportation failure due to
– Between IOT Drive PWB J440 pin-5 and J440 pin-4/6 deterioration.
• Invert Motor: DC330 [077-009] (CCW), DC330 [007-010] (CW) (PL 16.2) • A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/burr on the paper path.
The wire wound resistance of the Invert Motor: approx. 5.5 Ohm
• Regi Out Sensor: DC330 [077-103] (PL 15.3) The Front Cover is open.
• Regi Motor: DC330 [077-007] (PL 15.3)
The wire wound resistance of the Regi Motor: approx. 1.5 Ohm (When the temperature is 25 degrees C) NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
– Between IOT Drive PWB J440 pin-9 and J440 pin-8/10
Initial Actions
– Between IOT Drive PWB J440 pin-12 and J440 pin-11/13
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
• The Regi Roll and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and transportation failure due to deterioration.
• The Drive Gear for wear and damage.
Cause/Action
• A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/burr on the paper path.
Check the following:
• Usage of out of spec paper.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: • Front Cover Interlock Switch: DC330 [077-303] (PL 19.1)
• The Front Cover for damage or mismatch.
• IOT Drive PWB (PL 18.2)
If no problems are found, replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
077-168 Invert In Sensor Off Check Jam 077-301 Left Hand Cover Interlock Open
BSD-ON:CH10.6, CH10.8 BSD-ON:CH1.12
The Invert In Sensor turned OFF before the specified time during the paper transportation for Face Down out- The Left Hand Cover is open.
put.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. • Check whether the PH Drawer is installed properly on the Drawer Rail.
• Check whether the PH Drawer is pushed in properly.
Initial Actions
• Check the Drawer Connector ( DP/DJ607) between the PH Drawer and the Main Unit for broken/bent
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
pins, foreign substances, burns, and etc.
• The PH Drawer for improper latching.
Cause/Action If no problems are found, replace the IOT Drive PWB. (PL 18.2)
Check the following:
NOTE: . If the 2000B1 HCF or the 2000HCF is connected, check the connection (for disconnected con-
077-302 Right Hand Cover Interlock Open nector at the top) between the HCF and the IOT.
BSD-ON:CH1.12 NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
077-303 PH Drawer Interlock Open NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
BSD-ON:CH1.12
Initial Actions
The PH Drawer is pulled out. Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. Cause/Action
Initial Actions 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. 2. Turn OFF the power and check the following:
Cause/Action
Check the following:
• The connection between the MCU PWB J411 and the HCF PWB for open circuit, short circuit, and
poor contact.
• The connection between the IOT Drive PWB J435 and the HCF PWB for open circuit, short circuit,
and poor contact.
• The Drawer Connectors ( DP/DJ678 and DP/DJ679) for broken/bent pins, burn damage, and for-
eign substances.
• The power supply at the HCF.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
• IOT Drive PWB (PL 18.2)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Set each Tray again.
3. Enter DC122 Shutdown History and go to the FIP of the Tray that is malfunctioning.
When the various Covers were closed, one of the Sensors detected paper in the IOT.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Remove any paper that may have remained in the machine.
3. Enter DC122 Shutdown History and go to the corresponding FIP.
078-100 Pre Regi Sensor On Jam (2000 HCF Tray) NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. Cause/Action
Check the following:
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. • MSI Pre Regi Sensor: DC330 [077-101] (PL 15.1)
• Pre Regi Motor: DC330 [077-006] (PL 15.2)
Cause/Action The wire wound resistance of the Pre Regi Motor: approx. 0.8 Ohm (When the temperature is 25 degrees
Check the following: C)
– Between Pre Regi Motor J229 pin-2 and J229 pin-1/3
• Pre Regi Sensor: DC330 [077-100] (PL 15.4) – Between Pre Regi Motor J229 pin-5 and J229 pin-4/6
• Pre Regi Motor: DC330 [077-006] (PL 15.2) • The MSI Pre Regi Roll and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and transportation failure due to deterio-
The wire wound resistance of the Pre Regi Motor: approx. 0.8 Ohm (When the temperature is 25 degrees ration.
C) • The Drive Gear for wear and damage.
– Between Pre Regi Motor J229 pin-2 and J229 pin-1/3 • A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/burr on the paper path.
– Between Pre Regi Motor J229 pin-5 and J229 pin-4/6 • Usage of out of spec paper.
• Takeaway Motor: DC330 [077-001] (PL 12.19) If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Takeaway Clutch 1: DC330 [077-002] (PL 12.19)
The coil resistance of the Takeaway Clutch 1: approx. 113 Ohm (When coil temperature is 20 degrees C) • IOT Drive PWB (PL 18.2)
– Between TM Drive PWB J465 pin-A8 and J465 pin-A9 • MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
NOTE: Driving T/A Rolls 1 and 2 is possible by combining with the Takeaway Motor (DC330 [077-
001]).
078-101 Feed Out Sensor 1 On Jam (2000 HCF Tray)
• The Takeaway Rolls 1 and 2, Pre Regi Roll, and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and transportation BSD-ON:CH8.4, CH8.3
failure due to deterioration.
• The Drive Gear for wear and damage. The Feed Out Sensor 1 does not turn ON within the specified time in the paper feed from the HCF.
• A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/burr on the paper path.
• Usage of out of spec paper. NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
• IOT Drive PWB (PL 18.2)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
• TM Drive PWB (PL 18.3)
Cause/Action
Check the following:
NOTE: Driving T/A Rolls 1 and 2 is possible by combining with the Takeaway Motor (DC330 [077-
001]).
078-102 Regi In Sensor On Jam (2000 HCF Tray/2000B1 HCF • MSI Pre Regi Sensor: DC330 [077-101] (PL 15.1)
Tray) • Pre Regi Motor: DC330 [077-006] (PL 15.2)
BSD-ON:CH8.10, CH8.7 The wire wound resistance of the Pre Regi Motor: approx. 0.8 Ohm (When the temperature is 25 degrees
C)
The Regi In Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time during paper feed from the HCF Tray. – Between Pre Regi Motor J229 pin-2 and J229 pin-1/3
– Between Pre Regi Motor J229 pin-5 and J229 pin-4/6
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
• The MSI Pre Regi Roll and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and transportation failure due to deteriora-
Initial Actions tion.
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. • The Drive Gear for wear and damage.
• A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/burr on the paper path.
Cause/Action • Usage of out of spec paper.
Check the following: If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Check the connection of the communication cable.
NOTE: . When multiple failures with Chain No. 089 occur, take action according to the priority order in the
Initial Actions following table. Solving a higher priority failure may sometimes also repair the other failures. (089-600 to
• Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. 089-616 is detected when performing Regi Control, 089-617 is detected when a print instruction is
issued, while 089-674 to 089-676 are detected when performing the MOB Sensor LED light amount cor-
• Check for poor image quality (such as low density, roller marks, dark background, contamination, IBT
Belt scratches, Magnet Roll scratches, and etc.). rection.)
Table 1
Procedure
Priority Chain Link Fail Item
Turn OFF the power and insert a sheet of blank paper between the MOB Sensor and the IBT Belt.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC140 [089-200] (MOB Moni In A), DC140 [089-201] 1 (High) 089-616 RC Data Over Flow Fail
(MOB Moni Center A), and DC140 [089-202] (MOB Moni Out A), and check each analog monitor value. Is the 2 089-604~089-615 RC Sample Block Fail-B
analog monitor value 92 or lower for each? 3 089-601~089-603 RC Sample Block Fail-A1
Y N
4 089-600 RC Sample Lateral Fail-A1
Press the Stop button. Remove the Rear Upper Cover and MCU Cover to measure the voltages between
the MCU PWB J406-B11/A15/B18 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage +5VDC for each? 5 089-617 RC Data Over Range Fail
Y N 6 (Low) 089-674, 089-675, 089-676 MOB LED Fail
Replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
Initial Actions
Turn OFF the power and check the following:
• Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
• The connection between the MCU PWB J406 and the MOB In Sensor J138 for open circuit, short
circuit, and poor contact. • Check that the MOB ADC Assembly is installed properly.
• The connection between the MCU PWB J406 and the MOB Center Sensor J139 for open circuit,
short circuit, and poor contact. Procedure
Turn OFF the power and insert a sheet of blank paper between the MOB Sensor and the IBT Belt.
A
Version 1.2 12/2014 CHAIN 89
2-129
Color C60/C70 Printer Troubleshooting
Color C60/C70 Printer 12/2014
Troubleshooting
Version 1.2 2-130 CHAIN 89
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC140 [089-200] (MOB Moni In A).. Is the analog NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
monitor value 92 or less?
Y N NOTE: . When multiple failures with Chain No. 089 occur, take action according to the priority order in the
following table. Solving a higher priority failure may sometimes also repair the other failures. (089-600 to
Press the Stop button. Remove the Rear Upper Cover and MCU Cover to measure the voltage between
089-616 is detected when performing Regi Control, 089-617 is detected when a print instruction is
the MCU PWB J406-B11 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage +5VDC?
Y N issued, while 089-674 to 089-676 are detected when performing the MOB Sensor LED light amount cor-
rection.)
Replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
Table 1
Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the MCU PWB J406 and the MOB In Sensor
J138 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. Priority Chain Link Fail Item
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
1 (High) 089-616 RC Data Over Flow Fail
• MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.1)
2 089-604~089-615 RC Sample Block Fail-B
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
3 089-601~089-603 RC Sample Block Fail-A1
Press the Stop button. Turn ON DC330 [092-004] (ADC Shutter Open) and DC330 [092-005] (ADC Shutter 4 089-600 RC Sample Lateral Fail-A1
Close) alternately.. Is the ADC Shutter operating properly? 5 089-617 RC Data Over Range Fail
Y N 6 (Low) 089-674, 089-675, 089-676 MOB LED Fail
Go to '092-649 (ADC Shutter Open Fail) FIP' or '092-650 (ADC Shutter Close Fail) FIP'.
Press the Stop button and turn OFF the power. Remove each Drum Cartridge and the IBT Unit and reinstall Initial Actions
them. • Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Turn ON the power and perform DC675 Registration Control - Setup Cycle. • Check that the MOB ADC Assembly is installed properly.
If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
Procedure
089-602 RC Sample Block Fail-A1-Cnt Turn OFF the power and insert a sheet of blank paper between the MOB Sensor and the IBT Belt.
BSD-ON:CH6.17, CH9.23 Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC140 [089-201] (MOB Moni Center A).. Is the ana-
log monitor value 92 or less?
During the A1 (fine adjustment pattern) and C patch detection, the patch at the MOB Sensor Center side did not Y N
satisfy the defined number of valid sample blocks. This is a hidden failure. The Color Regi Spec cannot be Press the Stop button. Remove the Rear Upper Cover and MCU Cover to measure the voltage between
guaranteed and Data is only recorded in history.) the MCU PWB J406-A15 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage +5VDC?
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the MCU PWB J406 and the MOB Center Sen-
sor J139 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.1)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
Press the Stop button. Turn ON DC330 [092-004] (ADC Shutter Open) and DC330 [092-005] (ADC Shutter
Close) alternately.. Is the ADC Shutter operating properly?
Y N
Go to '092-649 (ADC Shutter Open Fail) FIP' or '092-650 (ADC Shutter Close Fail) FIP'.
Press the Stop button and turn OFF the power. Remove each Drum Cartridge and the IBT Unit and reinstall
them.
Turn ON the power and perform DC675 Registration Control - Setup Cycle.
If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
089-603 RC Sample Block Fail-A1-Out Y N
Go to '092-649 (ADC Shutter Open Fail) FIP' or '092-650 (ADC Shutter Close Fail) FIP'.
BSD-ON:CH6.17, CH9.23
Press the Stop button and turn OFF the power. Remove each Drum Cartridge and the IBT Unit and reinstall
During the A1 (fine adjustment pattern) and C patch detection, the patch at the MOB Sensor Out side did not
them.
satisfy the defined number of valid sample blocks. This is a hidden failure. The Color Regi Spec cannot be Turn ON the power and perform DC675 Registration Control - Setup Cycle.
guaranteed and Data is only recorded in history.)
If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
089-604 RC Sample Block Fail-B1-In
NOTE: . When multiple failures with Chain No. 089 occur, take action according to the priority order in the
BSD-ON:CH6.17, CH9.23
following table. Solving a higher priority failure may sometimes also repair the other failures. (089-600 to
089-616 is detected when performing Regi Control, 089-617 is detected when a print instruction is During the #1 (Yellow) B (rough adjustment pattern) patch detection, the patch at the MOB Sensor In side did
issued, while 089-674 to 089-676 are detected when performing the MOB Sensor LED light amount cor-
not satisfy the defined number of valid sample blocks. This is a hidden failure. The Color Regi Spec cannot be
rection.)
guaranteed and Data is only recorded in history.)
Table 1
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Priority Chain Link Fail Item
NOTE: . When multiple failures with Chain No. 089 occur, take action according to the priority order in the
1 (High) 089-616 RC Data Over Flow Fail following table. Solving a higher priority failure may sometimes also repair the other failures. (089-600 to
2 089-604~089-615 RC Sample Block Fail-B 089-616 is detected when performing Regi Control, 089-617 is detected when a print instruction is
3 089-601~089-603 RC Sample Block Fail-A1 issued, while 089-674 to 089-676 are detected when performing the MOB Sensor LED light amount cor-
4 089-600 RC Sample Lateral Fail-A1 rection.)
5 089-617 RC Data Over Range Fail
Table 1
6 (Low) 089-674, 089-675, 089-676 MOB LED Fail
Priority Chain Link Fail Item
1 (High) 089-616 RC Data Over Flow Fail
Initial Actions
2 089-604~089-615 RC Sample Block Fail-B
• Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
3 089-601~089-603 RC Sample Block Fail-A1
• Check that the MOB ADC Assembly is installed properly.
4 089-600 RC Sample Lateral Fail-A1
5 089-617 RC Data Over Range Fail
Procedure
6 (Low) 089-674, 089-675, 089-676 MOB LED Fail
Turn OFF the power and insert a sheet of blank paper between the MOB Sensor and the IBT Belt.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC140 [089-202] (MOB Moni Out A).. Is the analog
monitor value 92 or less? Initial Actions
Y N • Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Press the Stop button. Remove the Rear Upper Cover and MCU Cover to measure the voltage between
• Check the IBT Belt around the Sensor area where Fail has occurred for scratches and distortion.
the MCU PWB J406-B18 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage +5VDC?
• Check for poor image quality (such as low density, roller marks, dark background, contamination, IBT
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2) Belt scratches, Magnet Roll scratches, and etc.).
Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the MCU PWB J406 and the MOB Out Sensor Procedure
J160 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. Turn OFF the power and insert a sheet of blank paper between the MOB Sensor and the IBT Belt.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC140 [089-200] (MOB Moni In A).. Is the analog
• MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.1) monitor value 92 or less?
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2) Y N
Press the Stop button. Remove the Rear Upper Cover and MCU Cover to measure the voltage between
Press the Stop button. Turn ON DC330 [092-004] (ADC Shutter Open) and DC330 [092-005] (ADC Shutter the MCU PWB J406-B11 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage +5VDC?
Close) alternately.. Is the ADC Shutter operating properly? Y N
Replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
A B
Version 1.2 12/2014 CHAIN 89
2-131
Color C60/C70 Printer Troubleshooting
Color C60/C70 Printer 12/2014
Troubleshooting
Version 1.2 2-132 CHAIN 89
A B
Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the MCU PWB J406 and the MOB In Sensor NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
J138 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: NOTE: . When multiple failures with Chain No. 089 occur, take action according to the priority order in the
following table. Solving a higher priority failure may sometimes also repair the other failures. (089-600 to
• MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.1)
089-616 is detected when performing Regi Control, 089-617 is detected when a print instruction is
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
issued, while 089-674 to 089-676 are detected when performing the MOB Sensor LED light amount cor-
rection.)
Press the Stop button. Turn ON DC330 [092-004] (ADC Shutter Open) and DC330 [092-005] (ADC Shutter
Close) alternately.. Is the ADC Shutter operating properly?
Table 1
Y N
Go to '092-649 (ADC Shutter Open Fail) FIP' or '092-650 (ADC Shutter Close Fail) FIP'. Priority Chain Link Fail Item
1 (High) 089-616 RC Data Over Flow Fail
Press the Stop button and turn OFF the power. Remove the Drum Cartridge (Y) and the IBT Unit and reinstall
2 089-604~089-615 RC Sample Block Fail-B
them.
Turn ON the power and perform DC675 Registration Control - Setup Cycle.. Is an error displayed? 3 089-601~089-603 RC Sample Block Fail-A1
Y N 4 089-600 RC Sample Lateral Fail-A1
end 5 089-617 RC Data Over Range Fail
6 (Low) 089-674, 089-675, 089-676 MOB LED Fail
Enter DC612 and output Test Pattern 10 (ProCon). Check the density of Y color.
NOTE: . Check the sections other than the paper path at both sides of the Mag Roll because the distance Initial Actions
between the Regi Control Patches in the In-Out direction (304 mm) exceeds the A4 L width (297 mm). • Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Is the density of Y color normal? • Check the IBT Belt around the Sensor area where Fail has occurred for scratches and distortion.
Y N • Check for poor image quality (such as low density, roller marks, dark background, contamination, IBT
Adjust the density of Y color. Belt scratches, Magnet Roll scratches, and etc.).
Check the Y Mag Roll for scratches, foreign substances, and distortion.. Is the Mag Roll normal?
Y N
Procedure
Replace the Developer Housing Kit (Y). (PL 8.6) Turn OFF the power and insert a sheet of blank paper between the MOB Sensor and the IBT Belt.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC140 [089-201] (MOB Moni Center A).. Is the ana-
Check the connection between the MCU PWB J406 and the MOB In Sensor J138 for open circuit, short circuit, log monitor value 92 or less?
and poor contact.. Is the connection normal? Y N
Y N Press the Stop button. Remove the Rear Upper Cover and MCU Cover to measure the voltage between
Connect the MCU PWB J406 to the MOB In Sensor J138 properly. the MCU PWB J406-A15 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage +5VDC?
Y N
Replace the MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.1) and perform DC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle.. Is an Replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
error displayed?
Y N Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the MCU PWB J406 and the MOB Center Sen-
end sor J139 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 18.2) and perform DC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle. • MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.1)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
Press the Stop button. Turn ON DC330 [092-004] (ADC Shutter Open) and DC330 [092-005] (ADC Shutter
Close) alternately.. Is the ADC Shutter operating properly?
089-605 RC Sample Block Fail-B1-Cnt Y N
Go to '092-649 (ADC Shutter Open Fail) FIP' or '092-650 (ADC Shutter Close Fail) FIP'.
BSD-ON:CH6.17, CH9.23
Press the Stop button and turn OFF the power. Remove the Drum Cartridge (Y) and the IBT Unit and reinstall
During the #1 (Yellow) B (rough adjustment pattern) patch detection, the patch at the MOB Sensor Center side
them.
did not satisfy the defined number of valid sample blocks. This is a hidden failure. The Color Regi Spec cannot
Turn ON the power and perform DC675 Registration Control - Setup Cycle.. Is an error displayed?
be guaranteed and Data is only recorded in history.)
Y N NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
end
NOTE: . When multiple failures with Chain No. 089 occur, take action according to the priority order in the
following table. Solving a higher priority failure may sometimes also repair the other failures. (089-600 to
Enter DC612 and output Test Pattern 10 (ProCon). Check the density of Y color.
089-616 is detected when performing Regi Control, 089-617 is detected when a print instruction is
NOTE: . Check the sections other than the paper path at both sides of the Mag Roll because the distance issued, while 089-674 to 089-676 are detected when performing the MOB Sensor LED light amount cor-
between the Regi Control Patches in the In-Out direction (304 mm) exceeds the A4 L width (297 mm). rection.)
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 18.2) and perform DC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle.
Procedure
089-606 RC Sample Block Fail-B1-Out Turn OFF the power and insert a sheet of blank paper between the MOB Sensor and the IBT Belt.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC140 [089-202] (MOB Moni Out A).. Is the analog
BSD-ON:CH6.17, CH9.23
monitor value 92 or less?
Y N
During the #1 (Yellow) B (rough adjustment pattern) patch detection, the patch at the MOB Sensor Out side did Press the Stop button. Remove the Rear Upper Cover and MCU Cover to measure the voltage between
not satisfy the defined number of valid sample blocks. This is a hidden failure. The Color Regi Spec cannot be
the MCU PWB J406-B18 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage +5VDC?
guaranteed and Data is only recorded in history.)
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the MCU PWB J406 and the MOB Out Sensor
J160 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.1)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
Press the Stop button. Turn ON DC330 [092-004] (ADC Shutter Open) and DC330 [092-005] (ADC Shutter
Close) alternately.. Is the ADC Shutter operating properly?
Y N
Go to '092-649 (ADC Shutter Open Fail) FIP' or '092-650 (ADC Shutter Close Fail) FIP'.
Press the Stop button and turn OFF the power. Remove the Drum Cartridge (Y) and the IBT Unit and reinstall
them.
Turn ON the power and perform DC675 Registration Control - Setup Cycle.. Is an error displayed?
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 18.2) and perform DC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle.
Procedure
089-607 RC Sample Block Fail-B2-In Turn OFF the power and insert a sheet of blank paper between the MOB Sensor and the IBT Belt.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC140 [089-200] (MOB Moni In A).. Is the analog
BSD-ON:CH6.17, CH9.23
monitor value 92 or less?
Y N
During the #2 (Magenta) B (rough adjustment pattern) patch detection, the patch at the MOB Sensor In side did Press the Stop button. Remove the Rear Upper Cover and MCU Cover to measure the voltage between
not satisfy the defined number of valid sample blocks. This is a hidden failure. The Color Regi Spec cannot be
the MCU PWB J406-B11 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage +5VDC?
guaranteed and Data is only recorded in history.)
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the MCU PWB J406 and the MOB In Sensor
J138 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.1)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
Press the Stop button. Turn ON DC330 [092-004] (ADC Shutter Open) and DC330 [092-005] (ADC Shutter
Close) alternately.. Is the ADC Shutter operating properly?
Y N
Go to '092-649 (ADC Shutter Open Fail) FIP' or '092-650 (ADC Shutter Close Fail) FIP'.
Press the Stop button and turn OFF the power. Remove the Drum Cartridge (M) and the IBT Unit and reinstall
them.
Turn ON the power and perform DC675 Registration Control - Setup Cycle.. Is an error displayed?
Y N NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
end
NOTE: . When multiple failures with Chain No. 089 occur, take action according to the priority order in the
following table. Solving a higher priority failure may sometimes also repair the other failures. (089-600 to
Enter DC612 and output Test Pattern 10 (ProCon). Check the density of M color.
089-616 is detected when performing Regi Control, 089-617 is detected when a print instruction is
NOTE: . Check the sections other than the paper path at both sides of the Mag Roll because the distance issued, while 089-674 to 089-676 are detected when performing the MOB Sensor LED light amount cor-
between the Regi Control Patches in the In-Out direction (304 mm) exceeds the A4 L width (297 mm). rection.)
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 18.2) and perform DC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle.
Procedure
089-608 RC Sample Block Fail-B2-Cnt Turn OFF the power and insert a sheet of blank paper between the MOB Sensor and the IBT Belt.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC140 [089-201] (MOB Moni Center A).. Is the ana-
BSD-ON:CH6.17, CH9.23
log monitor value 92 or less?
Y N
During the #2 (Magenta) B (rough adjustment pattern) patch detection, the patch at the MOB Sensor Center Press the Stop button. Remove the Rear Upper Cover and MCU Cover to measure the voltage between
side did not satisfy the defined number of valid sample blocks. This is a hidden failure. The Color Regi Spec
the MCU PWB J406-A15 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage +5VDC?
cannot be guaranteed and Data is only recorded in history.)
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the MCU PWB J406 and the MOB Center Sen-
sor J139 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.1)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
Press the Stop button. Turn ON DC330 [092-004] (ADC Shutter Open) and DC330 [092-005] (ADC Shutter
Close) alternately.. Is the ADC Shutter operating properly?
Y N
Go to '092-649 (ADC Shutter Open Fail) FIP' or '092-650 (ADC Shutter Close Fail) FIP'.
Press the Stop button and turn OFF the power. Remove the Drum Cartridge (M) and the IBT Unit and reinstall
them.
Turn ON the power and perform DC675 Registration Control - Setup Cycle.. Is an error displayed?
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 18.2) and perform DC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle.
Procedure
089-609 RC Sample Block Fail-B2-Out Turn OFF the power and insert a sheet of blank paper between the MOB Sensor and the IBT Belt.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC140 [089-202] (MOB Moni Out A).. Is the analog
BSD-ON:CH6.17, CH9.23
monitor value 92 or less?
Y N
During the #2 (Magenta) B (rough adjustment pattern) patch detection, the patch at the MOB Sensor Out side Press the Stop button. Remove the Rear Upper Cover and MCU Cover to measure the voltage between
did not satisfy the defined number of valid sample blocks. This is a hidden failure. The Color Regi Spec cannot
the MCU PWB J406-B18 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage +5VDC?
be guaranteed and Data is only recorded in history.)
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the MCU PWB J406 and the MOB Out Sensor
J160 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.1)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
Press the Stop button. Turn ON DC330 [092-004] (ADC Shutter Open) and DC330 [092-005] (ADC Shutter
Close) alternately.. Is the ADC Shutter operating properly?
Y N
Go to '092-649 (ADC Shutter Open Fail) FIP' or '092-650 (ADC Shutter Close Fail) FIP'.
Press the Stop button and turn OFF the power. Remove the Drum Cartridge (M) and the IBT Unit and reinstall
them.
Turn ON the power and perform DC675 Registration Control - Setup Cycle.. Is an error displayed?
Y N NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
end
NOTE: . When multiple failures with Chain No. 089 occur, take action according to the priority order in the
following table. Solving a higher priority failure may sometimes also repair the other failures. (089-600 to
Enter DC612 and output Test Pattern 10 (ProCon). Check the density of M color.
089-616 is detected when performing Regi Control, 089-617 is detected when a print instruction is
NOTE: . Check the sections other than the paper path at both sides of the Mag Roll because the distance issued, while 089-674 to 089-676 are detected when performing the MOB Sensor LED light amount cor-
between the Regi Control Patches in the In-Out direction (304 mm) exceeds the A4 L width (297 mm). rection.)
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 18.2) and perform DC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle.
Procedure
089-610 RC Sample Block Fail-B3-In Turn OFF the power and insert a sheet of blank paper between the MOB Sensor and the IBT Belt.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC140 [089-200] (MOB Moni In A).. Is the analog
BSD-ON:CH6.17, CH9.23
monitor value 92 or less?
Y N
During the #3 (Cyan) B (rough adjustment pattern) patch detection, the patch at the MOB Sensor In side did not Press the Stop button. Remove the Rear Upper Cover and MCU Cover to measure the voltage between
satisfy the defined number of valid sample blocks. This is a hidden failure. The Color Regi Spec cannot be
the MCU PWB J406-B11 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage +5VDC?
guaranteed and Data is only recorded in history.)
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the MCU PWB J406 and the MOB In Sensor
J138 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.1)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
Press the Stop button. Turn ON DC330 [092-004] (ADC Shutter Open) and DC330 [092-005] (ADC Shutter
Close) alternately.. Is the ADC Shutter operating properly?
Y N
Go to '092-649 (ADC Shutter Open Fail) FIP' or '092-650 (ADC Shutter Close Fail) FIP'.
Press the Stop button and turn OFF the power. Remove the Drum Cartridge (C) and the IBT Unit and reinstall
them.
Turn ON the power and perform DC675 Registration Control - Setup Cycle.. Is an error displayed?
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 18.2) and perform DC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle.
Procedure
089-611 RC Sample Block Fail-B3-Cnt Turn OFF the power and insert a sheet of blank paper between the MOB Sensor and the IBT Belt.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC140 [089-201] (MOB Moni Center A).. Is the ana-
BSD-ON:CH6.17, CH9.23
log monitor value 92 or less?
Y N
During the #3 (Cyan) B (rough adjustment pattern) patch detection, the patch at the MOB Sensor Center side Press the Stop button. Remove the Rear Upper Cover and MCU Cover to measure the voltage between
did not satisfy the defined number of valid sample blocks. This is a hidden failure. The Color Regi Spec cannot
the MCU PWB J406-A15 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage +5VDC?
be guaranteed and Data is only recorded in history.)
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the MCU PWB J406 and the MOB Center Sen-
sor J139 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.1)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
Press the Stop button. Turn ON DC330 [092-004] (ADC Shutter Open) and DC330 [092-005] (ADC Shutter
Close) alternately.. Is the ADC Shutter operating properly?
Y N
Go to '092-649 (ADC Shutter Open Fail) FIP' or '092-650 (ADC Shutter Close Fail) FIP'.
Press the Stop button and turn OFF the power. Remove the Drum Cartridge (C) and the IBT Unit and reinstall
them.
Turn ON the power and perform DC675 Registration Control - Setup Cycle.. Is an error displayed?
Y N NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
end
NOTE: . When multiple failures with Chain No. 089 occur, take action according to the priority order in the
following table. Solving a higher priority failure may sometimes also repair the other failures. (089-600 to
Enter DC612 and output Test Pattern 10 (ProCon). Check the density of C color.
089-616 is detected when performing Regi Control, 089-617 is detected when a print instruction is
NOTE: . Check the sections other than the paper path at both sides of the Mag Roll because the distance issued, while 089-674 to 089-676 are detected when performing the MOB Sensor LED light amount cor-
between the Regi Control Patches in the In-Out direction (304 mm) exceeds the A4 L width (297 mm). rection.)
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 18.2) and perform DC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle.
Procedure
089-612 RC Sample Block Fail-B3-Out Turn OFF the power and insert a sheet of blank paper between the MOB Sensor and the IBT Belt.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC140 [089-202] (MOB Moni Out A).. Is the analog
BSD-ON:CH6.17, CH9.23
monitor value 92 or less?
Y N
During the #3 (Cyan) B (rough adjustment pattern) patch detection, the patch at the MOB Sensor Out side did Press the Stop button. Remove the Rear Upper Cover and MCU Cover to measure the voltage between
not satisfy the defined number of valid sample blocks. This is a hidden failure. The Color Regi Spec cannot be
the MCU PWB J406-B18 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage +5VDC?
guaranteed and Data is only recorded in history.)
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the MCU PWB J406 and the MOB Out Sensor
J160 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.1)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
Press the Stop button. Turn ON DC330 [092-004] (ADC Shutter Open) and DC330 [092-005] (ADC Shutter
Close) alternately.. Is the ADC Shutter operating properly?
Y N
Go to '092-649 (ADC Shutter Open Fail) FIP' or '092-650 (ADC Shutter Close Fail) FIP'.
Press the Stop button and turn OFF the power. Remove the Drum Cartridge (C) and the IBT Unit and reinstall
them.
Turn ON the power and perform DC675 Registration Control - Setup Cycle.. Is an error displayed?
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 18.2) and perform DC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle.
Procedure
089-613 RC Sample Block Fail-B4-In Turn OFF the power and insert a sheet of blank paper between the MOB Sensor and the IBT Belt.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC140 [089-200] (MOB Moni In A).. Is the analog
BSD-ON:CH6.17, CH9.23
monitor value 92 or less?
Y N
During the #4 (Black) B (rough adjustment pattern) patch detection, the patch at the MOB Sensor In side did Press the Stop button. Remove the Rear Upper Cover and MCU Cover to measure the voltage between
not satisfy the defined number of valid sample blocks. This is a hidden failure. The Color Regi Spec cannot be
the MCU PWB J406-B11 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage +5VDC?
guaranteed and Data is only recorded in history.)
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the MCU PWB J406 and the MOB In Sensor
J138 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.1)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
Press the Stop button. Turn ON DC330 [092-004] (ADC Shutter Open) and DC330 [092-005] (ADC Shutter
Close) alternately.. Is the ADC Shutter operating properly?
Y N
Go to '092-649 (ADC Shutter Open Fail) FIP' or '092-650 (ADC Shutter Close Fail) FIP'.
Press the Stop button and turn OFF the power. Remove the Drum Cartridge (K) and the IBT Unit and reinstall
them.
Turn ON the power and perform DC675 Registration Control - Setup Cycle.. Is an error displayed?
Y N NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
end
NOTE: . When multiple failures with Chain No. 089 occur, take action according to the priority order in the
following table. Solving a higher priority failure may sometimes also repair the other failures. (089-600 to
Enter DC612 and output Test Pattern 10 (ProCon). Check the density of K color.
089-616 is detected when performing Regi Control, 089-617 is detected when a print instruction is
NOTE: . Check the sections other than the paper path at both sides of the Mag Roll because the distance issued, while 089-674 to 089-676 are detected when performing the MOB Sensor LED light amount cor-
between the Regi Control Patches in the In-Out direction (304 mm) exceeds the A4 L width (297 mm). rection.)
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 18.2) and perform DC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle.
Procedure
089-614 RC Sample Block Fail-B4-Cnt Turn OFF the power and insert a sheet of blank paper between the MOB Sensor and the IBT Belt.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC140 [089-201] (MOB Moni Center A).. Is the ana-
BSD-ON:CH6.17, CH9.23
log monitor value 92 or less?
Y N
During the #4 (Black) B (rough adjustment pattern) patch detection, the patch at the MOB Sensor Center side Press the Stop button. Remove the Rear Upper Cover and MCU Cover to measure the voltage between
did not satisfy the defined number of valid sample blocks. This is a hidden failure. The Color Regi Spec cannot
the MCU PWB J406-A15 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage +5VDC?
be guaranteed and Data is only recorded in history.)
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the MCU PWB J406 and the MOB Center Sen-
sor J139 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.1)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
Press the Stop button. Turn ON DC330 [092-004] (ADC Shutter Open) and DC330 [092-005] (ADC Shutter
Close) alternately.. Is the ADC Shutter operating properly?
Y N
Go to '092-649 (ADC Shutter Open Fail) FIP' or '092-650 (ADC Shutter Close Fail) FIP'.
Press the Stop button and turn OFF the power. Remove the Drum Cartridge (K) and the IBT Unit and reinstall
them.
Turn ON the power and perform DC675 Registration Control - Setup Cycle.. Is an error displayed?
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 18.2) and perform DC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle.
Procedure
089-615 RC Sample Block Fail-B4-Out Turn OFF the power and insert a sheet of blank paper between the MOB Sensor and the IBT Belt.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC140 [089-202] (MOB Moni Out A).. Is the analog
BSD-ON:CH6.17, CH9.23
monitor value 92 or less?
Y N
During the #4 (Black) B (rough adjustment pattern) patch detection, the patch at the MOB Sensor Out side did Press the Stop button. Remove the Rear Upper Cover and MCU Cover to measure the voltage between
not satisfy the defined number of valid sample blocks. This is a hidden failure. The Color Regi Spec cannot be
the MCU PWB J406-B18 (+) and the GND (-). Is the voltage +5VDC?
guaranteed and Data is only recorded in history.)
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the MCU PWB J406 and the MOB Out Sensor
J160 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.1)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
Press the Stop button. Turn ON DC330 [092-004] (ADC Shutter Open) and DC330 [092-005] (ADC Shutter
Close) alternately.. Is the ADC Shutter operating properly?
Y N
Go to '092-649 (ADC Shutter Open Fail) FIP' or '092-650 (ADC Shutter Close Fail) FIP'.
Press the Stop button and turn OFF the power. Remove the Drum Cartridge (K) and the IBT Unit and reinstall
them.
Turn ON the power and perform DC675 Registration Control - Setup Cycle.. Is an error displayed?
Y N NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
end
NOTE: . When multiple failures with Chain No. 089 occur, take action according to the priority order in the
following table. Solving a higher priority failure may sometimes also repair the other failures. (089-600 to
Enter DC612 and output Test Pattern 10 (ProCon). Check the density of K color.
089-616 is detected when performing Regi Control, 089-617 is detected when a print instruction is
NOTE: . Check the sections other than the paper path at both sides of the Mag Roll because the distance issued, while 089-674 to 089-676 are detected when performing the MOB Sensor LED light amount cor-
between the Regi Control Patches in the In-Out direction (304 mm) exceeds the A4 L width (297 mm). rection.)
Is any of the items (’Fast Scan Margin’, ’Slow Scan Margin’, ’Fast Scan %’, and ’Fast Scan % (Hor-
izontal Ratio)’) within the adjustment range?
Y N
Turn OFF the power and replace the Drum Cartridge (PL 8.1) of the appropriate color. If the problem per-
sists, replace the ROS Assembly (PL 2.1) of the appropriate color.
A
Version 1.2 12/2014 CHAIN 89
2-143
Color C60/C70 Printer Troubleshooting
Color C60/C70 Printer 12/2014
Troubleshooting
Version 1.2 2-144 CHAIN 89
A
Y N • NVM [759-138] (Side 2 Slow Scan Skew Offset Side 2)
Replace the ROS Assembly of the appropriate color. (PL 2.1) • NVM [759-139] (Side 1 Fast Scan Skew Offset Side 1)
• NVM [759-140] (Side 2 Fast Scan Skew Offset Side 2)
Replace the MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.1). If the problem persists, replace the ROS Assembly (PL 2.1)
2. Turn the power OFF and ON.
of the appropriate color.
3. Check the connectors ( P/J425 and P/J335) between the MCU PWB, BP PWB, and ESS PWB for poor
Is ’Slow Scan Margin’ within the adjustable range? contacts.
Y N If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
Replace the ROS Assembly of the appropriate color. (PL 2.1) • ESS PWB (PL 35.2)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
Turn the power OFF and replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
089-617 RC Data Over Range Fail 089-621 RC Temp Sensor Fail (Hidden Fail)
BSD-ON:CH3.1
BSD-ON:CH6.18
The result from adding the offset value to the correction value has exceeded the settable range. This is a hid-
The measured temperature value of the RegiCon Temperature Sensor is out of the specification range.
den failure. The Color Regi Spec cannot be guaranteed and Data is only recorded in history.)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
NOTE: . When multiple failures with Chain No. 089 occur, take action according to the priority order in the Initial Actions
following table. Solving a higher priority failure may sometimes also repair the other failures. (089-600 to Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
089-616 is detected when performing Regi Control, 089-617 is detected when a print instruction is
issued, while 089-674 to 089-676 are detected when performing the MOB Sensor LED light amount cor- Cause/Action
rection.)
Check the following:
Table 1
• The detection section of the RegiCon Temperature Sensor for foreign substances.
Priority Chain Link Fail Item
• The connection between the RegiCon Temperature Sensor J123 and the MCU PWB J407 for open cir-
1 (High) 089-616 RC Data Over Flow Fail cuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
2 089-604~089-615 RC Sample Block Fail-B If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
3 089-601~089-603 RC Sample Block Fail-A1
• RegiCon Temperature Sensor (PL 2.1)
4 089-600 RC Sample Lateral Fail-A1
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
5 089-617 RC Data Over Range Fail
6 (Low) 089-674, 089-675, 089-676 MOB LED Fail
Currently, this can be taken as working normally. If the error occurs again, replace the following parts in
sequence:
089-674 MOB LED Fail-In • MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.1)
BSD-ON:CH6.17 • MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
During E Patch detection, the LED light amount correction at the MOB Sensor In side did not complete suc-
cessfully. This is a hidden failure. The Color Regi Spec cannot be guaranteed and Data is only recorded in his-
tory.)
089-675 MOB LED Fail-Center
BSD-ON:CH6.17
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
During E Patch detection, the LED light amount correction at the MOB Sensor Center side did not complete
NOTE: . When multiple failures with Chain No. 089 occur, take action according to the priority order in the successfully. This is a hidden failure. The Color Regi Spec cannot be guaranteed and Data is only recorded in
following table. Solving a higher priority failure may sometimes also repair the other failures. (089-600 to history.)
089-616 is detected when performing Regi Control, 089-617 is detected when a print instruction is
issued, while 089-674 to 089-676 are detected when performing the MOB Sensor LED light amount cor- NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
rection.)
NOTE: . When multiple failures with Chain No. 089 occur, take action according to the priority order in the
Table 1 following table. Solving a higher priority failure may sometimes also repair the other failures. (089-600 to
089-616 is detected when performing Regi Control, 089-617 is detected when a print instruction is
Priority Chain Link Fail Item
issued, while 089-674 to 089-676 are detected when performing the MOB Sensor LED light amount cor-
1 (High) 089-616 RC Data Over Flow Fail rection.)
2 089-604~089-615 RC Sample Block Fail-B
Table 1
3 089-601~089-603 RC Sample Block Fail-A1
4 089-600 RC Sample Lateral Fail-A1 Priority Chain Link Fail Item
5 089-617 RC Data Over Range Fail 1 (High) 089-616 RC Data Over Flow Fail
6 (Low) 089-674, 089-675, 089-676 MOB LED Fail 2 089-604~089-615 RC Sample Block Fail-B
3 089-601~089-603 RC Sample Block Fail-A1
Initial Actions 4 089-600 RC Sample Lateral Fail-A1
• Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. 5 089-617 RC Data Over Range Fail
• Remove the MOB ADC Assembly and check the MOB In Sensor for contamination. 6 (Low) 089-674, 089-675, 089-676 MOB LED Fail
Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the MCU PWB J406 and the MOB Out Sensor
J160 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.1)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
Currently, this can be taken as working normally. If the error occurs again, replace the following parts in
sequence:
• MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.1)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
091-312 CC HVPS Broken Fail
BSD-ON:CH9.7
091-320 Wire Cut Fail
CC NVPS failure was detected. BSD-ON:CH9.7
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. Open circuit of the CC Wire was detected.
Initial Actions NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Initial Actions
Cause/Action Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. If the problem persists, check the Waste Toner Container Full Sensor.
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
NOTE: . If this resolves the problem, it is highly probable that the MCU PWB had misdetected due
091-401 Drum Cartridge K Near Life
to external noise abnormal or noise caused by electrical discharge in the machine. Check for any BSD-ON:CH9.3
noise source around the machine and check for any abnormal electrical discharge, etc.
The Drum Cartridge (K) needs to be replaced soon.
2. Check the connections between the Xero CRUM PWB K/Y/M/C and the MCU PWB J413 for open cir-
cuits, short circuits, and poor contacts. NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
Cause/Action
The Drum Cartridge (K) needs to be replaced soon. Replace the Drum Cartridge (K) as required. (PL 8.1)
• Xero CRUM PWB K/Y/M/C (PL 8.5)
091-403 CC Assy Near Life NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
BSD-ON:CH9.7 Cause/Action
The Drum Cartridge (Y) needs to be replaced soon. Replace the Drum Cartridge (Y) as required. (PL 8.1)
The CC Assembly needs to be replaced soon.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
If the problem persists, check the MCU PWB connector J415 for partial connection. If no problems are found, Preparation for replacing the Drum Cartridge (Y) is required.
replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Cause/Action
091-404 CC Assy Life Over The Drum Cartridge (Y) needs to be replaced soon. Prepare a new Drum Cartridge (Y). Replace the Drum Car-
tridge (Y) as required. (PL 8.1)
BSD-ON:CH9.7
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. 091-421 Drum Cartridge M Near Life
BSD-ON:CH9.4
Cause/Action
Replace the CC Assembly. (PL 8.1) The Drum Cartridge (M) needs to be replaced soon.
If the problem persists, check the MCU PWB connector J415 for partial connection. If no problems are found, NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
Cause/Action
The Drum Cartridge (M) needs to be replaced soon. Replace the Drum Cartridge (M) as required. (PL 8.1)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. Preparation for replacing the Drum Cartridge (M) is required.
Cause/Action NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
The Drum Cartridge (K) needs to be replaced soon. Prepare a new Drum Cartridge (K). Replace the Drum Car-
tridge (K) as required. (PL 8.1) Cause/Action
The Drum Cartridge (M) needs to be replaced soon. Prepare a new Drum Cartridge (M). Replace the Drum
Cartridge (M) as required. (PL 8.1)
The measured humidity value of the Xero Temp & Humidity Sensor is out of the specification range. (this Fail is
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
a hidden failure and it is registered only in the History.)
Cause/Action
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
The Drum Cartridge (C) needs to be replaced soon. Replace the Drum Cartridge (C) as required. (PL 8.1)
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
The measured temperature value of the Xero Temp & Humidity Sensor is out of the specification range. (this
The number of BCR AC output errors has exceeded the specified number of times (NVM [750-387] (Const AC
Fail is a hidden failure and it is registered only in the History.)
Out Counter)). (this Fail is a hidden failure and it is registered only in the History.)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
NOTE: . After recovery, clear NVM [750-387] (Const AC OUT Counter) to '0'.
Initial Actions NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Initial Actions
Cause/Action Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Check the following:
Cause/Action
• The detection section of the Xero Temp & Humidity Sensor for foreign substances. Check the following:
• The connection between the Xero Temp & Humidity Sensor J137 and the MCU PWB J407 for open cir-
cuit, short circuit, and poor contact. • The connection between the HVPS S4 J584 and the MCU PWB J410 for poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: • The connections between the HVPS CD01 J587 and J588 and the MCU PWB J410 for poor contacts.
• The Drum Cartridge for malfunction.
• Xero Temp & Humidity Sensor (PL 8.5) (When a normal print sample can be output, there are no problems with the Drum Cartridge.)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2) • Whether a Xero Temp & Humidity Sensor Fail (091-600 or 091-601) has occurred.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
Cause/Action
Replace the Drum Cartridge (K). (PL 8.1)
091-910 Waste Bottle Not Position
BSD-ON:CH9.29
NOTE: . If turning the power OFF then ON or removing then reinstalling the Drum Cartridge
resolves the problem, it is highly probable that the MCU PWB had misdetected due to external noise
abnormal or noise caused by electrical discharge in the machine. Check for any noise source
091-911 Waste Toner Container Full around the machine and check for any abnormal electrical discharge, etc.
BSD-ON:CH9.29
3. Check the connection between the MCU PWB J413 and the Xero CRUM PWB K P171K for open circuit,
short circuit, and poor contact.
The Waste Toner Container must be replaced.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. • Drum Cartridge (K) (PL 8.1)
• Xero CRUM PWB K (PL 8.5)
Initial Actions • MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Cause/Action
Remove and reinstall the Drum Cartridge (K) and check for improper installation. If no problems are found,
091-913 Drum Cartridge K Life End replace the Drum Cartridge (K). (PL 8.1)
BSD-ON:CH9.3
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
Cause/Action 2. Turn OFF the power. Remove and reinstall the Drum Cartridge (M).
Remove and reinstall the Drum Cartridge (K) and check for improper installation. If no problems are found,
replace it with the correct Drum Cartridge (K). (PL 8.1) NOTE: . If turning the power OFF then ON or removing then reinstalling the Drum Cartridge
resolves the problem, it is highly probable that the MCU PWB had misdetected due to external noise
abnormal or noise caused by electrical discharge in the machine. Check for any noise source
around the machine and check for any abnormal electrical discharge, etc.
091-917 Drum Y CRUM Communication Fail 3. Check the connection between the MCU PWB J413 and the Xero CRUM PWB M P171M for open circuit,
BSD-ON:CH9.3 short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
Communication failure with Drum Y CRUM was detected. • Drum Cartridge (M) (PL 8.1)
• Xero CRUM PWB M (PL 8.5)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
091-919 Drum C CRUM Communication Fail
Cause/Action BSD-ON:CH9.4
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Turn OFF the power. Remove and reinstall the Drum Cartridge (Y). Communication failure with Drum C CRUM was detected.
NOTE: . If turning the power OFF then ON or removing then reinstalling the Drum Cartridge NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
resolves the problem, it is highly probable that the MCU PWB had misdetected due to external noise
abnormal or noise caused by electrical discharge in the machine. Check for any noise source Initial Actions
around the machine and check for any abnormal electrical discharge, etc. Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
3. Check the connection between the MCU PWB J413 and the Xero CRUM PWB Y P171Y for open circuit,
short circuit, and poor contact. Cause/Action
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
• Drum Cartridge (Y) (PL 8.1) 2. Turn OFF the power. Remove and reinstall the Drum Cartridge (C).
• Xero CRUM PWB Y (PL 8.5) NOTE: . If turning the power OFF then ON or removing then reinstalling the Drum Cartridge
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2) resolves the problem, it is highly probable that the MCU PWB had misdetected due to external noise
abnormal or noise caused by electrical discharge in the machine. Check for any noise source
around the machine and check for any abnormal electrical discharge, etc.
091-918 Drum M CRUM Communication Fail 3. Check the connection between the MCU PWB J413 and the Xero CRUM PWB C P171C for open circuit,
BSD-ON:CH9.4 short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
Communication failure with Drum M CRUM was detected. • Drum Cartridge (C) (PL 8.1)
• Xero CRUM PWB C (PL 8.5)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
091-920 Drum Y CRUM Data Broken NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
BSD-ON:CH9.3 Cause/Action
Remove and reinstall the Drum Cartridge (C) and check for improper installation. If no problems are found,
The system detected that the data written to the Drum Y CRUM and the data read from the Drum Y CRUM do
replace the Drum Cartridge (C). (PL 8.1)
not match.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
091-921 Drum K CRUM Not Position Cause/Action
BSD-ON:CH9.3
Remove and reinstall the Drum Cartridge (Y) and check for improper installation. If no problems are found,
replace it with the correct Drum Cartridge (Y). (PL 8.1)
The Drum K CRUM is not in the proper position (loose CRUM).
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Cause/Action
091-922 Drum M CRUM Data Broken Remove and reinstall the Drum Cartridge (M) and check for improper installation. If no problems are found,
BSD-ON:CH9.4 replace it with the correct Drum Cartridge (M). (PL 8.1)
The system detected that the data written to the Drum M CRUM and the data read from the Drum M CRUM do
not match.
091-926 Drum C CRUM Data Mismatch
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
BSD-ON:CH9.4
Cause/Action
The authentication area data of Drum C CRUM does not match.
Remove and reinstall the Drum Cartridge (M) and check for improper installation. If no problems are found,
replace the Drum Cartridge (M). (PL 8.1) NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Cause/Action
Remove and reinstall the Drum Cartridge (C) and check for improper installation. If no problems are found,
091-923 Drum C CRUM Data Broken replace it with the correct Drum Cartridge (C). (PL 8.1)
BSD-ON:CH9.4
The system detected that the data written to the Drum C CRUM and the data read from the Drum C CRUM do
not match. 091-927 Drum Y CRUM Not Position
BSD-ON:CH9.3
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Turn OFF the power. Remove and reinstall the Drum Cartridge (Y) and check whether the Drum Car-
tridge (Y) and Drum Y CRUM are installed at the proper positions.
If no problems are found, replace the Drum Cartridge (Y). (PL 8.1)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Turn OFF the power. Remove and reinstall the Drum Cartridge (M) and check whether the Drum Car-
tridge (M) and Drum M CRUM are installed at the proper positions.
If no problems are found, replace the Drum Cartridge (M). (PL 8.1)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Turn OFF the power. Remove and reinstall the Drum Cartridge (C) and check whether the Drum Car-
tridge (C) and Drum C CRUM are installed at the proper positions.
If no problems are found, replace the Drum Cartridge (C). (PL 8.1)
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. • MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.1)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
Initial Actions
• As this might also occur due to the ADC Sensor Transfer Belt reflection output value error, check whether
Fail 092-651 (ADC Sensor Fail) has occurred as well. If it has, take action to correct Fail 092-651 first.
092-651 ADC Sensor Fail
• Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
BSD-ON:CH9.23
Cause/Action The reflected output value of the ADC Sensor Transfer Belt, the measured value of the reference board, or the
Check the following: measured value of the dark current is abnormal. (this Fail is a hidden failure and it is registered only in the His-
tory.)
• ADC Shutter Solenoid: DC330 [092-005] (Close), DC330 [092-004] (Open) (PL 18.1)
– Activate the shutter and check for the operation sound (clack). If no operation sound can be heard, NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
the Shutter Solenoid (MOB ADC Assembly) is malfunctioning.
Initial Actions
• The connection between the MOB ADC Assembly J136 and the MCU PWB J406 for open circuit, short
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
circuit, and poor contact
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
Cause/Action
• MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.1) Check the following:
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
• The ADC Sensor (MOB ADC Assembly) for contamination and improper installation (inclusive of the
bracket installation).
• The connection between the MOB ADC Assembly J136 and the MCU PWB J406 for open circuit, short
092-650 ADC Shutter Close Fail circuit, and poor contact
BSD-ON:CH9.23
• The IBT Belt for abnormalities (contamination, damage, etc.).
The ADC Sensor shutters is closed (cannot be opened). (this Fail is a hidden failure and it is registered only in If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
the History.)
• MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.1)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. • IBT Belt (PL 6.3)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
Initial Actions
• As this might also occur when the K Toner Patch is abnormally light, check whether Fail 092-652 (ADC
Patch Fail) has occurred as well. If it has, take action to correct the low density for K color and Fail 092-652
first.
092-652 ADC Patch Fail
BSD-ON:CH9.23
• Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
There is an error with one of the Y/M/C/K colors or the ADC Sensor Patch reflection output values for all colors
Cause/Action are abnormal (light). This is a hidden failure. Data is only recorded in history.)
Check the following:
• ADC Shutter Solenoid: DC330 [092-004] (Open), DC330 [092-005] (Close) (PL 18.1)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
If the density is normal or the problem persists even after the adjustment, check the connection between the
MOB ADC Assembly J136 and the MCU PWB J406 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Install a Toner Cartridge (M) that contains Toner. Copy a Test Chart (499T276), etc. and check whether
the density has recovered.
092-657 ATC Y Amplitude Fail • Check whether any Toner has adhered to the facing section of the ATC Sensor M.
BSD-ON:CH9.11, CH9.16 • Dispense Motor M: DC330 [093-007] (PL 8.4)
• The connection between the MCU PWB J418 and the ATC Sensor M J134M for open circuit, short cir-
The output deviation of Y color in the ATC (Automatic Toner Control) measurement is small. This is a hidden
cuit, and poor contact.
failure. Data is only recorded in history.)
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
NOTE: . When the ATC Sensor alone has been replaced, perform 'DC950 ATC Sensor Setup' for the
• ATC Sensor M (PL 8.6)
appropriate color. (ADJ 18.1.10)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. 092-659 ATC C Amplitude Fail
BSD-ON:CH9.13, CH9.16
Cause/Action
The output deviation of C color in the ATC (Automatic Toner Control) measurement is small. This is a hidden
Check the following: failure. Data is only recorded in history.)
• Install a Toner Cartridge (Y) that contains Toner. Copy a Test Chart (499T276), etc. and check whether
NOTE: . When the ATC Sensor alone has been replaced, perform 'DC950 ATC Sensor Setup' for the
the density has recovered. appropriate color. (ADJ 18.1.10)
• Check whether any Toner has adhered to the facing section of the ATC Sensor Y.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
• Dispense Motor Y: DC330 [093-006] (PL 8.4)
• The connection between the MCU PWB J418 and the ATC Sensor Y J134Y for open circuit, short circuit, Initial Actions
and poor contact.
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Cause/Action The measured temperature value of the Environment Temperature Sensor is out of the specification range.
Check the following: (this Fail is a hidden failure and it is registered only in the History.)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
• Install a Toner Cartridge (C) that contains Toner. Copy a Test Chart (499T276), etc. and check whether
the density has recovered. Initial Actions
• Check whether any Toner has adhered to the facing section of the ATC Sensor C.
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
• Dispense Motor C: DC330 [093-008] (PL 8.4)
• The connection between the MCU PWB J418 and the ATC Sensor C J134C for open circuit, short circuit, Cause/Action
and poor contact.
Check the following:
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• The detection section of the Temp & Humidity Sensor (MOB ADC Assembly) for foreign substances.
• ATC Sensor C (PL 8.6)
• The connection between the Temp & Humidity Sensor (MOB ADC Assembly) J135 and the MCU PWB
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
J406 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
The output deviation of K color in the ATC (Automatic Toner Control) measurement is small. This is a hidden
failure. Data is only recorded in history.)
092-662 Humidity Sensor Fail
NOTE: . When the ATC Sensor alone has been replaced, perform 'DC950 ATC Sensor Setup' for the BSD-ON:CH9.23
appropriate color. (ADJ 18.1.10)
The measured humidity value of the Environment Humidity Sensor is out of the specification range. (this Fail is
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. a hidden failure and it is registered only in the History.)
Initial Actions NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Initial Actions
Cause/Action Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Check the following:
Cause/Action
• Install a Toner Cartridge (K) that contains Toner. Copy a Test Chart (499T276), etc. and check whether Check the following:
the density has recovered.
• Check whether any Toner has adhered to the facing section of the ATC Sensor K. • The detection section of the Temp & Humidity Sensor (MOB ADC Assembly) for foreign substances.
• Dispense Motor K: DC330 [093-009] (PL 8.4) • The connection between the Temp & Humidity Sensor (MOB ADC Assembly) J135 and the MCU PWB
• The connection between the MCU PWB J418 and the ATC Sensor K J134K for open circuit, short circuit, J406 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.1)
• ATC Sensor K PL 8.6) • MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
Cause/Action NOTE: . When the ATC Sensor alone has been replaced, perform 'DC950 ATC Sensor Setup' for the
If the density of the corresponding color (Fail) is abnormal (too high/too low), refer to 'IQ-3 FIP for overall light appropriate color. (ADJ 18.1.10)
printing' or 'IQ-4 FIP when a particular color is light' to adjust the density correctly.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
If the density is normal or the problem persists even after the adjustment, check the connection between the Initial Actions
MOB ADC Assembly J136 and the MCU PWB J406 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
NOTE: . When the ATC Sensor alone has been replaced, perform 'DC950 ATC Sensor Setup' for the • ATC Sensor M (PL 8.6)
appropriate color. (ADJ 18.1.10) • MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Cause/Action The average output value of C color is not within the specified range in the ATC (Automatic Toner Control)
measurement. This is a hidden failure. Data is only recorded in history.)
Check the following:
• Install a Toner Cartridge (Y) that contains Toner. Copy a Test Chart (499T276), etc. and check whether
the density has recovered.
• Check whether any Toner has adhered to the facing section of the ATC Sensor Y.
• Dispense Motor Y: DC330 [093-006] (PL 8.4)
NOTE: . When the ATC Sensor alone has been replaced, perform 'DC950 ATC Sensor Setup' for the • ATC Sensor K PL 8.6)
appropriate color. (ADJ 18.1.10) • MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Cause/Action
Check the following:
• Install a Toner Cartridge (C) that contains Toner. Copy a Test Chart (499T276), etc. and check whether
the density has recovered.
• Check whether any Toner has adhered to the facing section of the ATC Sensor C.
• Dispense Motor C: DC330 [093-008] (PL 8.4)
• The connection between the MCU PWB J418 and the ATC Sensor C J134C for open circuit, short circuit,
and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
The average output value of K color is not within the specified range in the ATC (Automatic Toner Control)
measurement. This is a hidden failure. Data is only recorded in history.)
NOTE: . When the ATC Sensor alone has been replaced, perform 'DC950 ATC Sensor Setup' for the
appropriate color. (ADJ 18.1.10)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Cause/Action
Check the following:
• Install a Toner Cartridge (K) that contains Toner. Copy a Test Chart (499T276), etc. and check whether
the density has recovered.
• Check whether any Toner has adhered to the facing section of the ATC Sensor K.
• Dispense Motor K: DC330 [093-009] (PL 8.4)
• The connection between the MCU PWB J418 and the ATC Sensor K J134K for open circuit, short circuit,
and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
The Marking Drawer is pulled out. The system detected that Dispenser Y is damaged.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Although the Refill Toner operation was performed 6 times, the Automatic Refill Toner operation was inter- 093-315 Dispense Broken M
rupted as the Low Toner Sensor is unable to detect the existence of toner (High).
BSD-ON:CH9.15, CH9.16
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
The system detected that Dispenser M is damaged.
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Initial Actions
Cause/Action • Check NVM [762-369] (Dispense Status M). If it has become '3', be sure to clear it to '0' before repairing
Check the following: the problem. (0, 1, and 2 are normal values)
• Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
• The Toner Cartridge Y/M/C/K1/K2 for failure. (PL 8.1)
• Cartridge Motor Y/M/C/K1/K2: DC330 [093-001/002/003/004/005] (PL 8.8) Cause/Action
• Low Toner Sensor Y/M/C/K: DC330 [093-200/201/202/203] (PL 8.4) Check the following:
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Low Toner Sensor M: DC330 [093-201] (PL 8.4)
• IOT Drive PWB (PL 18.2)
• Dispense Motor M: DC330 [093-007] (PL 8.4)
• Low Toner Sensor PWB (PL 8.3)
• The Auger for revolution failure and toner blockage, and the Drive Gear for wear and damage.
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
A B
A B
Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the MCU PWB J412 and the Deve Y, M, C Drive BSD-ON:CH9.5
Motor J206 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: Preparation for replacing the Toner Cartridge (C) is required.
• Deve Y, M, C Drive Motor (PL 3.6)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2) Cause/Action
The Toner Cartridge (C) needs to be replaced soon. Prepare a new Toner Cartridge (C). Replace the Toner
Press the Stop button and turn OFF the power. Check the connection between the Deve Y, M, C Drive Motor Cartridge (C) as required. (PL 8.1)
J206-4 and the MCU PWB J412-B12 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
Cause/Action
Replace it with an appropriate Toner Cartridge and turn the power OFF then ON.
093-422 Toner K2 Near Empty & K1 Empty
BSD-ON:CH9.5
093-407 Toner Y Pre Near Empty The Toner Cartridge (K2) needs to be replaced soon, while the Toner Cartridge (K1) must be replaced.
BSD-ON:CH9.5
Cause/Action
Preparation for replacing the Toner Cartridge (Y) is required. Replace the Toner Cartridge (K1). Also, replace the Toner Cartridge (K2) as required. (PL 8.1)
Cause/Action
The Toner Cartridge (Y) needs to be replaced soon. Prepare a new Toner Cartridge (Y). Replace the Toner
Cartridge (Y) as required. (PL 8.1) 093-423 Toner Y Near Empty
BSD-ON: CH9.5
Cause/Action
The Toner Cartridge (M) needs to be replaced soon. Replace the Toner Cartridge (M) as required. (PL 8.1)
093-409 Toner C Pre Near Empty
Version 1.2 12/2014 CHAIN 93
2-163
Color C60/C70 Printer Troubleshooting
Color C60/C70 Printer 12/2014
Troubleshooting
Version 1.2 2-164 CHAIN 93
Cause/Action
Check the following:
093-425 Toner C Near Empty
BSD-ON: CH9.5 • Low Toner Sensor M: DC330 [093-201] (PL 8.4)
• Dispense Motor M: DC330 [093-007] (PL 8.4)
The Toner Cartridge (C) needs to be replaced soon. • The Auger for revolution failure and toner blockage, and the Drive Gear for wear and damage.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
Cause/Action
The Toner Cartridge (C) needs to be replaced soon. Replace the Toner Cartridge (C) as required. (PL 8.1) • IOT Drive PWB (PL 18.2)
• Low Toner Sensor PWB (PL 8.3)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. The Dispenser C may be damaged.
Initial Actions NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Cause/Action
Check the following: Cause/Action
Check the following:
• Low Toner Sensor Y: DC330 [093-200] (PL 8.4)
• Dispense Motor Y: DC330 [093-006] (PL 8.4) • Low Toner Sensor C: DC330 [093-202] (PL 8.4)
• The Auger for revolution failure and toner blockage, and the Drive Gear for wear and damage. • Dispense Motor C: DC330 [093-008] (PL 8.4)
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: • The Auger for revolution failure and toner blockage, and the Drive Gear for wear and damage.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• IOT Drive PWB (PL 18.2)
• Low Toner Sensor PWB (PL 8.3)
• IOT Drive PWB (PL 18.2)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
• Low Toner Sensor PWB (PL 8.3)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
Initial Actions NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Cause/Action
Check the following:
093-924 Toner K1 CRUM Communication Fail
• Low Toner Sensor K: DC330 [093-203] (PL 8.4) BSD-ON:CH9.5
• Dispense Motor K: DC330 [093-009] (PL 8.4)
• The Auger for revolution failure and toner blockage, and the Drive Gear for wear and damage. Communication failure with Toner Cartridge (K1) CRUM was detected.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
• IOT Drive PWB (PL 18.2) Initial Actions
• Low Toner Sensor PWB (PL 8.3)
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
093-912 Toner K Empty
NOTE: . If this resolves the problem, it is highly probable that the MCU PWB had misdetected due
BSD-ON:CH9.5
to external noise abnormal or noise caused by electrical discharge in the machine. Check for any
noise source around the machine and check for any abnormal electrical discharge, etc.
The Toner Cartridge (K1) and (K2) must be replaced.
2. Check the connection between the Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB K1 J172K1 and the MCU PWB J414 for
Cause/Action open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
Replace the Toner Cartridges (K1) and (K2). (PL 8.1) If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB K1 (PL 8.3)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
• Toner Cartridge (K1) (PL 8.1)
093-918 Toner K2 CRUM Communication Fail
BSD-ON:CH9.5
2. Check the connection between the Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C/K2 J172C and the MCU PWB J414
for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
093-926 Toner K1 CRUM Data Mismatch Fail
BSD-ON:CH9.5
• Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C/K2 (PL 8.3)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2) The authentication area data of Toner Cartridge (K1) CRUM does not match.
• Toner Cartridge (K2) (PL 8.1)
BSD-ON:CH9.5
Communication failure with Toner Cartridge (Y) CRUM was detected. 093-929 Toner C CRUM Communication Fail
BSD-ON:CH9.5
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Communication failure with Toner Cartridge (C) CRUM was detected.
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections. NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
NOTE: . If this resolves the problem, it is highly probable that the MCU PWB had misdetected due Cause/Action
to external noise abnormal or noise caused by electrical discharge in the machine. Check for any
noise source around the machine and check for any abnormal electrical discharge, etc. 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
NOTE: . If this resolves the problem, it is highly probable that the MCU PWB had misdetected due
2. Check the connection between the Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB Y/M J172Y and the MCU PWB J414 for
to external noise abnormal or noise caused by electrical discharge in the machine. Check for any
open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
noise source around the machine and check for any abnormal electrical discharge, etc.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB Y/M (PL 8.3) 2. Check the connection between the Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C/K2 J172C and the MCU PWB J414
for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Toner Cartridge (Y) (PL 8.1)
• Toner Cartridge CRUM PWB C/K2 (PL 8.3)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2)
093-928 Toner M CRUM Communication Fail • Toner Cartridge (C) (PL 8.1)
BSD-ON:CH9.5
Communication failure with Toner Cartridge (M) CRUM was detected. 093-932 Toner Cartridge Exchange Time Over
BSD-ON:CH9.5, CH1.12
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
The Toner Cartridge Exchange Time has been exceeded during print operation with the Toner Cartridge
Initial Actions Cover opened.
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Cause/Action
Initial Actions
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Cause/Action NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Check the following: Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
• The Dispense Cover Switch 1/2 for improper installation.
2. Remove and reinstall the Toner Cartridge (C) and check for improper installation.
• Dispense Cover Switch 1/2: DC330 [093-205] (PL 8.3)
If the problem persists, replace the Toner Cartridge (C). (PL 8.1)
• The Toner Cartridge Cover for improper installation. (PL 8.2)
If no problems are found, replace the MCU PWB. (PL 18.2)
BSD-ON:CH9.5
The system detected that the data written to the Toner Cartridge (K2) CRUM and the data read from the Toner
Cartridge (K2) CRUM do not match.
The system detected that the data written to the Toner Cartridge (Y) CRUM and the data read from the Toner
Cartridge (Y) CRUM do not match.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. Cause/Action
Cause/Action 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Remove and reinstall the Toner Cartridge (K2) and check for improper installation.
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
If the problem persists, replace the Toner Cartridge (K2). (PL 8.1)
2. Remove and reinstall the Toner Cartridge (Y) and check for improper installation.
If the problem persists, replace the Toner Cartridge (Y). (PL 8.1)
BSD-ON:CH9.5
The authentication area data of Toner Cartridge (Y) CRUM does not match.
The system detected that the data written to the Toner Cartridge (M) CRUM and the data read from the Toner
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Cartridge (M) CRUM do not match.
Cause/Action
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
Cause/Action 2. Remove and reinstall the Toner Cartridge (Y) and check for improper installation.
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. If the problem persists, replace the Toner Cartridge (Y). (PL 8.1)
2. Remove and reinstall the Toner Cartridge (M) and check for improper installation.
If the problem persists, replace the Toner Cartridge (M). (PL 8.1)
The authentication area data of Toner Cartridge (C) CRUM does not match.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Remove and reinstall the Toner Cartridge (C) and check for improper installation.
If the problem persists, replace the Toner Cartridge (C). (PL 8.1)
The authentication area data of Toner Cartridge (K2) CRUM does not match.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Remove and reinstall the Toner Cartridge (K2) and check for improper installation.
If the problem persists, replace the Toner Cartridge (K2). (PL 8.1)
094-320 1st BTR Retract Fail • 1st BTR Retract Motor: DC330 [094-001] (Contact), DC330 [094-002] (Retract) (PL 6.4)
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
BSD-ON:CH9.22
Initial Actions
094-322 2nd BTR Retract Fail
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
BSD-ON:CH9.25, CH9.9
Cause/Action After the 2nd BTR Retract operation has started, it does not complete within the specified time.
Check the following:
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
• 1st BTR Contact/Retract Sensor: DC330 [094-200] (PL 6.4)
Enter the Diag mode. Perform the following and check whether the value of the counter display goes up.
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
1. Turn ON DC330 [094-200] (1st BTR Contact/Retract Sensor).
2. Turn ON DC330 [094-002] (1st BTR Retract Motor (Retract)).
3. Turn ON DC330 [094-200] (1st BTR Contact/Retract Sensor).
Cause/Action
Check the following:
4. Select [Show Current Status].
• 1st BTR Retract Motor: DC330 [094-001] (Contact), DC330 [094-002] (Retract) (PL 6.4)
• 2nd BTR Contact/Retract Sensor: DC330 [094-201] (PL 6.8)
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
Enter the Diag mode. Perform the following and check whether the value of the counter display goes up.
• IOT Drive PWB (PL 18.2) 1. Turn ON DC330 [042-001] (Main Motor).
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2) 2. Turn ON DC330 [094-201] (2nd BTR Contact/Retract Sensor).
3. Turn ON DC330 [094-004] (2nd BTR Retract Cam Drive Clutch (Retract)).
4. Turn ON DC330 [094-201] (2nd BTR Contact/Retract Sensor).
094-321 1st BTR Contact Fail 5. Select [Show Current Status].
BSD-ON:CH9.22 • 2nd BTR Retract Cam Drive Clutch: DC330 [094-003] (Contact), DC330 [094-004] (Retract) (PL 3.4)
The coil resistance of the 2nd BTR Retract Cam Drive Clutch: approx. 155 Ohm (When coil temperature
After the 1st BTR Contact operation has started, it does not complete within the specified time. is 20 degrees C)
– Between IOT Drive PWB J433 pin-10 and J433 pin-11
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. • Main Motor: DC330 [042-001] (PL 3.4)
Initial Actions • Deve K Drive Clutch: DC330 [093-023] (PL 3.4)
The coil resistance of the Deve K Drive Clutch: approx. 113 Ohm (When coil temperature is 20 degrees
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
C)
– Between IOT Drive PWB J433 pin-8 and J433 pin-9
Cause/Action
Check the following: NOTE: Lower the IBT Unit before performing DC330 [093-023].
After the 2nd BTR Contact operation has started, it does not complete within the specified time.
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Initial Actions
Refer to the BSD and check the related connectors of the target electrical parts for partial connections.
Cause/Action
Check the following:
Procedure Turn ON the power switch (to supply the power).. Are the voltages between the LVPS N11A J502-1/2/3/4
Plug the Power Cord into the outlet. Does the GFI remains ’ON’? (+) and the GND (-) +5V?
Y N Y N
Check for leakage, overvoltage of the AC input, and short circuit at the AC circuit. Are the voltages between the LVPS N11A J511-2/4 (+) and the GND (-) +3.3V?
Y N
Turn the Main Power Switch ON. Does the GFI remains ’ON’? Check the circuit to the LVPS N11A J511-2 or J511-4.
Y N
Check the AC circuits for short circuit Turn OFF the power and disconnect the LVPS N11A J502. After 15 s has passed, turn ON the machine.
Are the voltages between the LVPS N11A P502-1/2/3/4 (+) and the GND (-) +5V?
Turn OFF the power and unplug the Power Cord from the outlet. Remove the LVPS N11A. Plug the Power Y N
Cord into the outlet. Is the voltage between the GFI J76-2 and J76-1 200VAC to 240VAC? Replace the LVPS N11A. (PL 18.3)
Y N
Unplug the Power Cord from the outlet. Is the voltage at the outlet 200VAC to 240VAC? Refer to Chapter 7 Wiring Data and check the +5VDC_SQ/IOT circuit for short circuit in the frame.
Y N
Check the customer's Breaker Check the wire to the applicable component for an open circuit or poor contact by referring to Chapter 7 Wiring
Data.
Check the Power Cord for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the Inlet
Chassis Assembly. (PL 18.3) 2.2.2.3 +24VDC Power FIP (IOT)
Unplug the Power Cord from the outlet and reinstall the LVPS N11A. NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch.
Plug the Power Cord into the outlet and turn ON the main power switch. Is the voltage between the LVPS
N11A J19-1 and J19-2 200VAC to 240VAC? Procedure
Y N Turn the power ON (turn ON the main power switch then turn ON the power switch).. Are the voltages
Turn the power OFF and unplug the Power Cord from the outlet. Check the connections between the GFI between the LVPS N11A J503-1/2, J512 -2/4 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
J76-2, 1 and the LVPS N11A J19-1, 2 for open circuits and poor contacts. Y N
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: Is the voltage between the LVPS N11A J19-1 and J19-2 200VAC to 240VAC?
• Main Power Switch (PL 19.1) Y N
• AC Power Supply N11A (PL 18.3) Go to '2.2.2.1 AC Power FIP'.
Check the AC circuit to each component by referring to Chapter 7 Wiring Data. Are the voltages between the LVPS N11A J511-2 (+) and the GND (-) +3.3V?
Y N
Check the circuit to the LVPS N11A J511-2.
2.2.2.2 +5VDC Power FIP
NOTE: . When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the power switch first and then the main power switch. Turn OFF the power and disconnect the LVPS N11A J503 and J512. After 15 s has passed, turn ON the
machine. Are the voltages between the LVPS N11A P503-1/2, P512 -2/4 (+) and the GND (-)
Procedure +24VDC?
Turn ON the main power switch (to supply the main power).. Are the voltages between the LVPS N11A Y N
J501-1/2/3 (+) and the GND (-) +5V? Replace the LVPS N11A. (PL 18.3)
Y N
Is the voltage between the LVPS N11A J19-1 and J19-2 200VAC to 240VAC ? Check the +24VDC_SQ circuit for a short circuit in the frame by referring to Chapter 7 Wiring Data.
Y N
Go to '2.2.2.1 AC Power FIP'. Are the voltages between the LVPS N11A J509-1/2/3 (+) and the GND (-) +24V?
Y N
Turn OFF the power and disconnect the LVPS N11A J501. After 15 s has passed, turn ON the machine. Is the voltage between the LVPS N11A J511-3 (+) and the GND (-) +3.3V?
Are the voltages between the LVPS N11A P501-1/2/3 (+) and the GND (-) +5V? Y N
Y N Check the circuit to the LVPS N11A J511-3.
Replace the LVPS N11A. (PL 18.3)
A B A B
Version 1.2 12/2014 2.2.2 Other Failure FIP
2-171
Color C60/C70 Printer Troubleshooting
Color C60/C70 Printer 12/2014
Troubleshooting
Version 1.2 2-172 2.2.2 Other Failure FIP
A B
Turn OFF the power and disconnect the LVPS N11A J509. After 15 s has passed, turn ON the machine.
Are the voltages between the LVPS N11A P509-1/2/3 (+) and the GND (-) +24V?
Y N
Replace the LVPS N11A. (PL 18.3)
Check the +24VDC_C13 circuit for a short circuit in the frame by referring to Chapter 7 Wiring Data.
Check the wire to the applicable component for an open circuit or poor contact by referring to Chapter 7 Wiring
Data.
Procedure
Turn the power ON (turn ON the main power switch then turn ON the power switch).. Are the voltages
between the LVPS CC4 J504-3, J505-1/2 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N
Is the voltage between the LVPS CC4 J8-2 and J8-1 200VAC to 240VAC?
Y N
Go to '2.2.2.1 AC Power FIP'.
Measure the voltages between the LVPS CC4 J506-1/2/3 (+) and the GND (-).
• J506-1: +5VDC
• J506-2: 0VDC
• J506-3: +3.3VDC
Are the voltages correct?
Y N
Check the circuits that have different voltages.
Turn OFF the power and disconnect the LVPS CC4 J504 and J505 After 15 s has passed, turn ON the
machine. Are the voltages between the LVPS CC4 P504-3, P505-1/2 (+) and the GND (-)
+24VDC?
Y N
Replace the LVPS CC4. (PL 18.3)
Check the +24VDC_SQ circuit for a short circuit in the frame by referring to Chapter 7 Wiring Data.
Check the wire to the applicable component for an open circuit or poor contact by referring to Chapter 7 Wiring
Data.
2.2.3.1 Reflective Sensor Failure FIP Procedure
Procedure
Figure 1 2002
Figure 1 2001
Enter DC330[XXX-XXX]. Block the sensor.. Is [HIGH] displayed?
Y N
Enter DC330 [XXXX-XXX]. Block the sensor with a sheet of blank paper. Is [LOW] displayed? Remove the connector on the sensor. Does the display change to [HIGH]?
Y N
Y N
Is +5VDC measured between the Pin 2 (+) and the GND (-) of the sensor?
Check the wire between Pin 2 of the sensor and Pin 8 of the PWB for a short circuit. If no problems
Y N are found, replace the PWB.
Check the wire between Pin 2 of the sensor and Pin 8 of the PWB for an open circuit or poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the PWB.
Replace the sensor.
Is +5VDC measured between the Pin 1 (+) and Pin 3 of the sensor?
Clear away the obstacles on the sensor light path.. Does the display change to [LOW]?
Y N
Y N
Is +5VDC measured between the Pin 4 (+) and Pin 5 of the PWB? Is +5VDC measured between the Pin 2 (+) and the GND (-) of the sensor?
Y N
Y N
Replace the PWB.
Check the wire between Pin 2 of the sensor and Pin 8 of the PWB for an open circuit or poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the PWB.
Check the wire between Pin 4 of the PWB and Pin 1 of the sensor, and the wire between Pin 5 of the
PWB and Pin 3 of the sensor for an open circuit or poor contact.
Is +5VDC measured between Pin 1 (+) and Pin 3 (-) of the sensor?
Y N
Check the sensor for contamination and improper installation.
Check the wire between Pin 4 of the PWB and Pin 1 of the sensor, and the wire between Pin 5 of the
If no problems are found, replace the sensor.
PWB and Pin 3 of the sensor for an open circuit or poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the PWB.
Remove the blank paper from the sensor. Is [HIGH] displayed?
Y N
Check the sensor for contamination.
Remove the connector on the sensor. Does the display change to [HIGH]? If no problems are found, replace the sensor.
Y N
Check the wire between Pin 2 of the sensor and Pin 8 of the PWB for a short circuit.
Check installation of the sensor, bending on the actuator, and operation.
If no problems are found, replace the PWB. If no problems are found, replace the sensor.
Check installation of the sensor and incident light diffraction. If no problems are found, replace the sen- 2.2.3.3 Switch (Normal/Open) Failure FIP
sor.
Check installation of the sensor. If no problems are found, replace the sensor.
2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP
Enter DC330[XXX-XXX]. Turn ON the switch. Is [LOW] displayed? NOTE: . Before performing this FIP, ensure that there is no mechanical problem with the solenoid and the
Y N clutch.
Between Pin 2(+) and GND(-) of the switch, is the voltage +5VDC?
Go to the DC330[XXX-XXX] and turn it ON.. Is +24VDC measured between Pin 3(+) and GND (-) of the
Y N
PWB?
Check the wire between the Pin 2 of the switch and Pin 3 of the PWB for an open circuit or poor con-
tact. Y N
Between Pin 2(+) and GND(-) of the solenoid/clutch, is the voltage +24VDC?
If no problems are found, replace the PWB.
Y N
When the switch between Pin 1(+) and GND(-) is turned ON, is the voltage +5VDC? Between Pin 1(+) and GND(-) of the solenoid/clutch, is the voltage +24VDC?
Y N
Y N
Check the wire between Pin 4 of the PWB and Pin 1 of the solenoid/clutch for an open circuit or
Replace the switch.
poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the PWB.
Check the wire between Pin 4 of the PWB and Pin 1 of the switch for an open circuit and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the PWB.
Replace the solenoid/clutch.
Turn OFF the switch. Is [HIGH] displayed?
Check the wire between Pin 3 of the PWB and Pin 2 of the solenoid/clutch for an open circuit or poor con-
Y N
Remove the connector on the switch. Is [HIGH] displayed? tact.
Y N
Replace the PWB.
Check the wire between Pin 2 of the switch and Pin 3 of the PWB for a short circuit.
If no problems are found, replace the PWB. 2.2.3.5 Solenoid/Clutch Left Energized Failure FIP
Replace the switch.
Check the wire between Pin 4 of the PWB and Pin 1 of the motor for an open circuit or poor con-
tact.
Check the wire between Pin 3 of the PWB and Pin 2 of the motor for an open circuit or poor contact.
Check the wire between Pin 3 of the connector and Pin 2 of the solenoid/clutch for a short circuit.
If no problems are found, replace the solenoid/clutch.
2.2.3.6 Motor Does Not Rotate Failure FIP
Procedure
Figure 1 2005
Turn OFF the power. Remove the connector on the PWB. Is the resistance 10Ohm or less between
Pin 3 of the connector and the frame?
Y N
Replace the PWB.
Check the wire between Pin 3 of the connector and Pin 2 of the motor for a short circuit.
If no problems are found, replace the motor.
2.2.3.8 NIP/RELEASE SOLENOID Not Energized Failure FIP
Figure 1 2005
NOTE: . Before performing this FIP, ensure that the motor is not locked and it has no load.
Go to the DC330[XXX-XXX] and turn it ON.
Between Pin 3(+) and GND(-) of the PWB,. is the voltage +24VDC?
Y N
Between Pin 2(+) and GND(-) of the motor, is the voltage +24VDC?
Y N
Between Pin 1(+) and GND(-) of the motor, is the voltage +24VDC?
Y N
Between Pin 4(+) and GND(-) of the PWB, is the voltage +24VDC?
A B C
Version 1.2 12/2014 2.2.3 Generic FIP
2-175
Color C60/C70 Printer Troubleshooting
Color C60/C70 Printer 12/2014
Troubleshooting
Version 1.2 2-176 2.2.3 Generic FIP
A B
Procedure Check the wire between Pin 6 of the PWB and Pin 2 of the Nip/Release Solenoid for an open circuit or poor
contact.
Figure 1 2017
NOTE: . Before performing this FIP, ensure that there is no mechanical problem with the solenoid.
. Is +24VDC measured between Pin 1 (+) and GND (-) of the Nip/Release Solenoid?
Y N
Is +24VDC measured between Pin 5 (+) and GND(-) of the PWB?
Y N
Check +24VDC inputs of the PWB. If no problems are found, replace the PWB.
Check the wire between Pin 5 of the PWB and Pin 1 of the Nip/Release Solenoid for an open circuit or poor
contact.
Check the wire between Pin 4 of the PWB and Pin 3 of the Nip/Release Solenoid for an open circuit or poor
contact.
Perform the following FIP when the Release operation has a failure:
Go to DC330[XXX-XXX] and turn ON the SOL RELEASE.. Is +24VDC measured between Pin 6 (+) and
GND(-) of the PWB?
Y N
Go to DC330[XXX-XXX] and turn ON the SOL RELEASE. Is +24VDC measured between Pin 2
(+) and GND (-) of the Nip/Release Solenoid?
Y N
Replace the Nip/Release Solenoid.
A B
OF-01 Common System Fail If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB has been replaced, reinstall the original ESS PWB and contact
Support G for instructions. Prepare the logs and the obtained reports as required to be sent to Support G.
The following describes the common procedures at System Fail or Sub System Fail, regardless of whether the
power is turned ON or during job processing. OF-02 HDD System Fail
Always read the following three basic notes regarding the HDD in this machine model before servicing.
Initial Actions
1. HDD Data
Collect the detailed procedures below from the customer when a trouble occurred.
2. HDD Initialization
1. In which mode the problem occurred? (Copy/Scan/Print/Fax) 3. HDD Formatting
2. What job was performed when the problem occurred? After reading the basic notes, proceed with the service operations.
3. Check the job settings from the UI.
4. Check whether HDD spool is enabled/disabled. 1. HDD Data
5. Collect other information as much as possible to reproduce the error. Description by HDD partition
Table 1
Procedure
Partition Purpose of
1. If error was displayed during a service call, obtain the ’info9 or xxx.tgz’ and ’Redir or xxx.tgz’ files using the
log tool. If no error was displayed, obtain the ’Redir or xxx.tgz’ file using the log tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging No. Volume Use/Type Stored Data
Procedure) 1 ide0a Resource Font, Form/Logo, SMB Folder (Config. txt, driver), Job Template
2. [For machines installed with ESS Hardware Diagnostic only] Perform ESS Hardware Diagnostic. (See 2 ide0b Print EPC Print Temporary Data
ESS Hardware Diagnostic Procedure) 3 ide0c Mailbox Extended Mailbox, Scan, Internet FAX, FAX, Report, Secure Print,
3. Check the version of the Controller ROM. Download the latest version of the software if it is not. (See 2.6.1 Sample Print, Delay Print
Software Download) The download is not required if the Controller ROM version is already the latest. 4 ide0d PDL PDL, MailIO Temporary, Spool Area
Proceed to step 4.
5 ide0e Copy EPC Copy Temporary Data
4. Turn the power OFF then ON.
6 ide0f Scan Scan To FTP, Scan To SMB, Send Internet FAX, Send Mail, JFS
If the problem persists after the power is turned OFF then ON, obtain the ’info9 or xxx.tgz’ file using the log Temporary Data
tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.) 7 ide0g DOMS(/XDOD) DOMS Scan Data
At this point, if the system starts by turning the power ON, obtain reports by referring to 2.7.1 List of Col- XDOD FTP Data
lected Reports by Job according to the job type ’Copy/Scan/Print/Others’ in which the error occurs.
8 ide0h Management Management Information (PFlite User Document Store)
5. Turn the power OFF then ON by the Breaker (or by disconnecting then reconnecting the power plug). Information Job Recovery Data, Job Flow, Job Log,
If the problem persists after the power is turned OFF then ON, obtain the ’info9 or xxx.tgz’ file using the log Failure Log, Audit Log, Device Certificate
tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure)
At this point, if the system starts by turning the power ON, obtain reports by referring to 2.7.1 List of Col- 2. HDD Initialization
lected Reports by Job according to the job type ’Copy/Scan/Print/Others’ in which the error occurs.
The HDD can be initialized in the Diag. mode and KO Tools, by special booting, and by turning the M/C OFF
6. If the problem persists, check the installation status of the ESS PWB and (IISS PWB, IOT PWB, Monza then ON.
PWB) connector cables to install them securely, then perform the same operation where the error
occurred. Initialization means the logical formatting for changing a partition size. Initializing the HDD will delete all data in
7. Turn the power OFF, remove and insert the ESS RAM DIMM, then turn the power ON again to perform the HDD. Even if only one partition size is changed, the data in all partitions will be deleted.
the same operation where the error occurred.
If the problem persists, obtain the ’info9 or xxx.tgz’ file log immediately after the error occurred without Table 2 HDD Initialization Method
turning the power OFF/ON. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)
Data Clear Method
8. If the problem persists after turning the power ON, turn the power OFF and replace the RAM DIMM. After
turning the power ON, perform the same operation where the error occurred. Partition No. Diag. KO Tools Special Booting M/C power OFF/ON
9. If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB and perform the same operation where the error occurred. 1 O O O -
10. Return NVM(700-530) to 1. 2 O - O O
3 O - O -
Procedure
Procedure
[For machines installed with ESS Hardware Diagnostic/IIT Diagnostic only]
After checking, perform the following in sequence.
• Perform ESS Hardware Diagnostic. (See ESS Hardware Diagnostic Procedure)
• Mechanical Check
• Perform IIT Diagnostic. (See IIT Diagnostic Procedure)
Check that the internal parts (Fax Mother PWB/G3 Option PWB/G4 Option PWB/G3 Main PWB) of the
Check the installation status of the ESS PWB and IISS PWB connector cables to install them securely.
Fax Card are properly installed.
Check the installation status of the parts in the ESS PWB to install them securely.
• Check the communication related parts.
After that, perform the same operation where the error occurred.
1. If the problem persists, perform the procedures in ’OF-01 Common System Fail’. (Do not replace the ESS Check the communication related parts by following the procedures below:
PWB at this step.) 1. Seeing ’2.7.1 List of Collected Reports by Job’ obtain Fax-related reports (Protocol Monitor, Activity
2. If the problem persists after the above actions, replace the IISS PWB. Report, User Options List, Expanded Functions List and Job History Report).
3. If problem persists after the actions, replace the ESS PWB. Depending on the situation, such as in the cases of Broadcast Send or Mailbox Receipt, obtain the
Speed Dial list or Stored Document list.
If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB and IISS PWB have been replaced, reinstall the original ESS
PWB and IISS PWB and contact Support G for instructions. 2. Check whether or not the Controller ROM and FaxCard ROM are the latest versions.
Prepare the logs as required to be sent to Support G. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.) If they are not the latest, upgrade them to the latest by referring to ’2.6.1 Software Download’.
OF-06 IOT System Fail If the Controller ROM and FaxCard ROM are the latest versions, there is no need to download them.
Procedure 3. After that, perform the same operation where the error occurred. If the problem persists, replace the
USB cable.
[For machines installed with ESS Hardware Diagnostic/IIT Diagnostic only]
4. Obtain the ’info9 or xxx.tgz’ and ’Redir or xxx.tgz’ files using the log tool immediately after the error
• Perform ESS Hardware Diagnostic. (See ESS Hardware Diagnostic Procedure)
has occurred. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure)
• Perform IIT Diagnostic. (See IIT Diagnostic Procedure)
5. Replace the FaxCard and perform the same operation where the error occurred.
Check the installation status of the ESS PWB and IOT PWB connector cables to install them securely, then
check that the installation status of the parts in the IOT PWB and ensure that they are securely installed. If the problem persists, reinstall the FaxCard to the original position and contact Support G for instructions.
Prepare the logs as required to be sent to Support G. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)
After that, perform the same operation where the error occurred.
1. If the problem persists, perform the procedures in ’OF-01 Common System Fail’. (Do not replace the ESS OF-08 116-324 Fail
PWB at this step.) Procedure
2. If the problem persists and it is related to the Net such as Scanner/Printer, proceed to collect data.
Perform the following steps.
• 2.4.4 Printing can be performed but abnormally 1. Corrective actions when the problem occurred at power ON
3. If the problem persists, replace the IOT PWB. (1) Check whether the error persists after returning from power saver mode and take a note on the
4. If the above action does not resolve the problem, replace the ESS PWB. (Replace the IOT PWB first and result, and then perform Steps (1) to (7) in ’OF-01 Common System Fail’. (No reports can be
then the ESS PWB.) obtained during this failure.)
If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB and IOT PWB have been replaced, reinstall the original ESS (2) If the problem persists, prepare for the recovery operation since the system may be recovered by
PWB and IOT PWB and contact Support G for instructions. the procedures in ’OF-02 HDD System Fail’.
Prepare the logs as required to be sent to Support G. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.) Check with the customer whether important data is stored in the HDD.
OF-07 FAX System Fail (3) If no important data is stored in the HDD, perform the procedures in ’OF-02 HDD System Fail’.
If the problem persists, reinstall the HDD that has been removed.
The ’Remained in ’Copying...’ or ’Printing...’ problem is ongoing during the service call and can be reproduced.
Procedure
1. If the problem is ongoing during a service call, obtain the ’info9 or xxx.tgz’ and ’Redir or xxx.tgz’ files using
the log tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure)
2. Check for a change in UI message by opening and closing the IOT Front Panel, etc.
3. [For machines installed with ESS Hardware Diagnostic only] Perform ESS Hardware Diagnostic. (See
ESS Hardware Diagnostic Procedure)
4. [For machines installed with IOT (AST: Analysis Support Tool) Diagnostic only] Perform IOT Diagnostic.
(See IOT Diagnostic Procedure)
5. [For machines installed with IIT Diagnostic only] Perform IIT Diagnostic. (See IIT Diagnostic Procedure)
6. Check the software version. Download the latest version of the software if it is not. (See 2.6.1 Software
Download) The download is not required if the Controller ROM version is already the latest. Proceed to
step 7.
7. Download the latest version of the software if it is not. (See 2.6.1 Software Download)
8. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures. Check the connection of the ESS PWB and
(IISS PWB, IOT PWB, Monza PWB) connector cables, make sure that they are connected properly and
then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.
9. Pull out and reinsert the ESS RAM DIMM, then perform the same operation that caused the error to
occur.
10. Disconnect and reconnect the HDD connectors, then perform the same operation that caused the error
to occur.
11. Replace the RAM DIMM, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.
12. Replace the HDD, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.
13. Replace the ESS PWB, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.
14. Replace the MCU PWB, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.
If the system is not restored after the MCU PWB has been replaced, reinstall the original MCU PWB and con-
tact Support G for instructions. Prepare the logs and the obtained reports as required to be sent to Support G.
[Fault Name]
Processing previous job in AWPM fail
[Error Type]
Information
[Fault Content]
An error has occurred when the previous Job is being processed at AWPM
[Detection Conditions]
When the server inquiry number 9 (previous Job is being processed) is notified from the AWPM
[Corrective Actions]
Stop the Job monitoring at the AWPM and turn the Device OFF and ON.
[Error Type]
Sub System Fail 003-319 IITsc Video Driver Detection Fail
[Fault Content] [Error Type]
The Fax Card is installed but the IISS extension memory capacity is insufficient (less than 256 MB) Sub System Fail
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
This is a Fault Code detected by the IITsc after bypassing the 116-389 detection conditions when turning Video Driver Detection Fail
the power ON. It was detected that the Fax Card is installed but the extension memory capacity in the doc- [Detection Conditions]
ument scan section is less than 256 MB.
When the following error was detected from the Driver
Restrictions when this error occurs:
1. Compression Threshold Exceeded
<DADF-75>
2. DMA Transfer Error
The DADF is unavailable when this fail occurs. Fax can still be sent using the platen.
3. Other Compression Type Errors
<DADF-250>
4. I/F failure between the controller and the IIT
The DADF can still be used even when this fail occurs. However, as a restriction, duplex scan can only be
performed by mechanical reversing operation.
[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Corrective Actions]
OF-05 IIT System Fail
Turn the power OFF then ON.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Install the IISS Extension Memory (the memory on the extension PWB at the side of the IIT-IPS). 003-320 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 1
[Error Type]
003-311 IIT CDI I/F Mismatch Sub System Fail
Upgrade the IIT software to a certain version that can be combined with the Controller version.
003-321 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 2
003-318 IITsc Soft Fail [Error Type]
[Error Type] Sub System Fail
[Corrective Actions]
Use a document which does not have any copy restriction codes embedded. 003-704 Color Correction Value Difference Fail
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to correct it. [Fault Name]
Detection error due to Hybrid Watermark Board failure. Color Correction Value Difference Fail
Replace the Hybrid Watermark Board. [Error Type]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure: Job
OF-09 Common Job Fail [Fault Content]
Color correction color difference error during 2 Sided Simultanous Scan.
003-702 Different magnification, for surface and back of a [Detection Conditions]
document When the value of the 14 Shades patch for each color of the scanned color correction pattern is abnormal
[Error Type] or when a color difference error of the correction value was detected.
Different magnification, for surface and back of a document If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Detection Conditions]
In copying the two sides of the document simultaneously, the machine detected such settings as apply 003-705 Paper Size Mismatch of the Energy Saving Return Fail
different magnification ratios to the face (side 1) and the back (side 2) of the document. [Fault Name]
[Corrective Actions] Paper Size Mismatch of the Energy Saving Return Fail
Change the settings so that the same magnification ratio can be applied to the face (side 1) and the back [Error Type]
(side 2) of the document.
Job
If the problem persists, perform the following.
[Fault Content]
OF-09 Common Job Fail
A Paper Size mismatch error when returning from Energy Saver mode.
Original patch does not exist. (The R/E ratio became out of range after the document auto detection when AMS is specified.)
During Image Overlay, only 1 page can be stored (single sheet document). [Detection Conditions]
This occurs in B/W machines and does not occur in Color machines. When the required number of cover pages had been scanned,
[Corrective Actions] 1. A next document still exists at the DADF
Abort the job. 2. A document that was specified for Duplex Scan only had its Side 1 scanned
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 3. 2 Sided Scan was instructed at Platen Book Copying, but only 1 side was scanned
OF-09 Common Job Fail [Corrective Actions]
As the scanning for cover page was forcibly ended, you can continue by starting the scan for the middle
documents.
003-780 Scan Image Compression Error To end, press <C>.
[Error Type]
Job Fail If the problem still persists, perform the following:
[Fault Content] Obtain the logs immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department for
Fax Scan Compression Error instructions.
[Detection Conditions] 2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tool Function Explanation
The compressed data size is larger than 8 times the size of the uncompressed data. 003-913 Document Size Error (Without Ability for Auto Detect)
[Corrective Actions] [Fault Name]
Abort the job. Change the scan resolution parameter and repeat the operation. Document Size Error (Without Ability for Auto Detect)
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Error Category]
OF-09 Common Job Fail Operation
[Fault Contents]
003-795 AMS Limit Error Original size error (Without Ability for Auto Detect)
[Error Type]
Operation Fail 003-933 Next Documents Cannot scan over 300DPI
[Fault Content] [Error Type]
For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 300dpi, 400dpi and 600dpi are not available. Operation Fail
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
Because DAM memory is not enough, a selected resolution is not available for scanning a A3 document. For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 300dpi, 400dpi and 600dpi are not available (when the next
It is available for scanning a A4/B4 document. document exists).
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
Operate for scanning at below 300dpi. Because DAM memory is not enough, a selected resolution is not available for scanning a A3 document.
If the problem persists, increase DAM memory. It is available for scanning a A4/B4 document.
If the problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it. [Corrective Actions]
OF-09 Common Job Fail Operate for scanning at below 300dpi.
If the problem persists, increase DAM memory.
If the problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it.
003-931 Cannot scan over 400DPI
OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Error Type]
Operation Fail
003-934 Next Documents Cannot scan over 400DPI
[Fault Content]
For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 400dpi and 600dpi are not available.
[Error Type]
Operation Fail
[Detection Conditions]
Because DAM memory is not enough, a selected resolution is not available for scanning a A3 document.
[Fault Content]
It is available for scanning a A4/B4 document. For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 400dpi and 600dpi are not available (when the next docu-
ment exists).
[Corrective Actions]
Operate for scanning at below 400dpi.
[Detection Conditions]
Because DAM memory is not enough, a selected resolution is not available for scanning a A3 document.
If the problem persists, increase DAM memory.
It is available for scanning a A4/B4 document.
If the problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Corrective Actions]
Operate for scanning at below 400dpi.
If the problem persists, increase DAM memory.
003-932 Cannot scan 600DPI If the problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it.
[Error Type] OF-09 Common Job Fail
Operation Fail
[Fault Content] 003-935 Next Documents Cannot scan over 600DPI
For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 600dpi is not available.
[Error Type] If the problem still persists, perform the following:
Operation Fail OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Fault Content]
For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 600dpi is not available (when the next document exists). 003-942 Document size Auto Detect error
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
Because DAM memory is not enough, a selected resolution is not available for scanning a A3 document. Operation Error
It is available for scanning a A4/B4 document. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] Document size error
Operate for scanning at below 600dpi. [Detection Conditions]
If the problem persists, increase DAM memory.
The document size cannot be automatically detected.
If the problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it.
[Corrective Actions]
OF-09 Common Job Fail
Input an appropriate value for the document size.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
003-940 DAM memory insufficient OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Error Type]
Operation Error 003-944 Image repeat count fail
[Fault Content] [Error Type]
Insufficient DAM memory detected. Operation Error
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
When IITsc is activated for the jobs that meet the following AND conditions:
Incorrect image repeat count (even one image cannot be pasted).
• DAM memory < 384MB
[Detection Conditions]
• Side 2 cover image is selected
Even one image cannot be pasted when ’Set Repeated Count-Auto’ is specified for image repeat.
• Color mode is not set to Black/White
• High Quality mode
[Corrective Actions]
Change the image repeat count parameter and repeat the operation.
[Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Cancel the job
OF-09 Common Job Fail
• Clear the B/W setting for Color mode or the Side 2 cover image setting, and execute the job again.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail 003-946 Every direction difference (Copy APS)
[Error Type]
003-941 Page memory insufficient Operation Error
If a user has returned an insufficient number of documents using Return Document, the message indicat- [Fault Content]
ing that additional N number of documents are required is displayed and job cancelation is prompted. Returned document color mismatch (Different color detected before/after return).
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
Since the number of documents is insufficient, reload the correct number of documents. A different color of document was returned by a user using Return Document.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. • This error occurs only when the page information for the returned document has been already sent
OF-09 Common Job Fail to the post-process.
• However, the error always occurs when recovered from interruption since the sent page informa-
tion has been discarded.
003-948 Return Documents mismatch • The check items to determine different documents are document size/orientation and Color mode
[Error Type] in ACS only.
Operation Error [Corrective Actions]
[Fault Content] Return a document with the correct color again.
Returned document size mismatch (Different size settings before/after return) If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Detection Conditions] OF-09 Common Job Fail
A different document was returned by a user using Return Document.
• This error occurs only when the page information for the returned document has been already sent 003-955 Documents size exchange error
to the post-process software module.
[Error Type]
• However, because distributed page information will be discarded when the machine recovers from
Operation Error
an interruption, the above fault is not considered an error.
• The check items to determine different documents are document size/orientation and Color mode [Fault Content]
in ACS only. Document size change error (MixMode)
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
Return a document with the correct size again. When loading a document with Mixed Size Originals prohibited, a document of different size/orientation
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. from the initial document was detected.
OF-09 Common Job Fail • Only Image Overlay has the function that inhibits different sizes during document added.
[Corrective Actions]
003-951 1job max page over Reload the document.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Error Type]
OF-09 Common Job Fail
Operation Error
[Fault Content]
Stored pages limit for a job exceeded
003-956 Documents size unknown error
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
Operation Error
The number of pages that can be scanned for a job is exceeded.
[Corrective Actions] [Fault Content]
Document size undefined error (Only APS is selected for the function requiring document size setting).
Specify the job to avoid the detection conditions.
[Detection Conditions]
Undefined document size was detected when Platen is selected and only APS requires document size 003-966 ATS/APS No Destination (IITsc)
selection.
[Error Type]
[Corrective Actions] Operation Error
Enter a document size from the Panel or select a tray.
[Fault Content]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
ATS/APS No Destination Error
OF-09 Common Job Fail
ATS/APS NG (Other than No Paper) (IIT)
[Detection Conditions]
003-963 No APS object Tray There is no APS tray that is set to a specific size selected.
[Error Type] [Corrective Actions]
Operation Error
Load a tray with an appropriate size of paper or select an approprite tray.
[Fault Content] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, replace the tray module.
No APS compatible tray to set the relevant size. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Detection Conditions] OF-09 Common Job Fail
There was no APS compatible tray that could supply paper for printing without image loss.
• Image larger than A3/17’ 003-967 DADF APS No Destination
• Non-TTM tray does not support APS and the image is larger than A4/Letter.
[Error Type]
• All the APS supporting trays have failure.
Operation Fail
• APS supporting trays are all set to unavailable.
• Non-standard size setting for all trays.
[Fault Content]
• Black/White Copy for color attributes of all trays • When using DADF-75, document size = 8.5x11 SEF *excluding document size input
• Color Copy for B/W attributes of all trays • Mixed size is not selected
• Although an APS Copy Job with Variable % Reduce/Enlarge is specified, a selectable Tray does not
[Corrective Actions] exist
Select a tray. Even though an A4 LEF document is set, its size might have been misdetected as 8.5x11 SEF document
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail *This Fault Code only occurs in DADF-75 and is not applicable for DADF-150 and DADF-250
[Detection Conditions]
003-965 ATS/APS No Paper (IITsc Detect)
The detected paper size is not in the Tray.
[Error Type]
[Corrective Actions]
Operation Error
1. Either load the paper size that is displayed on the Panel into the Tray or select a Tray that contains the
[Fault Content] desired paper size.
ATS/APS No Paper 2. In the case where an A4SEF document was misdetected to be a Letter document, first cancel the job, set
APS/ATS NG (No Paper) (IIT) the DADF Document Guide properly to both sides of the scanned document and then operate again.
[Detection Conditions] If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
There was no paper in the tray that can be selected for APS. OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Corrective Actions]
Add paper. 003-968 Punch position error
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, replace the tray module. [Error Type]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Operation Error
OF-09 Common Job Fail
Unable to punch at the selected position. (Common among APS/Tray Selections) [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Because this document cannot be copied, press the ’Cancel’ or ’Continue’ button on the panel.
Specify an appropriate punch position or cancel Punch, and execute the job again.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 003-972 Maximum Stored Page Over Flow
OF-09 Common Job Fail [Error Type]
Notice Error
003-969 Punch size error [Fault Content]
[Error Type] Maximum No. of stored pages exceeded
Operation Error [Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content] When scanning a document, the no. of pages that has accumulated in the machine has exceeded the
value of ’Maximum Stored Number of Copy Sheets’ set in system data.
Punch size error (APS)
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
Set the no. of pages of the document to be within the maximum no. of pages that can be stored.
Punch could not be done for the selected paper size.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Corrective Actions]
OF-09 Common Job Fail
Cancel Punch and execute the same job again.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail 003-973 Every direction difference
[Error Type]
003-970 FAX Line Memory Overflow Notice Error
Copy restriction codes detected in document to be copied (for users who has the permission to tempo- [Detection Conditions]
rarily clear the detection) Scanning has been completed for all loaded documents.
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
Decide whether there is another document. 1. Document replacement was detected during Bound Originals/Booklet/Poster scanning.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 2. When any operation that requires Return Document occurs in the job with Multi Scan (Bound Originals/
OF-09 Common Job Fail Booklet/Poster) on Platen, a user returned a document of a different color at ACS.
[Corrective Actions]
003-976 FAX Line Memory Overflow (N up) Reload a correct size paper and resume operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Error Type]
OF-09 Common Job Fail
Notice Error
[Fault Content]
No. of lines in the Slow Scan direction exceeded during Fax N-up.
003-980 Staple position error
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
Notice Error
The no. of lines in the Slow Scan direction exceeds the upper limit (65535) during processes such as Fax
parallel overlay or enlargement of long documents. [Fault Content]
Or Page Memory is full. Staple Position Error
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
Press the Cancel button to stop the job. Decrease a resolution or magnification ratio and rerun the job. Staple is not available at the specified position.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, check the installation of the page memory. If the [Corrective Actions]
problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Specify a Staple position again or cancel Staple, and execute the same job again.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
003-977 Document Miss Match (Multi Scan)
[Error Type] 003-981 Staple size error
Notice Error [Error Type]
[Fault Content] Notice Error
Document size mismatch (Document exchange during Multi Scan) [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] Staple size error (Copy APS)
1. Document replacement was detected during Bound Originals/Booklet/Poster scanning. [Detection Conditions]
2. When any operation that requires Return Document occurs in the job with Multi Scan (Bound Originals/ Staple could not be done for the selected paper size.
Booklet/Poster) on Platen, a user returned a document of a different size from the original.
[Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions]
Specify a Staple position again or cancel Staple, and execute the same job again.
Reload a correct size document and resume operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
OF-09 Common Job Fail
003-982 IITsc HDD access error
003-978 Color Document Miss Mutch (Multi Scan) [Error Type]
Notice
[Error Type]
Notice Error
[Fault Content]
HD-FULL was detected with no pages stored. An error where the FULL is not cleared even after some
[Fault Content] time has passed.
Document color mismatch (Document replacement during Multi Scan)
[Detection Conditions]
HDD was determined to be full due to collate, stored or interrupted jobs.
Retry job. If retry failed, replace the DADF-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method again. If the problem persists, go the the following procedure to resolve it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
When a set of mixed size documents are set, the topmost document is misdetected (= A3 SEF).
Furthermore, the misdetected paper (= A3 SEF) is fed into the machine and it is unable to be updated to 005-948 Manuscript reading equipment obstacle detection
the correct size (= A4 SEF). [Error Type]
[Corrective Actions] Operation
Correction for [1] [Fault Content]
– Cancel the job
DADF obstruction detection (mixed document detection) *continuous scan is possible
– Remove the obstruction and expose the length sensor
[Detection Conditions]
– Restart the job
Either [1] or [2] is detected during a job specified with [MIX = OFF Mode].
Correction for [2]
Detection Conditions for [1]
– Cancel the job
There is obstruction on the DADF document length sensor, causing misdetection of document size
– Set the Mixed Mode to ON at the copy settings menu
Detection Conditions for [2]
– Restart the job
When a set of mixed size documents are set, the topmost document is misdetected
If the problem persists, perform the following:
OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Corrective Actions]
Correction for [1]
Remove the obstruction and expose the length sensor at the DADF
005-947 Document guide set mistake 2. – Press [Start] to correctly re-detect the DADF document size and continue the scan
[Error Type] Correction for [2]
Operation – Cancel the job
[Fault Content] – Set the Mixed Mode to ON at the copy settings menu
DADF document guide set mistake (mixed document detection) *continuous scan is possible – Restart the job
[Detection Conditions] If the problem persists, perform the following:
Either [1] or [2] is detected during a job specified with [MIX = OFF Mode]. OF-09 Common Job Fail
Detection Conditions for [1]
The DADF document guides are set at different positions compared to the actual document, causing
misdetection of document size (= A3 SEF).
NOTE:
The misdetected size is not delivered,
Detection Conditions for [2]
007-954 SMH size mismatch [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Load Transparency, Plain Paper, or the correct Paper Type as specified, and then clear the error.
operation
[Fault Content] 007-969 CentreTray full stack
SMH Size Mismatch (Slow Scan Length Error) [Error Type]
Imari-MF: Slow Scan Length/Fast Scan Width Error Operation
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
The size information specified for printing through this machine is different from the size of SMH paper Full Stack Fail
(=the Tray Dial-set size). [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] Paper Full Stack on the Center Tray was detected.
1. Load the SMH of this machine with paper of the size that the customer selected for the job. [Corrective Actions]
2. Set the SMH Dial of this machine for the size that the customer selected for the job. Remove the paper from the Tray.
If the dial does not have the desired paper size, set it for ’Other’.
Operation Fail
Error was detected when writing into the Finisher-ROM (or MACS-ROM on the DCCf450MP). [Corrective Actions]
Does not operate normally because the ROM content has been erased. Use the Generic FIP to check the Sensor.
[Corrective Actions] If required, replace the Low Staple Sensor.
If the trouble persists after retrying, replace the Finisher-ROM (or MACS-ROm on the DCCf450MP) and
download again to perform the upgrade. 012-966 Scratch Sheet Compile
[Error Type]
012-911 Stacker Lower Safety Operation
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
Operation Scratch Sheet Compile
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
Stacker Lower Safety warning When abnormal paper (Scratch Sheet), which is notified from the IOT via the Delivered Sheet Break
(Obstruction was found at the bottom of the Stacker Elevator) command, was output to the Compiler
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
The Height Alignment was not successful within 250msec when the Height Adjustment was performed Use the Generic FIP to check the Sensor.
for output paper to the Stacker Tray (Tray lowering down) in the middle of a job. If required, replace the Top Cover Interlock.
[Corrective Actions]
Remove all paper from the Stacker and check the operation of the Finisher Stacker No Paper Sensor. If it 012-969 IOT Center Tray Full
is not working, replace it.
[Error Type]
Operation
012-914 Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count [Fault Content]
[Error Type] IOT Center Tray Full
Operation [Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content] When the H-Tra IOT Full Paper Sensor is detected to be ON for 10 successive seconds.
Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Use the Generic FIP to check the Sensor.
The Staple Set Count of the Stacker Tray has exceeded 50 sets during the Staple Set Eject operation. If required, replace the H-Tra IOT Full Paper Sensor.
[Corrective Actions]
Remove all paper from the Stacker and check the operation of the Finisher Stacker No Paper Sensor. If it
is not working, replace it.
[SW optional function not achieved] Expand the Memory (Page) of the Controller Board.
One of the SW option functions cannot be executed due to a HDD error or HDD not installed.
[Detection Conditions] 016-213 SW Option Fail (Printer CARD Not Exist)
The Controller Board HDD was not installed or an error was detected when SW optional function was [Error Type]
enabled. Local Fail
[Option name to be detected] [Fault Content]
• Internet FAX Kit
[SW optional function not achieved]
• Address Book Expansion Kit
One of the SW option functions cannot be executed due to a PRT_CARD error or PRT_CARD not
• Water Marking Kit installed.
• Data Security Kit [Detection Conditions]
• Annotation The PRT_CARD was not installed or an error was detected when SW optional function was enabled.
• Scanner Kit [Option name to be detected]
[Corrective Actions] • Internet FAX kit
Turn the power OFF then ON. [Corrective Actions]
Check the HDD connector.
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Install or replace the HDD to the Controller Board.
Install the PRT_CARD if it is not installed.
Replace it if it is installed.
016-211 SW Option Fail (SysMemory Low)
[Error Type] 016-214 SW Option Fail (Fax CARD Not Exist)
Local Fail [Error Type]
[Fault Content] Local Fail
[SW optional function not achieved] [Fault Content]
Insufficient System Memory was detected.
[SW optional function not achieved]
[Detection Conditions] One of the SW optional functions cannot be executed due to a FAX_CARD error or FAX_CARD not
With SW optional functions set to Available, the System Memory of the Controller Board is insufficient. installed.
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. The FAX_CARD was not installed or an error was detected when SW optional function was enabled.
Expand the Memory (Option) of the Controller Board. [Option name to be detected]
• Internet FAX Kit
016-212 SW Option Fail (Page Memory Low) [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Turn the power OFF then ON.
Install the FAX_CARD if it is not installed.
Local Fail
Replace it if it is installed.
[Fault Content]
[SW optional function not achieved] 016-215 SW Option Fail (JPEG boad Not Exist)
Insufficient Page Memory was detected. [Error Type]
Local Fail
016-217 SW Option Fail (Controller ROM not Printer kit) 016-220 S2X unrecoverable error
[Error Type]
[Error Type]
Local Fail
Local Fail
[Fault Content]
[Fault Content]
[SW optional function not achieved]
The High Compression PDF Board (S2X) has a fatal error
Controller ROM does not support Printer Kit.
[Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions]
A unrecoverable error was detected at the S2X PWB.
The Controller ROM does not support the appropriate options when SW optional function was enabled.
[Option name to be detected]
[Corrective Actions]
• Printer Kit Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, replace the S2X PWB.
016-231 SW Option Fail (Image Ext PWB Not Exist) 016-233 SW Option Fail (USB Host Not Exist)
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Local Fail
Local Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
[SW optional function not achieved] Any one of the SW optional functions cannot be used because the
[SW optional function not achieved]
USB Host has a failure/is not installed.
Any one of the SW Options cannot be realized due to failures/non-installation of the Image Ext PWB.
[Detection Conditions] (Condition 2) The Authentication Mode is Custom Authentication and the XPC smart card selection ser-
When the SW optional function is being enabled, the USB port (and USB Host Card) for the Controller vice status has not become ’Active’. (PFV_SELECTION_SERVICE_XCP_SMARTCARD)
board was detected to be not installed or having errors. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF and ON.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform checks as follows:
If the problem persists, install the USB Host Card on the Controller board. 1. Enable the embedded plug-in feature.
For UI Panel:
Login as System Administrator, select [System Settings] -> [Common Service Settings] -> [Plug-in
016-234 XCP Out of Memory Error Settings], set [Embedded Plug-ins] to [Enabled] and reboot the machine.
[Error Type] For CWIS:
local Login as System Administrator, select [Properties] tab, [Security] -> [Plug-in Settings] -> [Plug-in
[Fault Content] Settings], enable [Plug-in Settings] and reboot the machine.
Lack of memory causes the XCP to stop. 2. Input the software key for the Authentication Customization Kit.
[Detection Conditions]
The software module that runs Java within the Controller has ran out of memory and became unable to 016-237 Auth plugin not active
continue operating. [Error Type]
[Corrective Actions] Local
1. Turn the power OFF then ON. [Fault Content]
2. Initialize the HDD.
Authentication custom plug-in not activated error
[Detection Conditions]
016-235 XCP Internal Error When the SecSys Task detected any of the following conditions during Start Up.
[Error Type] (Condition 1) The Authentication Mode is Custom Authentication and the authentication custom plug-in
local is not registered.
[Fault Content] (Condition 2) The Authentication Mode is Custom Authentication and the authentication custom plug-in
is not activated.
Another internal error causes the XCP function to stop.
(Condition 3) Failure when reading the file of authentication custom plug-in.
[Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions]
It has been detected that the JVM has stopped due to an internal error.
Turn the power OFF and ON.
[Corrective Actions] If the problem persists, perform the following:
1. Turn the power OFF then ON.
Login as System Administrator at CWIS, select [Properties] tab, [Security] -> [Plug-in Settings] -> [List of
2. Initialize the HDD. Embedded Plug-ins], register the authentication custom plug-in and reboot the machine.
016-240 S2X NVM CheckSum Fail 016-310 ssmm Job Log Full
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Local Fail
system fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
The High Compression PDF Board (S2X) failed the NVM CheckSum SSMM job log full
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
S2X failed the NVM CheckSum Test.
A job log file was not gotten from the external application (AWAS) and the number of files stored
[Corrective Actions] exceeded the specified value (280).
Replace the S2X PWB Board (NVM memory is attached to the base). [Corrective Actions]
Get a job log file from the external application (AWAS) via SSMI. After that turn the power OFF then ON.
016-241 SW Option Fail (SIP_FAX Not Exist) If the problem persists, perform the following:
[Fault Name] Get a job log file from the external application (AWAS) via SSMI. After that turn the power OFF then ON.
SW Option Fail (SIP_FAX Not Exist)
[Error Type] 016-311 No Scanner that Should Be
Local [Error Type]
[Fault Content] Sub System Fail
<SW optional function not achieved> The NGN optional function did not become available because the [Fault Content]
SIP_FAX SW Key is not enabled. Scanner is not installed although scanner is a standard equipment.
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
When the NGN optional function is set to ’Enabled’, the SIP_FAX SW Key is not enabled. The system detected that the scanner was not installed.
[Corrective Actions] [Fault Content]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following: [SW optional function not achieved]
1. Install or replace the I/F between the scanner and the Main Processor. The board for detecting the back (side 2) of a document is not installed. Therefore [Paper Security] is
2. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. unavailable.
OF-01 Common System Fail [Detection Conditions]
When the SW optional function is set to ’Available’ and DADF: PF1.5 and IIT:PF1-BW are combined, the
machine with two HWM boards (for the face and the back) is supposed to detect Protection Code for both
016-312 SW Option Fail (Hybrid WaterMark Not Exist) sides in scanning them simultaneously. However, when only either of the boards is installed, the Paper
[Error Type] Security function is available for the detected side.
Sub [Corrective Actions]
[Fault Content] Turn the power OFF then ON.
[SW optional function not achieved] Because the Hybrid Watermark detection H/W is not installed, the Install the board for detecting the back (side 2) of a document if it is not installed.
SW option (Secure Watermark Kit) did not become available. If the problem persists, perform the following:
[Detection Conditions] OF-01 Common System Fail
When the SW optional function is being enabled, the system detected that the Hybrid Watermark Detec-
tion H/W is not installed. This is detected prior to 016-313.
016-315 IIT Interface Fail
Option name to be detected
’Secure Watermark Kit’
[Error Type]
Sub System Fail
[Corrective Actions]
Check the installation of the Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W. If it is installed, turn the power OFF then
[Fault Content]
ON. If the problem persists, it could be due to detection error. Replace the Hybrid Watermark Detection IF between IIT and Controller broken
H/W or the IISS Board. [Detection Conditions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure: An error in the I/F between the scanner and the Main Processor was detected.
OF-01 Common System Fail [Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:
016-313 Hybrid WaterMark setting mismatch 1. Reinstall or replace the IF between the scanner and the Main Processor.
[Error Type] 2. Replace the Controller board or the IISS.
Sub If the problem persists, perform the following.
[Fault Content] OF-01 Common System Fail
016-331 Cont System Memory Fail-2 016-334 Long Boot Diag Page Memory Broken Option Fail
[Error Type] [Fault Name]
System Fail Long Boot Diag Page Memory Broken Option Fail
[Fault Content] [Error Type]
Cont SystemMemory Diagnostic Fail-2 Subsystem
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
The memory size that is installed in Slot 2 is detected to be outside the specification value. Page Memory (Option) broken (OS detection)
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following: Controller Section Page Memory (Option) error was detected.
1. Remove and insert ESS RAM DIMM #2. [Corrective Actions]
2. Replace ESS RAM DIMM #2. Turn the power OFF/ON. If the problem persists, do the following:
3. Replace the Controller board. 1. Remove and reinstall the Page Memory (Option)
016-332 Cont System Memory Fail-3 2. Replace the Page Memory (Option)
[Error Type]
System Fail 016-335 Cont ProgramROM Fail-1
[Error Type] 016-338 Cont FontROM Fail-1
System Fail [Error Type]
[Fault Content] System Fail
Cont ProgramROM Diagnostic Fail-1 [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] Cont FontROM Diagnostic Fail-1
The Checksum of Program ROM2 does not match. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] The Font ROM ID that is installed OnBoard is detected to be outside the specification value.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following: [Corrective Actions]
1. Replace ESS ROm DIMM #2.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:
2. Replace the Controller board.
1. Replace the Printer Kit.
2. Replace the Controller board.
016-336 Cont ProgramROM Fail-2
[Error Type] 016-339 Cont FontROM Fail-2
System Fail [Error Type]
[Fault Content] System Fail
Cont ProgramROM Diagnostic Fail-2 [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] Cont FontROM Diagnostic Fail-2
Program ROM1 write command has failed. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] The Font ROM ID that is installed in Slot 1 is detected to be outside the specification value.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following: [Corrective Actions]
1. Remove and insert ESS ROM DIMM #1. Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:
2. Replace ESS ROM DIMM #1. 1. Remove and insert ESS Font ROM DIMM #1.
3. Remove and insert the Printer Kit. 2. Replace ESS Font ROM DIMM #1.
4. Replace the Printer Kit. 3. Remove and insert the Printer Kit.
5. Replace the Controller board. 4. Replace the Printer Kit.
5. Replace the Controller board.
016-337 Cont ProgramROM Fail-3
[Error Type] 016-340 Cont FontROM Fail-3
System Fail [Error Type]
[Fault Content] System Fail
Cont ProgramROM Diagnostic Fail-3 [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] Cont FontROM Diagnostic Fail-3
Program ROM2 write command has failed. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] The Font ROM ID that is installed in Slot 2 is detected to be outside the specification value.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following: [Corrective Actions]
1. Remove and insert ESS ROM DIMM #2. Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:
2. Replace ESS ROM DIMM #2. 1. Remove and insert ESS Font ROM DIMM #2.
3. Replace the Controller board. 2. Replace ESS Font ROM DIMM #2.
3. Replace the Controller board.
[Error Type]
System Fail 016-345 Cont NV-Memory Fail
[Fault Content] [Error Type]
Cont FontROM Diagnostic Fail-4 System Fail
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
The Checksum of Font ROM that is installed in Slot 2 does not match. Cont NV-Memory Diagnostic Fail
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following: The data of the header address is detected to be 0x00.
1. Remove and insert ESS Font ROM DIMM #2. [Corrective Actions]
2. Replace ESS Font ROM DIMM #2. Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:
3. Replace the Controller board. 1. Replace the NV-RAM board.
2. Replace the Controller board.
016-342 Cont RTC Fail
[Error Type] 016-346 Cont A4FAX Modem Diagnosis Fail
System Fail [Fault Name]
[Fault Content] Cont A4FAX Modem Diagnosis Fail
Cont RTC Diagnostic Fail [Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] Subsystem
The range of RTC time is out of the specification value (E.g. Day 36 Month 13) [Fault Content]
The time is not moving forward A4 Fax Modem diagnosis error.
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. An A4 Fax Modem diagnosis error was detected by the Boot Diag.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence. [Corrective Actions]
1. Replace the failed component. Turn the power OFF and ON, perform the same operation and check whether the problem is reoccur-
2. Replace the Controller Board. ring.If the trouble persists, replace the ESS PWB.
016-343 Long Boot Diag Timer Fail 016-347 Cont PageMemory Fail
[Fault Name] [Error Type]
Long Boot Diag Timer Fail System Fail
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
Subsystem Cont PageMemory Diagnostic Fail
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
Timer Fail (OS detection) The memory size that is installed in Slot 2 is detected to be outside the specification value.
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
A Timer error was detected. Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:
[Corrective Actions] 1. Remove and insert the Page Memory (option).
Turn the power OFF/ON. If the problem persists, do the following: 2. Replace the Page Memory (option).
3. Replace the Controller board. [Error Type]
System Fail
016-348 Cont PageMemory Fail-2 [Fault Content]
[Error Type] Cont SEEP-ROM Diagnostic Fail-1
system fail [Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content] The Product ID cannot be obtained.
Cont PageMemory Fail-2 [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:
An error occurred in the W/R/V test on the Page Memory. 1. Check SEEPROM for contact (a bent pin, etc.).
[Corrective Actions] 2. Check the Controller board and the BP board for contact (disconnected cable, etc.).
3. Replace the Controller board.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:
1. Check the Page Memory for contact.
2. Replace the Page Memory. 016-351 Cont SEEP-ROM Fail-2
3. Replace the Controller board. [Error Type]
System Fail
016-349 Cont MAC Address Data Fail [Fault Content]
[Fault Name] Cont SEEP-ROM Diagnostic Fail-2
Cont MAC Address Data Fail [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] An error occurred during W/R/V test.
Subsystem [Corrective Actions]
[Fault Content] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:
MAC Address Data is incorrect. 1. Check SEEPROM for contact (a bent pin, etc.).
[Detection Conditions] 2. Check the Controller board and the BP board for contact (disconnected cable, etc.).
The 3-byte header of the MAC Address is not an FX Code (08-00-37). 3. Replace the Controller board.
[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF and ON, perform the same operation and check whether the problem is reoccurring. 016-352 Internal Network Initialize Fail
[Fault Name]
[When the SEEP ROM is installed on the BP PWB] Internal Network Initialize Fail
1. Check the SEEP ROM contacts (for bent and broken pins, etc.) [Error Category]
2. Check the contacts between the ESS PWB and the BP PWB (for disconnected cables, etc.) SubSystem
3. BP PWB [Fault Contents]
4. ESS PWB Internal network initialization error
[When the SEEP ROM is installed on the ESS PWB]
[Conditions for detection]
1. Check the SEEP ROM contacts (for bent and broken pins, etc.)
Failure to initialize internal network I/F when power On (failed to set loopback address) is detected.
2. Replace the ESS PWB
If the problem still persists, it would mean that the SEEP ROM itself has to be replaced. Reinstall the vari-
[Procedure]
ous PWBs and contact the Support Department. After powering Off the main device, confirm that the control panel light is off, then power On.
(If it occurs again, contact the Administrator, etc.)
[Error Type]
If the problem persists, turn the power OFF and ON, then obtain the log and contact the Support Depart-
Information ment.
[Fault Content] 2.5.1 Explanation of Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functions
802.1x Authentication Timeout(There is no response signal from the [Authentication Device].)
016-405 Certificate DB File error
[Detection Conditions]
[Error Type]
Authentication timeout since there was no response signal from the [Authentication Device] that is physi-
info
cally network connected with network 1 of this machine.
[Corrective Actions] [Fault Content]
Check the switch setting or network connection of the [Authentication Device] which is physically net- Certificate data base file is wrong.
work connected to Network 1 of this machine and connect it correctly. [Detection Conditions]
When certificate database file is loaded while system is on, header error and size error are detected.
Check the setting of the Switch which the device is connected to or the network connection. [Corrective Actions]
016-403 802.1x certificate failure Errors with certificate database file were detected. Start ’Initialize certificate’ under Maintenance.
[Fault Name]
802.1x certificate failure 016-406 802.1x client certificate failure
[Error Type] [Fault Name]
Information 802.1x client certificate failure
[Fault Content] [Error Type]
802.1x Authentication Certificate Mismatch Information
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
(1) The route certificate of the server certificate (for Network 1)of the authentication server is not stored in 802.1x Authentication Client Certificate Setting Error
the machine or it does not match. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] [EAP-TLS] is selected as the authentication method for 802.1x authentication for Network 1, but the SSL
(1) Store the Route Certificate for the server certificate (for Network 1)of the authentication server in the client certificate is not set or has been deleted.
machine. [Corrective Actions]
(2) If unable to obtain the route certificate of the server certificate, disable the [Server Authentication (1) Store the client certificate to this machine SSL and set as SSL client certificate.
Inspection] (for Network 1) in the 802.1x setting item of the device.
(2) If the setting of SSL client certificate cannot be made, select other than [EAP-TLS] as the authentica- [Corrective Actions]
tion method. Correct the plug-in and then install it again.
016-407 XCP Plugin Secrity Exception
[Error Type] 016-411 XCP_UNSUPPORTED_CLASS_VERSION
info [Error Type]
[Fault Content] info
Security Exception due to plug-in [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] The plug-in class file version is not supported.
The Package Management function has detected Security Exception. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] The Package Management function has detected an unsupported class file version.
Correct the plug-in and then install it again. [Corrective Actions]
Correct the plug-in and then install it again.
016-408 XCP Invalid Plugin
[Error Type] 016-412 XCP Plugin Misc Error
info [Error Type]
[Fault Content] info
The plug-in file is invalid. [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] A plug-in error under Miscellaneous
The Package Management function has detected the damaged Jar file. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] The Package Management function has detected the plug-in has caused an error that is included in a
Correct the plug-in and then install it again. miscellaneous group of errors.
[Corrective Actions]
016-409 XCP Plugin Version Incompatible Correct the plug-in and then install it again.
[Error Type]
info 016-413 Couldnt detect proxy server automatically.
[Fault Content] [Error Type]
Plug-in Version Mismatch info
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
The Package Management function has detected a version mismatch. Auto detection of the proxyhas failed.
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
Correct the plug-in and then install it again. The proxy server could not be detected automatically.
When the proxy server is not manually set up, an automatic attempt is made to obtain the proxy server
setting from the DHCP server. Howerver, the attempt has failed.
016-410 XCP_PLUGIN_PROPERTY_INVALID
For the details, see below:
[Error Type] – The contents of the obtained PAC file have a problem. (An error occurred during the running of Jav-
info aScript.)
[Fault Content] – The PAC file could not be obtained. (Timeout/Connection error)
The plug-in definition file is invalid. – The PAC file could not be obtained. (No PAC file/Too large)
[Detection Conditions] – PAC File URL info could not be obtained. (Timeout)
The Package Management function has detected the invalid definition file. – PAC File URL info could not be obtained. (No URL is included in the response to the inquiry.)
Information
[Fault Content] 016-454 DNS renewal failure of dynamic
802.1x Setting Error of the Client Certificate of the Authentication (Network 2) [Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] Time Bomb (Information)
[EAP-TLS] is selected as the authentication method for 802.1x authentication for Network 2, but the SSL [Fault Content]
client certificate is not set or has been deleted. Dynamic DNS - Dynamic Update Failed
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
(1) Store the client certificate to this machine SSL and set as SSL client certificate. Dynamic DNS - Dynamic update failed.
(2) If the setting of SSL client certificate cannot be made, select other than [EAP-TLS] as the authentica- [Corrective Actions]
tion method.
1. Check that DNS server address is set properly in the device.
016-450 SMB Host name duplicated 2. Check with a customer System Administrator that the DNS server settings that allow Dynamic DNS have
[Error Type] been made.
Time Bomb (Information) 3. Follow the 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions to collect logs.
[Fault Content] 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
SMB Host Name Duplicated 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions
[Detection Conditions]
A PC of the same host name exists on the network. 016-455 SNTP server time out
[Corrective Actions] [Error Type]
1. Check whether the setting of the same host name as the device is made to another unit. If the setting is Time Bomb (Information)
duplicate, change the host name of the device or duplicate device. [Fault Content]
2. If duplicate setting is not confirmed, change the device host name. SNTP timeout.
3. Follow the 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions to collect logs. [Detection Conditions]
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow There is no response from the SNTP server within the specified time (60sec).
2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions Not able to carry out normal operation because ROM content is missing.
[Corrective Actions]
Retry job. If retry failed, replace the S2X-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method again.
016-461 Under non-transmitted image log stagnation
[Error Type]
Information Fail
016-502 Write to Cont/S2X/IISS/DADF/IOT/Fin/FaxCard error
[Fault Content] detection (During PJL method)
Creation of a new job is being restricted because image logs yet to be transferred are piled up and [Error Type]
delayed. Job Fail
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
When system data ’Level of Ensuring Image Log Transfer’ is set to ’High’ creation of a new job becomes An error has occurred during the writing of data to any of Cont/S2X/IISS/DADF/IOT/Fin/FaxCard (During
restricted because image logs yet to be transferred are piled up and delayed. PJL method)
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
Check the image log management server status and the network status, and clear any cause that may An error was detected when writing data to one of the ROMs in the machine
impede the transfer of image logs to the image log server. Not able to carry out normal operation because content of one of the ROMs is missing.
Check the transfer settings and transfer all logs that are yet to be transferred. [Corrective Actions]
Or, change the transfer guarantee level to ’Low’. Note that setting the transfer guarantee level to ’Low’
Perform download in DLD Mode, and follow the Error Code displayed by the machine to identify the faulty
may cause the image logs to get deleted in sequence even before they are transferred.
ROM.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure:
Replace the faulty ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method again.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
016-503 SMTP Server Fail for Redirector
[Error Type] 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
Job Fail
[Fault Content] 016-506 Image Log HDD Full
The problem with the SMTP Server name could not be resolved (though the machine tried to connect to [Error Type]
the server).
Job Fail
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
DNS Library Call Error Because the log image storage area on the disk is full, a job cannot be continued.
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
Specify the correct SMTP Server name or specify the IP address.
When the system data ’Level of Ensuring Log image Creation’ is set to ’High’ the log image storage area
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. on the disk becomes full (during processing any job other than copy/scan jobs).
2.4 NET System Fault Check [Corrective Actions]
2.4.3 No output is available, no data is printed
Try to rerun the job.
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
If the situation is the same despite some re-attempts, delete unnecessary documents saved in the
device or change the level of ensuring creation (to Low). However, the level is set to Low, log image cre-
016-504 POP Server Fail for Redirector ation cannot be ensured.
[Error Type]
Job Fail 016-507 ImageLog Send Fail01
[Fault Content] [Error Type]
The problem with the POP Server name could not be resolved (though the machine tried to connect to the Job Fail
server) [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] A log image transfer fails, making it impossible to continue a target job which will consist of created
DNS Library Call Error images.
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
Specify the correct POP Server name or specify the IP address. With the system data ’Auto Transfer Setting’ set to ’Transfer by the job’ a log image transfer fails, making it
impossible to continue a target job.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2.4 NET System Fault Check [Corrective Actions]
2.4.3 No output is available, no data is printed Check the state of the destination image log control server and that of the network, and clear any factor
preventing image logs from being transferred to the image log control server.
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
016-505 POP Authentication Fail for Redirector 016-508 ImageLog Send Fail02
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Job Fail
Job Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
A failure in POP authentication (after the machine connected to the server). A log image transfer fails, making it impossible to continue an image transfer job.
016-523 LDAP SSL error 113 016-526 LDAP SSL error 116
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Job Fail Job Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
LDAP-SSL authentication error 113 has occurred (the server certificate data is incorrect) LDAP-SSL authentication error 116 has occurred (the Server Name and the certificate does not match)
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
SSL authentication error of the LDAP Server. SSL authentication error of the LDAP Server.
The Server certificate data is incorrect The Server Name and the certificate do not match.
[Corrective Actions] [Corrective Actions]
The device cannot trust the SSL certificate of the LDAP Server. Ensure that the address of the LDAP Server set in the device matches the address of the LDAP Server
Register the root certificate of the LDAP Server SSL certificate in the device. defined in the SSL certificate.
Although this error can also be avoided by setting ’SSL Server Authentication’ to ’OFF’ at the device,
keep in mind that it would also no longer guarantee the legitimacy of the connected LDAP Server.
016-524 LDAP SSL error 114
[Error Type]
016-527 LDAP SSL error 117
Job Fail
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
Job Fail Kerberos Attestation protocol error (37)
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
LDAP-SSL authentication error 117 has occurred (SSL authentication internal error) A Kerberos Server Attestation protocol error has occurred. (37)
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
SSL authentication error of the LDAP Server. The clock difference between the device and the Kerberos server has exceeded the clock skew limit of
SLL authentication internal error has occurred. the Kerberos server. Check that the clocks of the device and Kerberos server are set correctly.
[Corrective Actions] At the same time, check that the daylight saving time and time zone settings for the device and the Ker-
beros server are the same.
An internal error has occurred in the program.
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
016-528 SmartCard Not Auth 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
[Error Type]
Job Fail 016-534 Kerberos Attestation protocol error 41,42
[Fault Content] [Error Type]
Smart Card Personal Authentication Error Job Fail
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
After a personal signature scan job has started up, the Smart Card PIN check status was cleared, which Kerberos Attestation protocol error (41, 42)
causes the personal signature to fail.
[Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] A Kerberos Server Attestation protocol error has occurred. (41, 42)
Check the PIN and again perform the personal signature scan.
[Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
Although the Kerberos Server exists in a realm that is set in the device, the address of the Kerberos
occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
Server that was set cannot be connected to.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
Check that the realm name and Server address in the Kerberos Settings of the device are set correctly.
When connected to a Microsoft Windows 2000/2003 Server, use all upper case for the realm name.
016-529 Remote Download server timeout
[Error Type] 016-535 Remote Download file access error
Job Fail
[Error Type]
[Fault Content] Job Fail
Remote Download Server Timeout
[Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] There are no FW update files in the Remote Download server.
There was no response within the specified time (45 sec) when connecting to the Remote Download
server.
[Detection Conditions]
The specified FW update file (Download image file) is not found in the Remote Download server.
[Corrective Actions]
Check the network connection. Check that the Remote Download server is properly configured and
[Corrective Actions]
operating on the network. Check the Remote Download server for the FW update file.
016-533 Kerberos Attestation protocol error 37 016-536 Host name solution error in Remote Download
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Job Fail Job Fail
[Fault Content] Remote Download Server Name Resolution Error
The information of the machine that is performing the authentication operation is not in the database
(GetUserInformation method only). 016-555 Attestation Agent error 555
The device is not registered in the ApeosWare Authentication Agent. [Error Type]
[Corrective Actions] Job Fail
Register the device in the ApeosWare Authentication Agent. Refer to the ’ApeosWare Authentication [Fault Content]
Agent User Guide’ for solutions.
Attestation Agent error (SERVICE_ISNOT_WORKING)
If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the info9 or
xxx.tgz log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions. [Detection Conditions]
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation Timed out when connecting to the authentication server.
The ApeosWare Authentication Agent cannot connect to the database or the Active Directory.
1. Check that network communication between the transfer destination FTP server and this machine is [Fault Content]
available. For example, check the following: Problem with scanned image storage destination of FTP Scan
• Check that the Server IP address is correct. [Detection Conditions]
• Check the connection of network cables. When moving the image storage destination after connecting to the FTP server, failed to move to the
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has RepositoryPath. There are problems with the scanned image data storage destination.
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. [Corrective Actions]
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
1. Check that the scanned image storage destination on the FTP scan server is correct.
[Error Type]
Job Fail 016-583 Lock folder creation failure in FTP
[Fault Content] [Error Type]
Unable to obtain file name/folder name on the FTP scan server Job Fail
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
The NLST command has failed when obtaining the file/folder name on the server after connecting to the Failed to create an FTP scan lock folder
FTP server. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] When creating a lock folder in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the lock folder creation has
1. Check the access right to the FTP scan server. failed.
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has [Corrective Actions]
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. 1. When a lock directory (*.LCK) remained in the transfer destination, delete it manually and retry the job.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation 2. Check that the specified name is a folder name that can be created in the storage destination.
3. Check whether a folder with the same name as the specified name already exists.
016-581 File name suffix limit over in FTP 4. Check that the storage destination has enough free space.
[Error Type] If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
Job Fail
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
[Fault Content]
The FTP scan file name/folder name suffix has exceeded the limit
016-584 Folder creation failure in FTP
[Detection Conditions]
When determining the file/folder name in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the file name/
[Error Type]
folder name suffix exceeded the limit. Job Fail
[Corrective Actions] [Fault Content]
1. Change the file name/destination folder. Else, move or delete the files in the destination folder. Failed to create an FTP scan folder
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has [Detection Conditions]
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. When creating a folder in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the folder creation has failed.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation [Corrective Actions]
1. Check that the specified name is a folder name that can be created in the storage destination.
016-582 File creation failure in FTP 2. Check whether a folder with the same name as the specified name already exists.
[Error Type] 3. Check that the storage destination has enough free space.
Job Fail If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
[Fault Content]
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
Failed to create an FTP scan file
[Detection Conditions]
When creating a file in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the file creation has failed.
016-585 File delete failure in FTP
[Corrective Actions] [Error Type]
Job Fail
1. Check that the specified name is a file name that can be created in the storage destination
2. Check that the storage destination has enough free space. [Fault Content]
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has Failed to delete an FTP scan file
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
When deleting a file in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the deletion has failed. Failed to write data into the server after connecting to the FTP server.
[Corrective Actions] [Corrective Actions]
1. Check the access right to the server. 1. Check that the storage destination has enough free space.
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
016-586 Lock folder delete failure in FTP 016-589 Data read failure from FTP server
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Job Fail Job Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
Failed to delete an FTP scan lock folder Failed to read data from the FTP scan server
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
When deleting a lock folder in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the deletion has failed. Failed to read data from the FTP server after connecting to the FTP server during scanner (Save to PC)
[Corrective Actions] FTP transfer.
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
016-588 Data write-in failure to FTP server 016-591 FTP scan filing policy injustice
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Job Fail
Job Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
Failed to write data into the FTP scan server Incorrect FTP scan filing policy (when additional items are selected)
016-592 NEXTNAME.DAT file access error in FTP 016-595 PORT command failure in FTP
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Job Fail Job Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
NEXTNAME.DAT file access error during FTP scan The PORT command has failed during FTP scan (Network error)
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
An error has occurred when accessing the NEXTNAME.DAT file after connecting to the FTP server dur- The PORT command has failed after connecting to the FTP server. (Network error)
ing scanner (Save to PC) FTP transfer. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Repeat the operation.
1. When ’Add’ is selected for ’File Name Conflict’, check that the NEXTNAME.DAT file is correct. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
016-596 CDUP command failure in FTP
016-593 Internal error in FTP Scan [Error Type]
[Error Type] Job Fail
Job Fail [Fault Content]
[Fault Content] The CDUP command has failed during FTP scan (Network error)
An internal error has occurred during FTP scan [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] The CDUP command has failed after connecting to the FTP server. (Network error)
A Redirector internal error has occurred after connecting to the FTP server. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Repeat the operation.
Repeat the operation. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
016-597 Same name file exists in FTP servcer
016-594 TYPE command failure in FTP [Error Type]
[Error Type] Job Fail
Job Fail [Fault Content]
[Fault Content] The process was cancelled since a file (folder) with the same name exists during FTP scan (CreditMutuel
The TYPE command has failed during FTP scan (Network error) specifications)
[Detection Conditions]
The TYPE command has failed after connecting to the FTP server. (Network error)
[Detection Conditions]
The process was cancelled because a file/folder with the same name was detected after connecting to 016-600 KO Authentication Locked
the FTP server. (CreditMutuel specifications)
[Error Type]
[Corrective Actions] History
Perform the same operation again without multiple machines accessing the same folder in the same
server.
[Fault Content]
Logged by incorrect KO authentication detection (Detects NG in continuous KO authentication).
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. [Detection Conditions]
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation The no. of continuous KO authentication errors reached the setting value of the System Data ’KO
Authentication Continuous Error Maximum Count (NVM:700-563)’.
In paginating, mail data size per page exceeds system data ’max message size’. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] Illegal trespassing detected (Identification/authentication error due to KO/CO User ID NG Or Password
NG).
Perform the following:
1. Reduce a send parameter of resolution (image-to-send quality) and resend the job.
[Detection Conditions]
The no. of authentication errors (CO/KO inclusive) within the specified time reached the setting value of
2. Reduce a send parameter of magnification and resend the job. (A3 to A4, etc.)
the System Data ’Authentication Error Maximum Count (NVM:700-564)’.
3. Change ’’max message size’’ to a larger value. (10MB recommended as default)
If the problem still persists, obtain logs (pfshowinfo8 log and network log) just after the occurrence of it
[Corrective Actions]
and contact the Support division for instructions. Only record the data to the history.
2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions
016-603 HDD not found Fail
016-599 Email message size over [Fault Name]
[Error Type] HDD not found Fail
job [Error Type]
[Fault Content] Record
Email message size is over spec. [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] The HDD is not detected.
In paginating, mail data size per page exceeds system data ’max message size’. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] Although the HDD was connected in the previous Power ON, now it cannot be detected.
Perform the following: [Corrective Actions]
1. Reduce a send parameter of resolution (image-to-send quality) and resend the job. (No User intervention needed)
2. Reduce a send parameter of magnification and resend the job. (A3 to A4, etc.)
3. Change ’’max message size’’ to a larger value. (10MB recommended as default) 016-604 Created debug-log by System
If the problem still persists, obtain logs (pfshowinfo8 log and network log) just after the occurrence of it
and contact the Support division for instructions.
[Fault Name]
2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions Created debug-log by System
Job Fail
016-707 Sample Print Fail [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] An ART EX command error occurred during PLW processing.
Syntax error, undefined command
Job Fail
Parameter error
[Fault Content]
Decomposer internal error, etc.
Sample Print Unavailable
(Does not satisfy the conditions for Sample Print due to HD not installed/HD error etc.)
[Corrective Actions]
This error occurs when some parts of the created print file are missing or abnormal. In parallel connec-
[Detection Conditions] tion, check it according to the procedures given below.
Storage cannot be done without a HDD. 1. Set [Parallel Bi-Directional Communication] to [OFF] in the printer driver.
Registration for Sample Print failed. 2. Set a longer time for [Auto Output Time] by selecting [Port Settings]>[Parallel] in CWIS.
[Corrective Actions] 3. Replace the parallel cable.
Remove the conditions that disable Sample Print. 4. If a long parallel cable is used, use a short cable (genuine) and try printing again.
Check whether the HDD is installed. 5. Change the BIOS settings in the PC. (Change the current parallel port settings to others.)
If the problem has occurred at installation, check whether the operations for Sample Print are correct. If 6. Change the power supply outlet (socket).
the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
In network connection, connect the PC with the printer for checking.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-02 HDD System Fail
OF-09 Common Job Fail
016-709 ART EX Command Error 016-711 Email transmission size limit over
[Error Type]
[Error Type]
Job Fail
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
[Fault Content]
PLW Command Error
The size of data to send exceeds the system data value (before connection to the server).
Error Detected By PLW Decomposer
Set the Punch reference point, paper size, etc. of the Print Data that is sent to the printing section to be the [Error Type]
ones that can be processed by the machine. Job
Furthermore, check the system at the client side. [Fault Content]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. <Auto Judgment Error>
OF-09 Common Job Fail Auto SW Auto Judgment failed.
[Detection Conditions]
016-724 Complex Position Error of Staple and Punch Print Language Auto Judgment Fail (Does not occur in devices with PCL5/ESCP.) )
[Error Type] Although Print Mode is set to [Auto], print language cannot be automatically selected.
Job Fail 1. Postscript data is sent when Adobe PostScript 3 Kit (Option) is not installed.
[Fault Content] 2. HP-GL/2, 201H, PCL data is sent when Emulation Kit (Option) is not installed, and Print Mode is set
to [Auto].
Job Canceled Due To Invalid Combination of Staple and Punch Positions
[Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions]
Fix and select the decomposer from the Operation Panel or with a command.
Invalid conditions that disable Staple and Punch have been set when both Staple and Punch were speci-
For 1., install Adobe PostScript 3 Kit.
fied using CWIS or Box Job Flow (instruction manual) for printing from Mailbox and invalid binding posi-
tions such as Left Double Staple and Right Punch were set. For 2., install emulation kit.
[Corrective Actions] If the problem still persists, perform the following:
OF-09 Common Job Fail
Change settings so that the same blinding position (same side of output paper) is specified.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail 016-727 0-page document is unstorable in a MailBox.
[Error Type]
016-725 B-Formatter Library Image Conversion Error Job Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
The 0 page condition is detected in the Print job Mailbox storage. ART Command Error
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
The P-Formatter attempted to store a 0 page document into the Mailbox, but the job is canceled because [ART Command Error]
0 page documents cannot be stored. A command not supported by the ART was detected.
[Corrective Actions] [Corrective Actions]
Do not allow the Print Result that is to be stored in the Mailbox to be 0 page. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
If Paper Saving is ’ON’, turn it ’OFF’ and print again. Check that the printed document is not a blank paper, OF-09 Common Job Fail
and input some text if it is blank.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
016-731 Invalid TIFF Data
[Error Type]
Job Fail
016-728 Unsupported TIFF Data
[Fault Content]
[Error Type]
Invalid TIFF Data
Job Fail
[Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content]
[Incorrect TIFF file]
Unsupported TIFF Data
The TIFF data is broken or discontinued halfway.
[Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions]
[Incorrect TIFF file]
Send data again.
The data contains a Tag that is not set in the Image File Expansion Library.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Corrective Actions] OF-09 Common Job Fail
Explain to the customer that the TIFF file is not supported. If further checking is required, contact Support
G for checking.
016-732 Form not registerd
016-729 TIFF Data Size too Big [Error Type]
Job Fail
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
[Form Overlay Error]
[Fault Content]
Data itself is not printed when the form specified is not registered in emulation.
The files to be spooled in the TIFF exceeded the disk capacity.
[Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions]
The decomposer detected that the form specified is not registered.
[Incorrect TIFF file]
The specified settings exceed the upper limit of the valid no. of colors and pixels.
[Corrective Actions]
Send the form data again.
[Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Correct the valid range.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
016-733 Destination address resolution error
016-730 Unsupported ART Command [Error Type]
Job Fail
[Error Type]
Job Fail
(Occurs after XPJL has recognized the received data as a Download Data) [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] HDD FULL when Mailbox is accessed
Conditions such as Pflite having Strm function error, Download open, ioctrl error, or unable to secure [Detection Conditions]
memory. FULL state was detected when attempting to access the HD. Either cancel the job or proceed with user
[Corrective Actions] intervention 016-981.
Obtain log and request an investigation from the Support G [Corrective Actions]
1. Split the job into pages in order to prevent FULL state. Reduce the resolution if possible.
2. Delete documents that are no longer needed, such as: Mailbox documents, FAX Send Wait documents,
016-746 Unsupported PDF File Secure Print documents and Delayed Print documents. Make sure that there is space in the HDD before
[Error Type] re-scanning and re-printing.
Job Fail If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
[Fault Content] OF-09 Common Job Fail
PDF Error Due To Unsupported Function Sent OF-02 HDD System Fail
[Detection Conditions] 016-749 JCL Syntax Error
There was transparency or JBIG2 in a PDF 1.3 file. [Error Type]
[Corrective Actions] Job Fail
Print via the driver from Acrobat Reader. [Fault Content]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it. The PJL/XPJL detected a print language that cannot be printed
OF-09 Common Job Fail [Detection Conditions]
2.4.4 Printing can be performed but abnormally 1. The print language received from the printer driver is a print language that cannot be printed by the
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow machine.
2. ContentsBridge was used to attempt to print a PDF file through a machine that cannot process PDF.
3. When this happens with a received Internet FAX document, the Internet FAX document that was sent by OF-09 Common Job Fail
the other machine is in a print language that cannot be printed by this machine. 2.4.3 No output is available, no data is printed
[Corrective Actions] 2.4.4 Printing can be performed but abnormally
In the case of 1, use the printer driver of the machine to print. 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
Explanation: Depending on PostScript, etc. options are necessary to print the desired print language.
For more details, please contact our sales representatives. 016-752 PDF Short of Memory
In the case of 2, do not use ContentsBridge to print a PDF file.
[Error Type]
In case of 3, please request the other party to resend the Internet FAX document using a print language
Job Fail
that can be printed by this machine.
OF-09 Common Job Fail [Fault Content]
2.4.3 No output is available, no data is printed PDF Short of Memory
2.4.4 Printing can be performed but abnormally [Detection Conditions]
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow Insufficient memory was detected during PDF Bridge processing.
[Corrective Actions]
016-750 Print job ticket description error [FX PDF]
[Error Type] When the Print mode is set to [High Quality], change the setting to [Normal]. When the Print mode is set to
[Standard], change the setting to [High Speed]. (Only for the machine with High Quality mode.)
Job Fail
If the problem persists, expand the memory capacity.
[Fault Content] If the problem persists after expanding to the maximum capacity, print using a driver from Acrobat
PDF print job ticket description error has occurred Reader.
[Detection Conditions] If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
When the customer uses applications such as ’ContentsBridge2005’, etc. to send PDF directly, the OF-09 Common Job Fail
machine received the print job ticket that was sent together with the PDF. However, the print job ticket
data is either ’Text that is not supported in this machine’ or ’Print instruction that is not supported in this
machine’. 016-753 PDF Password Mismatched
[Corrective Actions] [Error Type]
Obtain the Printer Setup List, the job log report and the sent print data with attached print job ticket when Job Fail
the problem occurred. [Fault Content]
OF-09 Common Job Fail PDF Password Mismatched
[Detection Conditions]
016-751 PDF Error When processing a PDF file that is protected by a password, the password in the UI panel settings and
[Error Type] the password specified using XPJL (set in the Contents Bridge Utility) do not match.
The system requested for functions (print language, print utility, etc.) that were not installed. SMTP Server Response Code: 452
(The Decomposer specified with PJL or Auto SW is not installed.) [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Contact the SMTP Server Administrator.
Retrieve E-mails in the SMTP Server HD. Check the server capacity.
Fix and select the decomposer from the Operation Panel or with a command.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail 016-766 SMTP Server File System Error
Job Fail
[Fault Content] 016-775 HD Full - Image Convert
In trying to run a job using SMTP, the device found that the device had not been registered on the DNS [Error Type]
server. (before connection to the server)
Job Fail
[Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content]
An error occurred while recalling the DNS Resolution Library.
[Image Conversion Error]
[Corrective Actions] Insufficient HDD capacity was detected during image conversion process by S-Formatter.
Set the DNS address. Or, set the Scan Data Repository address using IP address.
[Detection Conditions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
Disk Full was detected when opening/writing file for image processing operation.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
2.4 NET System Fault Check
[Corrective Actions]
Free up some HDD space and repeat the operation.
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
Retrieve each page from the EWS.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
016-773 Invalid IP Address OF-02 HDD System Fail
[Error Type]
Job Fail
016-776 Image Conversion Error
[Fault Content]
[Fault Name]
Local machine IP address failure (DHCP lease expired).
Image Conversion Error
[Detection Conditions]
[Error Type]
When connection fails, the valid flag of the resource IP address is ’False’.
Job
[Corrective Actions]
[Fault Content]
Check the DHCP environment. Or, set a fixed IP address in the machine.
<Image Conversion Error>
If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
Error due to other than HDD access during image conversion processing by S-Formatter.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
2.4 NET System Fault Check
[Detection Conditions]
1. Decode error during compression type conversion.
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
2. If overwrap operation is indicated in the instructions document, and when multi-page file (PDF, XPS,
multi-page TIFF, etc) is specified in the output format, this fault may be detected.
016-774 HD Full - Compression Convert 3. In the case during FIPS Mode, based on the instructions document, PDF encrypted job is started, but the
[Error Type] encryption algorithm specified cannot be used by the device
Job Fail 4. In the case for output format, when Microsoft Word(doc)/Excel(xls) is specified, but the number of
objects including files (autoshapes, images, text boxes, etc) exceeds the specifications of Microsoft
[Fault Content] Word(doc)/Excel(xls)
[HDD Full at Compression type conversion]
[Corrective Actions]
HDD Full occurred when the S-Formatter did the compression type conversion of the JBIG compressed
1. If a failure occurred during Salutation/Fax to E-mail, try to retrieve each page from the mailbox via Web
images into the MH system (partition #1).
Browser.
[Detection Conditions] 2. For occurrences when the password, or signature is specified by the [Digital Certificate], perform the fol-
Disk Full was detected when opening/writing file for Compression type conversion. lowing.
[Corrective Actions] • Check the validity of the certificate.
Free up some HDD space and repeat the operation. • Set the correct date and time of the device.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 3. When scanning is done with the TWAIN driver, change the file format to JFIF, single-page TIFF.
OF-02 HDD System Fail 4. Set FIPS mode to OFF, or remove PDF encryption setting in the instructions document.
5. Set to [Single File for Each Page], or ’Image Format’ setting to ’Drawing Object’.
An error other than Disk Full was detected when opening/reading/writing file for compression conver- [Fault Content]
sion/image processing operation. [Scanned Image Conversion Error]
[Corrective Actions] A HDD access error was detected during scanned image conversion processing in I-Formatter
Replace the HD and perform the operation again. [Detection Conditions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. An error other than HDD Full was detected when opening/writing file for operation.
OF-02 HDD System Fail [Corrective Actions]
Change the HD and try scanning again.
016-778 HD Full - Scan Image Convert If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Error Type] OF-02 HDD System Fail
Job Fail
[Fault Content] 016-781 Server Connect ERR
[Scanned Image Conversion Error] [Error Type]
Insufficient HDD capacity was detected during scanned image conversion process in I-Formatter Job Fail
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
HDD Full was detected when opening/writing file for operation The machine cannot find the SMTP server (when trying to do so).
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
Free up some HDD space and scan again. Failed to connect to the SMTP mail server.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 1. The machine and server cannot communicate with each other at all.
OF-02 HDD System Fail 2. After establishing connection between this machine and the server, it was detected that the host-
name set in the machine is not of ASCII characters.
[Detection Conditions]
In paginating and partial fragmenting of message, the qty of mail fragments per address exceeds system 016-793 MF I/O HD Full
data ’max fragment qty’. [Error Type]
[Corrective Actions] Job Fail
Perform the following: [Fault Content]
1. Reduce a send parameter of resolution (image-to-send quality) and resend the job. [MFIO]
2. Reduce a send parameter of magnification and resend the job. (A3 to A4, etc.) HD Full
3. Change ’’max fragment qty’’ to a larger value. [Detection Conditions]
If the problem still persists, obtain logs (pfshowinfo8 log and network log) just after the occurrence of it
The MF-IO Task detected HDD Full.
and contact the Support division for instructions.
2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions
[Corrective Actions]
Delete the files in the HDD. Or, initialize the HD.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
016-791 File Retrieve Fail OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Error Type] OF-02 HDD System Fail
Job Fail
[Fault Content] 016-794 MediaReader:Media No Insert
File Retrieve Fail
[Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] Job Fail
This error occurred during Scan to FTP/SMB, CWSS. Access to the transfer destination and job template
storage destination has failed.
[Fault Content]
[Media Reader] Media Not Inserted (occurs during job)
[Corrective Actions]
Check the Server directory structure and files (for their existence, etc.) and the access rights for both.
[Detection Conditions]
Also, check whether access to the specified transfer destination server is available. The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access to Media.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it. [Corrective Actions]
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow Check that the Media is inserted.
2.4.5.5 Scanner If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
016-792 Specified Job Not Found
[Error Type] 016-795 MediaReader:Format Error
Job Fail [Error Type]
Job Fail
016-796 Document insert operation error 016-799 PLW Print Instruction Fail
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Job Fail Job Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
[Media Reader] File Attribute Retrieval Error (occurs during job) - Job Abort for this Job only Print Instruction Fail Detected In PLW RAP
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access to Media. The specified print parameter is abnormal.
[Corrective Actions] [Corrective Actions]
1. Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check whether the print file attribute data is displayed in the Perform the job again.
PC and make settings again. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail
OF-09 Common Job Fail 2.4.4 Printing can be performed but abnormally
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
016-797 MediaReader:Image File Read Error
[Error Type] 016-910 Required Resource Not Ready (IOTsc detect)
Job Fail [Error Type]
[Fault Content] operation
[Media Reader] Image File Retrieval Error (occurs during job) - Job Abort for this Job only [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] Required Resource Not Ready
The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access to Media. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] The paper and staples requested by the selected print parameters are not installed.
1. Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check whether the print file images are displayed in the PC [Corrective Actions]
and make settings again.
Install the paper or replace the paper and install the staples.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
OF-09 Common Job Fail
The validity period of the Server Certificate being used by the ThinPrint .print Engine has expired. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Check the connection status of the communication device at the recipient.
Check the Server Certificate that is registered in the ThinPrint .print Engine. 017-711 SIP Redirect Response Fail
[Fault Name]
017-708 ThinPrint SSL Authentication Misrepresentation Fail SIP Redirect Response Fail
[Fault Name] [Error Type]
ThinPrint SSL Authentication Misrepresentation Fail Job Fail
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
Job Fail SIP redirect request/3xx response.
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
ThinPrint SSL Authentication Server Address Mismatched Fail. Received a redirect response during SIP connection.
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
The address of the Server Certificate being used by the ThinPrint .print Engine is incorrect. Check the address of the recipient.
[Corrective Actions]
Check the Server Certificate that is registered in the ThinPrint .print Engine. 017-712 SIP Session Timeout Fail
[Fault Name]
017-709 ThinPrint SSL Fail SIP Session Timeout Fail
[Fault Name] [Error Type]
ThinPrint SSL Fail Job Fail
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
Job Fail SIP session/timeout.
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Name]
There was no session refresh within the session interval. SSL Cert Untrusted Fail
[Corrective Actions] [Error Type]
Check the device at the recipient side. Job Fail
[Fault Content]
017-713 Start TLS Unsupported Fail SSL Cert Untrusted Fail.
[Fault Name] [Detection Conditions]
Start TLS Unsupported Fail An SSL Server Authentication Error has occurred because there is something wrong in the Server Certif-
icate Data.
[Error Type]
(Reference: SMTPERR_SSL_AUTH_CERT)
Job Fail
[Corrective Actions]
[Fault Content]
1. The Multifunction Device is unable to trust the SSL Certificate of the SMTP Server.
Start TLS Unsupported Fail.
Register the Root Certificate of the SMTP Server SSL Certificate in the Multifunction Device.
[Detection Conditions]
The SMTP Server did not respond to STARTTLS.
If the problem persists, follow the logging procedures <<5>> to obtain the PfShowInfo 8 log immediately
(Reference: SMTPERR_STARTTLS_NONSUPPORT) after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department.
[Corrective Actions]
1. Change the SSL Operation Mode setting to other than STARTTLS Mode (TLS Mode), 017-716 SSL Cert Date Invalid Fail
[Fault Name]
If the problem persists, follow the logging procedures <<5>> to obtain the PfShowInfo 8 log and the net-
SSL Cert Date Invalid Fail
work log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
017-714 SMTP Over SSL Fail
[Fault Content]
[Fault Name]
SSL Cert Date Invalid Fail.
SMTP Over SSL Fail
[Detection Conditions]
[Error Type]
The validity period of the Server Certificate has not started yet.
Job Fail
(Reference: SMTPERR_SSL_AUTH_CERT_BEFORE_EXPIRATION)
[Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions]
SMTP Over SSL Fail.
1. Check that the clock of the SMTP Server and the Multifunction Device are correct.
[Detection Conditions] If the clocks are correct, change the SMTP Server SSL Certificate to one that is valid.
SSL communication failure with SMTP Server.
2. Although you can also avoid this problem by turning OFF the Multifunction Device [SSL Server Verifi-
(Reference: SMTPERR_SSL_FAILED) cation] setting, take note that this will render it unable to gurantee the authenticy of the SMTP Server it is
[Corrective Actions] connecting to.
1. If this had occurred in the TLS Mode, it may be due to a wrong Port Number.
Check the Port Number settings of the SMTP Server. If the problem persists, follow the logging procedures <<5>> to obtain the PfShowInfo 8 log immediately
2. Other than that, it may be due to an internal error that has occurred in the program. after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department.
Follow the logging procedures <<5>> to obtain the PfShowInfo 8 log and the network log immediately
after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department. 017-717 SSL Server Cert Expired Fail
[Fault Name]
017-715 SSL Cert Untrusted Fail SSL Server Cert Expired Fail
If the problem persists, follow the logging procedures <<5>> to obtain the PfShowInfo 8 log immediately
017-720 Contract Type Fail
after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department. [Fault Name]
Contract Type Fail
017-718 SSL Server Cert Invalid Fail [Error Type]
[Fault Name] Job Fail
The Server Name does not match the Server Address of the Server Certificate.
(Reference: SMTPERR_SSL_AUTH_MISREPRESENTATION) 017-721 Geographic Region Fail
[Corrective Actions] [Fault Name]
1. Check that the Server Name that are registered in the SMTP Server Certificate and the Server Address Geographic Region Fail
are correct. [Error Type]
2. Although you can also avoid this problem by turning OFF the Multifunction Device [SSL Server Verifi-
Job Fail
cation] setting, take note that this will render it unable to gurantee the authenticy of the SMTP Server it is
connecting to. [Fault Content]
Geographic Region value is incorrect.
If the problem persists, follow the logging procedures <<5>> to obtain the PfShowInfo 8 log immediately [Detection Conditions]
after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department. The Geographic Region value specified by PJL Command is wrong.
[Corrective Actions]
017-719 SMTP Over SSL Internal Fail Correct the Geographic Region value specified by PJL Command and try again.
[Fault Name]
SMTP Over SSL Internal Fail 017-722 Total Impressions Over Fail
[Fault Name] [Corrective Actions]
Total Impressions Over Fail Check that device supports Denshi-Pen. If it does, perform the operation again.
[Error Type] If the problem still persists, perform the following:
Job Fail OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Fault Content]
The Total Impressions of Billing Meter in the data for PJL Diag is 9,999,900 or more. 017-725 Forced Annotation Syntax Fail
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Name]
A change request for Geographic Region or Contract Type was received when the Total Impressions of Forced Annotation Syntax Fail
Billing Meter is 9999900 or more. [Error Type]
[Corrective Actions] Job
Perform the operation when the value of Total Impressions is between 0 and 9,999,900. [Fault Content]
Forced Annotation Syntax Error
017-723 DocuWorks Unsupported character Fail [Detection Conditions]
[Fault Name] Syntax error in Forced Annotation instructions is detected.
DocuWorks Unsupported character Fail [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Check the driver settings.
Job If the problem still persists, perform the following:
[Fault Content] OF-09 Common Job Fail
DocuWorks Unsupported character Fail
[Detection Conditions] 017-728 Scan JobFlow Document Fail
When the DocuWorks Decomposer is working, it detected some text that cannot be output is in use. [Fault Name]
[Corrective Actions] Scan JobFlow Document Fail
Print from the DocuWorks Viewer using the Print Driver (ART-EX, PCL, etc.). [Error Type]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Job
OF-09 Common Job Fail [Fault Content]
Error of target document for processing during execution of Scan Job Flow Service
017-724 Denshi-Pen Syntax Fail [Detection Conditions]
[Fault Name] 1. MS Word or MS Excel is specified as the output format in the instructions, but the target document for pro-
Denshi-Pen Syntax Fail cessing does not possess the conditions required for format processing.
[Error Type] 2. Extension Scanner Kit not installed
Job (Scan To Office Selection Service not enabled)
[Fault Content]
If the problem still persists, perform the following:
Internal Software Error During PDL Data Transfer
OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Detection Conditions]
Internal software error is detected during PDL data transfer.
017-737 Custom Transfer Out Of Memory Fail
[Corrective Actions] [Fault Name]
Repeat the operation. Custom Transfer Out Of Memory Fail
[Error Type]
If problem persists, immediately after problem appears, obtain the [PfShowInfo 8 Log] and [Network Job
Packet], and contact the Support Department. [Fault Content]
2.5.1 Explanation of Log Collection/Retrieval Tool Feature Custom transfer insufficient memory error
[Detection Conditions]
017-734 AirPrint Data Error The software module that runs Java within the Controller has ran out of memory and became unable to
[Fault Name] continue operating.
AirPrint Data Error [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] 1) Deactivate or delete all unnecessary plug-ins
2) Turn the power OFF and ON
Job
3) Initialize the Hard Disk
[Fault Content]
AirPrint Data Error 017-738 Custom Transfer JVM Internal Fail
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Name]
Syntax error, usage of undefined command, parameter error, damage of the file, or internal error of the Custom Transfer JVM Internal Fail
decomposer has occurred during decomposer processing with AirPrint processing pass. [Error Type]
[Corrective Actions] Job
Use a different print method (AirPrint Printer Driver or Utility that is supported by the device). [Fault Content]
Custom transfer internal error
If the problem still persists, perform the following: [Detection Conditions]
OF-09 Common Job Fail
The system detected that the JVM has stopped due to internal error.
017-735 Auditron - Prohibit Device Fail [Corrective Actions]
[Fault Name] 1) Turn the power OFF and ON
Auditron - Prohibit Device Fail 2) Initialize the Hard Disk
[Error Type] 017-739 Custom Transfer Service Not Available Fail
Job [Fault Name]
[Fault Content] Custom Transfer Service Not Available Fail
Auditron - Prohibit Device Fail [Error Type]
Job
If the problem still persists, perform the following: If the problem still persists, perform the following:
Obtain the [PfShowInfo 8 log] and [Network log] immediately after the problem has occurred and contact Obtain the [PfShowInfo 8 log] and [Network log] immediately after the problem has occurred and contact
the Support Department for instructions. the Support Department for instructions.
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tool Function Explanation 2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tool Function Explanation
017-766 POP Over SSL Fail 017-768 SSL Cert Date Invalid Fail (POP)
[Fault Name] [Fault Name]
POP Over SSL Fail SSL Cert Date Invalid Fail (POP)
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Job Job
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
SSL Cert Date Invalid Fail (POP) SSL Server Cert Invalid Fail (POP)
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
The validity period of the Server Certificate has not started yet. The Server Name does not match the Server Address of the Server Certificate.
[Corrective Actions] [Corrective Actions]
1. Check that the clock of the POP Server and the Multifunction Device are correct. 1. Check that the Server Name that are registered in the POP Server Certificate and the Server Address
If the clock is correct, change the POP Server SSL Certificate to one that is valid. are correct.
2. Although you can also avoid this problem by turning OFF the Multifunction Device [SSL Server Verifi- 2. Although you can also avoid this problem by turning OFF the Multifunction Device [SSL Server Verifi-
cation] setting, take note that this will render it unable to gurantee the authenticy of the POP Server it is cation] setting, take note that this will render it unable to gurantee the authenticy of the POP Server it is
connecting to. connecting to.
If the problem still persists, perform the following:
If the problem still persists, perform the following:
Obtain the [PfShowInfo 8 log] and [Network log] immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the
Obtain the [PfShowInfo 8 log] and [Network log] immediately after the problem has occurred and contact
Support Department for instructions.
the Support Department for instructions.
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tool Function Explanation 2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tool Function Explanation
017-769 SSL Server Cert Expired Fail (POP)
[Fault Name] 017-771 POP Over SSL Internal Fail
SSL Server Cert Expired Fail (POP) [Fault Name]
[Error Type] POP Over SSL Internal Fail
1. Check the validity period settings of the POP Server Certificate. Also check whether the clock of the [Corrective Actions]
Multifunction Device is correct. 1. Repeat the operation.
2. Although you can also avoid this problem by turning OFF the Multifunction Device [SSL Server Verifi- If the problem still persists, perform the following:
cation] setting, take note that this will render it unable to gurantee the authenticy of the POP Server it is
connecting to. Obtain the [PfShowInfo 8 log] and [Network log] immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the
If the problem still persists, perform the following: Support Department for instructions.
Obtain the [PfShowInfo 8 log] and [Network log] immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the 2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tool Function Explanation
Support Department for instructions.
017-772 Scan All Blank Page Fail
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tool Function Explanation
[Fault Name]
Scan All Blank Page Fail
017-770 SSL Server Cert Invalid Fail (POP)
[Error Type]
[Fault Name]
Job
SSL Server Cert Invalid Fail (POP)
[Fault Content]
[Error Type]
All pages blank error.
Job
840-223: Blank Page Detection I-Formatter Control Parameter: lower the File Size Based Blank Paper Detec-
[Corrective Actions]
tion Level. Check if there is any issues on the network route up to the Syslog server.
017-776 Syslog Server Error
840-224: Blank Page Detection I-Formatter Control Parameter: lower the Black Dot Count Based Blank Paper
Detection Level. [Fault Name]
Syslog Server Error
017-773 Netlog Task Error [Error Type]
[Fault Name] Job
Netlog Task Error [Fault Content]
[Error Type] Syslog Server Error
Job [Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content] The sending message was discarded because the server sent an invalid response or did not respond.
Netlog Task Error [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Check the operational status of the Syslog server or the address value of the Syslog server set to the
Detected fatal error during Netlog operation. device.
Job
[Fault Content] 017-782 Custom ImageProcessing Plugin Version Fail
Link Error [Fault Name]
[Detection Conditions] Custom ImageProcessing Plugin Version Fail
Detected unplugged network cable on the Device side. [Error Type]
[Corrective Actions] Job
Check the connection state of the network cable. [Fault Content]
017-780 Timeout deletion of held job by resource Custom Image Processing Version Error
[Fault Content]
If the problem persists, turn the power OFF and ON, then obtain the log and contact the Support Depart-
Auto delete due to the timeout of held Job that has been overtaken ment.
[Detection Conditions] 2.5.1 Explanation of Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functions
When Job overtaking is enabled, the overtaken Job will be deleted after being held for a specified amount
of time.
017-783 Custom ImageProcessing Out Of Memory Fail
[Corrective Actions]
This function will work when the auto delete setting of the Job that has been overtaken is enabled.
[Fault Name]
Custom ImageProcessing Out Of Memory Fail
If there is an operational inconvenience, disable the setting or change the timer setting (1~7200minutes)
to an appropriate value. [Error Type]
Job
If the problem persists, turn the power OFF and ON, then obtain the log and contact the Support Depart- [Fault Content]
ment.
Custom Image Processing Memory Shortage Error
2.5.1 Explanation of Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functions
[Detection Conditions]
017-781 Job Cancel Fail The operation was unable to continue due to the memory shortage of the Image Processing Module that
[Fault Name] is executed in the Controller.
Job Cancel Fail [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Perform action by following one of the following methods.
Job -Specify a lower resolution.
-Specify the Color Mode as Black&White (2 tone).
Custom Image Processing XML Error 017-787 Google Cloud Print Data Error
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Name]
The Custom Image Processing Plug-in detected an error related to XML for image processing that was Google Cloud Print Data Error
specified by the Image Processing Plug-in. [Error Category]
[Corrective Actions] Job
Perform installation again after correcting the Custom Image Processing Plug-in. [Fault Contents]
Google Cloud Print Data Error
If the problem persists, turn the power OFF and ON, then obtain the log and contact the Support Depart-
ment.
[Conditions for detection]
Syntax error, undefined command, parameter error, file corruption, decomposer internal error occurred
2.5.1 Explanation of Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functions
when the decomposer is processing at the Google Cloud Print processing path.
017-785 Custom ImageProcessing Plugin Other Fail [Procedure]
[Fault Name] Use a different print method supported by the device (print driver, utility other than Google Cloud Print).
Custom ImageProcessing Plugin Other Fail If the problem persists, perform the following.
[Error Type] OF-09 Common Job Fail
Job Investigate problem when Information Fail/Warning occurs.
[Fault Content]
Detected an error that is Custom Image Processing Plug-in specific.
[Detection Conditions]
Detected some sort of error during Image Processing.
[Corrective Actions]
Perform installation again after correcting the Custom Image Processing Plug-in.
If the problem persists, turn the power OFF and ON, then obtain the log and contact the Support Depart-
ment.
2.5.1 Explanation of Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functions
017-786 Custom ImageProcessing Plugin ImageProcessing Fail
[Fault Name]
Custom ImageProcessing Plugin ImageProcessing Fail
[Error Type]
Job
018-400 IPSEC Error (Configuration Mismatch) [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] One of the following has caused a failure in registering info about the local machine with the SIP Registrar
Server.
Info
• SIP Server Address info could not be obtained through DHCP or DHCPv6.
[Fault Content] • The machine could not communicate with the manually set-up SIP Registrar Server.
IPSEC Error (setting mismatch)
• The machine could not communicate with the SIP Registrar Server obtained through DHCP or
[Detection Conditions] DHCPv6.
Although the IPSEC is enabled, the password is not set because ’authentication method = [Pre-shared • The machine could not communicate with the SIP Registrar Server.
key]’ or the IPSEC certificate is not set because ’authentication method = [Digital Signature]’. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] • When ’Method of Obtaining SIP Server Address’ is set to DHCP or DHCPv6, check that this machine can
Clear the IPSEC setting mismatch and enable the IPSEC again. Mismatched IPSEC settings: when normally communicate with the DHCP Server or the DHCPv6 Server. Check that there is no discon-
password is not set because ’authentication method = [Pre-shared key]’ or when IPSEC certificate is not nected cable or switch/hub failure.
set because ’authentication method = [Digital Signature]’. • When ’Method of Obtaining SIP Server Address’ is set to DHCP or DHCPv6, check that the DHCP Server
or the DHCPv6 Server is active. Furthermore, check that the setting is made that enables distribution of
SIP Server Address.
018-401 Incosistent SIP configuration
• When ’Method of Obtaining SIP Server Address’ is manually set, check the set-up address is correct. If
[Error Type] the address is set using FQDN strings, set up the DNS Server in the way that enables DNS to properly
info solve an address problem.
[Fault Content] • When ’Method of Obtaining SIP Server Address’ is set to DHCP or DHCPv6, check that the SIP Server
address that the DHCP Server or the DHCPv6 distributed is correct.
An inconsistent SIP Server setting is detected.
• Check that this machine can normally communicate with the SIP Registrar Server. Check that there is no
[Detection Conditions] disconnected cable or switch/hub failure.
One of the following has been detected: the ’IP Operation Mode setting’ and the ’Method of Obtaining SIP
• Check that the SIP Registrar Server is active.
Server Address setting’ on the device are inconsistent with each other, or the ’IP Operation Mode setting’
and the ’SIP Server Address setting’ are inconsistent.
[Corrective Actions] 018-403 SIP registraion fail (authentication)
• When ’IP Operation Mode’ is set to IPv4 and ’IP Address Obtainment Mode’ is manually set, set ’Method [Error Type]
of Obtaining SIP Server Address’ to ’manual’. info
• In any case except when ’IP Operation Mode’ is set to IPv4 and ’IP Address Obtainment Mode’ is manu- [Fault Content]
ally set, set ’Method of Obtaining SIP Server Address’ to ’manual’ or DHCP.
A failure in registering with the SIP Registrar Server. (Authentication error)
• When ’IP Operation Mode’ is set to IPv6, set ’Method of Obtaining SIP Server Address’ to ’manual’ or
DHCPv6. [Detection Conditions]
• If ’Method of Obtaining SIP Server Address’ is set to ’manual’ and the address is set using FQDN strings, Authentication error. The registering of info about the local machine with the SIP Regisrtar Server has
set up the DNS Server in the way that enables DNS to properly solve an address problem. failed.
• When ’IP Operation Mode’ is set to IPv4 and ’IP Address Obtainment Mode’ is manually set, set up SIP [Corrective Actions]
Server Address using an IPv4 address or FQDN strings. When the SIP Registrar Server is set up in the way that requires it to authenticate a machine, set the cor-
• When ’IP Operation Mode’ is set to IPv6, set up SIP Server Address using an IPv6 address or FQDN rect user name and password for authentication of this machine when registering it with the SIP Registrar
strings. Server.
• It is mandatory to set up Primary SIP Registrar Server Address and Primary SIP Proxy Server Address. 018-404 SIP registration fail(other)
[Error Type]
018-402 SIP server communication fail info
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
info A failure in registering with the SIP Registrar Server. (an error under Other)
[Fault Content]
A failure in communication with the SIP Registrar Server
(1) Check if the IP address that was set in state-less address auto setting is not used in other places.
2.5.1 Follow the LOG to collect the ’PfShowInfo 9’.
(2) Collecting Failure Analysis Log and Packet
If the problem still persists, perform the following:
2.4.5 Network-related Details Check Flow
2.5.1 Follow the LOG to collect the ’PfShowInfo 9’.
2.5.1 Explanation of Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functions
If the problem still persists, perform the following:
2.4.3 No output is available, no data is printed 018-412 Duplicate IPv6 address (Ether2)
2.4.5 Network-related Details Check Flow [Fault Name]
2.5.1 Explanation of Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functions Duplicate IPv6 address (Ether2)
[Error Type]
018-410 Dynamic DNS - IPv4 Update Failure(Eth2) Information
[Fault Name] [Fault Content]
Dynamic DNS - IPv4 Update Failure(Eth2) IPv6 - Stateless Auto Setting IP Address 2 is Duplicated
[Error Type] [Detection Conditions]
Information The same IP address device as the [state-less auto setting address2] of this machine exists on the net-
[Fault Content] work in the network environment where Ether2 is connected.
*Duplicated address in autoConfInet6Address[1] of bit 1 PFRID_IPV6_PROT_AUTO.
Dynamic DNS - IPv4 Address dynamic update failed (Eth2)
When IPv6 address duplication occurs simultaneously, display by prioritizing the smaller number of the
[Detection Conditions] Link Number.
For Ethernet2, failed to update the IPv4 address and host name to the DNS server.
[Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Change the IPv6 address of the network upper apparatus that is duplicated to resolve the IP address
(1) Check if the DNS server address is correctly set to the device. duplication. *Refer to the [Network Management Guide].
(2)Check with the client system administrator if the DNS server is set so the Dynamic DNS can be oper-
ated.
(1) Check if the IP address that was set in state-less address auto setting is not used in other places.
(2) Collecting Failure Analysis Log and Packet
2.5.1 Follow the LOG to collect the ’PfShowInfo 9’.
If the problem still persists, perform the following:
2.5.1 Follow the LOG to collect the ’PfShowInfo 9’.
The SSL server that is necessary for CA could not start because there was no server certificate or private
key at an attempt to start the device. 018-503 CA Message Receiver Timeout
[Corrective Actions] [Error Type]
Make the IOT and the Controller the same in agreement info. job
As there is no server certificate for the device, set up Server Certificate, or set the CA function to OFF. [Fault Content]
If the problem persists, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network log following 2.5.1 LOG immediately CA Authentication Server timeout
after the occurrence of the problem, and contact the support division for directions.
2.5.1 LOG
[Detection Conditions]
The device received a message from the CA server and was waiting for a JRM/UI judgment, but received
no response, and time has become out.
018-501 CA Server Connection Error [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Make the IOT and the Controller the same in agreement info.
job Due to some internal load of the device, response-to-CA Server time has become out. Retry the authenti-
[Fault Content] cation operation.
CA Authentication Server communication error If the problem persists, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network log following 2.5.1 LOG immediately
after the occurrence of the problem, and contact the support division for directions.
2.5.1 LOG
If the problem persists, see the following to collect a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log and contact the [Fault Content]
support division for instructions. The storage disk on BMLinkS scan service is full.
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions [Detection Conditions]
For some reason, the corresponding error code was received from BMLinkS Services.
018-515 bmlinks storage-access-error [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Check the storage for space.
job If the problem persists, see the following to collect a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log and contact the
support division for instructions.
[Fault Content]
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions
Error in access to BMLinkS Scan Service Storage
[Detection Conditions]
For some reason, the corresponding error code was received from BMLinkS Services.
018-518 bmlinks operation-not-available
[Corrective Actions] [Error Type]
job
Use either of the following to resolve the problem.
– Check that the specified file name can be created in the storage. [Fault Content]
– Check that the specified file name is not used by another user. a temporary error with BMLinkS scan service
If the problem persists, see the following to collect a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log and contact the [Detection Conditions]
support division for instructions. For some reason, the corresponding error code was received from BMLinkS Services.
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
After a while repeat the operation. When a command was being sent to BMLinkS Services, a network error was detected.
If the problem persists, see the following to collect a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log and contact the [Corrective Actions]
support division for instructions.
Repeat the operation.
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions
If the problem persists, see the following to collect a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log and contact the
support division for instructions.
018-519 bmlinks unknown-error 2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions
[Error Type]
job 018-522 response receive failure in BMLinkS
[Fault Content] [Error Type]
an error with BMLinkS scan service job
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
For some reason, the corresponding error code was received from BMLinkS Services. During a response was being made from BMLinkS scan service, a network error occurred.
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
Use either of the following to resolve the problem. When the machine was receiving a response to its request from BMLinkS Services, a network error was
– Search for the latest information and get it. detected.
– Check the state to see if the file can be written on the BMLinkS Services server. Or the machine received an unexpected response to its request.
If the problem persists, see the following to collect a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log and contact the [Corrective Actions]
support division for instructions. Repeat the operation.
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions If the problem persists, see the following to collect a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log and contact the
support division for instructions.
018-520 Internal error in BMLinkS Scan 2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions
[Error Type]
job 018-523 image send failure in BMLinkS
[Fault Content] [Error Type]
After the machine connected to BMLinkS scan service, an internal error occurred or the machine job
received an unexpected response from the server. [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] When the machine was transferring an image to BMLinkS scan service, a network error occurred.
An internal-processing error [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] During transfer of an image to BMLinkS Services, a network error was detected.
Repeat the operation. [Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, see the following to collect a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log and contact the Repeat the operation.
support division for instructions.
If the problem persists, see the following to collect a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log and contact the
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions support division for instructions.
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions
018-521 request send failure in BMLinkS
[Error Type] 018-524 Invalid device network setting
job [Error Type]
[Fault Content] Job
When the machine was trying to connect to BMLinkS scan service, a network error occurred.
Consult with the Network Administrator, correct the Server settings and operate again. [Detection Conditions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo ’5’ (comparison request result is false) in
response to the Address Book inquiry.
2.4.2 ’Cannot Connect to Network’ or ’Printer Cannot be Seen From PC’
[Corrective Actions]
It is possible to output a result that is different from the specified content. Consult with the Network Admin-
018-703 LDAP protocol error 03 istrator to check the status of the LDAP Server.
[Error Type] If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Job Fail 2.4.2 ’Cannot Connect to Network’ or ’Printer Cannot be Seen From PC’
[Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 03 at Address Book operation 018-706 LDAP protocol error 06
(search timeout)
[Error Type]
Job Fail 018-709 Active Communication is Unavailable Now Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Name]
LDAP protocol error 06 at Address Book operation (comparison request result is true) Active Communication is Unavailable Now Fail
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo ’6’ (comparison request result is true) in Job Fail
response to the Address Book inquiry.
[Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] Active Communication is Unavailable Now Fail.
This is not an error message as it just means that ’the output result is as specified’.
[Detection Conditions]
Turn the power OFF then ON.
The Remote Authentication Library has detected that the device is in active communication state during
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
remote access.
2.4.2 ’Cannot Connect to Network’ or ’Printer Cannot be Seen From PC’
[Corrective Actions]
A. In case of IPv4 environment
018-707 LDAP protocol error 07 1. Check whether the address that is being used as the IPv4 address of the device is undefined, or
[Error Type] whether it has become the Auto IP address.
Job Fail 2. Check if the network has been connected properly.
[Fault Content] 3. Check with the Network Administrator on whether the DHCP Server address had been exausted.
4. Obtain the PfShowInfo 9 log.
LDAP protocol error 07 at Address Book operation (the specified authentication method is not sup-
ported) A. In case of IPv6 environment
[Detection Conditions] 1. Check whether the address that is being used as the IPv6 address of the device has been allocated
with a global address that uses the network address distributed by the IPv6 router.
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo ’7’ (the specified authentication method is
not supported) in response to the Address Book inquiry. 2. Check if the network has been connected properly.
3. Check with the Network Administrator on whether the IPv6 router has been configured correctly.
[Corrective Actions]
4. Obtain the PfShowInfo 9 log.
The specified authentication method is not supported. Change the authentication method.
Consult with the Network Administrator to correct the authentication settings.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 018-710 LDAP protocol error 10
2.4.2 ’Cannot Connect to Network’ or ’Printer Cannot be Seen From PC’ [Error Type]
Job Fail
018-708 LDAP protocol error 08 [Fault Content]
[Error Type] LDAP protocol error 10 at Address Book operation (not registered in search range)
LDAP protocol error 12 at Address Book operation (extended function cannot be used) [Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] Job
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo ’12’ (extended function cannot be used) in [Fault Content]
response to the Address Book inquiry. Kerberos Authentication Protocol Error (73)
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status of the Server operation. If the Kerberos authentication server and the authentication method supported by the device do not
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. match, error during Kerberos authentication will be detected.
2.4.2 ’Cannot Connect to Network’ or ’Printer Cannot be Seen From PC’ [Corrective Actions]
If the error occurred in the case of smart card authentication, algorithm not supported by the device is
specified by KDC.
018-713 LDAP protocol error 13
In the case of password authentication, KDC does not support any of the device’s algorithms.
[Error Type] Review KDC settings.Also, in the case of devices supporting FIPS, if FIPS mode is disabled, it may fix the
Job Fail problem.
[Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 13 at Address Book operation (secrecy is required) If problem persists, immediately after problem appears, obtain the [PfShowInfo 8 Log] and [Network
[Detection Conditions] Packet], and contact the Support Department.
2.5.1 Explanation of Log Collection/Retrieval Tool Feature
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo ’13’ (secrecy is required) in response to the
Address Book inquiry.
[Corrective Actions] 018-716 LDAP protocol error 16
Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status of the Server operation. [Error Type]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Job Fail
2.4.2 ’Cannot Connect to Network’ or ’Printer Cannot be Seen From PC’ [Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 16 at Address Book operation (the requested attribute does not exist)
018-714 LDAP protocol error 14
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo ’16’ (the requested attribute does not exist) in LDAP protocol error 19 at Address Book operation (limit violation)
response to the Address Book inquiry. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo ’19’ (limit violation) in response to the
An attribute problem as occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Address Book inquiry.
Server side. [Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
An attribute problem as occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the
2.4.2 ’Cannot Connect to Network’ or ’Printer Cannot be Seen From PC’ Server side.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
018-717 LDAP protocol error 17 2.4.2 ’Cannot Connect to Network’ or ’Printer Cannot be Seen From PC’
[Error Type] 018-720 LDAP protocol error 20
Job Fail [Error Type]
[Fault Content] Job Fail
LDAP protocol error 17 at Address Book operation (the specified attribute is not defined) [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] LDAP protocol error 20 at Address Book operation (the specified attribute already exists)
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo ’17’ (the specified attribute is not defined) in [Detection Conditions]
response to the Address Book inquiry. The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo ’20’ (the specified attribute already exists) in
[Corrective Actions] response to the Address Book inquiry.
An attribute problem as occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the [Corrective Actions]
Server side. An attribute problem as occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Server side.
2.4.2 ’Cannot Connect to Network’ or ’Printer Cannot be Seen From PC’ If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2.4.2 ’Cannot Connect to Network’ or ’Printer Cannot be Seen From PC’
018-718 LDAP protocol error18
[Error Type] 018-721 LDAP protocol error 21
Job Fail [Error Type]
[Fault Content] Job Fail
LDAP protocol error 18 at Address Book operation (unsuitable combination) [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] LDAP protocol error 21 at Address Book operation (syntax error of the specified attribute value)
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo ’18’ (unsuitable combination) in response to [Detection Conditions]
the Address Book inquiry.
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo ’21’ (syntax error of the specified attribute
[Corrective Actions] value) in response to the Address Book inquiry.
An attribute problem as occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the [Corrective Actions]
Server side.
An attribute problem as occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Server side.
2.4.2 ’Cannot Connect to Network’ or ’Printer Cannot be Seen From PC’ If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2.4.2 ’Cannot Connect to Network’ or ’Printer Cannot be Seen From PC’
018-719 LDAP protocol error 19
[Error Type] 018-722 GCP Network Fail
Job Fail
018-735 LDAP protocol error 35 If the problem still persists, perform the following:
OF-09 Common Job Fail [Error Type]
Investigate the problem of Information Fail/Warning occurrence. Job
[Fault Content]
018-738 GCP XMPP Network Fail GCP Certificate Connection Error (XMPP)
[Fault Name] [Detection Conditions]
GCP XMPP Network Fail Connection error of certificate has occurred during communication through XMPP protocol with Google
[Error Type] server.
Job [Corrective Actions]
[Fault Content] Confirm with the network administrator the correct root CA certificate is present, certificate authentica-
tion settings are correct .
GCP Network Connection Error (XMPP)
[Detection Conditions] If the problem still persists, perform the following:
Network-related error has occurred during communication through XMPP protocol with Google server.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Corrective Actions] Investigate the problem of Information Fail/Warning occurrence.
Confirm the network connection status, network settings status with the system administrator.
A network related (DNS name resolution) error has occurred when communicating with Google Server 018-747 Server not found in SMB
via HTTP. [Fault Name]
[Corrective Actions] Server not found in SMB
Check the connection status and the setting status of the network. Check with the Network Administrator. [Error Type]
Job
If the problem still persists, perform the following:
[Fault Content]
OF-09 Common Job Fail
Unable to find the SMB Server during SMB Scan
Investigate the failure at the occurrence of the Information Fail/Warning.
[Detection Conditions]
018-745 GCP XMPP Network Proxy Fail Detection 1) During scanner (Scan to PC) SMB transfer, there was a name resolution failure at WINS/
[Fault Name] NetBIOS broadcast.
GCP XMPP Network Proxy Fail Detection 2) During scanner (Scan to PC) SMB transfer, the port of file sharing service is blocked (failed
[Error Type] to establish TCP/IP session).
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo ’52’ (cannot be processed) in response to the [Error Type]
Address Book inquiry. Job
[Corrective Actions] [Fault Content]
A service related problem has occurred. Please wait for a while and operate again. If the situation did not Error when connecting to the SMB Server during SMB Scan
improve, consult with the Network Administrator. [Detection Conditions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. There is no response from the server and failed to establish TCP/IP session.
2.4.2 ’Cannot Connect to Network’ or ’Printer Cannot be Seen From PC’
[Corrective Actions]
Check the transfer destination server, the router that exists between the multifunction device and the
018-753 LDAP protocol error 53 server, and the anti-virus software, firewall software, etc. (communication via Port No. 139 (TCP), Port
[Error Type] No. 445 (TCP)) on the transfer destination server for blocking.
If there is no problem, login to the SMB server from another PC using the same user name and check
Job Fail
whether you can write a file into the same storage destination on that SMB server.
[Fault Content] If write is possible, try to perform the same operation again from the machine.
LDAP protocol error 53 at Address Book operation (execution denied)
If the situation does not improve, it is highly likely that there is some problem occurring at the server
[Detection Conditions] side so consult with the System Administrator.
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo ’53’ (execution denied) in response to the If the problem persists, retrieve the 'customer provided information' and 'obtained logs information',
Address Book inquiry.
and contact the support department.
[Corrective Actions] [Customer provided information (required)]
A service related problem has occurred. Please wait for a while and operate again. If the situation did not 1. Server information (vendor/model name, OS Version)
improve, consult with the Network Administrator.
2. Model name of machine, SW Version
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Obtained logs information (required)]
2.4.2 ’Cannot Connect to Network’ or ’Printer Cannot be Seen From PC’
1. (Immediately after occurrence of problem) Obtain the controller log
2. (Immediately after occurrence of problem) Obtain packet capture at machine side
018-754 LDAP protocol error 54 3. If write was performed successfully from another PC, obtain packet capture from that other PC side
[Error Type]
Job Fail If the problem still persists, perform the following:
[Fault Content] Obtain the [PfShowInfo 8 log] and [Network log] immediately after the problem has occurred and contact
the Support Department for instructions.
LDAP protocol error 54 at Address Book operation (loop detected)
2.5.1 Explanation of Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functions
018-756 Server login response timeout in SMB [Fault Content]
[Fault Name] Failed to resolve the SMB Server Name during SMB Scan
Job
2.Check that there is no cable unplugged or any issues with the router or the hub in the network route.
018-765 LDAP protocol error 65
· The response may not be received if the network is busy.
[Error Type]
If the problem still persists, perform the following: Job Fail
Obtain the [PfShowInfo 8 log] and [Network log] immediately after the problem has occurred and contact [Fault Content]
the Support Department for instructions. LDAP protocol error 65 at Address Book operation (object class specification error)
2.5.1 Explanation of Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functions [Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo ’65’ (object class specification error) in
018-763 char convert error in SMB response to the Address Book inquiry.
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo ’67’ (cannot be executed at RDN) in [Fault Content]
response to the Address Book inquiry. LDAP protocol error 70 at Address Book operation
[Corrective Actions] (search target is too large)
An update related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at [Detection Conditions]
the Server side. The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo ’70’ (search result is too large) in response to
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. the Address Book inquiry.
2.4.2 ’Cannot Connect to Network’ or ’Printer Cannot be Seen From PC’ [Corrective Actions]
Correct the search conditions/search start position with regard to the Address Book internal data, focus
018-768 LDAP protocol error 68 the search target and search again.
If the problem reoccurs even after that, consult with the Network Administrator.
[Error Type]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Job Fail
2.4.2 ’Cannot Connect to Network’ or ’Printer Cannot be Seen From PC’
[Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 68 at Address Book operation (the specified entry already exists)
018-771 LDAP protocol error 71
[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo ’68’ (the specified entry already exists) in
[Error Type]
response to the Address Book inquiry. Job Fail
[Corrective Actions] [Fault Content]
An update related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at LDAP protocol error 71 at Address Book operation (influence on multiple DSA)
the Server side. [Detection Conditions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo ’71’ (influence on multiple DSA) in response
2.4.2 ’Cannot Connect to Network’ or ’Printer Cannot be Seen From PC’ to the Address Book inquiry.
[Corrective Actions]
018-769 LDAP protocol error 69 Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.
[Error Type] If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2.4.2 ’Cannot Connect to Network’ or ’Printer Cannot be Seen From PC’
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 69 at Address Book operation (object class cannot be changed) 018-772 Shared name not found in server
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Name]
LDAP protocol error 69 at Address Book operation (object class cannot be changed) Shared name not found in server
[Error Type]
Job
[Fault Content] 3) On [Shared Folders] list, select the target folder.
The Shared Name does not exist on the SMB Scan Server 4) On the [Users] list, set the permission that is displayed to the right of the target User Name to [Read &
Write].
[Detection Conditions]
[Supplement]
The Shared Name that was set does not exist on the transfer destination server during scanner (Scan to
PC) SMB transfer. -For how to set a Mac OS system other than the Mac OS X 10.6, either check with the System Administra-
tor or refer to you respective country’s official Apple homepage.
[Corrective Actions]
Check whether the Shared Name that is set at the Main Unit exists on the transfer destination PC.
If the problem still persists, perform the following:
Obtain the [PfShowInfo 8 log] and [Network log] immediately after the problem has occurred and contact
If the problem still persists, perform the following: the Support Department for instructions.
Obtain the [PfShowInfo 8 log] and [Network log] immediately after the problem has occurred and contact 2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tool Function Explanation
the Support Department for instructions.
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tool Function Explanation
018-774 CSB Print Host Name Resolve Fail
[Fault Name]
018-773 Shared name error in server
CSB Print Host Name Resolve Fail
[Fault Name]
[Error Type]
Shared name error in server
Job
[Error Type]
[Fault Content]
Job
CSB Print - Failed to resolve Host Name
[Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions]
Invalid Shared Name at the SMB Scan Server
During CSB Print, a network related (DNS name resolution) error has occurred when communicating
[Detection Conditions] with the Server via HTTP.
1. The Shared Name that was set at the transfer destination contains restricted characters during scan- [Corrective Actions]
ner (Scan to PC) SMB transfer.
Check the connection status of the network and especially the DNS setting status.
2. The permission was not set for the specified Shared Name during scanner (Scan to PC) SMB transfer
If the problem still persists, perform the following:
with a Macintosh destination.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Corrective Actions]
Investigate the failure at the occurrence of the Information Fail/Warning.
Take any one of the following actions:
-Check whether the Shared Name that is set at the Main Unit contain any of the following restricted char-
If the problem still persists, perform the following:
acters.
Obtain the [PfShowInfo 9 log] and [Network log] immediately after the problem has occurred and contact
’/:|<>;,*?\[]+=
the Support Department for instructions.
-Check whether the beginning or the end of the Shared Name that is set at the Main Unit contain any blank
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tool Function Explanation
space.
-Check whether the Shared Name that is set at the Main Unit is only specified by a period. 018-775 CSB Print Proxy Server Connect Fail
[Fault Name]
If the transfer destination is a Macintosh, the permission setting must be changed for the User of the CSB Print Proxy Server Connect Fail
Shared Folder. For the settings, check with the System Administrator.
[Error Type]
The following describes the procedure to change the Shared Folder Settings using Mac OS X 10.6 as the
Job
example.
[Supplement] [Fault Content]
-It is recommended that a dedicated account is created for transfer use. This can be set on the screen that CSB Print - Failed to connect to the Proxy Server
is displayed on the Apple Menu by selecting [System Preferences] > [Users & Groups]. [Detection Conditions]
1) On the Apple Menu, select [System Preferences] > [Sharing]. During CSB Print, a network related (proxy connection) error has occurred when communicating with the
2) Check that the [File Sharing] checkbox is checked. Server via HTTP.
If the problem still persists, perform the following: If the problem still persists, perform the following:
Obtain the [PfShowInfo 9 log] and [Network log] immediately after the problem has occurred and contact Obtain the [PfShowInfo 9 log] and [Network log] immediately after the problem has occurred and contact
the Support Department for instructions. the Support Department for instructions.
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tool Function Explanation 2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tool Function Explanation
018-776 CSB Print Network Timeout Over 018-778 CSB Print Certification Fail
[Fault Name] [Fault Name]
CSB Print Network Timeout Over CSB Print Certification Fail
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Job Job
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
CSB Print - Connection timeout error CSB Print - Certificate connection error
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
During CSB Print, an error has occurred due to timeout when communicating with the Server via HTTP. During CSB Print, a connection error with the Certificate has occurred when communicating with the
[Corrective Actions] Server via HTTP.
Check the connection status and the setting status of the network. The Network may be congested. It is [Corrective Actions]
possible that extending the Timeout Time could improve the situation. Check whether the correct Root CA Certificate was input and whether the setting for certificate verifica-
If the problem still persists, perform the following: tion is correct. Check with the Network Administrator.
OF-09 Common Job Fail If the problem still persists, perform the following:
Investigate the failure at the occurrence of the Information Fail/Warning. OF-09 Common Job Fail
Investigate the failure at the occurrence of the Information Fail/Warning.
If the problem still persists, perform the following:
Obtain the [PfShowInfo 9 log] and [Network log] immediately after the problem has occurred and contact If the problem still persists, perform the following:
the Support Department for instructions. Obtain the [PfShowInfo 9 log] and [Network log] immediately after the problem has occurred and contact
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tool Function Explanation the Support Department for instructions.
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tool Function Explanation
018-777 CSB Print Network Connect Fail
[Fault Name] 018-779 CSB Print SSL Connect Fail
CSB Print Network Connect Fail [Fault Name]
[Error Type] CSB Print SSL Connect Fail
During CSB Print, a network related error has occurred when communicating with the Server via HTTP. [Detection Conditions]
During CSB Print, an SSL connection error has occurred when communicating with the Server via HTTP.
[Corrective Actions] [Error Type]
Check the connection status of the Network (SSL communication) and the setting status of the SSL. Job Fail
Check with the Network Administrator. [Fault Content]
If the problem still persists, perform the following:
LDAP protocol error 82 at Address Book operation (program error or SASL authentication error)
OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Detection Conditions]
Investigate the failure at the occurrence of the Information Fail/Warning.
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo ’82’ (program error or SASL authentication
error) in response to the Address Book inquiry.
If the problem still persists, perform the following:
[Corrective Actions]
Obtain the [PfShowInfo 9 log] and [Network log] immediately after the problem has occurred and contact
Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.
the Support Department for instructions.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tool Function Explanation
2.4.2 ’Cannot Connect to Network’ or ’Printer Cannot be Seen From PC’
018-780 LDAP protocol error 80
[Error Type]
018-783 LDAP protocol error 83
Job Fail
[Error Type]
[Fault Content]
Job Fail
LDAP protocol error 80 at Address Book operation (an unknown error has occurred)
[Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions]
LDAP protocol error 83 at Address Book operation (outgoing message encoding error)
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo ’80’ (an unknown error has occurred) in
response to the Address Book inquiry. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo ’83’ (outgoing message encoding error) in
response to the Address Book inquiry.
Check the status of the server.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Corrective Actions]
Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.
2.4.2 ’Cannot Connect to Network’ or ’Printer Cannot be Seen From PC’
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2.4.2 ’Cannot Connect to Network’ or ’Printer Cannot be Seen From PC’
018-781 LDAP protocol error 81
[Error Type]
018-784 LDAP protocol error 84
Job Fail
[Error Type]
[Fault Content]
Job Fail
LDAP protocol error 81 at Address Book operation
(cannot connect to Server)
[Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 84 at Address Book operation (incoming message decoding error)
[Detection Conditions]
Cannot connect to Server In response to the Address Book inquiry
[Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo ’84’ (incoming message decoding error) in
[Corrective Actions] response to the Address Book inquiry.
1. Check if the network cable is connected.
[Corrective Actions]
2. If it is connected, check the start up state of the target request server.
Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.
3. Check that the Server Name is correct at ’System Settings’ - ’Network Settings’ - ’External Authentication
Server/Directory Service Settings’ - ’LDAP Server/Directory Service Settings’, and set it to the correct If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
name. 2.4.2 ’Cannot Connect to Network’ or ’Printer Cannot be Seen From PC’
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2.4.2 ’Cannot Connect to Network’ or ’Printer Cannot be Seen From PC’
018-782 LDAP protocol error 82 018-785 LDAP protocol error 85
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2.4.2 ’Cannot Connect to Network’ or ’Printer Cannot be Seen From PC’ 2.4.2 ’Cannot Connect to Network’ or ’Printer Cannot be Seen From PC’
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo ’97’ (maximum hop number for reference is
exceeded) in response to the Address Book inquiry. If the problem still persists, perform the following:
[Corrective Actions] Obtain the [PfShowInfo 9 log] and [Network log] immediately after the problem has occurred and contact
the Support Department for instructions.
Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tool Function Explanation
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2.4.2 ’Cannot Connect to Network’ or ’Printer Cannot be Seen From PC’
018-798 CSB Print Network Other Fail
[Fault Name]
CSB Print Network Other Fail
[Error Type]
Job
[Fault Content]
CSB Print - Other Network error
[Detection Conditions]
During CSB Print, a network related other internal error has occurred when communicating with the
Server via HTTP.
[Corrective Actions]
Check the connection status and the setting status of the network.
If the problem still persists, perform the following:
OF-09 Common Job Fail
Investigate the failure at the occurrence of the Information Fail/Warning.
Failed to resolve the address of the proxy server name. 021-404 Couldn’t Connect to Host/Proxy Fail
[Corrective Actions] [Fault Name]
Check the following. Couldn’t Connect to Host/Proxy Fail
-Check the connection of the LAN cable. [Error Type]
-Check the DNS server address settings. Information
-Check the default gateway settings. [Fault Content]
-Check the subnet mask settings.
Server Connection Error
[Detection Conditions]
If the problem persists after checking the above settings, there may be a network failure or DNS server
Unable to connect to the server or proxy server(Including cases where the server is not turned ON)
failure. Discuss with the Network Administrator.
[Corrective Actions]
For BB-Direct configuration, check the following: Check the following.
-Check the EP proxy server URL settings. [Chain-Link (920-35) or KO settings] -Check the connection of the LAN cable.
-Check the default gateway settings.
If the problem persists in a properly functioning network, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log -Check the subnet mask settings.
immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. -Check the EP server settings. [Chain-Link (920-003 to 920-006)]
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tool Function Explanation
021-403 Couldn’t Resolve Host Name Fail For BB-Direct configuration, check the following:
-Check the EP proxy server settings. [Chain-Link (920-035 to 920-039) or KO settings]
[Detection Conditions]
If the network is normal and the problem still persists, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network packet
Address resolution of the EP proxy server name has failed when acquiring EP certificate. immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department.
EPproxy server auto detect error (PAC file acquiring communication timeout)
If the network is normal and the problem still persists, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network packet
[Detection Conditions] immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department.
Unable to acquire the PAC file because communication timeout has occurred with the HTTP server dur-
ing PAC file acquiring communication (CFILE) during the EP proxy setting. 021-422 CFILE not found Fail.
’APD_ERROR_CFILE_GET_TIMEOUT’ was returned due to apdlib. [Fault Name]
[Corrective Actions] CFILE not found Fail.
Check the following in the Device. [Error Type]
-Check the connection of the LAN cable. Information
-Check the DNS server address settings. [Fault Content]
-Check the default gateway settings. EP proxy server auto detect error (PAC file cannot be found)
-Check the subnet mask settings. [Detection Conditions]
-Check the EP-BB proxy detection method setting (920-067).
Unable to find the PAC file (CFILE) in the HTTP server during EP proxy setting.
’APD_ERROR_CFILE_GET_NOTFOUND’ was returned due to apdlib.
Contact the client's network administrator since there is a possibility of HTTP server failure or network
failure that provides the PAC file (CFILE).
[Corrective Actions]
Check the following in the Device.
Either that or there is the possibility of network failure, so contact the client's network administrator.
Check the EP-BB proxy detection method setting(920-067).
If the problem persists after checking the above setting, contact the network administrator since there is a
possibility of PAC file (CFILE) not registered to the HTTP server, or the PAC file URL information is If the problem persists after checking the above setting, check the following with the network administra-
wrong. tor.
Check the DHCP server or the PAC file URL information (CURL) registered in DNS server.
If the network is normal and the problem still persists, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network packet -Check if the DHCP option is 252.
immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department.
-Check if the SRV record of the ’wpad. (domain name)’ host is correct.
021-423 Couldn't get CFILE by size over Fail.
[Fault Name] If the problem persists after checking the above, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network packet immedi-
ately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department.
Couldn't get CFILE by size over Fail.
[Error Type] 021-425 A connection has timed out to get CURL Fail.
Information [Fault Name]
[Fault Content] A connection has timed out to get CURL Fail.
EP proxy server auto detect error (PAC file size exceeded) [Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] Information
Unable to acquire the PAC file because the size of the PAC file (CFILE) was too large during EP proxy set- [Fault Content]
ting. EP proxy server auto detect error (PAC file URL information cannot be found)
’APD_ERROR_CFILE_GET_NOSPC’ was returned due to apdlib. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] URL information (CURL) was not found in DHCP server or DNS server during the communication for
Check the following in the Device. acquiring PAC file URL information.
Check the EP-BB proxy detection method setting(920-067). ’APD_ERROR_CURL_GET_TIMEOUT’ was returned due to apdlib.
[Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists after checking the above setting, check with the client's network administrator Check the following in the Device.
whether the PAC file (CFILE) registered to HTTP server has exceeded 64KB, and if it exceeds 64KB, cor-
-Check the connection of the LAN cable.
rect it so that is will fit into this size. Change the EP-BB proxy detection method to a different method.
-Check the DNS server address settings.
-Check the default gateway settings.
If the problem persists after checking the above, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network packet immedi-
ately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department. -EP-BB Proxy Detection Method Setting (920-067)
021-424 Invalid CURL format has detected Fail. If the problem persists after checking the above setting, contact the network administrator since there is a
[Fault Name] possibility of DHCP server or DNS server failure which the URL information (CURL) of PAC file is regis-
Invalid CURL format has detected Fail. tered, or a network failure.
[Error Type]
If the problem persists after checking the above, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network packet immedi-
Information
ately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department.
[Fault Content]
EP proxy server auto detect error (PAC file URL information invalid)
021-426 CURL couldn't be obtained from CFILE Fail.
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Name]
The (CURL) format of PAC file URL information is invalid. CURL couldn't be obtained from CFILE Fail.
If the problem persists after checking the above, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network packet immedi- "SESSMGR_USBRNDIS_ERR_OUT_OF_RANGE" is returned from SessionMgr.
ately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department. Or, "SECEP_BEE_COMM_OUT_OF_RANGE" is returned from secep.
021-427 3G connection timeout Fail (3Gnet-BOX). [Procedure]
[Fault Name] Raise the antenna if it has fallen.
3G connection timeout Fail (3Gnet-BOX). If the problem persists, power OFF/ON.
[Error Category] Print out the 3Gnet-BOX diagnostics report, and if the signal is low or out of range,
Information or the signal strength LED indicator of 3Gnet-BOX is not 2 or more, perform the following.
[Fault Contents]
3G line connection timeout (3Gnet-BOX) - Raise the 3Gnet-BOX antenna if it has fallen.
- Things near the antenna which are shielding it should be removed.
[Conditions for detection]
Connection timeout for 3G line used by 3Gnet-BOX.
When the problem persists after the checks, reset the 3Gnet-BOX, power Off/On the MF machine.
When the problem persists after the checks, reset the 3Gnet-BOX, power Off/On the MF machine.
[Conditions for detection]
Status of SIM card inserted in 3Gnet-BOX is error.
021-430 Time setting Fail (3Gnet-BOX). If that also did not work,
- 3Gnet-BOX diagnostics report
[Fault Name]
- Obtain the PfShowInfo8 log, and contact the Support Department.
Time setting Fail (3Gnet-BOX).
[Error Category]
Information
021-432 Cannot routing Fail (3Gnet-BOX).
[Fault Contents] [Fault Name]
Time synchronization failure (3Gnet-BOX) Cannot routing Fail (3Gnet-BOX).
When the problem persists after the checks, reset the 3Gnet-BOX, power Off/On the MF machine. "SESSMGR_USBRNDIS_ERR_MFP_IPADDR", "SESSMGR_USBRNDIS_ERR_ROUTING" is
returned from SessionMgr.
Or, "SECEP_BEE_RUTING_ERR", "SECEP_BEE_MFP_IPADDR_ERR" is returned from secep.
"SESSMGR_USBRNDIS_ERR_DETECTED_DUPLICATED_ADDR",
If that also did not work,
"SESSMGR_USBRNDIS_ERR_REQUIRE_REST" is returned from SessionMgr.
- 3Gnet-BOX diagnostics report
Or, "SECEP_BEE_DUPLICATED_ADDR_ERR", "SECEP_BEE_REQUIRE_RST" is returned from
- Obtain the PfShowInfo8 log, and contact the Support Department. secep.
[Procedure]
021-434 3GAdapter Error Fail (3Gnet-BOX). Reset the 3Gnet-BOX, power Off/On the MF machine.
[Fault Name]
3GAdapter Error Fail (3Gnet-BOX). When the problem persists after the checks, reset the 3Gnet-BOX, power Off/On the MF machine.
[Error Category]
Information
If that also did not work,
[Fault Contents]
- 3Gnet-BOX diagnostics report
3G Adapter Error (3Gnet-BOX)
- Obtain the PfShowInfo8 log, and contact the Support Department.
[Conditions for detection]
Error at the 3Gnet-BOX occurred.
021-436 DNS Resolver init Fail (3Gnet-BOX).
"SESSMGR_USBRNDIS_ERR_ADAPTER_OTHER", [Fault Name]
"SESSMGR_USBRNDIS_ERR_ADPTER_CANNOT_OPERATE" is returned from SessionMgr. DNS Resolver init Fail (3Gnet-BOX).
[Error Category]
Or, "SECEP_BEE_ADAPTER_OTHER_ERR", "SECEP_BEE_CANNOT_OPERATE" is returned Information
from secep.
[Fault Contents]
[Procedure] DNS library not initialized (3Gnet-BOX)
Reset the 3Gnet-BOX, power Off/On the MF machine.
[Conditions for detection]
Communication library which is not initialized when connecting to the 3G line used by 3Gnet-BOX is
When the problem persists after the checks, reset the 3Gnet-BOX, power Off/On the MF machine. detected.
021-507 Proxy unauthorized access. 021-509 SOAP Fault: An invalid message detected.
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Job Fail Job Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
Proxy Authentication Error Invalid Communication Message
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
Authentication of the proxy server has failed. The server detected an invalid message.
libcURL returned ’’HTTP Status: 407 Proxy Authorization Required’’. The server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that the message from the device is invalid.
[Corrective Actions] Code=Client, Subcode=InvalidMessage
Check the following. Or, an unexpected SOAP Fault was notified because of a failure in the server.
– Check the EP proxy server authentication user. [Corrective Actions]
– Check the EP proxy server authentication password. Turn the power OFF then ON.
If the problem persists after checking the above settings, there may be a network failure or the proxy If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
server settings may have changed/failed. Contact the client’s Network Administrator. occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
If the problem persists in a properly functioning network, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
021-510 SOAP Fault: The MC already unregistered.
[Error Type]
021-508 A connection to host/proxy has timed out. Job Fail
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
Job Fail Recall Status Mismatch (EP System)
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
Communication Timeout
The server detected that it is already in recalled status.
[Detection Conditions] The server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that the device is already in recalled status on the EP sys-
Communication timeout has occurred. tem.
libcURL returned ’’CURLE_OPERATION_TIMEOUTED’’. Code=Client, Subcode=InvalidOperation, Subcode3=AlreadyUnregistered
[Corrective Actions] [Corrective Actions]
Check the following. No action is required if this error corresponds to a recall operation. Finish the servicing.
– Check the connection of the LAN cable. If the error is related to operations other than recall, check whether the EP contract has expired. If it has
– Check the default gateway settings. already expired, no action is required.
– Check the subnet mask settings. If the problem occurs when the EP contract has not expired yet, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and net-
work log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instruc-
– Check the EP server settings. (Chain-Link (920-003~920-006))
tions.
For B-Direct configuration, check the following:
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
– Check the EP proxy server settings. (Chain-Link (920-035~920-039) or KO settings)
If the problem persists after checking the above settings, there may be a network failure or the FQDN of
the EPA server may have been changed (when the EPA Server is used). Contact the client’s Network 021-511 SOAP Fault: The MC already registered (WEP).
Administrator. [Error Type]
If the problem persists in a properly functioning network, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log
Job Fail
immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
[Fault Content] [Corrective Actions]
Installation Status Mismatch (EP System) Check with the EP Center for the EP contract status and registration status.
[Detection Conditions] If the problem occurs regardless that the EP-DX is not registered in the EP Center, obtain the info9 or
xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support depart-
When performing installation, the server detected that it already has the WEP Installed.
ment for instructions.
When performing installation, the server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that the device already has
WEP installed on the EP system. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
Code=Client, Subcode=InvalidOperation, Subcode3=AlreadyRegistered
[Corrective Actions] 021-514 SOAP Fault: The MC already registered (EP-TRESS).
Check with the EP Center for the EP contract status and registration status. [Error Type]
If the problem occurs regardless that the WEP is not registered in the EP Center, obtain the info9 or Job Fail
xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support depart- [Fault Content]
ment for instructions.
TRESS Installation Conflict (EP System)
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
[Detection Conditions]
When performing installation, the server detected that it already has the TRESS Installed.
021-512 SOAP Fault: The MC already registered (EP-SV). When performing installation, the server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that the device already has
[Error Type] EP-TRESS installed on the EP System.
Job Fail Code=Client, Subcode=InvalidOperation, Subcode3=AlreadyRegisteredByTRESS
[Fault Content] [Corrective Actions]
EP-SV Installation Conflict (EP System) Check with the EP Center for the EP contract status and registration status.
[Detection Conditions] If the problem occurs regardless that the EP-TRESS is not registered in the EP Center, obtain the info9 or
xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support depart-
When performing installation, the server detected that it already has the EP-SV Installed.
ment for instructions.
When performing installation, the server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that the device already has
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
EP-SV installed on the EP system.
Code=Client, Subcode=InvalidOperation, Subcode3=AlreadyRegisteredBySV
[Corrective Actions] 021-515 SOAP Fault: An invalid product code detected.
Check with the EP Center for the EP contract status and registration status. [Error Type]
If the problem occurs regardless that the EP-SV is not registered in the EP Center, obtain the info9 or Job Fail
xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support depart- [Fault Content]
ment for instructions.
Invalid Product Code
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
[Detection Conditions]
The server detected an invalid product code.
021-513 SOAP Fault: The MC already registered (EP-DX). The server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that the product code included in the message from the
[Error Type] device is invalid.
Job Fail Code=Client, Subcode=InvalidOperation, Subcode3=InvalidProductCode
[Fault Content] [Corrective Actions]
EP-DX Installation Conflict (EP System) Turn the power OFF then ON.
[Detection Conditions] If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
When performing installation, the server detected that it already has the EP-DX Installed.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
When performing installation, the server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that the device already has
EP-DX installed on the EP System.
Code=Client, Subcode=InvalidOperation, Subcode3=AlreadyRegisteredByDX 021-516 SOAP Fault: An invalid serial number detected.
If the problem persists, turn the power OFF and ON, then obtain the log and contact the Support Depart- If the problem persists, turn the power OFF and ON, then obtain the log and contact the Support Depart-
ment. ment.
2.5.1 Explanation of Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functions 2.5.1 Explanation of Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functions
021-521 A connection to CA has timed out. 021-523 An internal error has occurred.
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Job Fail Job Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
CA Communication Timeout Internal Error
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
Timeout has occurred when obtaining the EP certificate. Software failure where processing can still continue was detected.
secep returned ’’SECEP_TIMEOU’’. Or, a memory access error where processing can still continue was detected.
[Corrective Actions] Or, libcURL returned ’’CURLE_SEND_ERROR’’.
Check the following. Or, libcURL returned ’’CURLE_RECV_ERROR’’.
– Check the connection of the LAN cable. [Corrective Actions]
– Check the default gateway settings. If the SOAP port stops, start.
– Check the subnet mask settings. If the situation is not improved, power OFF then ON.
For the BB-Direct configuration: If the situation is still not improved, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the prob-
– Check the EP proxy server settings. (Chain-Link (920-035~920-039) or KO settings) lem occurs, and contact the support division for directions.
For the EPA-Server configuration: 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
– Check the EP server settings. (Chain-Link (920-003~920-006)) When the aggregation server is installed but its version is 1.0.x, the function of updating software is not
supported. So check the logs on the aggregation server.
If the problem persists after checking the above settings, there may be a network failure. Contact the cli-
ent’s Network Administrator.
If the problem persists in a properly functioning network, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log 021-524 A registeration conflict has detected.
immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. [Error Type]
Job Fail
021-522 A miscellaneous CA comm error has detected. [Fault Content]
[Fault Name] Installation Status Mismatch
A miscellaneous CA comm error has detected.
Power OFF/ON, and resend instruction for software update.During device initialization by power OFF/ [Error Type]
ON, Chain-Link settings, which have not been processed will be processed, and the device will automati- Job
cally restart.As a result, this will stop the error from occurring. [Fault Content]
The power was detected to be OFF at the appointment period.
If the problem still persists, perform the following:
(Software Upgrade)
OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Detection Conditions]
Investigate the problem of Information Fail/Warning occurrence.
When the device is turned ON, it was detected that the appointment date for the software upgrade had
passed while the power is OFF and hence the software upgrade process was not able to be performed.
021-537 a software update conflict has detected. [Corrective Actions]
[Fault Name] No action necessary.
a software update conflict has detected. (When the Job in progress has completed, obtain permission from the customer to perform the software
[Error Type] upgrade again from the UI Panel as neccessary or schedule another software upgrade appointment.)
Job 021-540 The power was turned off during downloading has
[Fault Content] detected.
A software upgrade conflict was detected (Software Upgrade) [Fault Name]
The power was turned off during downloading has detected.
[Error Type] OF-09 Common Job Fail
Job 021-543 Invalid software version information detect Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Name]
Power OFF was detected when the download is in progress. Invalid software version information detect Fail
(Software Upgrade) [Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] Job
It was detected that the power had turned OFF while the software upgrade file is being downloaded. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] An invalid software version data is detected (Software Upgrade)
No action necessary. [Detection Conditions]
(Obtain permission from the customer to perform the software upgrade again from the UI Panel as nec-
During the Software Upgrade, the software version data that was obtained for version matching was
cessary or schedule another software upgrade appointment.)
found to be invalid.
021-541 An invalid software update configuration has detected. [Corrective Actions]
[Fault Name] Turn the Device OFF and ON.
An invalid software update configuration has detected. If the problem still persists, perform the following:
[Error Type] Obtain the [PfShowInfo 9 log] and [Network log] immediately after the problem has occurred and contact
the Support Department for instructions.
Job
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tool Function Explanation
[Fault Content]
The software upgrade feature settings is invalid (Software Upgrade) 021-544 EP-BB Chain-Link setting file access Fail
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Name]
When the software upgrade is about to commence, it was detected that the feature settings of the soft- EP-BB Chain-Link setting file access Fail
ware upgrade is disabled. [Error Type]
[Corrective Actions] Job
Check the customer’s contract information and set the service parameter of the device appropriately. [Fault Content]
Obtain permission from the customer to perform the software upgrade again from the UI Panel as nec- Unable to access the EP-BB Chain-Link setting file.
cessary or schedule another software upgrade appointment.
[Detection Conditions]
021-542 Reserved Software update capability Fail During the Chain-Link change process prompted by a Chain-Link change instruction from the EP Cen-
[Fault Name] ter, the Chain-Link setting file that was created in the Hard Disk cannot be opened.
Reserved Software update capability Fail [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Make a Service Call and perform the appropriate procedure.
Job Check whether there is any problem with the Hard Disk and perform the Chain-Link change instruction
again as required.
[Fault Content]
The date specification software update function was detected to be not available (Software Upgrade) 021-545 An EP-BB Function Execution was Not Necessary Fail
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Name]
Although it is now the appointed date for software upgrade, it was detected that the date specified firm- An EP-BB Function Execution was Not Necessary Fail
ware upgrade is unable to be performed. [Error Type]
[Corrective Actions] Job
Check whether the Hard Disk is removed and install it is it is. [Fault Content]
If the Hard Disk is malfunctioning, replace it. The execution of an unnecessary EP-BB function is detected
For BB-Direct configuration, check the following: If the problem persists, collect the pfshowinfo9 log immediately after the problem has occurred and con-
-Check the EP proxy server settings. [Chain-Link (920-035 to 920-039) or KO settings] tact the Support Department.
021-556 A connection has timed out to get CFILE Fail.
If the problem persists after checking the above settings, there may be a network failure or the FQDN of [Fault Name]
the EPA server having been changed (in case of EPA Server mode is used). Contact the client's Network
A connection has timed out to get CFILE Fail.
Administrator.
[Error Type]
If the problem persists in a properly functioning network, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log Job
immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
[Fault Content] If the network is normal and the problem still persists, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network packet
EPproxy server auto detect error (PAC file acquiring communication timeout) immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department.
021-557 Couldn't connect to server to get CFILE Fail. If the network is normal and the problem still persists, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network packet
[Fault Name] immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department.
Couldn't connect to server to get CFILE Fail. 021-559 Couldn't get CFILE by size over Fail.
[Error Type] [Fault Name]
Job Couldn't get CFILE by size over Fail.
[Fault Content] [Error Type]
EP proxy error auto detect error (PAC file acquiring communication connection error)
Job
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
Unable to acquire the PAC file (CFILE) (Connection error).
EP proxy server auto detect error (PAC file size exceeded)
’APD_ERROR_CFILE_GET_CONNECT’ was returned due to apdlib.
[Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] Unable to acquire the file because the size of the PAC file (CFILE) was too large PAC during EP proxy set-
Check the following in the Device. ting.
-Check the connection of the LAN cable. ’APD_ERROR_CFILE_GET_NOSPC’ was returned due to apdlib.
-Check the DNS server address settings. [Corrective Actions]
-Check the subnet mask settings. Check the following in the Device.
-Check the default gateway settings. Check the EP-BB proxy detection method setting(920-067).
-Check the EP-BB proxy detection method setting (920-067).
If the problem persists after checking the above setting, check with the client's network administrator
If the problem persists after checking the above setting, contact the network administrator because there whether the PAC file (CFILE) registered to HTTP server has exceeded 64KB, and if it exceeds 64KB, cor-
is a possibility of HTTP server that provides the PAC file (CFILE), DNS server failure or a network failure. rect it so that is will fit into this size. Change the EP-BB proxy detection method to different method.
If the problem persists after checking the above, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network packet immedi-
ately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department. If the problem persists after checking the above setting, contact the network administrator since there is a
possibility of a flaw in the server setting of the DHCP server or the DNS server where the PAC file URL
021-562 A connection has timed out to get CURL Fail. information (CURL) is registered.
When the problem persists after the checks,
If the problem persists after checking the above, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network packet immedi- reset the 3Gnet-BOX, power Off/On the MF machine.
ately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department.
021-564 CURL couldn't be obtained from CFILE (other error) Fail. If that also did not work,
[Fault Name] - 3Gnet-BOX diagnostics report
- Obtain the PfShowInfo8 log, and contact the Support Department.
CURL couldn't be obtained from CFILE (other error) Fail.
[Error Type] 021-566 Out of range Fail (3Gnet-BOX).
Job [Fault Name]
[Fault Content] Out of range Fail (3Gnet-BOX).
EP proxy server auto detect error (PAC file URL information acquisition failed) [Error Category]
[Detection Conditions] Job
Unable to acquire (CURL) of the PAC file (Other errorj. [Fault Contents]
’APD_ERROR_CURL_GET_OTHER’ was returned due to apdlib. Signal is out of range (3Gnet-BOX)
[Corrective Actions] [Conditions for detection]
Turn the power OFF and ON. The signal of the 3G line used by 3Gnet-BOX is out of range
If the status does not improve, collect pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the issue
occurred and contact the Support Department. "SESSMGR_USBRNDIS_ERR_OUT_OF_RANGE" is returned from SessionMgr.
021-565 3G connection timeout Fail (3Gnet-BOX). Or, "SECEP_BEE_COMM_OUT_OF_RANGE" is returned from secep.
[Fault Name] [Procedure]
3G connection timeout Fail (3Gnet-BOX). Print out the 3Gnet-BOX diagnostics report, and check if signal is low or out of range, or the signal
strength LED indicator of 3Gnet-BOX is not 2 or more, perform the following.
[Error Category]
Job
- Raise the 3Gnet-BOX antenna if it has fallen.
[Fault Contents] - Things near the antenna which are shielding it should be removed.
3G line connection timeout (3Gnet-BOX)
[Conditions for detection] When the problem persists after the checks,
Connection timeout for 3G line used by 3Gnet-BOX. reset the 3Gnet-BOX, power Off/On the MF machine.
021-568 Time setting Fail (3Gnet-BOX). If that also did not work,
[Fault Name] - 3Gnet-BOX diagnostics report
- Obtain the PfShowInfo8 log, and contact the Support Department.
Time setting Fail (3Gnet-BOX).
[Error Category]
Job 021-570 Cannot routing Fail (3Gnet-BOX).
[Fault Contents] [Fault Name]
Time synchronization failure (3Gnet-BOX) Cannot routing Fail (3Gnet-BOX).
[Conditions for detection] [Error Category]
Time synchronization with 3Gnet-BOX failed. Job
[Fault Contents]
"SESSMGR_USBRNDIS_ERR_TIME_SETTING" is returned from SessionMgr. MFP communication path determination failure (3Gnet-BOX)
[Procedure] [Conditions for detection]
Check the time setting of the device, and if incorrect, reset the time, then power OFF/ON. MFP address for 3G line used by 3Gnet-BOX is not set, or routing configuration failed.
[Fault Name]
Check that there are no maintenance/communication fault occurring in respect of the 3G line (dedicated
DNS Resolver init Fail (3Gnet-BOX).
line) (company-wide announcement, etc).
[Error Category]
Job When the problem persists after the checks,
[Fault Contents] Reset the 3Gnet-BOX, power Off/On the MF machine.
DNS library not initialized (3Gnet-BOX)
[Conditions for detection] If that also did not work,
Communication library which is not initialized when connecting to the 3G line used by 3Gnet-BOX is - 3Gnet-BOX diagnostics report
detected. - Obtain the PfShowInfo8 log, and contact the Support Department.
"EAI_AGAIN" is returned from DNSResolver. 021-577 DNS resolve host Fail (3Gnet-BOX).
[Procedure] [Fault Name]
Power OFF/ON the MF machine.
DNS resolve host Fail (3Gnet-BOX).
[Error Category]
When the problem persists after the checks,
Job
Reset the 3Gnet-BOX, power Off/On the MF machine.
[Fault Contents]
If that also did not work, DNS name resolution error (3Gnet-BOX).
If the problem persists, check with the Help Desk if there is any communication fault with the 3G line (ded- [Fault Contents]
icated line). DNS library error (3Gnet-BOX)
[Conditions for detection]
If that also did not work, Error occurred in communication library (DNSResolver) during 3Gnet-BOX communication.
- 3Gnet-BOX diagnostics report
- Obtain the PfShowInfo8 log, and contact the Support Department. "EAI_BADFLAGS", "EAI_FAMILY", "EAI_MEMORY", "EAI_SERVICE", "EAI_SOCKTYPE",
"EAI_BADHINTS", or uncategorized error are returned from DNSResolver.
021-578 DNS resolve Host (CA) Fail (3Gnet-BOX).
[Fault Name] [Procedure]
Power OFF/ON the MF machine.
DNS resolve Host (CA) Fail (3Gnet-BOX).
[Error Category]
When the problem persists after the checks,
Job
Reset the 3Gnet-BOX, power Off/On the MF machine.
[Fault Contents]
DNS name resolution (CA) error (3Gnet-BOX). If that also did not work,
[Conditions for detection] - 3Gnet-BOX diagnostics report
Name resolution of CA server during 3Gnet-BOX communication failed. - Obtain the PfShowInfo8 log, and contact the Support Department.
- Check that appropriate values are set for LAN-IP address, WAN-DNS server address, etc, and USB [Fault Contents]
RNDIS adapter. IP communication error with 3Gnet-BOX (3Gnet-BOX)
[Conditions for detection]
Check that there are no maintenance/communication fault occurring in respect of the 3G line (dedicated TCP/IP protocol status is detected as cannot communicate during 3G communication used by 3Gnet-
line) (company-wide announcement, etc). BOX.
Check that there are no maintenance/communication fault occurring in respect of the 3G line (dedicated 021-701 Accessory Preparing
line) (company-wide announcement, etc).
[Error Type]
job
When the problem persists after the checks,
Reset the 3Gnet-BOX, power Off/On the MF machine.
[Fault Content]
EP Accessory - Service Canceled By Disable-USB Accessory Preparing
Imari (IOT):
MCU send framing error detected by Controller 024-350 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 10
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
A transmission failure occurred as the ACK could not be received after 2 resend attempts. (A framing Sub System Fail
error was detected by hardware of the IOT.) [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] (IOT):
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. MCU receiving error detected by Controller
OF-06 IOT System Fail (Sequence No. error)
No need to replace the ESS PWB. [Detection Conditions]
The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The Sequence No. of the
024-348 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 8 received Message Packet is incorrect.)
[Error Type] [Corrective Actions]
Sub System Fail Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Fault Content] OF-06 IOT System Fail
No need to replace the ESS PWB.
(IOT):
MCU sending error detected by Controller
(Overrun error) 024-351 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 11
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
A transmission failure occurred as the ACK could not be received after 2 resend attempts. (An overrun Sub System Fail
error was detected by hardware of the IOT.) [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] (IOT):
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. MCU receiving error detected by Controller
OF-06 IOT System Fail (Packet No. error)
No need to replace the ESS PWB. [Detection Conditions]
The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The Packet No. of the
024-349 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 9 received Message Packet is incorrect.)
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (A parity error was detected
OF-06 IOT System Fail by hardware of the UART.)
The ESS-PWB should be also replaced. [Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
024-352 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 12 OF-06 IOT System Fail
No need to replace the ESS PWB.
[Error Type]
Sub System Fail
[Fault Content] 024-355 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 15
MCU receiving error detected by Controller [Error Type]
(Message length error) Sub System Fail
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The message length of the MCU receiving error detected by Controller
received Message Packet is incorrect.) (Framing error)
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (A framing error was
OF-06 IOT System Fail detected by hardware of the UART.)
(No need to replace the ESS PWB.) [Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
024-353 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 13 OF-06 IOT System Fail
(No need to replace the ESS PWB.)
[Error Type]
Sub System Fail
[Fault Content] 024-356 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 16
MCU receiving error detected by Controller [Error Type]
(Check code error) Sub System Fail
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The check code of the MCU receiving overrun error detected by Controller
received Message Packet is incorrect.) [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (An overrun error was
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. detected by hardware of the UART.)
OF-06 IOT System Fail [Corrective Actions]
(No need to replace the ESS PWB.) Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-06 IOT System Fail
024-354 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 14 No need to replace the ESS PWB.
[Error Type]
Sub System Fail 024-357 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 17
[Fault Content] [Error Type]
MCU receiving error detected by Controller Sub System Fail
(Parity error) [Fault Content]
MCU receiving error detected by Controller
024-371 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 21 024-374 Regi Con PLL Parameter Fail
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Sub System Fail
Sub System Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
The communication between the ESS and IOT has not been established, which is detected by the Con- RegiCon adjustment value setting error detected by Controller (Incorrect parameter instruction)
troller.
[Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions]
Incorrect color registration adjustment value is sent from the IOT.
When the Controller and IOT are turned ON (including recovery from Power Saver mode), a response
from the IOT to a request to establish communications from the Controller was not detected within the [Corrective Actions]
specified time. Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following.
[Corrective Actions] 1. Replace the harness connecting the ESS and IOT.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-06 IOT System Fail OF-06 IOT System Fail
The ESS PWB should be also replaced.
024-375 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 24 [Error Type]
[Error Type] History
DLL receiving error detected by Controller (Incorrect parameter instruction) [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] The Billing Backup Counter 1 is automatically repaired.
An illegal instruction for IOT Port No., Timeout Time, or Pointer was detected. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Only record the data to the history.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-06 IOT System Fail 024-602 Billing Backup Counter 2 repair
The ESS PWB should be also replaced. [Error Type]
History
024-376 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 25 [Fault Content]
[Fault Name] Billing Backup Counter 2 Recovery
IOT-ESS Communication Fail 25 [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] The Billing Backup Counter 2 is automatically repaired.
Sub [Corrective Actions]
[Fault Content] Only record the data to the history.
(IOT): MCU image signal truncation detected by the Controller
[Detection Conditions] 024-603 SWKey Master Counter repair
Occurs when a break in connection is detected at the loopback terminal of the image signal line [Error Type]
[Corrective Actions] History
Turn the power OFF and ON. [Fault Content]
Check ROS Unit Image Signal disconnection (cable), if disconnected, repair it. SWKey Master Counter Recovery
If the problem still persists, perform the following: [Detection Conditions]
OF-06 IOT System Fail The SWKey Master Counter is automatically repaired.
It is also necessary to change the ESS PWB
[Corrective Actions]
Only record the data to the history.
024-600 Billing Master Counter repair
[Error Type] 024-604 SWKey Backup Counter 1 repair
History
[Error Type]
[Fault Content] History
Repair the Billing Master Counter.
[Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] SWKey Backup Counter1 Recovery
The Billing Master Counter is automatically repaired.
[Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] The SWKey Backup Counter 1 is automatically repaired.
Only record the data to the history.
[Corrective Actions]
Only record the data to the history.
024-601 Billing Backup Counter 1 repair
024-612 Modal Break Point Master Counter repaire 024-615 IOT Unsupported Drum Shut Off
[Error Type] [Fault Name]
record IOT Unsupported Drum Shut Off
[Fault Content] [Error Type]
Modal Break Point is automatically repaired. (ESS SEEP repaired) Record
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
[This is a hidden Fail.] IOT Unsupported Drum Shut Off
Modal Break Point (kept in ESS SEEP) has been automatically repaired. [Detection Conditions]
NOTE: When the IOT was detected to be of a version that does not support Drum Shut Off.
A Shutdown History report is logged. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] No action necessary.
This is a Fail to convey a message. No action is required.
024-700 Shortage memory capacity, or no Hard Disk
[Error Type]
024-613 Modal Break Point Backup Counter 1 repaire Job Fail
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
record
A job that could not be printed due to unfulfilled conditions such as [Insufficient System Memory] or [HDD
[Fault Content] Not Installed] was received
Modal Break Point is automatically repaired. (ESS NVM repaired) [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] This machine, which satisfies conditions 1 and 2, was instructed to perform a job that has any of these -
[This is a hidden Fail.] AnalogWaterMark/HybridWaterMark/UUID added to it.
Modal Break Point (kept in ESS NVM) has been automatically repaired. # Condition 1 #
NOTE: Any of the SW options ’Paper Security Kit’, ’Annotation Kit’, or ’Sakura Paper Kit’ is enabled. Note that this
includes cases where two or more options are enabled.
A Shutdown History report is logged.
# Condition 2 #
[Corrective Actions]
The HDD is not installed on the Controller board, or the system memory capacity is insufficient to operate
This is a Fail to convey a message. No action is required.
the SW options enabled in Condition 1.
[Corrective Actions]
024-614 Modal Break Point Backup Counter 2 repaire 1. Install the HDD on the Controller board.
[Error Type] 2. Install the memory capacity required by the SW options enabled in Condition 1 on the Controller board
record (the required capacity depends on the machine model)
IOTsc has detected that the device has been instructed to print paper that is not invertible. [Detection Conditions]
(E.g.) Error has occurred when document is output from Denshi-Pen.
– Coil punch x Tab paper x Invert instruction (Tried to print with SID, which has exceeded SID no. of reservations.)
– Paper size/type not invertible x Invert instruction [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Power off the device, and power on after the display on the control panel has disappeared.
Instruct the device in the way that enables it to invert paper for reoutput.
If the problem still persists, perform the following:
OF-09 Common Job Fail
024-702 Paper Jam
[Error Type]
Job
024-705 Force Annotation Template Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Name]
Force Annotation Template Fail
Job cancellation due to paper jam
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
Job
When paper jam occurs as printing is in progress for a Print Service Job (when Jam Recovery is set to
’OFF’). [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] Force Annotation Template Fault
Resolve the paper jam and print again. [Detection Conditions]
The specified Force Annotation template cannot be found in the device.
024-703 Booklet Sheets Count Over While Printing Fail [Corrective Actions]
[Fault Name] Delete document.Store again from driver.
024-929 Center Tray Full Stack 024-932 Staple Box Set Fail
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Operation Operation
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
Center Tray Full Stack It was detected that the Staple Box is not installed properly.
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
Full stack sensor keeps ON between sheets over the setting times The Staple Box Set Sensor detected that Box does not exist.
[Corrective Actions] [Corrective Actions]
Remove the paper from the Center Tray. Check installation of the Staple Dust Box.
Check the Staple Box Set Sensor ON output. If it is OK, replace the Sensor, harness.
Operation Error
[Fault Content] 024-962 Tray4 size mismatch
(H4-1) Size Mismatch [Error Type]
Tray 1 Size Mismatch Operation Error
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
The paper size in Tray 1 and the paper size specified for printing are different. (H4-4) Size Mismatch
[Corrective Actions] Tray 4 Size Mismatch
Add paper into the appropriate tray. [Detection Conditions]
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. The paper size in Tray 4 and the paper size specified for printing are different.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. [Corrective Actions]
OF-09 Common Job Fail Add paper into the appropriate tray.
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
024-960 Tray2 size mismatch If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
[Error Type] OF-09 Common Job Fail
Operation Error
[Fault Content] 024-963 Finisher Punch DustBox FULL
(H4-2) Size Mismatch [Error Type]
Tray 2 Size Mismatch operation
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
The paper size in Tray 2 and the paper size specified for printing are different. Finisher Punch DustBox FULL
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
Add paper into the appropriate tray. The number of chads has become equal to or over the number that makes the Punch Dust Box full.
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. [Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. Remove the chads.
OF-09 Common Job Fail If the problem persists, perform the following:
OF-09 Common Job Fail
024-961 Tray3 size mismatch
[Error Type]
Operation Error 024-968 Stapler/Punch Batting
[Fault Content] [Error Type]
ATS/APS No Paper Operation Error
APS/ATS NG (No Paper) [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] Batting of Staple and Punch (Occurs in FCW-UI only)
The paper specified for printing is not loaded in the tray. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] The Staple and Punch positions were batting.
Add paper into the appropriate tray. [Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. Cancel Staple, Punch, or both.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
OF-09 Common Job Fail If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
024-966 ATS/APS No Destination Error
[Error Type] 024-969 Different width Mix Punch
Operation Error [Error Type]
[Fault Content] Operation Error
ATS/APS No Destination Error [Fault Content]
ATS/APS NG (Other than No Paper) Mixed Size Punch
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
The paper specified for printing cannot be detected. Paper with different widths was detected during printing in the Punch mode.
[Corrective Actions] [Corrective Actions]
Change the settings. Or, replace the tray. Copy: Cancel Punch mode (user intervention)
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. Printer: Cancel Punch mode (auto cancelation)
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
OF-09 Common Job Fail If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
024-967 Different width Mix Paper detect (Stapler job)
[Error Type] 024-970 Tray 6 Out Of Place
Operation Error [Error Type]
[Fault Content] Operation Error
Mixed Width was detected with the settings only available for stapling the same widths. [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] Tray 6 Out Of Place
Mixed Width was detected with the settings only available for stapling the same widths. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] The system detected that Tray 6 was not installed.
Cancel User Staple. [Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. Set the tray.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail OF-09 Common Job Fail
024-972 Tray6 size mismatch 024-975 Copy Booklet sheets counts over
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Operation Error Operation Error
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
Comm: Size Mismatch (Tray 6 Size Mismatch) No. of Booklet sheets exceeded. (Occurs at the process with no images)
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
The paper size in Tray 6 and the paper size specified for printing are different. Detected when printing starts
[Corrective Actions] No images for Signature, or the no. of loaded sheets for Printer printing exceeded the maximum sheets
Add paper into the appropriate tray. for Booklet.
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. • When only one sheet is loaded, the system automatically cancel Binding setting only and output Tri-
Fold paper.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
• When only folding is specified, the system automatically fold paper by the number of available fold-
OF-09 Common Job Fail
ing.
Since the Driver performs the image processing for Print Service, the machine performs operations with-
024-973 Tray7 size mismatch out images.
[Error Type] Since the job is canceled when this failure is detected, only the message indicating that the job has been
canceled is displayed.
Operation Error
[Corrective Actions]
[Fault Content]
Copy: Cancel Booklet (user intervention)
Size Mismatch (Tray 7 Size Mismatch)
Printer: Cancel Booklet mode (auto cancelation)
[Detection Conditions] If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
The paper size in Tray 7 and the paper size specified for printing are different.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Corrective Actions]
Add paper into the appropriate tray.
024-976 Finisher Staple Status NG
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
024-977 Stapler Feed Ready Fail 024-980 Finisher Stacker Tray Full
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Operation Error Operation Error
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
Stapler Feed Ready Fail Finisher Stacker Tray Full Stack
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
1. Staple Ready SNR=OFF when Staple starts, 2. 13 times or less of stapling operation* ## APC4300G##
[Corrective Actions] [When the B-Fin is installed] & [When the C-Fin/D-Fin is installed w/ Booklet]
Check for Staple needles and reload them correctly. This occurs with ’Any Output Sizes’.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. [When the C-Fin is installed w/ Booklet]
OF-09 Common Job Fail The Stack Encoder SNR has counted up to the number of sheet that is defined as Full Stack (Large
Size).
The Stack Encoder SNR has counted up to the number of sheet that is defined as Full Stack (Small
024-978 Booklet Stapler NG Size).
[Error Type] ## Other than APC4300G# ##
Operation Error (C-Fin/D-Fin) When any of the followings is met:
[Fault Content] • Small size paper full was detected during the Stacker Tray height alignment operation (downward
Booklet Stapler NG movement)
[Detection Conditions] • Half was detected at the Stacker Tray height alignment operation (downward movement) during
paper eject corresponding to Half Limit
Ready signal remains Not Ready when the specified time has passed since Booklet Staple operation has
• Large Size Paper was ejected while the system already detected Large Size Paper Full (Half).
begun.
(A-Fin/B-Fin) When any of the followings is met:
[Corrective Actions]
• At power ON, the Stacker Height Snr detected the height and the Full Position.
Check for Staple needles and reload them correctly.
• During small size paper output, Full Position was detected during the Stacker Tray height alignment
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
operation (downward movement).
OF-09 Common Job Fail
• During large size paper output, Half Position (Full Position for large size paper) was detected during
the Stacker Tray height alignment operation (downward movement).
024-979 Stapler Near Empty • Paper for Half Limit (large size paper) was ejected while the system has already detected the Half
Position (Full Position for large size paper).
[Corrective Actions] 024-983 Booklet Tray Full
Remove paper from the Stacker. [Error Type]
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
Operation Error
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
[Fault Content]
OF-09 Common Job Fail
Booklet Tray Full was detected.
[Detection Conditions]
024-981 Finisher TopTray Full Booklet Tray Full was detected.
[Error Type] [Corrective Actions]
Operation Error
Remove paper from the Booklet Tray.
[Fault Content] If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
Finisher Top Tray Paper Full If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
[Detection Conditions] OF-09 Common Job Fail
Finisher Top Tray Paper Full was detected.
[Corrective Actions] 024-984 Booklet Low Staple F
Remove paper from the Finisher Top Tray. [Error Type]
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. Operation Error
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
[Fault Content]
OF-09 Common Job Fail
Booklet Low Staple F
[Detection Conditions]
024-982 Stacker Lower Safety warning 1. Booklet Stapler Low Staple F signal ON was detected just before Stapling operation.
[Error Type] 2. Booklet Stapler Low Staple F signal was detected at Power ON, at initialization, or when the interlock was
Operation Error closed.
[Fault Content] [Corrective Actions]
Finisher Stacker Tray Lower Safety Replace the staple cartridge for Booklet.
[Detection Conditions] If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
Stacker Tray Lower Safety SW ON was detected. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
Height adjustment did not end within 250msec during Stacker Tray height adjustment for paper output. OF-09 Common Job Fail
Stacker Height SNR1 OFF was not detected three times sequentially within 500ms after it had started to
descend. 024-985 SMH Stop check
[Corrective Actions] [Error Type]
Remove paper from the Stacker.
Notice Error
Remove obstacles from the Stacker.
[Fault Content]
1. The Stacker obstacles is detected.
SMH Pause Check
2. The system stops after the last sheet of the set is output in the Staple mode. The system stops after
the scheduled paper is output in the Staple OFF mode. [Detection Conditions]
After that, the system prohibits use of the Stacker. The SMH Tray stopped running due to an obstruction.
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. [Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. Check the paper size/paper orientation/paper type settings and press the Eject/Set key.
OF-09 Common Job Fail If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
The number of machines that are connected to the USB Host Port of this machine has exceeded the max-
imum permissible number of connections. 026-701 Adress Book request overflow
[Corrective Actions] [Error Type]
Disconnect some of the machines that are connected to this USB Host Port and ensure that the number Job
of connected machines are below the maximum permissible number of connections.
[Fault Content]
If the USB Host connected machine is still not operating correctly after the above error has been
Address Book Query Overflow
resolved, turn the power OFF then ON.
[Detection Conditions]
The software in the machine was subjected to a large amount of simultaneous address queries from mul-
026-401 IOT Registration Error Occurring tiple machine panel and Web UI input devices. The processing capacity of the JRM directory service has
[Fault Name] been exceeded.
IOT Registration Error Occurring [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] When performing simultanous queries on the Address Book in the machine from multiple machine panel
Information and Web UI input devices, lower the query interval.
[Fault Content] If the problem persists, perform the following procedure:
1. Check whether the Controller ROM is the latest version. If not, upgrade it to the latest.
Detected Registration abnormality of IOT
2. If the problem still persists, obtain the ’info9 or xxx.tgz’ log immediately after the error occurred,
[Detection Conditions] without turning the power OFF then ON.
Contact the Support Department and do not replace the ESS-PWB.
[Corrective Actions]
Turn the Power OFF/ON.
026-702 Adress Book directory service overflow
If the problem still persists, perform the following:
[Error Type]
Job
OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Fault Content]
026-700 LDAP protocol MAX error
Address Book Directory Service Overflow
[Error Type]
[Detection Conditions]
Job
The JRM Directory Service, which is an internal software of the machine, has simultaneously received
[Fault Content] two or more requests for the same operation.
An undefined LDAP protocol was detected during address book operation. [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] 1. Check whether the Controller ROM is the latest version. If not, upgrade it to the latest.
It was detected that the error response returned from the server does not exist in the LDAP protocol defi- 2. If the problem still persists, obtain the ’info9 or xxx.tgz’ log immediately after the error occurred, without
nitions. turning the power OFF then ON.
[Corrective Actions] Contact the Support Department and do not replace the ESS-PWB.
The server uses an undefined LDAP protocol that is not supported by the machine. 026-703 Abort with Logout
Perform the following in sequence.
[Error Type] job
The machine could not connect to the Xerox Communication Server or the proxy server. [Corrective Actions]
(A network path problem, an open wire, etc.) Turn the power OFF then ON.
[Corrective Actions] When after the implementation of the corrective action, the machine has established normal communi-
cation with the Xerox Communication Server, the fault will be cleared.
Check the following:
If the situation has not improved, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the occur-
– the connection of the LAN Cable rence of the problem and contact the support division for directions.
– the IP Address setting 2.5.1 Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functional Description
– the default Gateway setting
– the subnet mask setting
– the DNS Server address setting
026-717 Invalid network settings were found.
– the proxy server address setting [Error Type]
If despite the confirmation of the above settings, the situation has not improved, contact the network job
administrator for advice because there is a possibility of a network failure. [Fault Content]
When after the implementation of the corrective actions, the machine has established normal communi- Setting error
cation with the Xerox Communication Server, the fault will be cleared.
[Detection Conditions]
If the network is normal but the situation has not improved, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network log
An invalid or improper network setting has prevented the machine from communicating.
immediately after the occurrence of the problem and contact the support division for directions.
2.5.1 Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functional Description [Corrective Actions]
Check the following:
– the IP Address setting
026-715 Connection to Xerox server has timed out.
– the default Gateway setting
[Error Type] – the subnet mask setting
job – the DNS Server address setting
[Fault Content] – the proxy server address setting
No response from the server – the Xerox Communication Server URL setting
– Set ’Verify the remote server certificate’ to ’OFF’. [Error Type]
If despite the confirmation of the above settings, the situation has not improved, contact the customer job
network administrator becasuse there is a possibility of a network failure.
[Fault Content]
When after the implementation of the corrective actions, the machine has established normal communi-
cation with the Xerox Communication Server, the fault will be cleared. Media Space Full error (during job)
If the network is normal but the situation has not improved, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network log [Detection Conditions]
immediately after the occurrence of the problem and contact the support division for directions. The media does not have enough space available.
2.5.1 Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functional Description [Corrective Actions]
Check the media where scanned documents will be sent for available space.
026-718 PS Print Instruction Fail If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log immediately after the problem occurs, following 2.5.1
Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functional Description, and contact the support division for directions.
[Error Type]
2.5.1 Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functional Description
job
[Fault Content]
An erroneous combination of PostScript print instructions (finishing, paper size, paper tray, Duplex
026-721 Media access fail
instructions, output tray) [Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] job
An erroneous combination of print parameters selected (finishing, paper size, paper tray, Duplex [Fault Content]
instructions, output tray) prevents the device from running the job. Media Access Error (during job)
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
As to finishing, paper size, paper tray, Duplex instructions, output tray, etc., make reselections and run An attempt to access media has failed for some reason.
the job.
[Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it.
Perform the following in order:
OF-09 Common Job Fail
1. Check that the media exists where scanned documents will be sent.
2.4.4 Printed but not properly
2. Check that the PC can access the media where scanned documents will be sent.
2.4.5 Network Related Details Check Flow
3. Check that a file can be created in a specified storage.
If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log immediately after the problem occurs, following 2.5.1
026-719 Internal error in Scan Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functional Description, and contact the support division for directions.
[Error Type] 2.5.1 Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functional Description
job
[Fault Content] 026-722 Media format fail
An error internal to software (during job) [Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] job
An internal error has occurred. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] Media Not Formatted error
Retry the same operation. Note: Unsupported Formats are included.
If the problem still persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log immediately after the problem occurs, following (during job)
2.5.1 Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functional Description, and contact the support division for direc- [Detection Conditions]
tions.
The Media is not formatted.
2.5.1 Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functional Description
[Corrective Actions]
Check that the media where scanned documents will be sent is formatted.
026-720 Media full
job
[Fault Content] 026-726 Options inconsistent
Media Access Error [Error Type]
(Occurs when no job is in progress.) job
NOTE: [Fault Content]
On DMP2009-2 or later, this is used as an error during media browsing. XPJL detects a msimatch in device configuration information.
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
An attempt to access media has failed for some reason. The device configuration info included in XPJL does not match the actual configuration.
[Corrective Actions] [Corrective Actions]
Perform the following in order: Set up the device configuration info on the printer driver screen so that it can match the actual configura-
1. Check that the media is neither removed nor reinserted while being referred to or that during that tion.
time, another media is not inserted.
2. Check that the PC can access any file in the media.
026-727 Media filepath fail
If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log immediately after the problem occurs, following 2.5.1
Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functional Description, and contact the support division for directions. [Error Type]
2.5.1 Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functional Description Job
[Fault Content]
026-724 Remote Download file size error Media filepath fail
The paper size of the paper tray selected is unknown. [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] The password that is specified by PJL Command is different from the one that is set in the machine.
The paper size of the paper tray selected is unknown. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Correct the password that is specified by PJL Command and try again.
Before running the print job, check the position of the guides to the paper tray selected.
026-734 Can not change to the PJLDIAG MODE
026-731 PJL PIN Number Fail
The machine did not transit to PJL Diag Mode because it detected ’User Operation in Progress’. (The [Error Type]
machine remains in the ’User Operation in Progress’ state for 1 minute after panel operation was com- Job
pleted) [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] Network Error
·Make sure that the job has completed and then try again. Check that the ’Communicating’ LED is OFF. [Detection Conditions]
·After completing a panel operation, wait for 1 minute or longer before starting the download operation.
Network error is detected during HTTP Scan Upload.
[Corrective Actions]
026-735 Authentication Makes Waiting Print Jobs Deleted Check network environment and server.
[Fault Name]
Authentication Makes Waiting Print Jobs Deleted If problem persists, immediately after problem appears, obtain the [PfShowInfo 8 Log] and [Network
[Error Type] Packet], and contact the Support Department.
2.5.1 Explanation of Log Collection/Retrieval Tool Feature
Job
[Fault Content]
When an authentication was successful and there are paused Print Jobs, all those Jobs including any 026-738 Browser close during job
that is waiting in the queue get deleted. [Fault Name]
[Detection Conditions] Browser close during job
When there are paused jobs during the successful completion of an authentication. [Error Type]
[Corrective Actions] Job
None [Fault Content]
Browser close during job
026-736 Internal Error in HTTP upload [Detection Conditions]
[Fault Name] Browser closes during HTTP Scan Upload jobs.
Internal Error in HTTP upload [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Repeat the operation.
Job 026-739 Authentication Makes Waiting Scan Job Deleted Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Name]
HTTP Upload Internal Error Authentication Makes Waiting Scan Job Deleted Fail
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
Internal error is detected during execution of HTTP Scan Upload jobs. Job
[Corrective Actions] [Fault Content]
Repeat the operation. When there are paused Scan Jobs during the successful completion of an authentication, those Jobs are
deleted.
[Detection Conditions]
When there are paused Scan Jobs during the successful completion of an authentication.
[Corrective Actions]
None
If the problem still persists, perform the following:
OF-09 Common Job Fail
Investigate the failure at the occurrence of the Information Fail/Warning.
Disconnect and connect the DFE connection cable 027-400 Net Off Line
Power Off/On [Error Type]
027-311 DFE Parameter Error (SubSystem) Info
[Fault Name] [Fault Content]
DFE Parameter Error (SubSystem) Net Off Line
[Error Category] [Detection Conditions]
SubSystem 1. Communication is not available due to other failures.
[Fault Contents] 2. Communication is not available because panel operation is in progress (especially in the CE mode).
Controller Detection DFE Parameter Error (SubSystem) 3. Communication is not available because a third party is using remote access.
– Check for the settings of the distributed file system (DFS) with the system administrator. [Fault Content]
The checking procedure is as follows: Failed to create an SMB scan file
1. On the SMB server, select the [Start] menu > [All Programs] > [Administrative Tools] > [Distributed [Detection Conditions]
File System]. Scan image file creation in the SMB server has failed during scanner (Save to PC) SMB transfer.
2. Select the specified storage destination from the left pane of the [Distributed File System] and check – The specified file name already exists on the server.
the [Target] information displayed in the right pane of the window. – The specified file name is in use.
3. Based on the information, specify the SMB server, shared name, and storage destination directly. – The specified file name already exists as a directory.
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has – A prohibited character was detected in the specified file name.
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
[Corrective Actions]
Take any one of the following actions:
– Check that the specified file name can be created in the storage destination.
027-520 File name acquisition failure from SMB server – Check whether the specified file name is being used by another user.
[Error Type] – Check if a file or folder with the same name as the specified file name exists.
Job Fail If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
[Fault Content] occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
Unable to obtain the file/folder name on the SMB scan server 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
[Detection Conditions]
Unable to obtain the file/folder name on the SMB scan server. 027-523 Lock folder creation failure in SMB
[Corrective Actions] [Error Type]
Turn the power OFF then ON. Job Fail
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has [Fault Content]
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
Failed to create an SMB scan lock folder
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
[Detection Conditions]
Failed to create an SMB scan lock folder on the SMB scan server.
1. SMBCL_NG_FILE_EXISTS [Error Type]
The specified lock folder name already exists. Job Fail
[Corrective Actions] [Fault Content]
1. When a lock directory (*.LCK) remained in the transfer destination, delete it manually and retry. Failed to delete an SMB scan lock folder
2. Check whether a folder with the same name as the specified name already exists. [Detection Conditions]
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
Failed to delete a lock folder on the SMB scan server.
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
1. SMBCL_NG_BAD_FILE
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
The file does not exist.
027-524 Folder creation failure in SMB 2. SMBCL_NG_DIR_NOT_EMPTY (New)
[Error Type] The directory is not empty.
Job Fail 3. SMBCL_NG_NOT_A_DIR (New)
[Fault Content] The specified directory name is not a directory.
Failed to create an SMB scan folder [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] 1. When a lock directory (*.LCK) remained in the transfer destination, delete it manually and retry the job.
Folder creation in the SMB server has failed during scanner (Save to PC) SMB transfer. The specified If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
folder already exists. occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
[Corrective Actions] 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
Check if a file or folder with the same name as the specified name exists on the SMB server. 027-527 Folder delete failure in SMB
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has [Error Type]
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. Job Fail
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
[Fault Content]
Failed to delete an SMB scan folder
027-525 File delete failure in SMB [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] Failed to delete a folder on the SMB scan server.
Job Fail 1. SMBCL_NG_BAD_FILE
[Fault Content] The file does not exist.
Failed to delete an SMB scan file 2. SMBCL_NG_DIR_NOT_EMPTY (New)
[Detection Conditions] The directory is not empty.
Failed to delete an SMB scan file on the SMB scan server. 3. SMBCL_NG_NOT_A_DIR (New)
1. SMBCL_NG_BAD_FILE The specified directory name is not a directory.
The file does not exist. [Corrective Actions]
2. SMBCL_NG_DOS_BAD_SHARE 1. Check whether the file in the specified storage destination is being used by another user.
The file is open. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
3. SMBCL_NG_FILE_IS_DIR (New) occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
The specified file name already exists as a directory. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
[Corrective Actions] 027-528 Data write-in failure to SMB server
1. Check whether the file in the specified storage destination is being used by another user. [Error Type]
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has Job Fail
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
[Fault Content]
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
The storage destination on the SMB scan data server has no free space
027-526 Lock folder delete failure in SMB
Version 1.2 12/2014
027-xxx FIP
2-417
Color C60/C70 Printer Troubleshooting
Color C60/C70 Printer 12/2014
Troubleshooting
Version 1.2 2-418 027-xxx FIP
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
The storage destination on the SMB scan server has no free space. Incorrect SMB scan filing policy (when additional items are selected)
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
1. Check that the storage destination has enough free space. Incorrect filing policy (when additional items are selected)
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has [Corrective Actions]
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
1. When ’Add’ is selected for ’File Name Conflict’, check that the file format is not set to Multi-page.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
027-529 Data read failure from SMB server occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
[Error Type] 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
027-530 File name duplicate failure in SMB 027-533 Internal error in SMB Scan
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Job Fail Job Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
’Cancel Job’ is selected for SMB scan ’File Name Conflict’
An internal error has occurred during SMB scan
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
Unable to save a file during scanner (Save to PC) SMB transfer because ’File Name Conflict’ is set to
An internal error has occurred.
’Cancel Job’.
[Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions]
1. Repeat the operation.
Set ’File Name Conflict’ to other than ’Cancel Job’.
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
027-543 SMB server name specification error
027-531 SMB scan filing policy injustice [Error Type]
Job Fail
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
The SMB server (NetBIOS) name specification is incorrect
[Detection Conditions] The specified user name was detected to be incorrect by the controller software (SMB library) of this
The SMB server (NetBIOS) name specification is incorrect. machine.
027-573 SMB Protocol error 4-033 027-578 SMB Protocol error 4-038
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Job Fail Job Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
SMB protocol error (4-033) SMB protocol error (4-038)
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
Incorrect character code. Communication timeout has occurred.
[Corrective Actions] [Corrective Actions]
Operate again. Check that the authentication server and the device can communicate through the network. (Check the
If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the info9 or network group, TCP/IP Settings, check the communication at Port No. 137 (UDP)/Port No. 138 (UDP)/
xxx.tgz log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions. Port No. 139 (TCP))
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the info9 or
xxx.tgz log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
027-574 SMB Protocol error 4-034
[Error Type]
027-584 SMB Protocol error 4-044
Job Fail
[Error Type]
[Fault Content]
Job Fail
SMB protocol error (4-034)
[Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions]
SMB protocol error (4-044)
Incorrect data size.
[Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions]
SMBCL_NG_INV_SECMODE
Operate again.
Authentication server common security mode is operating.
If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the info9 or
xxx.tgz log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions. [Corrective Actions]
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation There is a possibility that the authentication server is set as Win95/Win98/Me.
Set the authentication server to Windows other than Win95/Win98/Me.
If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the info9 or
027-576 SMB Protocol error 4-036 xxx.tgz log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
[Fault Content]
SMB protocol error (4-051): The user account is restricted. Blank password is not allowed 027-700 Mail address domain err
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
<<< When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner >>> job
The user account is restricted. Blank password is not allowed. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] Sending to the domain of the destination mail address is prohibited. (before connecting to the server)
<When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner > [Detection Conditions]
Set a user password. The domain of the destination mail address is designated as a prohibited domain.
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has [Corrective Actions]
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
Check that the domain of the destination mail address is not designated as a prohibited domain.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
027-703 Certificate for addresses, was expired 027-706 Certificate not found
[Error Type] [Error Type]
job Job Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
The certificate for the destination expired. (before connection to the server) No device certificate exists. (before connection to the server)
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
when sending SMIME mail (VKCMERR_CERT_EXPIRED) When SMIME mail was sent, No Certificate was detected.
[Corrective Actions] [Corrective Actions]
1. Store the correct certificate for the destination in this machine. Check the following: 1. Store the device certificate in this machine.
• the term for which the certificate is valid If the problem persists, perform the following.
• The time the device tells is correct. OF-09 Common Job Fail
027-707 Certificate expired
027-704 Certificate for addresses, was untrusted [Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
The device certificate expired. (before connection to the server) The Mail I/O received S/MIME mail even though S/MIME was disabled.
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
When SMIME mail was sent, an invalid (expired) certificate was detected. Sender has the S/MIME certificate for the M/C but the S/MIME settings in M/C is invalid. Enable S/MIME
[Corrective Actions] setting in the device.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
1. Store the correct device certificate in this machine. Check the following:
OF-09 Common Job Fail
• the term for which the certificate is valid
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
• The time the device tells is correct.
If the problem persists, perform the following.
OF-09 Common Job Fail 027-711 S/MIME mail sender certificate not found
027-708 Certificate untrusted [Error Type]
[Error Type] Job Fail
The device certificate is not reliable. (before connection to the server) [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] The Mail I/O received the S/MIME signature mail but could not obtain the sender certificate. The S/MIME
signature mail sent from the device always includes the device certificate.
When SMIME mail was sent, an unreliable certificate was detected.
[Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions]
To validate the signature, a valid sender certificate is required. Register the sender certificate in M/C or
1. Check that the mail address written on the device certificate is the same as that set up on the device.
change your mailer options so that the S/MIME signature mails from the sender will be sent with the certif-
2. Check for the certification path for the device certificate and import the necessary CA certificate. icate.
If the problem persists, perform the following. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail OF-09 Common Job Fail
027-709 Certificate revoked 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
[Error Type]
Job Fail 027-712 S/MIME mail sender certificate not valid
[Fault Content] [Error Type]
The certificate for the destination existed on a list of revoked certificates. (before connection to the Job Fail
server) [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] Invalid S/MIME Mail Certificate Error
When SMIME mail was sent, a discarded certificate was detected (which is registered in CRL). [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] The Mail I/O received the S/MIME signature mail but as the sender certificate was invalid, a signature ver-
1. Store in this machine a destination certificate that is not on the list of revoked certificates. ification error was detected.
If the problem persists, perform the following. [Corrective Actions]
OF-09 Common Job Fail To validate a signature, a valid sender certificate is required. As the sender certificate registered in the
027-710 S/MIME mail was disabled device is unreliable or it has expired, the S/MIME signature mail is unreliable and the received mail is dis-
carded.
[Error Type] Check that the signature bearer of the CA certificate is registered in the device.
Job Fail
Explain to the customer that the sender ’needs to send a mail that is signed with a valid certificate’
[Fault Content] because the sender certificate has expired.
Invalid SMIME Mail Error If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
E-mail Print Control Through User Settings 027-910 Manual duplex operation(Back Print from Tray7)
Turn over the output whose one side finished being printed in manual duplex, and load it in Tray 6. [Fault Content]
Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Front Print from Tray5)
Replace the Fusing Unit with one that can handle the specified paper (paper type). [Corrective Actions]
Replace the Fuser Assembly with one that can handle the specified paper (paper type).
Or, instruct to continue as an exception.
028-911 Wrong Fusing Unit Mode Fail
The User can select from the following 3 options.
[Fault Name] -Replace the Fusing Unit. (Replace and continue)
Wrong Fusing Unit Mode Fail
-Continue with the processing as is.
[Error Type] -Cancel the Job.
Operation
[Fault Content] If the problem still persists, perform the following:
The Fusing Unit Mode is incorrect. Obtain the logs immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department for
[Detection Conditions] instructions
The mode of the currently installed Fusing Unit is not able to process the specified paper (paper type).
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tool Function Explanation
[Corrective Actions]
Change the mode of the Fusing Unit to one that can handle the specified paper (paper type). 028-915 Stacker Tray Z-Fold Full
[Fault Name]
028-912 Fusing Unit Lever Envelope Fail Stacker Tray Z-Fold Full
On the PH-UI (Paper Handling UI) Paper Supply screen, complete the setting for [Tray 3]. Or, press <C> 028-926 Tray 7 Setting Fail
at the Device UI to cancel the print. [Fault Name]
028-923 Tray 4 Setting Fail Tray 7 Setting Fail
[Fault Name] [Error Type]
Tray 4 Setting Fail Operation
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
Operation HCF Lower is being set.
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
Tray 4 is being set. The Tray setting of [HCF Lower Tray] that is specified by the Job is [Setting up].
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
The Tray setting of [Tray 4] that is specified by the Job is [Setting up]. On the PH-UI (Paper Handling UI) Paper Supply screen, complete the setting for [HCF Lower Tray]. Or,
[Corrective Actions] press <C> at the Device UI to cancel the print.
On the PH-UI (Paper Handling UI) Paper Supply screen, complete the setting for [Tray 4]. Or, press <C> 028-927 Tray 8 Setting Fail
at the Device UI to cancel the print. [Fault Name]
028-924 SMH Setting Fail Tray 8 Setting Fail
[Fault Name] [Error Type]
SMH Setting Fail Operation
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
Operation HCF Upper (dual-link) is being set.
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
SMH is being set. The Tray setting of [HCF Upper Tray (dual-link)] that is specified by the Job is [Setting up].
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
The Tray setting of [SMH] that is specified by the Job is [Setting up]. On the PH-UI (Paper Handling UI) Paper Supply screen, complete the setting for [HCF Upper Tray (dual-
[Corrective Actions] link)]. Or, press <C> at the Device UI to cancel the print.
On the PH-UI (Paper Handling UI) Paper Supply screen, complete the setting for [SMH]. Or, press <C> at 028-928 Tray 9 Setting Fail
the Device UI to cancel the print. [Fault Name]
028-925 Tray 6 Setting Fail Tray 9 Setting Fail
[Fault Name] [Error Type]
Tray 6 Setting Fail Operation
On the PH-UI (Paper Handling UI) Paper Supply screen, complete the setting for [HCF Lower Tray (dual- 028-932 Tray 3 Set Confirm Wait Fail
link)]. Or, press <C> at the Device UI to cancel the print. [Fault Name]
028-929 Interposer Tray Setting Fail Tray 3 Set Confirm Wait Fail
[Fault Name] [Error Type]
Interposer Tray Setting Fail Operation
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
Operation Tray 3 is waiting for setting confirmation.
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
Interposer Tray is being set. The Tray setting of [Tray 3] that is specified by the Job is [Awaiting reinsertion (setting up)].
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
The Tray setting of [Interposer Tray] that is specified by the Job is [Setting up]. Load the paper for the Tray setting that is being displayed on the Device UI (pull out and reinsert Tray 3).
[Corrective Actions] Or, press <C> at the Device UI to cancel the print.
On the PH-UI (Paper Handling UI) Paper Supply screen, complete the setting for [Interposer Tray]. Or, 028-933 Tray 4 Set Confirm Wait Fail
press <C> at the Device UI to cancel the print. [Fault Name]
028-930 Tray 1 Set Confirm Wait Fail Tray 4 Set Confirm Wait Fail
[Fault Name] [Error Type]
Tray 1 Set Confirm Wait Fail Operation
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
Operation Tray 4 is waiting for setting confirmation.
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
Tray 1 is waiting for setting confirmation. The Tray setting of [Tray 4] that is specified by the Job is [Awaiting reinsertion (setting up)].
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
The Tray setting of [Tray 1] that is specified by the Job is [Awaiting reinsertion (setting up)]. Load the paper for the Tray setting that is being displayed on the Device UI (pull out and reinsert Tray 4).
[Corrective Actions] Or, press <C> at the Device UI to cancel the print.
Load the paper for the Tray setting that is being displayed on the Device UI (pull out and reinsert Tray 1). 028-934 SMH Set Confirm Wait Fail
Or, press <C> at the Device UI to cancel the print. [Fault Name]
028-931 Tray 2 Set Confirm Wait Fail SMH Set Confirm Wait Fail
[Fault Name] [Error Type]
Tray 2 Set Confirm Wait Fail Operation
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
Operation SMH is waiting for setting confirmation.
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
Tray 2 is waiting for setting confirmation. The Tray setting of [SMH] that is specified by the Job is [Awaiting reinsertion (setting up)].
[Corrective Actions] 028-938 Tray 9 Set Confirm Wait Fail
Load the paper for the Tray setting that is being displayed on the Device UI (remove and reload paper at [Fault Name]
SMH). Or, press <C> at the Device UI to cancel the print.
Tray 9 Set Confirm Wait Fail
028-935 Tray 6 Set Confirm Wait Fail [Error Type]
[Fault Name] Operation
Tray 6 Set Confirm Wait Fail [Fault Content]
[Error Type] HCF Lower (dual-link) is waiting for setting confirmation.
Operation [Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content] The Tray setting of [HCF Lower Tray (dual-link)] that is specified by the Job is [Awaiting reinsertion (set-
HCF Upper is waiting for setting confirmation. ting up)].
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
The Tray setting of [HCF Upper Tray] that is specified by the Job is [Awaiting reinsertion (setting up)]. Load the paper for the Tray setting that is being displayed on the Device UI (pull out and reinsert HCF
[Corrective Actions] Lower Tray (dual-link)). Or, press <C> at the Device UI to cancel the print.
Load the paper for the Tray setting that is being displayed on the Device UI (pull out and reinsert HCF 028-939 Interposer Tray Set Confirm Wait Fail
Upper Tray). Or, press <C> at the Device UI to cancel the print. [Fault Name]
028-936 Tray 7 Set Confirm Wait Fail Interposer Tray Set Confirm Wait Fail
[Fault Name] [Error Type]
Tray 7 Set Confirm Wait Fail Operation
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
Operation Interposer Tray is waiting for setting confirmation.
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
HCF Lower is waiting for setting confirmation. The Tray setting of [Interposer Tray] that is specified by the Job is [Awaiting reinsertion (setting up)].
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
The Tray setting of [HCF Lower Tray] that is specified by the Job is [Awaiting reinsertion (setting up)]. Load the paper for the Tray setting that is being displayed on the Device UI (pull out and reinsert Inter-
[Corrective Actions] poser Tray). Or, press <C> at the Device UI to cancel the print.
Load the paper for the Tray setting that is being displayed on the Device UI (pull out and reinsert HCF 028-940 Tray 1 Tab Confirm Wait Fail
Lower Tray). Or, press <C> at the Device UI to cancel the print. [Fault Name]
028-937 Tray 8 Set Confirm Wait Fail Tray 1 Tab Confirm Wait Fail
[Fault Name] [Error Type]
Tray 8 Set Confirm Wait Fail Operation
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
Operation Tray 1 is waiting for Tab confirmation.
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
HCF Upper (dual-link) is waiting for setting confirmation. The Tray setting of [Tray 1] that is specified by the Job is [Awaiting Tab confirmation].
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
The Tray setting of [HCF Upper Tray (dual-link)] that is specified by the Job is [Awaiting reinsertion (set- Pull out [Tray 1], check the order of 1 group of paper and close [Tray 1]. Or, press <C> at the Device UI to
ting up)]. cancel the print.
[Corrective Actions] 028-941 Tray 2 Tab Confirm Wait Fail
Load the paper for the Tray setting that is being displayed on the Device UI (pull out and reinsert HCF
Upper Tray (dual-link)). Or, press <C> at the Device UI to cancel the print.
Pull out [Tray 2], check the order of 1 group of paper and close [Tray 2]. Or, press <C> at the Device UI to 028-945 Tray 6 Tab Confirm Wait Fail
cancel the print. [Fault Name]
028-942 Tray 3 Tab Confirm Wait Fail Tray 6 Tab Confirm Wait Fail
[Fault Name] [Error Type]
Tray 3 Tab Confirm Wait Fail Operation
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
Operation HCF Upper is waiting for Tab confirmation.
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
Tray 3 is waiting for Tab confirmation. The Tray setting of [HCF Upper Tray] that is specified by the Job is [Awaiting Tab confirmation].
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
The Tray setting of [Tray 3] that is specified by the Job is [Awaiting Tab confirmation]. Pull out [HCF Upper Tray], check the order of 1 group of paper and close [HCF Upper Tray]. Or, press <C>
[Corrective Actions] at the Device UI to cancel the print.
Pull out [Tray 3], check the order of 1 group of paper and close [Tray 3]. Or, press <C> at the Device UI to 028-946 Tray 7 Tab Confirm Wait Fail
cancel the print. [Fault Name]
028-943 Tray 4 Tab Confirm Wait Fail Tray 7 Tab Confirm Wait Fail
[Fault Name] [Error Type]
Tray 4 Tab Confirm Wait Fail Operation
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
Operation HCF Lower is waiting for Tab confirmation.
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
Tray 4 is waiting for Tab confirmation. The Tray setting of [HCF Lower Tray] that is specified by the Job is [Awaiting Tab confirmation].
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
The Tray setting of [Tray 4] that is specified by the Job is [Awaiting Tab confirmation]. Pull out [HCF Lower Tray], check the order of 1 group of paper and close [HCF Lower Tray]. Or, press <C>
[Corrective Actions] at the Device UI to cancel the print.
Pull out [Tray 4], check the order of 1 group of paper and close [Tray 4]. Or, press <C> at the Device UI to 028-947 Tray 8 Tab Confirm Wait Fail
cancel the print. [Fault Name]
028-944 SMH Tab Confirm Wait Fail Tray 8 Tab Confirm Wait Fail
[Fault Name] [Error Type]
SMH Tab Confirm Wait Fail Operation
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
HCF Upper (dual-link) is waiting for Tab confirmation. The Tray setting of [Tray 1] that is specified by the Job is [Disabled (Offline)].
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
The Tray setting of [HCF Upper Tray (dual-link)] that is specified by the Job is [Awaiting Tab confirma- On the PH-UI (Paper Handling UI) Paper Supply screen, enable the setting for [Tray 1]. Or, press <C> at
tion]. the Device UI to cancel the print.
[Corrective Actions] 028-951 Tray 2 Offline Fail
Pull out [HCF Upper Tray (dual-link)], check the order of 1 group of paper and close [HCF Upper Tray [Fault Name]
(dual-link)]. Or, press <C> at the Device UI to cancel the print.
Tray 2 Offline Fail
028-948 Tray 9 Tab Confirm Wait Fail [Error Type]
[Fault Name] Operation
Tray 9 Tab Confirm Wait Fail [Fault Content]
[Error Type] Tray 2 Offline
Operation [Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content] The Tray setting of [Tray 2] that is specified by the Job is [Disabled (Offline)].
HCF Lower (dual-link) is waiting for Tab confirmation. [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] On the PH-UI (Paper Handling UI) Paper Supply screen, enable the setting for [Tray 2]. Or, press <C> at
The Tray setting of [HCF Lower Tray (dual-link)] that is specified by the Job is [Awaiting Tab confirma- the Device UI to cancel the print.
tion].
028-952 Tray 3 Offline Fail
[Corrective Actions]
[Fault Name]
Pull out [HCF Lower Tray (dual-link)], check the order of 1 group of paper and close [HCF Lower Tray
(dual-link)]. Or, press <C> at the Device UI to cancel the print. Tray 3 Offline Fail
[Error Type]
028-949 Interposer Tray Tab Confirm Wait Fail
Operation
[Fault Name]
[Fault Content]
Interposer Tray Tab Confirm Wait Fail
Tray 3 Offline
[Error Type]
[Detection Conditions]
Operation
The Tray setting of [Tray 3] that is specified by the Job is [Disabled (Offline)].
[Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions]
Interposer Tray is waiting for Tab confirmation.
On the PH-UI (Paper Handling UI) Paper Supply screen, enable the setting for [Tray 3]. Or, press <C> at
[Detection Conditions] the Device UI to cancel the print.
The Tray setting of [Interposer Tray] that is specified by the Job is [Awaiting Tab confirmation].
028-953 Tray 4 Offline Fail
[Corrective Actions]
[Fault Name]
Pull out [Interposer Tray], check the order of 1 group of paper and close [Interposer Tray]. Or, press <C>
at the Device UI to cancel the print. Tray 4 Offline Fail
[Error Type]
028-950 Tray 1 Offline Fail
Operation
[Fault Name]
[Fault Content]
Tray 1 Offline Fail
Tray 4 Offline
[Error Type]
[Detection Conditions]
Operation
The Tray setting of [Tray 4] that is specified by the Job is [Disabled (Offline)].
[Fault Content]
Tray 1 Offline
Tray 1 paper is inappropriate for Temporary Stock 028-963 Tray 4 Paper Mismatch for Temporary Stock
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Name]
1. During a Job with Tray Select (Tray 1), [Custom Stock] is assigned to Tray 1. Tray 4 Paper Mismatch for Temporary Stock
[Error Type]
2. During a Job with Tray Select (Tray 1), [Temporary Stock] is assigned to Tray 1 but the Stock Info Operation
(paper size, paper type, weight, and etc.) is different from the Stock Info that is specified by the Job.
[Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] Tray 4 paper is inappropriate for Temporary Stock
On the PH-UI (Paper Handling UI) Paper Supply screen, set the [Tray 1] information that is displayed on
the Device UI. Or, press <C> at the Device UI to cancel the print.
[Detection Conditions]
1. During a Job with Tray Select (Tray 4), [Custom Stock] is assigned to Tray 4.
028-961 Tray 2 Paper Mismatch for Temporary Stock
[Fault Name] 2. During a Job with Tray Select (Tray 4), [Temporary Stock] is assigned to Tray 4 but the Stock Info
Tray 2 Paper Mismatch for Temporary Stock (paper size, paper type, weight, and etc.) is different from the Stock Info that is specified by the Job.
[Error Type] [Corrective Actions]
Operation On the PH-UI (Paper Handling UI) Paper Supply screen, set the [Tray 4] information that is displayed on
[Fault Content] the Device UI. Or, press <C> at the Device UI to cancel the print.
Tray 2 paper is inappropriate for Temporary Stock 028-964 SMH Paper Mismatch for Temporary Stock
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Name]
1. During a Job with Tray Select (Tray 2), [Custom Stock] is assigned to Tray 2. SMH Paper Mismatch for Temporary Stock
[Error Type]
2. During a Job with Tray Select (Tray 2), [Temporary Stock] is assigned to Tray 2 but the Stock Info Operation
(paper size, paper type, weight, and etc.) is different from the Stock Info that is specified by the Job.
[Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] SMH paper is inappropriate for Temporary Stock
On the PH-UI (Paper Handling UI) Paper Supply screen, set the [Tray 2] information that is displayed on
the Device UI. Or, press <C> at the Device UI to cancel the print.
[Detection Conditions]
1. During a Job with Tray Select (SMH), [Custom Stock] is assigned to SMH.
028-962 Tray 3 Paper Mismatch for Temporary Stock
[Fault Name] 2. During a Job with Tray Select (SMH), [Temporary Stock] is assigned to SMH but the Stock Info (paper
Tray 3 Paper Mismatch for Temporary Stock size, paper type, weight, and etc.) is different from the Stock Info that is specified by the Job.
[Error Type] [Corrective Actions]
Operation On the PH-UI (Paper Handling UI) Paper Supply screen, set the [SMH] information that is displayed on
[Fault Content] the Device UI. Or, press <C> at the Device UI to cancel the print.
Tray 3 paper is inappropriate for Temporary Stock 028-965 Tray 6 Paper Mismatch for Temporary Stock
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Name]
1. During a Job with Tray Select (Tray 3), [Custom Stock] is assigned to Tray 3. Tray 6 Paper Mismatch for Temporary Stock
[Error Type]
2. During a Job with Tray Select (Tray 3), [Temporary Stock] is assigned to Tray 3 but the Stock Info Operation
(paper size, paper type, weight, and etc.) is different from the Stock Info that is specified by the Job.
[Fault Content]
HCF Upper paper is inappropriate for Temporary Stock
033-319 Fax Control task detects error 033-322 FAX Card I/F timeout
[Error Type] [Error Type]
sub sub
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
A problem in Faxc2 has been detected. A problem in Faxc2 has been detected.
(No zone can be secured; a proble has been detected during Configure processing.) (The I/F to faxc has timed out.)
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
A problem has occurred in Fax Cont2 software processing, discontinuing the processing ever since. No response has been made within a certain length of time in message communication from faxc2 in FAX
Cont to the outside.
[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem still reoccurs, there is a strong posibility of FaxCont2 soft-
[Corrective Actions]
ware bugs in the Controller. Turn the power OFF then ON.
Go to the following and solve the problem. If the problem reoccurs, go to the following and solve it.
OF-07 Fax System Fail
033-323 FAX Card Mini I/F timeout 033-326 Mini Manager Fatal Error
[Error Type] [Error Type]
sub sub
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
A problem in Faxc2 has been detected. A fatal error with MiniManager
(The I/F to FaxCardMini has timed out.) [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] FAX Card Mini has detected a fatal error.
A problem in Faxc2 has been detected.(The I/F to FaxCardMini has timed out.) [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, it is thought to be a FAX Card Mini H/W failure.
If the problem reoccurs, go to the following and solve it. Go to the following and solve the problem.
OF-14 Fax Card Fail OF-14 Fax Card Fail
033-324 USB state change Error 033-327 FCM no response to stop request
[Error Type] [Error Type]
sub sub
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
USB STATE CHANGE ERROR There has been no response from the FCM to a request to stop the communication.
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
The USB has gone into an unexpected state. When no response came from the FCM during FAX communication, the device issued a request to inter-
[Corrective Actions] rupt the communication, but has received no response.
Turn the power OFF then ON. [Corrective Actions]
If the problem reoccurs, go to the following and solve it. Turn the power OFF then ON.
OF-07 Fax System Fail If the problem persists, it is thought to be a FAX Card Mini H/W failure.
Go to the following and solve the problem.
OF-14 Fax Card Fail
033-325 FAX Card Mini Fatal Error
[Fault Name]
FAX Card Mini Fatal Error
033-328 Failed to initialize fax log
[Error Type] [Error Type]
sub
Subsystem
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
A failure in initializing the communication log.
Fax Card Mini fatal error has occurred.
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
Fax Card Mini fatal error has occurred. The initialization of the communication log library has failed.
A fatal sotware error in FoIP (including T38 and SIP) has occurred. [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Turn the power OFF then ON.
If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it.
A fatal sotware error in FoIP (including T38 and SIP) has occurred.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON.
If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. 033-334 Can not send a message to FoIP CONT
OF-11 FAX Job Fail [Error Type]
subR
033-331 FoIP Controller Init Fail [Fault Content]
[Error Type] The device cannot send a message to the FoIP Controller.
subR
[Detection Conditions] Remove the ’Fax Kit’ and connect the ’Fax Kit 2 (Faxmini)’.
A notice of Fault with an ilnvalid Fault Code has been received from FaxCardMini or FoIP.
[Corrective Actions] 033-339 faxc2 not respond when system is sleeping
Power OFF the ON. [Fault Name]
If the problem persists, perform the following: faxc2 not respond when system is sleeping
OF-11 FAX Job Fail [Error Type]
Subsystem
033-336 Access to a non-mounted channel [Fault Content]
[Error Type] When transitioning to Sleep, there is no response from facx2.
sub [Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content] The sleep transition process has failed
A message to a channel that is not installed is received from FoIP. (invalid DI) [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Turn the power OFF then ON.
A message to a channel that is not installed has been received.
[Corrective Actions] 033-340 Pflite_Fax_Log_Write_Fail
Power OFF then ON. [Fault Name]
If the problem persists, perform the following:
Pflite_Fax_Log_Write_Fail
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
[Error Type]
Subsystem
033-337 FaxCard mismatch [Fault Content]
[Error Type] Communication log write failure at Pflite function
sub [Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content] The Pflite communication log write function returned an error.
<PCC>FaxCardMini is connected. [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] 1. Turn OFF the power, make sure that the Control Panel has turned OFF, and then turn ON the power
At start-up, it has been detected that FaxBox for another model is connected. again.
[Corrective Actions] 2. Initialize the Hard Disk. If the problem persists, initialize the NVM.
The proper FaxBox is not connected.
Connect the proper FaxCard. If the problem still persists, perform the following:
OF-07 FAX System Fail
033-553 no mailbox/relay
033-550 cannot diable FAX service
[Error Type]
[Error Type]
job
job
[Fault Content]
[Fault Content]
At mailbox transmission or relay transmission, the local terminal does not have the function.
The device cannot be disabled from operating because it is doing the relevant service.
[Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions]
F code sent from the remote terminal has instructed the local terminal on a capability that does not exist
An attempt was made to make the device transit to the Diag mode,etc. but it was unsuccessful because for it .
the device was communicating by fax.
[Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions]
If necessary, ask the remote operator to check whether he or she has entered the inappropriate F code.
Wait until the device finishes the job in progress, and then do the same operation again.
If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it.
If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
The remote ID has not been sent from the remote terminal. A mismatch between send password and [Detection Conditions]
remote ID. Under the setting that ’receiving from a remote terminal without its remote ID is denied’ the remote
[Corrective Actions] machine has not sent its remote ID.
T1 timeout has occurred when sending or at Phase B and later when receiving. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
If the occurrence is at sending, repeat the operation.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
If the occurrence is at receiving, it could be due to the sender canceling the transmission while it is in
progress. 033-713 No specified Chain Link
Check the remote machine and then repeat the operation. [Error Type]
Check the circuit condition. Job Fail
Check the Fax Card.
033-722 Fax immediate send store job canceled 033-726 Cannot print 2-Sided
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Job Fail Job Fail
[Detection Conditions]
Fax Receive - Buffer Allocate Timeout 033-740 Fax immediate receive print canceled
[Corrective Actions] [Error Type]
Repeat the operation. Job Fail
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Fault Content]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail Immediate Print on Receive was canceled by user.
[Detection Conditions]
033-736 Internet FAX Off Ramp fail The user canceled immediate printing upon receiving.
[Error Type] [Corrective Actions]
Job Fail No action necessary.
[Fault Content]
With the Fax Transfer Prohibition function based on the data capacity of the Internet FAX Off Ramp, Fax 033-741 Fax page read open timeout
was not transferred as the upper limit on the data capacity was exceeded. [Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] Job Fail
The data amount for FAX transfer exceeded the threshold during FAX transfer of Internet FAX Off Ramp. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] Page Read Open Instruction timed out.
No action necessary. [Detection Conditions]
When transferring image data to the Fax Card, the conditions for sending the response to the Fax Card
033-737 Fax card job canceled did not match.
[Error Type] [Corrective Actions]
Job Fail Repeat the operation.
[Fault Content] If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Job in FaxCard was aborted due to Controller internal error. OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Detection Conditions]
The Fax Cont detected a failure and could not continue processing the job. 033-742 Fax page read close timeout
[Corrective Actions] [Error Type]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Job Fail
OF-14 FAX Card Fail [Fault Content]
Timeout by page lead close specification (Out of memory during manual sending)
033-738 JBIG Information fail [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] When transferring image data to the Fax Card, the conditions for sending the response to the Fax Card
did not match.
Job Fail
This often occurs when the HD free area is equal to or less than the HD capacity immediate threshold
[Fault Content] (820-053) during immediate send operation.
JBIG data error of JBIG image
Job Fail
The total number of the requested services exceeded the number defined by the specifications. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Wait for cancelation of prohibition.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Reduce the no. of services and then repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-14 FAX Card Fail
The service specified by SI not found. (Due to Close Sequence, this error may not be able to be returned.) [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Wait for a while and try again.
[Error Type]
Job Fail 034-705 ISDN Layer 1 Stopped-Power on
[Fault Content] [Error Type]
Unable call the Fax line because the specified dial number is incorrect. Job Fail
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
The Fax Card is not able to call because the dial data does not exist. D channel link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received) - Layer 1 stopped - powered
After job registration, the corresponding speed dial may have been deleted. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] • D channel link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received) - Layer 1 stopped - powered
1. Check that the speed dial has been registered and then specify the appropriate address such as the cor- [Corrective Actions]
rect speed dial number. Repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 Fax Card Fail OF-14 FAX Card Fail
034-703 D Channellink cut from network
[Error Type] 034-706 ISDN Layer 1 Stopped-Power off
Job Fail [Error Type]
[Fault Content] Job Fail
D Channel Link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received)/Network link cutoff [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] D channel link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received) - Layer 1 stopped - powered (socket plugged out)
D Channel Link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received)/Network link cutoff [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] • D channel link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received) - Layer 1 stopped - powered (socket plugged out)
Repeat the operation. [Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Repeat the operation.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail [Error Type]
Job Fail
034-707 FRMR Received [Fault Content]
[Error Type] • DL-Link Establishment Display Received (network link resetting)
Job Fail • DM of F=1 was received when waiting for link setting and link resetting.
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
FRMR Received • DL-Link Establishment Display Received (network link resetting)
[Detection Conditions] • DM of F=1 was received when waiting for link setting and link resetting.
Upper level primitive format error and content error. [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] Abnormal Sequence (Self-Terminal ID Setting Mismatch)
Upper level primitive format error and content error. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] Abnormal Sequence (Self-Terminal ID Setting Mismatch)
034-764 Com. Capability not configured 034-767 Selected mode not implemented
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Job Fail Job Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
Communication Capability Not Configured Specified Channel Type Not Defined
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
Communication Capability Not Configured Specified Channel Type Not Defined
[Corrective Actions] [Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per- Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists,
sists, proceed to the following and repair it. proceed to the following procedure to repair it,
OF-14 FAX Card Fail OF-14 FAX Card Fail
034-765 Error by service,feature limit
[Error Type] 034-768 Restricted Digital Info. Only
Job Fail [Error Type]
[Fault Content] Job Fail
• Others (Service provided not allowed) [Fault Content]
• Other resources cannot be used. Restricted Digital Information Only
• Facility requested not subscribed. [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] Restricted Digital Information Only
• Others (Service provided not allowed) [Corrective Actions]
• Other resources cannot be used. Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists,
• Facility requested not subscribed. proceed to the following procedure to repair it,
[Corrective Actions] OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per-
sists, proceed to the following and repair it. 034-769 Error by service, feature
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Error Type]
Job Fail
034-766 Selected com. not implemented [Fault Content]
[Error Type] • Others (Service not provided)
Job Fail • A facility not provided was requested.
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
Specified Communication Capability Not Defined • Others (Service not provided)
• A facility not provided was requested.
[Corrective Actions]
Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists, 034-773 Invalid Dial No. Specified
proceed to the following procedure to repair it,
[Error Type]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
034-770 Reply to status query Invalid Dial No. Specified
[Error Type] [Detection Conditions]
Job Fail
Invalid Dial No. Specified
[Fault Content] [Corrective Actions]
Reply to Status Query
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Detection Conditions] OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Reply to Status Query
[Corrective Actions] 034-774 Invalid Line Specified
Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists,
proceed to the following procedure to repair it,
[Error Type]
Job Fail
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Fault Content]
Invalid Channel No. Specified
034-771 Access information discarded
[Detection Conditions]
[Error Type]
Invalid Channel No. Specified
Job Fail
[Corrective Actions]
[Fault Content]
Repeat the operation.
Fax Information Discarded
[Detection Conditions]
Fax Information Discarded
034-775 Others (Invalid Message Class)
[Corrective Actions] [Error Type]
Job Fail
Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists,
proceed to the following procedure to repair it, [Fault Content]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail Others (Invalid Messages)
[Detection Conditions]
034-772 Inter-working connection error Others (Invalid Messages)
[Error Type] [Corrective Actions]
Job Fail If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Fault Content] OF-14 FAX Card Fail
An error was detected when writing data to the FaxG3-ROM [Fault Content]
Not able to carry out normal operation because ROM content is missing. • DCN was received for NSS/DTC.
[Corrective Actions] • DCN received.
Retry job. If retry failed, replace the FaxG3-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method [Detection Conditions]
again. • DCN was received for NSS/DTC. Transmission was rejected due to remote machine Selective Recep-
tion function, etc.
• DCN received.
035-700 Modem faulty
[Corrective Actions]
[Error Type]
Repeat the operation.
Job Fail
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Fault Content] OF-14 FAX Card Fail
• CS is not turned OFF at modem control.
• HDLC frame sending error.
035-703 DCN Receive at Phase B Send
[Detection Conditions]
• CS is not turned OFF at modem control. It is determined as SC Board (modem) failure.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
• HDLC frame sending error.
[Corrective Actions] [Fault Content]
• DCN detected at PHASE-B Sending.
Repeat the operation.
• DCN received.
Replace the SC Board (modem).
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Detection Conditions]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail • DCN detected at PHASE-B Sending.
• DCN received.
035-721 DCN Received at Phase B 035-724 DCN Receive after sending FTT
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Job Fail
Job Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
• At receive PHASE-B, DCN was detected.
• DCN was received after FTT was sent.
• DCN was received.
• DCN was received.
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
• At receive PHASE-B, DCN was detected. No remote machine compatibility.
• DCN was received after FTT had been sent. Sending machine failure. Poor line quality.
• DCN was received.
• DCN was received.
[Corrective Actions] [Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation. Repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail OF-14 FAX Card Fail
The receiving terminal does not support the PWD function. • Busy tone was detected during dialing (===). BT1 was detected.
• Busy tone was detected during dialing (===). BT2 was detected.
[Corrective Actions]
• Congestion tone was detected during dialing (===). CT1 was detected.
Repeat the operation.
• Congestion tone was detected during dialing (===). CT2 was detected.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
• Busy tone was detected after dialing. BT1 was detected.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
• Busy tone was detected after dialing. BT2 was detected.
035-745 PTX has no SEP capability • Congestion tone was detected after dialing. CT1 was detected.
[Error Type] • Congestion tone was detected after dialing. CT2 was detected.
Job Fail • The system could not detect dial tone before dialing. (PBX) DT was not detected.
[Fault Content] • Busy tone was detected before dialing. (PBX) BT was not detected.
The PTX machine does not support the SEP function. • Congestion tone was detected before dialing. (PBX) CT was detected.
[Detection Conditions] • Busy tone was detected after dialing. (PBX) BT was not detected.
The PTX machine does not support the SEP function. • Congestion tone was detected after dialing. (PBX) CT was detected.
If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version. [Detection Conditions]
If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Other File Errors
OF-14 Fax Card Fail [Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON.
035-759 No specified job If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.
If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Error Type]
OF-14 Fax Card Fail
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
No appropriate job when the transmission reservation was cleared.
035-762 Line cut during ISDN
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
Job Fail
No appropriate job when the transmission reservation was cleared.
[Corrective Actions] [Fault Content]
Turn the power OFF then ON. • Line was cut off when establishing link.
If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version. • The line has been cut off during transmission. (Error only for ISDN)
If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Detection Conditions]
OF-14 Fax Card Fail • Line was cut off when establishing link.
• The line has been cut off during transmission. (Error only for ISDN)
[Corrective Actions]
Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists,
proceed to the following procedure to repair it,
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per- 036-519 Undefined Command
sists, proceed to the following and repair it. [Error Type]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail Job Fail
[Fault Content]
036-516 Illegal CDR Parameter Undefined Command
[Error Type] [Detection Conditions]
Job Fail Undefined Command
[Fault Content] [Corrective Actions]
CDR Parameter Error Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per-
[Detection Conditions] sists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
CDR Parameter Error
036-529 Illegal CDUI (Monitor Doc.) 036-532 DMA channel 2 illegal closing
[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per- 036-725 Disc received before session
sists, proceed to the following and repair it. [Error Type]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail Job Fail
[Fault Content]
036-722 Call cut during flag detect DISC was received before session.
[Error Type] [Detection Conditions]
Job Fail DISC was received before session.
[Fault Content] [Corrective Actions]
Call was cut off during remote flag detection. Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per-
[Detection Conditions] sists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Call was cut off during remote flag detection.
• Illegal Header Receive (Line Switching), Illegal Procedure (Packet Switching) [Fault Content]
• (G4) Other network errors. • DT Packet Parameter Error
[Corrective Actions] • (G4) Other network errors.
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per- [Detection Conditions]
sists, proceed to the following and repair it. • DT Packet Parameter Error
OF-14 FAX Card Fail • (G4) Other network errors.
[Corrective Actions]
036-727 Illegal parameter of CC packet Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per-
sists, proceed to the following and repair it.
[Error Type]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
• CC Packet Parameter Error
036-730 Illegal parameter of RI packet
• (G4) Other network errors. [Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] Job Fail
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per- [Detection Conditions]
sists, proceed to the following and repair it. • RI Packet Parameter Error
OF-14 FAX Card Fail • (G4) Other network errors.
[Corrective Actions]
036-728 Illegal parameter of CN packet Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per-
sists, proceed to the following and repair it.
[Error Type]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
• CN Packet Parameter Error
036-731 Illegal parameter of IT packet
• (G4) Other network errors. [Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] Job Fail
• CN Packet Parameter Error [Fault Content]
• (G4) Other network errors. • IT Packet Parameter Error
• (G4) Other network errors.
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
• IT Packet Parameter Error • Undefined Packet Receive
• (G4) Other network errors. • (G4) Other network errors.
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per- • Undefined Packet Receive
sists, proceed to the following and repair it. • (G4) Other network errors.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail [Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per-
036-732 Illegal parameter of CI packet sists, proceed to the following and repair it.
[Error Type] OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Job Fail
[Fault Content] 036-735 CC Wait Timeout
• CI Packet Parameter Error [Error Type]
• (G4) Other network errors. Job Fail
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
• CI Packet Parameter Error CC Wait Timeout
• (G4) Other network errors. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] CC Wait Timeout
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per- [Corrective Actions]
sists, proceed to the following and repair it.
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per-
OF-14 FAX Card Fail sists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
036-733 Illegal parameter of CF packet
[Error Type] 036-736 CF Wait Timeout
Job Fail [Error Type]
[Fault Content] Job Fail
• CF Packet Parameter Error [Fault Content]
• (G4) Other network errors. CF Wait Timeout
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
• CF Packet Parameter Error CF Wait Timeout
• (G4) Other network errors. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per-
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per- sists, proceed to the following and repair it.
sists, proceed to the following and repair it. OF-14 FAX Card Fail
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Job Fail
[Fault Content] 036-747 Fast select response received
• Reply Timeout [Error Type]
• (G4) Network timer timed out. Job Fail
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
• Reply Timeout Fast Select that limits responses received.
• (G4) Network timer timed out. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] Fast Select that limits responses received.
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per- [Corrective Actions]
sists, proceed to the following and repair it.
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per-
OF-14 FAX Card Fail sists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
036-745 G4 CN Wait Timeout
[Error Type] 036-748 Receive remote charge request
Job Fail [Error Type]
[Fault Content] Job Fail
• CN Wait Timeout [Fault Content]
• (G4) Network timer timed out. Receive Remote Charge Request
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
• CN Wait Timeout Receive Remote Charge Request
• (G4) Network timer timed out. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per-
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per- sists, proceed to the following and repair it.
sists, proceed to the following and repair it. OF-14 FAX Card Fail
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per- 036-762 G4 NetWork Disconnect Notice Timeout
sists, proceed to the following and repair it. [Error Type]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail Job Fail
[Fault Content]
036-759 TCC Wait Timeout • Disconnection Notice Timeout (10sec)
[Error Type] • (G4) Network Failure
Job Fail [Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content] • Disconnection Notice Timeout (10sec)
TCC Receive • (G4) Network Failure
[Detection Conditions]
TCC Receive
[Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per- 036-775 Undefined command/response 1413
sists, proceed to the following and repair it. [Error Type]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail Job Fail
[Fault Content]
036-772 Illegal RSAP Parameter Undefined Command/Response
[Error Type] [Detection Conditions]
Job Fail Undefined Command/Response
[Fault Content] [Corrective Actions]
RSAP Parameter Error Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per-
[Detection Conditions] sists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
RSAP Parameter Error
[Corrective Actions]
Poor line quality. 036-793 Select communication error
Perform the following procedure to repair the trouble by taking into account that the process method is dif- [Error Type]
ferent depending on the remote machine and line status. Job Fail
OF-11 FAX Job Fail [Fault Content]
Selective Transmission Error
036-790 Polling rejected by remote [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] Selective Transmission Error
Job Fail [Corrective Actions]
[Fault Content] Check if the remote machine is ok and repeat the operation. If the problem persists, perform the following
RSSP without send rights was received in Poll Receive. procedure to repair it.
[Detection Conditions] OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Error was detected when writing into the HCS1 ROM [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] 1. The HCS1 Eject Button was pressed
2. ’Eject’ was instructed from an external Controller.
When the entire machine has entered the Download mode and was downloading each ROM data using
the standard method (procedures), write to the HCS1 ROM has failed. 3. Others
[Corrective Actions] [Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF and ON. Perform the following.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure: 1. Do not press the HCS1 Eject button.
If the problem persists even after retrying, replace the HCS1 ROM, then perform download using the 2. Request that the customer do not issue ’Eject’ instruction from external Controllers.
DLD method. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures:
As it is not physically possible for ’49-973 to occur without pressing the Eject Button’, if the problem per-
sists, the cause would be the Controller software. Request for the Support Department to upgrade the
049-700 Out tray changed from stacker1 software to the patched version.
[Error Type]
Warning
[Fault Content]
Change the output destination from the Stacker to another Tray.
[Detection Conditions]
Error was detected when writing into the HCF-ROM
Does not operate normally because the ROM content has been erased
[Corrective Actions]
If the error remains even after retrying, replace the HCF-ROM, and download again to perform the
upgrade.
The Drum/Toner Cartridge K is reaching the end of its lifespan. [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] TBD
The Drum/Toner Cartridge needs to be replaced soon. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] TBD
USB Dongle access failed during the initial installation by the USB Dongle. [Error Type]
[Corrective Actions] System
Check if the USB Dongle has been installed properly. [Fault Content]
If the problem still persists, perform the following: USB Dongle IOT Speed Key Write Failure
OF-01 Common System Fail [Detection Conditions]
Setting the IOT Speed Setting Key failed during the initial installation by the USB Dongle.
102-312 USB Dongle Illegal MAC Address Fail [Corrective Actions]
[Fault Name] Check if the USB Dongle has been installed properly.
If the problem still persists, perform the following:
USB Dongle Illegal MAC Address Fail
OF-01 Common System Fail
[Error Type]
System
[Fault Content] 102-315 USB Dongle SW Key Setting Fail
USB Dongle Illegal MAC Address [Fault Name]
[Detection Conditions] USB Dongle SW Key Setting Fail
It was detected that MAC address of another M/C was recorded in the dongle during the initial installation [Error Type]
by the USB Dongle. System
[Corrective Actions] [Fault Content]
Check if the USB Dongle has been installed properly. USB Dongle SW Key Write Failure
If the problem still persists, perform the following: [Detection Conditions]
OF-01 Common System Fail Setting the SW Key failed during the initial installation by the USB Dongle.
[Corrective Actions]
102-313 USB Dongle Illegal IOT Speed Key Fail Check if the USB Dongle has been installed properly.
[Fault Name] If the problem still persists, perform the following:
USB Dongle Illegal IOT Speed Key Fail OF-01 Common System Fail
[Error Type]
System 102-316 USB Dongle Supply Setting Setting Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Name]
USB Dongle Illegal IOT Speed Key USB Dongle Supply Setting Setting Fail
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
An illegal IOT Speed Setting Key was detected during the initial installation by the USB Dongle. System
[Fault Content] USB Dongle Supply Setting Setting Failure
Setting the Page Pack failed during the initial installation by the USB Dongle. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] Fatal error related to EWS.
Check if the USB Dongle has been installed properly. [Detection Conditions]
If the problem still persists, perform the following: Fatal error related to EWS.
OF-01 Common System Fail Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
[Corrective Actions]
102-318 USB Dongle Country Code Setting Fail Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-01 Common System Fail
[Fault Name]
OF-02 HDD System Fail
USB Dongle Country Code Setting Fail
OF-03 NET/USB System Fail
[Error Type] NOTE:
System Replace the ESS PWB last.
[Fault Content]
102-380 MF UI cont Soft Fatal error
USB Dongle Country Code Setting Failure
[Error Type]
[Detection Conditions]
System Fail
Setting the country code failed during the initial installation by the USB Dongle.
[Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions]
Fatal error of MF UI cont.
Check if the USB Dongle has been installed properly.
If the problem still persists, perform the following:
[Detection Conditions]
Fatal error of MF UI cont.
OF-01 Common System Fail
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
[Corrective Actions]
102-319 USB Dongle NVM List Setting Fail
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Fault Name] OF-04 Panel System Fail
USB Dongle NVM List Setting Fail
102-381 Data Link Layer Error (UI-Panel)
[Error Type]
System Fail
[Fault Content]
Controller - MF UI panel:
Transmission Error at Data Link Layer occurred.
[Detection Conditions]
During transmission between the ESS and the Panel, the ESS detected an initialization error of the
Scope, a message send error or a retrieve error for receiving data.
[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-04 Panel System Fail
[Error Type]
Sys 103-313 SW Option Fail (IISS Mem for HWM Not Exist)
[Fault Content] [Error Type]
’Secure Watermark Kit’ cannot be made available because the Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W is not System Fail
installed. [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] [SW optional function not achieved] The ’Secure Watermark Kit’ did not become available because of
The Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W cannot be detected although the ’Hybridwater Mark Detection H/ insufficient IISS Ext Memory.
W Installed’ is set in the system data. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] When the optional HWM function is being enabled, the system detected that the IISS Ext Memory (Slot1:
Check the installation of the Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W. If it is installed, turn the power OFF then 128MB + Slot: 128MB or larger) is not installed.
ON. If the problem persists, replace the Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W or the IISS board. [Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure: Check the installation of the IISS Ext Memory (Slot1: 128MB + Slot: 128MB or larger). After checking the
OF-01 Common System Fail installation, turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, replace the IISS Ext board.
103-314 Possible Prohibited Originals (System Fail)
103-311 Hybrid Water Mark Setting Mismatch [Fault Name]
[Error Type] Possible Prohibited Originals (System Fail)
SysR [Error Type]
[Fault Content] System
The Secure Watermark Kit did not become enabled [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] PreIPS X Authentication Fail (System Fail)
Although the Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W is detected, it did not become enabled in the system data. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions]
Set the Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W Availability in the system data to ’Available’. [Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure: Turn the power OFF and ON.
OF-01 Common System Fail If this occurs frequently, replace the IISS-PWBA.
103-312 Hybrid Water Mark Not Exist (Back Side) If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Error Type] OF-01 Common System Fail
Sys
[Fault Content]
’Secure Watermark Kit’ cannot be made available because the Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W for
Document Side 2 is not installed.
[Detection Conditions]
The Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W for Document Side 2 cannot be detected although the ’Hybridwa-
ter Mark Detection H/W Installed’ is set in the system data.
[Corrective Actions]
Check the installation of the Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W for Document Side 2. If it is installed, turn
the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, replace the Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W or the IISS
board.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure:
[Media Reader] Fatal error of Reader. (During Normal Mode or Forced Download Mode)
116-211 MediaReader Cable No Joint 116-310 ESS Font ROM DIMM #2 Check Fail
[Error Type]
[Error Type]
Service Fail
System Fail
[Fault Content]
[Fault Content]
[Media Reader] Connection Cable Disconnected
ESS Font ROM DIMM #2 Check Failure
[Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions]
This error was detected in the OSDD.
An error was detected when the ESS Font ROM DIMM #2 was checked.
[Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions]
1. Check the USB Cable connection with the power OFF. If the problem persists, refer to the following to
Turn OFF then ON the power. If the problem persists, perform the following:
repair it.
1. Remove and insert ESS Font ROM DIMM #2.
OF-01 Common System Fail
2. Replace ESS Font ROM DIMM #2.
3. Replace the Controller board.
116-212 MediaLib SW Logic Fail
[Error Type]
116-311 ESS Font ROM DIMM #3 Check Fail
Service Fail
[Error Type]
[Fault Content]
System Fail
[Media Reader] MediaLib SW Logic Fail
[Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions]
ESS Font ROM DIMM #3 Check Fail
MediaLib internal logic error has occurred.
[Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions]
A fail is detected during a check of ESS Font ROM DIMM #3.
1. Turn the power OFF then ON.
2. Check if this is an existing failure (to TSC). If the problem persists, refer to the following to repair it.
[Corrective Actions]
Turn OFF then ON the power. If the problem persists, perform the following:
OF-01 Common System Fail
Disconnect and reconnect the ESS Printer-Kit/Fax Board/ROM DIMM. If the problem still persists,
replace the Printer-Kit or the ROM-DIMM.
116-220 Downloader Initialization Fail 116-312 HDD Encrypt Key Fail
[Error Type] System Fail
[Error Type]
System Fail 116-317 Standard ROM DIMM Check Fail
[Fault Content] [Error Type]
Eternet Address Failure System Fail
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
An Ethernet error was detected. ESS ROM DIMM #1 Check Failure
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure. An error was detected when the standard ROM DIMM was checked.
Check the installation of SEEPROM on the ESS. [Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedures in sequence to repair it. Turn OFF then ON the power. If the problem persists, perform the following:
OF-03 NET/USB System Fail 1. Remove and insert ESS ROM DIMM #1.
2.4 NET System Fault Check 2. Replace ESS ROM DIMM #1.
3. Replace the Controller board.
116-315 ESS RAM DIMM #1 W/R Check Fail
[Error Type] 116-318 Op. ROM DIMM Check Fail
System Fail [Error Type]
System Fail
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
ESS ROM DIMM #2 Check Failure Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
An error was detected when the option ROM DIMM was checked. Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Corrective Actions] OF-01 Common System Fail
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure.
Pull out and insert the Prt-Kit or the ROM DIMM. 116-322 WebDAV S/W Fail
If the problem persists, replace the Prt-Kit or the ROM-DIMM. [Error Type]
System Fail
116-319 Mismatch Cont ROM and Panel config [Fault Content]
[Error Type] Fatal error related to WebDAV.
System Fail [Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content] Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
A mismatch between the installed ROM and Panel configuration (FCW-UI or HB-UI). [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Identify the installed program ROM type and Panel configuration using the hardware self-diagnostics OF-01 Common System Fail
immediately after power ON to check that they match.
If they do not match, display Chain-Link code on the Panel and abort system boot-up.
116-323 ESS NVRAM W/R Check Fail
[Corrective Actions]
[Error Type]
To match the program ROM type (HB or FCW) and the installed Panel configuration (HB or FCW), over-
System Fail
write the program ROM or re-install the Panel.
[Fault Content]
ESS NVRAM W/R Check Fail (defective NV-RAM part(s))
116-320 STREAMZ Soft Fatal error
[Detection Conditions]
[Error Type]
During a Read/Write check at power on, OS/DD detects an HW error with the ESS-NVRAM Board.
System
[Corrective Actions]
[Fault Content]
1. Disconnect and reconnect the NV-RAM Board and turn ON the power.
Fatal error of the STREAMZ
2. If problem 116-323 still persists, replace the NV-RAM Board.
[Detection Conditions] 3. After the replacement of the NV-RAM Board, 116-334 will occur. Take the corrective actions for 116-334
Fatal error of the STREAMZ in order.
A problem has occurred in the software processing and it is unable to continue with the subsequent pro- 4. If problem 116-323 still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it.
cesses.
OF-01 016-782/016-784 Fail
[Corrective Actions]
116-324 Exception Fail
Turn the power OFF and ON.
[Error Type]
System Fail
116-321 System Soft Fatal error
[Fault Content]
[Error Type] The system detected an exception error
System Fail
[Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content] A fatal software exception error has occurred in the Controller PWB CPU. The cause is most likely the
SysCon Error Controller software failure.
CPU Built-in Level 2 Cache Failure 1. After removing the HDD and turning the power ON then OFF, install the HDD again and turn the
power ON.
[Detection Conditions] If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
A failure was detected in the Level 2 Cache built in the CPU. OF-02 HDD System Fail
[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
116-332 ESS Standard ROM Error
OF-01 Common System Fail
[Error Type]
116-329 Serial IF Soft Fail System Fail
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
System Fail
ESS On Board ROM Error
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
[Fatal error related to Serial I/F]
An error was detected in the ESS Built-In Standard ROM.
System call error related to Serial I/F.
[Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Turn the power OFF then ON.
A system call error related to the Serial I/F was detected.
Pull out and insert the ESS built-in standard ROM. HD failure detected in the Redirector.
If the problem persists, replace the ESS built-in standard ROM. [Detection Conditions]
An error was detected when HD was accessed.
116-333 LocalTalk Soft Fail [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
System Fail OF-02 HDD System Fail
[Fault Content]
[Fatal error related to LocalTalk] 116-337 SNTP S/W Fail
System call error related to LocalTalk. [Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] System Fail
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] Fatal error related to SNTP.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Detection Conditions]
OF-03 NET/USB System Fail Overall SNTP fatal error.
2.4 NET System Fault Check Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
[Corrective Actions]
116-334 ESS NVRAM Data Compare Fail Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Error Type] OF-02 HDD System Fail
System Fail
[Fault Content] 116-338 JBA fatal error
ESS NVRAM Data Compare Fail (NV-RAM parts are good.) [Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] System Fail
During a check of Read/Write at power on, System Cont detects [ESS-NVRAM with factory settings is [Fault Content]
installed] or [Illegal ESS-NVRAM data is occurring]. Fatal error related to JBA.
Because data for initialization in ESS-ROM is written on ESS-NVRAM data when 116-334 is detected, power-
ing OFF then ON after that causes System Fails (124-3xx) that indicate mismatches in various data between
[Detection Conditions]
the three locations. Overall JBA fatal error.
[Corrective Actions] Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
1. As powering OFF then ON after a detection of 116-334 will presumably cause errors 124-3xx that indi- [Corrective Actions]
cate various data mismatches between the three locations, resolve one(s) in DC132, following the cor- Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
rective actions for the relevant Fault Code(s). OF-01 Common System Fail
2. If 116-334 reoccurs despite powering OFF/ON, disconnect and reconnect the NV-RAM Board, then turn
ON the power.
3. If the problem persists, replace the NV-RAM Board.
116-339 JBA No HD
4. If the 116-334 problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it. [Error Type]
OF-01:Common System Fail System
An invalid combination of ROM DIMMs are installed. Token Ring Control IC Access error.
As Imari does not have this board, this is not applicable.
[Corrective Actions]
Check the versions of the multiple ROM DIMMs installed and replace them with an appropriate combina-
[Detection Conditions]
tion of DIMMs. Token Ring Control IC Access error
When installing multiple ROM DIMMs, it is necessary to match both the major versions and the minor ver- [Corrective Actions]
sions. Turn the power OFF and ON.
System
[Fault Content] 116-350 AppleTalk Soft Fail
<LocalTalk board failure> [Error Type]
Check whether the LocalTalk board has been activated successfully. System Fail
As Imari does not have this board, this is not applicable. [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] Overall fatal error of AppleTalk.
The LocalTalk board cannot be activated successfully. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] Overall fatal error of AppleTalk.
Turn the power OFF and ON. Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
[Corrective Actions]
116-348 Redirecter Fail Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the prob-
lem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
[Error Type]
Perform OF-01 Common System Fail. If NG, check the following procedures in sequence.
System Fail
2.4 NET System Fault Check
[Fault Content] OF-03 NET/USB System Fail
[Redirecter Failure]
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
Various fatal errors detected in the Redirecter.
[Detection Conditions]
116-351 EtherTalk Soft Fail
A response such as system function recall error was detected.
[Error Type]
[Corrective Actions]
System Fail
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the prob-
lem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. [Fault Content]
Perform OF-01 Common System Fail. If NG, check the following procedures in sequence. Fatal error related to the EtherTalk.
2.4 NET System Fault Check [Detection Conditions]
OF-03 NET/USB System Fail Fatal error related to the EtherTalk.
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
[Fault Content]
Fatal error related to the NetWare. 116-355 Agent Soft Fail
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
Fatal error related to the NetWare. System Fail
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] Fatal error related to the SNMP Agent.
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the prob- [Detection Conditions]
lem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. Fatal error related to the SNMP Agent.
Perform OF-01 Common System Fail. If NG, check the following procedures in sequence. Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
2.4 NET System Fault Check [Corrective Actions]
OF-03 NET/USB System Fail
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the prob-
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow lem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
OF-03 NET/USB System Fail
116-353 HDD Phisycal Fail
[Error Type] 116-356 HDD Format Fail
System Fail [Error Type]
[Fault Content] System Fail
[HDD Physical Fail] [Fault Content]
The HDD was not booted due to a physical HDD failure detected on booting. [HDD Format Fail]
[Detection Conditions] The M/C was not started up due to an insufficient HDD capacity error detected during HDD formatting.
The HDD was not booted due to a physical HDD failure detected on booting. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] HDD was formatted but an incorrect HDD was connected or a HDD error occurred.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Corrective Actions]
OF-02 HDD System Fail Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-02 HDD System Fail
116-354 HDD Product Fail
[Error Type] 116-357 PostScript Error
System Fail [Error Type]
System Fail
[Fault Content] [Error Type]
PS Fatal System Error System Fail
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
PS Fatal System Error Fatal error related to SMB.
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] Fatal error related to SMB.
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility. Refer to the Error History Report. If the same Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair it. [Corrective Actions]
OF-01 Common System Fail Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the prob-
lem persists, refer to the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
116-358 Salutation Soft Fail 2.4 NET System Fault Check
[Error Type] OF-03 NET/USB System Fail
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
System Fail
[Fault Content]
Fatal error related to Salutation. 116-361 Spool Fatal HDD
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
Fatal error related to Salutation. System Fail
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] Fatal error of SPL HDD.
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the prob- [Detection Conditions]
lem persists, refer to the following procedures in sequence to repair it. Fatal error of SPL HDD.
2.4 NET System Fault Check The SpoolCont detected an error at HDD access.
OF-03 NET/USB System Fail [Corrective Actions]
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the prob-
lem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
116-359 PLW Soft Fail OF-02 HDD System Fail
[Error Type]
System Fail 116-362 SSDP Soft Fail
[Fault Content] [Error Type]
Fatal error in PLW. System Fail
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
Fatal error in PLW. SSDP Software Fail
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] SSDP Software Fail
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility. Refer to the Error History Report. If the same Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair it. [Corrective Actions]
OF-01 Common System Fail
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the prob-
lem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
116-360 SMB Soft Fail OF-02 HDD System Fail
System Fail
[Fault Content] 116-374 Auto Switch Fail
PCL Decomposer Software Failure [Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] System Fail
Fatal error of PCL. [Fault Content]
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed. Fatal error of Auto SW.
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility. Fatal error of Auto SW.
Refer to the Error History Report. If the same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair it. Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
OF-01 Common System Fail [Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility.
116-372 P-Formatter Fail Refer to the Error History Report. If the same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair it.
[Error Type] OF-01 Common System Fail
2.4 NET System Fault Check
System Fail
OF-03 NET/USB System Fail
[Fault Content]
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
Fatal error of P-Formatter.
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility. [Detection Conditions]
Refer to the Error History Report. If the same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair it. An error was detected when the ESS Font ROM DIMM #1 was checked.
OF-01 Common System Fail [Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure.
116-378 MCR Soft Fail Pull out and insert the ESS Prt-Kit, the Fax Board or the ROM DIMM. If the problem persists, replace the
Prt-Kit or the ROM-DIMM.
116-381 ABL Initialize Fail NOTE:
Note the difference in timing that although 016-231 is detected during power ON, it is ’detected during job exe-
[Error Type] cution’.
System Fail
[Corrective Actions]
[Fault Content] 1. Power OFF/ON, and after restart, check that the error (= 116-383) does not occur, and whether 016-231
AddressBookLibrary Initialization Failure occurs on the top-right of the screen.
[Detection Conditions] > If 016-231 occurs, perform the solution for 016-231.
ABL did not match the ABL version information on the NVM, or corrupted data was detected. If the error does not occur, proceed to (2) for the HDD access errror.
[Corrective Actions]
Perform Clear Controller NVM on the system. 2. OF-02 HDD System Fail
As this will clear all address information, request permission from the user before performing this.
3. If power OFF/ON, and the error persists, press [Energy Saver+Stop+6] while powering On.The docu-
ment causing the error will be deleted.
116-382 ABL Phisycal Initialize Fail
[Error Type]
116-384 DCS Software Fail
System Fail
[Error Type]
[Fault Content]
Sys
AddressBookLibrary Initialization Not Available
[Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions]
DCS Fatal Error
ABL has failed to access the NVM or HDD.
[Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions]
DCS-related fatal error.
Set ChainLink 790-664 to 0.
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
If the problem persists, replace the NVM component on the NVM Controller.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Corrective Actions]
OF-02 HDD System Fail Turn the power OFF and ON.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure:
OF-01 Common System Fail
116-383 PIT Lib Failure
[Fault Name]
116-385 IDC Software Fail
PIT Lib Failure
[Error Type]
[Error Type]
System Fail
System
[Fault Content]
[Fault Content]
IDC Software Fail
Ama + toto Board Fault/Non-installation, or HDD access error
[Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions]
Fatal error related to IDC.
1. During execution of job, non-installation of Image Extension Kit (Ama + toto Board) on Controller board is
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
detected.Or, during execution of job, Ama + toto board fault is detected.
2. An HDD access error was detected during job execution. [Corrective Actions]
3. Insufficient memory is detected during image log creation. Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility. Refer to the Error History Report. If the same
failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair it.
OF-01 Common System Fail
116-397 AAAmgr illegal setting area coverage threshold. 116-700 Image Extension Kit Insufficient Memory
[Error Type] [Error Type]
system Warning
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
The Plain Total Color Judge Threshold setting is wrong. Image Expansion Kit has Insufficient Memory
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
When the condition below is met in setting system data values in boot sequence: When the system data ’Log/Image Creation Guarantee Level’ is set to ’Low’, the Image Extension Kit has
insufficient memory.
720-061(threshold B) <= 720-060(threshold A)
*If Chain-Link 720-060 Value is not below 720-061 Value, FAULT will be detected. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Set the image quality to ’Normal’.
The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access to Media.
[Corrective Actions] 116-713 Job divided by HDD Full
1. Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check whether the print file images are displayed in the PC. [Error Type]
116-710 HP-GL/2 Memory Overflow Warning
The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access to Media.
[Corrective Actions] 116-720 PCL Memory Low,Page Simplified
1. Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check the file format/directory and selected mode (Digital [Error Type]
Camera Print/Document Print). Warning
[Fault Content]
116-717 MediaLib:Not Excecute of New Request PCL Memory Low, Page Simplified
[Error Type] [Detection Conditions]
Warning
[Fault Content] [Corrective Actions]
[Media Reader] MediaLib New Execution Request Cannot Be Received Deactivate the unnecessary ports. Adjust various buffer memory sizes. Add an expanded memory.
[Detection Conditions]
The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access to Media. 116-725 HDD full for Image Log
[Corrective Actions] [Error Type]
1. Check the contents in the Media from the PC. It is not necessary to check the file format/directory in the Warning
Media (as this error does not occur when the previous job is complete).
[Fault Content]
The log image storage area on the disk is full.
116-718 Selected PLW Form Not Registered [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] With the system data ’Level of Ensuring Log Image Creation’ set to ’Low,’ the log image storage area on
Warning the disk is full.
[Fault Content] [Corrective Actions]
[PLW Form Overlay Error] Rerun the job.
The specified form is not registered. If the situation is the same despite some re-attempts, delete unnecessary documents saved in the
[Detection Conditions] device.
[Error Type]
system 117-316 Contract Manager Software Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Name]
WSD Scan S/W Fail Contract Manager Software Fail
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
A problem occurred in the processing of WSD Scan Service Software, causing the processing to discon- System
tinue after that. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] Contract Manager Software has malfunctioned
Power OFF then ON. [Detection Conditions]
If the problem persists, do the following: When the Contract Manager is running, it can no longer perform task control due to software malfunction.
OF-01 Common System Fail [Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF, make sure that the Control Panel has turned OFF, and then turn the power ON
117-311 Wrong insertion of security enhancing kit again. (If the problem reoccurs, contact the administrator/telephone center, etc.).
[Error Type]
system 117-317 Contract Manager PPP_contract Finishing Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Name]
Wrong insertion of security enhancing kit Contract Manager PPP_contract Finishing Fail
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
The Security Extension Kit is not installed in the correct slot. System
[Corrective Actions] [Fault Content]
Install the Security Extension Kit in the correct slot. PagePackPIN Contract Ended
[Detection Conditions]
117-312 Device Self Test Error The Contract Manager detected that the PPP contract has ended.
[Fault Name] [Corrective Actions]
Device Self Test Error Wait for reboot.
[Error Type]
System 117-318 Contract Manager PPP DC Command Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Name]
Device Program Self Test Error Contract Manager PPP DC Command Fail
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
In an OS self program determination test, it was detected that the Checksum value and the Mini OS/Pro- System
gram were different. [Fault Content]
-Unsuccessful due to the Mini OS fault. DC command write failure at the end of PPP contract.
-Unsuccessful startup due to the damaged program.
[Detection Conditions]
-(It was detected that) the data was illegally overwritten as the Mini OS/Program are different from the
Checksum value. The Contract Manager detected that the DC command write that was performed at the end of a PPP con-
tract has failed.
[Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions]
1. The firmware update or reinstallation
Wait for reboot.
2. If the problem is not resolved, replace the following parts.
If the Controller ROM is already of the latest version, there is no need to download. [Error Type]
3. If the problem still persists, obtain the log and contact the support department for instructions. System
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tool Function Explanation [Fault Content]
If the problem still persists, perform the following: PCI EX Option No Support Device Fail
OF-03 NET/USB System Faii [Detection Conditions]
Unknown PCI Ex Option is detected by the controller.
117-335 Invalid NVM of Convert Fail [Corrective Actions]
[Fault Name] 1. Check if PCI Option is supported.
Invalid NVM of Convert Fail 2. Re-insert PCI Option.
[Error Type] 3. Replace PCI Option.
If problem persists, replace ESS PWB.
System
[Fault Content] 117-338 SD Card Connection Fail
Invalid NVM Detection (convert processing) [Fault Name]
[Detection Conditions] SD Card Connection Fail
Detected at startup after the power is cut off during the NVM Map convert. [Error Type]
[Corrective Actions] System
Initialize the NVM. [Fault Content]
SD Card Connection Fail
MF: Turn ON the power >NVM Clear while holding down the <Power Save> + <Stop> + <2> keys [Detection Conditions]
Fault in the connection with SD card is detected by the controller.
P: Turn ON the power >NVM Clear while holding down the <OK> + <Up> + <Down> keys
A Hard Disk that was formatted by another machine was detected. [Error Type]
[Corrective Actions] System
Install the correct Hard Disk. Or, install an unformatted Hard Disk. [Fault Content]
Log transfer function setting is incorrect.
If the problem still persists, perform the following: [Detection Conditions]
OF-01 Common System Fail When an incorrect setting of the log transfer function was detected.
117-341 EP-BB Certificate Sign Mismatch 1. When the Image Log function is disabled and the Auto Transfer function is enabled, [Transfer in Job
Units] is set.
[Fault Name] 2. When the Job Log Auto Transfer function is disabled (no Hard Disk), the Auto Transfer function of the
EP-BB Certificate Sign Mismatch log is set to enabled.
[Error Type] [Corrective Actions]
System Change the setting of Log Transfer function.
1. For detection condition 1, change the operation method for Log Auto Transfer to anything other than 117-347 SEEP Billing Counter Life End Fail
[Transfer in Job Units].
2. For detection condition 2, check whether a Hard Disk is installed or change the Auto Transfer function
[Fault Name]
of the log to disable it. SEEP Billing Counter Life End Fail
[Error Type]
If the problem still persists, perform the following: System
OF-01 Common System Fail [Fault Content]
SEEP Billing Counter has reached the end of its lifespan.
117-344 Invalid User Job Type Fail [Detection Conditions]
[Fault Name] When the SEEP Extension Billing Counter have all been used up and billing count cannot be performed
Invalid User Job Type Fail as New Extension Counter cannot be obtained.
If all the following settings have been made, [IC Card Link Mode] is changed to [Enter Password]. 1. Without the EP-related products connected, start up the machine and set [Login Setup / Auditron
Administration] > [Login Setup / Auditron Mode] to other than [Remote Access].
– Set [Login Setup / Auditron Administration] > [Login Setup / Auditron Mode] to [Remote Access].
2. Install the IC Card Remote Authentication Kit option.
– Set [Login Setup / Auditron Administration] > [Login Setup / Auditron Mode] > [Remote Access] >
[IC Card Link Mode] to [No Password Required].
– Select [System Settings] > [Network Settings] > [Remote Authentication Server/Directory Service] 121-314 Customize User Prompts Fail
> [Authentication System] and set to Kerberos or SMB. [Error Type]
[Corrective Actions] system fail
When the IC Card Gate is connected: [Fault Content]
This system automatically sets [Login Setup / Auditron Administration] > [Login Setup / Auditron Mode] >
Customize User Prompts Fail
[Remote Access] > [IC Card Link Mode] to [Enter Password]. If you do not want to use a password, make
the appropriate settings. [Detection Conditions]
When the machine was in Network Accounting Mode, ChainLink was Card Auditron Level 2 OR IC Card
121-312 IC Card Auditron Accessory Fail Auditron Level 2 and the panel specified Customize User Prompts=’’prompt 2 only’’ OR ’’none’’.
[Corrective Actions] Change the system data (Chain-Link) so that the detection condition will not occur.
(*)The combination that is not permissible is when the following conditions are all met.
-ICCR connected with USB and EP related product is linked.
121-333 EPSV-EP M/C Communication Fail
( System Data:700-257=2 and System Data :850-001=1)
-Authentication setting is the main unit authentication (system data:700-212=1)
[Error Type]
System Fail
-The (System Data:700-909=1) that is set to combine the authentication from the IC card and the Panel
[Corrective Actions] [Fault Content]
When Perform the following when making the connection ICCR individual by USB and combining the EPSV-EP M/C Communication Fail
authentication from IC card and the panel: [Detection Conditions]
The following occurs. 1. The power was turned ON, with the Power Saver key, the Start key and the numeric key [0] pressed
-Disconnect the EP related products and set to C/L:850-001=0. down.
-Enable C/L:700-909=1. If this condition does not apply to your case, check what value is set in [850-014: Accessory Connection
Monitoring Timer Value] and go to one of the following.
(Since the [System Data:700-909] is reset to 0 (Disabled) from 1(Enabled) in auto reboot)
2. 850-014 = 0
For one of the reasons given under (4), this error is detected. See (4) Others.
If the problem still persists, perform the following:
3. 850-014 = 1-9
OF-01 Common System Fail
A certain time (1-9 min) preset in [850-014] after this machine was turned on and reported the Wake Up
121-326 Cannot close 3G connection Fail (3Gnet-BOX). command to the accessory, the machine did not receive any response from the accessory.
[Fault Name] 850-014 = 1-9: This error will occur a certain minute(s) [1-9 min] after the UI panel displays [Please wait].
Cannot close 3G connection Fail (3Gnet-BOX). 4. Others
[Error Category] When turned on, this machine asked for a response to the [Does the accessory exist?] signal and
System detected [The accessory does not exist].
Or
[Fault Contents]
A lapse of 10 sec after the accessory reported ACK to this machine, the accessory did not report Wake Up
3G line disconnection failed (3Gnet-BOX) Answer to this machine.
[Conditions for detection] Or
Line disconnection failed during 3G communication used by 3Gnet-BOX. This machine received three consecutive NAKs.
When the problem occurs for one of these reasons under [Others], this error will occur [within 30 sec] after
"SESSMGR_USBRNDIS_ERR_ADPTER_CANNOT_OPERATE" is returned from SessionMgr during the UI panel displays [Please wait].
3G line disconnection. [Corrective Actions]
Or, "SECEP_BEE_FATAL_CANNOT_CLOSE" is returned from secep. 1. Turn ON the power without pressing down the Power Saver key, the Start key, and the numeric key [0].
If this condition does not apply to your case, check what value is set in [850-014: Accessory Connection
Monitoring Timer Value] and go to one of the following.
121-335 EPSV Wake Up Answer Fail
2. 850-014 = 0 This error is thought to be detected for one of the reasons under (4) Others.
• Take the appropriate actions given under (4) Others.
[Error Type]
System Fail
3. 850-014 = 1-9
Set 850-014 to a larger value than the current one and operate again. [Fault Content]
• If 9 causes the problem to reoccur, set 850-014 to 0. EPSV Wake Up Answer Fail
• If 0 causes the problem to reoccur, take the appropriate actions given under (4) Others. [Detection Conditions]
4. Others The WAKE UP ANSWER cannot be received.
Check that the accessory is ON. [Corrective Actions]
Check if the cable is connected between EP-SV and ESS. Check connection of the cable between the EP-SV and the ESS.
If the cable is properly connected, turn OFF then ON this machine. If the problem persists, perform the fol- If they are connected correctly, turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the follow-
lowing: ing procedure to repair it.
4-1. Check if Controller ROM is the latest version. If not, upgrade it to the latest version. 1. Check whether the Controller ROM is the latest version and upgrade it to the latest.
If so, you do not need to download the latest version of it. If the Controller ROM is the latest version, there is no need to download it.
4-2. Reinstall the EPSV-IF board. 2. Reinstall or replace the EPSV-IF Board.
4-3. Replace the EPSV-IF board. 3. Replace the EP-SV.
4-4. Replace EP-SV. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
– If you intentionally removed EP-SV or EP Accessory, set 850-001 to 0 in DC131. (Set it to EP Perform the procedures after obtaining reports in OF-01 Common System Fail.
Accessory Connected. )
4-5. If the problem persists, go to the following and resolve it.
– If you intentionally removed EP-SV or EP Accessory, set 850-001 to 0 in DC131. (Set it to EP
121-336 Unknown EP Accessory
Accessory Connected. ) [Error Type]
– OF-01 Common System Fail: Perform the step for collecting reports and subsequent steps. System Fail
[Fault Content]
121-334 EPSV Login Fail EP-SV - Accessories type unknown.
[Error Type] [Detection Conditions]
System Fail The EP related accessory type was unknown in WAKE UP ANSWER.
[Fault Content] [Corrective Actions]
EPSV Login Fail Check connection of the cable between the EP-SV and the ESS.
[Detection Conditions] If they are connected correctly, turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the follow-
ing procedure to repair it.
Verification of the login information in WAKE UP ANSWER resulted in an error.
1. Check whether or not the Controller ROM is the latest version and upgrade it to the latest.
[Corrective Actions] If the Controller ROM is the latest version, there is no need to download it.
Check connection of the cable between the EP-SV and the ESS.
2. Reinstall or replace the EPSV-IF Board.
If they are connected correctly, turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the follow-
3. Replace the EP-SV.
ing procedure to repair it.
4. If the problem persists, refer to EP Accessory manual to perform the corrective actions.
1. Check whether the Controller ROM is the latest version and upgrade it to the latest.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
If the Controller ROM is the latest version, there is no need to download it.
Perform the procedures after obtaining reports in OF-01 Common System Fail.
2. Reinstall or replace the EPSV-IF Board.
3. Replace the EP-SV.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 121-337 EP Accessory Self Diag Fail
Perform the procedures after obtaining reports in OF-01 Common System Fail.
123-320 NVM initialized for FCW composition. 123-325 Object Creation Fail (UI-Panel)
[Error Type] [Error Type]
System Fail System Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
Automatic recovery has occurred (FCW/HB) because incorrect value was detected in the system data Object Cannot Be Created (HB/FCW)
area that has no compatibility among the different type of UI panels [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] The specified UI internal object could not be created due to any setting/specification error. UI-SW failure
When the M/C was started or booted, it was detected that a value, which is out of the guaranteed range for in the ESS PWB.
the currently installed panel, is set in the system data area that has no compatibility among the different [Corrective Actions]
type of UI panels (HB/FCW/MCW).
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
This error does not occur during the usual physical UI panel type replacement.
OF-04 Panel System Fail
If for some reason the incorrect data got stored, the machine performs reboot and automatic recovery
using the same system as when the panel is physically replaced.
[Corrective Actions] 123-326 Memory Overflow (UI-Panel)
Even when this error code is displayed, the machine can still be used normally after pressing [Close]. [Error Type]
However, set necessary mechanical settings before using it because the Controller NVM has been ini- System Fail
tialized into the FCW/MCW panel configuration. [Fault Content]
Memory Overflow
123-322 Target Fail (UI-Panel) The memory in the GUAM exceeded the upper limit.
[Error Type] [Detection Conditions]
System Fail UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.
[Fault Content] [Corrective Actions]
Target Error Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Detection Conditions] OF-04 Panel System Fail
Serial Transmission Failure
[Corrective Actions] 123-327 Button Overflow (UI-Panel)
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Error Type]
OF-04 Panel System Fail System Fail
123-323 Address Fail (UI-Panel) [Fault Content]
[Error Type] Button Overflow
System Fail The memory for the (synchronous display) button in the GUAM exceeded the upper limit.
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
Address Error UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
Serial Transmission Failure Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-04 Panel System Fail
[Error Type]
123-328 UI Internal Fail with Out of Area System Fail
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
System Fail Interface Failure
[Fault Content] Impossible transmission with the Control Panel was detected.
UI Internal I/F Failure [Detection Conditions]
A coordinate value out of the range of the display screen was detected (WxH = 640x240). The H/W connection in the Panel is faulty or the internal connection could not be correctly detected.
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB. Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Corrective Actions] OF-04 Panel System Fail
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-04 Panel System Fail 123-337 Frame Data Error with Invalid Data Type
[Error Type]
123-329 UI Internal Fail with Invalid Coordinates System Fail
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
System Fail Invalid frame data was detected.
[Fault Content] The incorrect value of the Data Type detected by Frame ID was detected.
Execute dC132[Billing Data Matching & Serial No Setting]. Make the 3 values match. Execute dC131[NVM Read/Write].
Replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB. Compare the following values.
• dC131[700-600]
• dC131[700-601]
124-313 DC132 10 • dC131[700-602]
Modal Break Point Fail (All the three are different from each other.) [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] (Software available for DC132)
Enter DC132. Master SYS1 to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB.
All the Modal Break Points kept at multiple locations are different.
(Software unavailable for DC132)
[Corrective Actions]
Replace the MCU PWB.
Power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:
Replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB.
124-352 CRUM OEM fail SYS 1
124-349 Modal Break Point Restoration Fail [Error Type]
System Fail
[Error Type]
sys
[Fault Content]
One of CRUM OEM destinations is different from the others (SYS 1).
[Fault Content]
Modal Break Point Fail (One mismatches the others but cannot be automatically repaired.)
[Detection Conditions]
One of the CRUM OEM destinations stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the Control-
[Detection Conditions] ler Board does not match).
When one Modal Break Point did not match, this machine tried to automatically correct it but failed.
[Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] (Software available for DC132)
Power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following: Enter DC132. Master the MCU to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the Cont PWB.
In DC131[NVM Read/Write] compare the values in the following NVMs: (Software unavailable for DC132)
If the values in both 720-057 and 720-064 are the same, replace the MCU PWB. Extract the SEEPROM from and reinsert it into the Controller PWB. If the problem still persists, replace
If they are different, replace the ESS PWB. the Controller PWB.
124-350 CRUM OEM fail ALL 124-353 CRUM OEM fail SYS 2
[Error Type] [Error Type]
System Fail System Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
All three CRUM OEM destinations are not set (0 or different values are set). One of CRUM OEM destinations is different from the others (SYS 2).
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
The CRUM OEM destinations stored in three positions match but their values are not set (0). One of the CRUM OEM destinations stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the Control-
[Corrective Actions] ler Board does not match).
Replace the machine, or replace the MCU Board. [Corrective Actions]
(Software available for DC132)
124-351 CRUM OEM fail MCU Enter DC132. Mater SYS1 to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the Cont NVM and the
Cont PWB in order.
[Error Type] (Software unavailable for DC132)
System Fail Reinstall/replace the NVM PWB. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB.
[Fault Content]
One of CRUM OEM destinations is different from the others (IOT).
124-354 DC132 13
Repair the Booklet Tray using another FIP detected at the same time. [Detection Conditions]
The paper was output from the center tray instead of from the selected tray
1. A different paper size other than the selected size was output for double-sided setting
124-704 Envelop Folder Tray to Center Tra
2. Puncher of Finisher C malfunctioned
[Error Type] [(1) Sub Tray output when there is a size mismatch during double-sided setting]
Warning
124-710 Output Tray changed from MailBoxSorter 124-713 Booklet Near Low Staple Warning (R)
[Error Type] [Fault Name]
Booklet Near Low Staple Warning (R)
warning
[Fault Content] [Error Type]
Warning
The machine changed output tray from Sorter to another and continued printing.
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
Paper that cannot be output to Mailbox Sorter was detected. (paper size and paper type) Booklet Near Low Staple Warning (R)
[Detection Conditions]
The Green Controller detected communication failure with the DFE. 127-220 DEF Communicaiton Error (video)
[Corrective Actions] [Error Type]
Pull out and insert the DFE connection cable. Service Fail
Turn the power OFF then ON. [Fault Content]
DEF Detected Communication Error (Video)
127-211 DFE Parameter Error [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] The DFE detected communication error in the Video system.
Incorrect Parameter • The host may treat this failure as a System Fail.
After rewritting the Address Book using EasyAdmin and before rebooting, a Service Fail occurred due to
dial error because a speed dial entry was rewritten from the Panel. 133-282 Fax Card download fail
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
After rewriting the Address Book in EasyAdmin and before rebooting, a speed dial entry was rewritten Service Fail
from the Panel.
[Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] Software downloading failed and Fax Card separated.
Turn the power OFF then ON.
[Detection Conditions]
As downloading of Fax Card could not be completed due to either a Fax Card failure or Fax Cont SW fail-
133-226 Illegal country code for Fax ure, subsequent processes could not be performed.
[Error Type] [Corrective Actions]
Service Fail Repeat the Fax Card Download. If this failure persists, replace the Fax PWB and the G3 PWB.
[Fault Content] If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Illegal Country Code for FAX Detected OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Detection Conditions]
The code that does not provide FAX Service is set in the System Data Country Code. 133-283 Fax report mail box not open
[Corrective Actions] [Error Type]
Set a correct Country code. Service Fail
[Fault Content]
133-280 Fax Option Slot1 Board Fail FAX Report Storage Mailbox Not Open
[Error Type] [Detection Conditions]
Service Fail Mailbox Not Open was detected when FAX report is stored in a mailbox.
[Fault Content] [Corrective Actions]
FAX Service Separated by Service Fail If the problem persists after opening the Mailbox, perform the following procedure to repair it.
If you do not know the type of letter that can be used, please use only alphanumeric characters.
If the problem still persists, proceed to the following to repair the problem.
2.4 NET System Malfunction Verification
2.4.5 Network-related Details Check Flow
The following occurs (However, this includes the cases that may not occur when DC612 starts):
• DC900G: 500-990 DC612 Print NG By Any Reason
Fusing Unit: Shifted to Warming Up and Sagging occurred. [Error Type]
The CC Cleaner Position was moved from the Home Position. History
Fusing Unit Relay State: Shifted to Not Ready. [Fault Content]
Drum Cycle State: Shifted to Cleaning Request. Diag DC612 Test Pattern Print cannot be executed due to unknown reason.
CC Wire Warning: Occurred.
[Detection Conditions]
Reserve Tank State: Filling.
Printing could not start due to unknown reason in Diag DC612 Test Pattern Print, or it was aborted. (Only
Drum Crum State: Unknown.
end response)
• DCC5540G/DC540G:
• This occurs during Diag execution only, and Fault Code is displayed on the PC-Diag and Panel.
Fusing Unit: Shifted to Warming Up and Sagging occurred.
[Corrective Actions]
Reserve Tank State: Filling.
Perform the same operation again.
[Corrective Actions]
Return from the Wait state and try again.
2.4.5.1 Check Flow at SMB Failure (supported in DMP-X and earlier models) Table 3
The following describes the possible causes, check procedures, and corrective actions when a failure occurs
Cause Check Method Action
when SMB is used.
Try to delete all the print data From the [Printers] menu, check whether Select the print data to be
1. Check at [Printer Not Found] displayed in [Printers] win- the system is trying to delete the print data. deleted and delete the print data
dow. (This can only be done ([Clear Print Jobs] menu) from [Documents] menu in the
Table 1 by the administrator of this [Printers] window. ([Cancel Job]
machine.) menu)
Cause Check Method Action
There are different print data Check that the name displayed [Owner] of Log in to Windows using the
The operation protocols of the Though the printer can be found when Match the SMB transport proto- owners. the selected print data matches the login name displayed in [Owner] of the
computer and the machine are search is performed using [Search Other cols (NetBEUI, TCP/IP) of the name who has logged in to Windows. print data to delete the data.
different. Computer] ([Start] > [Search] > [Other machine and each computer. Service Pack 4.0 or later is not Check the version of Service Pack, which Install Service Pack version 4.0
Computers], it cannot be found in [Net- installed. (For Windows NT is displayed at start up of WindowsNT 4.0. or later.
work Computers]. 4.0)
Networks (subnets) are differ- Though the printer can be found when When the machine and the com-
ent. search is performed using [Search Other puter are in different networks,
4. Check [Machine Settings]
Computer] ([Start] > [Search] > [Other check with the System Adminis-
Computers], it cannot be found in [Net- trator. (1) IP Addresses are addresses that are managed in the whole system. Consult with the Network
work Computers]. Administrator thoroughly before perform setting.
The host name set in the Print the [Configuration Report]. Check Use CentreWare Internet Ser- (2) Depending on the network environment, set the subnet mask and gateway settings only if neces-
machine already exists. that [Host name duplicated] is described vices to change the host name to sary. Consult with the Network Administrator to set necessary settings.
in the SMB status information. an unduplicated name or return (3) If a memory becomes insufficient when [Enabled] is set for the port status, the port status may be
the machine settings to default. automatically reset to [Disabled]. In this case, set [Disabled] for unused ports or change the mem-
ory allocated capacity.
2. Check at [Print Not Available] (4) Depending on the usage environment, set the receiving buffer capacity [SMB (Spool)] size. When
the receiving buffer capacity [SMB (Spool)] size is smaller than the sent data, the data may not be
Table 2 able to be received.
5. Check [Computer Settings]
Cause Check Method Action
(1) IP Addresses are addresses that are managed in the whole system. Consult with the Network
The machine is processing a Check that the printing is in progress in the After print process has been Administrator thoroughly before perform setting.
print request from another machine. (A write error dialog appears completed in the machine, issue
(2) To perform network settings (such as IP address), etc. on the host used under NIS (Network Infor-
computer. indicating that there are no areas to stored a print request or switch the
mation Service) management, consult with the NIS Administrator.
(When [Do not spool] is set for the files in queue.) machine setting to [Spool to
[Receiving Buffer]) Memory]. 6. Check at Power OFF
The number of connections in As the port connection is hold for [since a Wait for a while and issue the Before turning OFF the machine, take note of the following:
the machine has exceeded job request has been issued to Net until same print request again. (1) When [Memory] is set for [SMB (Spool)]
the maximum value. printing is complete], it is also hold when Or, check the number of users All the print data including the data being printed that have been spooled in the machine memory will
the printer is paused due to no paper. that can use the machine at the be deleted.
Check the maximum number of sessions same time and set the maximum When the power is turned ON again, no print data remains. However, if the power is turned OFF
of SMB from the EWS [Protocol] menu to number of sessions to an appro- immediately after the print instruction, the print data may be stored on the computer.
check whether Jobs reaching or exceed- priate value from the EWS [Proto-
col] menu. In this case, even if a new print instruction is issued after the power is turned ON, the stored print
ing the [Maximum Number of Sessions]
data will be printed first.
were requested simultaneously at the site.
(2) When [Hard Disk] is set for [SMB (Spool)]
All the print data including the data being printed that have been spooled in the machine hard disk
will be saved.
When the power is turned ON again and a new print instruction is issued, the stored print data will be
printed first.
<Change 1>
Change the TCP Receive Window Size (C/L: 771-046 (CE)) of the machine to 16384 bytes [For
DMP 2007-2c and later. From DMP-9-4a onwards, the default is 4096 -> 16384].
-> Due to the effect of network environment (via VPN, separate network, etc.), narrow TCP receive
window size at the device, and etc., there could be network communication delays at TCP level.
(On the packet, the interval of send time for host side print data is empty)
If the situation does not improve even after that, the print time could possibly be shortened by the fol-
lowing method.
At Power OFF Same as above Check that [Internet Services] is activated. Print the [Configuration
Report] for checking.
Before turning the machine OFF, take note of the following:
Same as above Check that the Internet address has been entered properly. Check the
• When [Memory] is set for [lpd (Spool)]
Internet address again. When unable to connect, enter the IP Address
All the print data including the data being printed that have been spooled in the machine memory will be and connect again.
deleted. When the power is turned ON again, no print data remains.
Same as above Check if a proxy server is used. Connection might not be possible
However, if the power is turned OFF immediately after the print instruction, the print data may be stored depending on the Proxy Server. When proxy server is not used, set the
on the computer. In this case, even if a new print instruction is issued after the power is turned ON, the Web browser to [Do not use proxy server] or set the used address to
stored print data will be printed first. [Do not use proxy server].
• When [Hard Disk] is set for [lpd (Spool)] [Wait for a while] appears and stays. Wait for a while without doing anything. If the situation has not been
All the print data including the data being printed that have been spooled in the machine hard disk will be changed, select the [Update] button. If the situation does not change
saved. When the power is turned ON again and a new print instruction is issued, the stored print data will after selecting the [Update] button, check if the machine is operating
be printed first. properly.
• When [Do not spool] is set for [lpd (Spool)] The [Update] button is not function- Check that the specified Web browser is used. Refer to [Communica-
All the print data including the data being printed that have been spooled in the machine receiving buffer ing. Or, even if a menu in the left frame tion (Port/Protocol) Setting Items in CentreWare Internet Services] in
will be deleted. When the power is turned ON again, no print data remains. is selected, the right frame cannot be User Guide to check the used Web browser is supported.
refreshed.
However, if the power is turned OFF immediately after the print instruction, the print data may be stored
on the computer. In this case, even if a new print instruction is issued after the power is turned ON, the The screen display collapses. Change the window size of the Web Browser.
stored print data will be printed first. The latest information is not dis- Select the [Update] button.
At Printing played
• When [Hard Disk] or [Memory] is set for [lpd (Spool)] Selecting the [Apply new settings] Check that the entered values are correct. If invalid values have been
button does not reflect settings. entered, they are automatically changed to values within the limit
When the machine starts receiving print data and the print data size is larger than the HDD spool area or
range.
memory remaining capacity, the print data will not be received.
Same as above Check that the machine is operating or has completed operation using
NOTE: If the print data exceeds the receiving capacity, some computers will resend data immedi- the machine Operation Panel. If Auto Reset function is set, the settings
ately. In this case, he computer may look like it has hanged. To correct this, cancel the sending of in CentreWare Internet Services will not be applied until the specified
print data at the computer. time has passed. Wait for a while.
• When [Do not spool] is set for [lpd (Spool)] Selecting [Apply new settings] dis- 1. Check if the password is correct. The password confirmation entry
When a print request is received from a computer, the print requests from other computers cannot be plays a message such as [Invalid or does not match. Enter a correct password.2. Restart the machine.
unrecognizable response was
received.
returned from the server] or [No data
• When a computer IP Address or name has been changed
found] on the Web browser.
When the IP Address or the name of the computer has been changed, the query and cancelation of pro-
Jobs cannot be deleted. Wait for a while and then select the [Update] button.
cesses from the machine cannot be performed properly. With no print data stored in the machine receiv-
ing buffer, turn the machine OFF and ON. Cannot enter Japanese characters. Use Shift-JIS code. And do not use single-byte Katakana characters.
Cannot enter Kanji characters. Kanji characters cannot be entered for the items displayed with [*].
3. Set the [Protocol] and [Datagram Length]. (Custom) (Figure 3) 5. A screen showing that [Ping] is in progress is displayed. (Figure 5)
4. When [Datagram Length] is changed to [Custom], it can be changed within the following range. 6. The result of [Ping Connection Test] test is displayed. (Figure 6)
(576 to 9000, default is 1500)
Select [Start]. (Figure 4)
Figure 6 j0ef245006
1. Collect the log information of the target machine. (It is also possible to collect data periodically for every xx [DMP-6 and earlier]: LogTool.exe -> refer to 2.5.3
minutes)
[DMP 2007 and later]: copanda3.exe -> refer to 2.5.5
Use the functions 1) and 2) of this tool described above to collect logs at the site where a failure has occurred.
Also, depending on the failure condition, the CWIS itself may be stopped. In this case, logs cannot be col- 7. Enter the [IP Address] of the Main Unit in the target IP Address column and the M/C No. of the Main Unit in
lected. You can check if the CWIS is active by checking if the CWIS screen (URL:http://Printer IP Address/) can the M/C column, then click [(1) Update Storage Destination].
be displayed on the browser. 8. The file storing column is updated and the directory in which logs will be stored is determined.
9. Select [Redir or xxx.tgz] or [info9 or xxx.tgz] from the collection column and click [(2) [Start/Stop] Log-
1. Print the ’Configuration Report’ and confirm the following: ging].
• The HDD is installed. Redir or xxx.tgz: Retrieves 20 files. Mainly, this is the item that will be retrieved at service call.
• An IP Address was set. info9 or xxx.tgz: Retrieves 1 file. This is the item to be retrieved when the a problem has reoccurred.
• The CWIS is activated. 10. The directory that has been determined in Step 9 is opened, in which the collected logs are stored.
2. Disconnect the Ethernet cable that is connected to the Main Unit. 11. After collecting the logs, click [Cancel/Close] to exit the logging tool.
3. Change the IP Address of the client so that it can communicate with the Main Unit via TCP/IP. 12. If the Main Unit/client IP Address has been changed, restore it to the original value.
Change it to an IP Address with the same network number as the IP Address of the Main Unit from which 13. Reconnect the Ethernet cable that is connected to the Main Unit.
to collect the log. 14. Print the collected logs and reports and send them to the Support Department.
(E.g.) When the Main Unit IP Address is set to 192.168.1.100 and its Subnet Mask is set to • Failure Conditions
255.255.255.0, change the address to 192.168.1.xxx (something other than 100, such as 101).
• History List
And set the Main Unit IP Address if the machine is set for DHCP. Change the IP Address to one with the
• Configuration Report
same network number as the IP Address of the client that collects the logs.
• Job History
4. Connect the PC and the Main Unit with the UTP cross-cable.
• Error History Report
5. After the PC has started up, click [MS-DOS Prompt] from the [Programs] in the [Start] menu.
• Log file that has been collected this time
(For Windows(R)NT/2000, after the PC has started up, click [Command Prompt] from [Accessories]
under [Programs] in the [Start] menu.)
Execute [PING IP Address] and check if the network connection is working properly.
(E.g.) C:\ ping 192.168.1.100 (IP Address of Main Unit)
6. Activate the Logging Tool. (Figure 1)
The following window appears.
2.5.4 COMPASS CE Tool 2.5.5 Obtaining logs using [CoPAnDA3.exe]
• COMPASS support site -> FX Maintenance 1. Overview
CoPAnDA3 is a Logging Tool that runs on the PSW (PC).
FX Maintenance runs on a tablet terminal and it is an application for performing MFD and Printer maintenance The Failure Data Batch Logging function that uses CoPAnDA3 is able to compile and obtain the IIT/IOT
from the tablet terminal. and electronic reports, as well as the revision logs of the system data that had been automatically rewrit-
ten by the software update service in addition to the ESS logs (which are already obtainable by existing
• The FX Maintenance functions are as follows: machines).
1. Firmware Download (Target: DMP-2009 and later MFD) 2. Required Tools
2. Log Collection (Same as CoPAnDA2, target: DMP-2007 and later MFD & Printer) • A PSW (PC) that runs on Windows XP.
3. Print PDF File (Target: MFD & Printer installed with PDF Direct Print feature) • UTP Category 5 cross-cable (for connecting the PSW to the Main Unit)
NOTE: *The log collection cannot be performed when in the UI Diag (CE) mode.
(2) Print the Configuration Report and confirm the following:
• HDD must be installed.
• The IP Address is set.
• The CWIS is activated.
(3) Disconnect the Network Cable and the Fax line cable.
(4) Change the IP Address of the PSW to one with the same network number as the device that collects
logs.
NOTE:
When the IP Address of the Main Unit is set to 192.168.1.100 and its subnet mask is set to
255.255.255.0, change the IP Address of the PSW to 192.168.1.xxx (other than 100).
(5) Connect the PSW and the device by using the UTP cross-cable.
(6) Turn ON the PSW and execute the ping command in Command Prompt*, etc. to check that the PSW
and the device can communicate.
(7) Record the current setting value for the [Power Saver Timers]* at the device and change the time to CAUTION
transition to Low Power and Sleep mode to 10 minutes or longer. The collected reports and logs are the customer's confidential and personal information. Make
sure that you obtain the customer's understanding and consent before using this machine to
NOTE:
collect any logs.
*Enter the System Administrator Mode at the device, select [System Settings] > [Common Ser-
vice Settings] > [Machine Clock / Timers] > and change the settings for [Power Saver Timers].
Figure 1 j0ef255001
Table 1
Log Options Option Contents
Report Collection Collects the various types of reports, such as the Configuration
Report.
Job Log Collection Collects the log information for the result of the Jobs that had been
performed. For machines installed with HDD, up to 15,000 Job Logs
can be stored. If the number of Job Logs has exceeded 15,000, the
oldest ones will be deleted first.
Debug Log Collection Collects the Debug Log that were automatically saved in the HDD at
the occurrence of system failures. Up to 20 Debug Logs are stored. If
the number of Debug Logs has exceeded 20, the oldest ones will be
deleted first.
Generate Debug Log Before Debug Generates a Debug Log based on the current Device Information
Log Collection and writes it into the HDD.
Table 1
Log Options Option Contents
System Data Revision Log Collection Collects the revision log for the system data (Chain-Link) that is auto-
matically revised when the Firmware is updated via EP-BB. Also, for
DMP-XI 1c and later, changing C/L 701-666 -> '1' collects the packet
data when network packet capture is performed.
Figure 3 j0au25401
-Main types and contents of the ’Type’ item (the reason the log was generated)
Figure 2 j0rk41818
Table 2
(11) Click [X] on the top right corner to terminate the tool. Type Contents
(12) Return the Power Saver Timers (Low Power/Sleep) settings of the device to their original values. Manual Log -’Generate Debug Log Before Obtaining Debug Log’ was per-
(13) Return the IP Address of the device and the PSW to their original values. formed at CoPAnDA2.
(14) Return all cables, etc. that are connected to the device back to their original states. -Debug Log was generated by pressing the GL-Z button.
(15) Check the collection result for the collected log file. Auto Log (System Fail Occurred) A system error has occurred.
A text file which can be used to check the result is created in the same folder where the log file is Auto Log (Shutdown while executing These are automatically generated due to other state transition.
stored. the job)
Check the creation date, Chain-Link No., and etc. and make sure that you have managed to obtain Auto Log (Shutdown No Ack task
the required logs. exists)
-Sample result
(16) Attach the collected log files along with the following reports and perform escalation. Also, obtain
the Fax Activity Report*, etc., and the various other reports as required.
• Service Log
• Error History Report
• Job History Report*
• Configuration Report*
Figure 6 j0au25404
Figure 4 j0au25402
(3) Click [OK].
Figure 7 j0au25405
Reference Information
The SafeDllSearchMode.reg adds and/or modifies values in the registry. As the registry is
returned to its original state whenever the PSW is restarted in Deep Freeze environment, it is
necessary to run SafeDllSearchMode.reg before activating the tool (copanda2.exe).
(By running the SafeDllSearchMode.reg with the Deep Freeze canceled, the values will not be
reset even after a restart)
7. Precautions and Limitations
• The log collection cannot be performed when the device is in UI Diag (CE) mode. Make sure that the
machine is not in Power Saver mode before collecting logs.
• As there is a possiblity that the log collection cannot be performed when the Main Unit is in the Power
Saver mode, make sure that the device is not in Power Saver mode before collecting logs.
• When the Debug Log is being created, although operating other windows can cause the progress
bar to freeze, just wait until the log collection is complete as the process continues to operate inter-
nally.
• The default folder that is designated as the Storage Destination for the logs is the WORK folder
under the folder that contains the CoPAnDA2. Furthermore, if a folder that does not exist is specified
as the Storage Destination for the logs, the log files will be stored in the default folder.
Figure 5 j0au25403 • The System Data Revision Log will be deleted after a Report Collection. Therefore, if you perform
back-to-back log collections, you will not be able to collect the System Data Revision Log on the 2nd
If the above error had occurred, run the [SafeDllSearchMode.reg] that was extracted together with the collection onwards.
tool (copanda2.exe), and then run CoPAnDA2 again.
How to Run
(1) Double click ’SafeDllSearchMode.reg’ that can be found in the same folder as copanda2.exe.
(2) When the following dialog box appears, click [Yes].
2.5.6 Chain-Link 701-284 (Log Creation) 2.5.7 Chain-Link 700-355 (Debug Log Creation Target Selection)
• After changing Chain-Link 701-284 from '0' to '1', turn OFF the (sub) power [log creation only] • DMP-XI 1c and later models can generate Debug Log by turning OFF the power while pressing and hold-
ing down (for 5 seconds) the (sub) power.
For DMP-X-PL and later models, changing Chain-Link 701-284 from '0' to '1' and turning OFF the (sub) power
creates the Debug Log in the HDD. Pressing and holding down (for 5 seconds or longer) the (sub) power causes both the Power Saver LED and
Authentication LED to start blinking, the Debug Log to be generated in the device HDD, and finally the power to
The function works in the same was as when the button is pressed at Logging Tool, which makes it valuable in turn OFF. Compared to a normal power OFF, this will take longer as time is needed to create the log. (Maxi-
cases when there are difficulties in obtaining the logs, such as having low reproducibility, CWIS malfunction, mum 7 minutes)
and etc. during a service call. After that, use CoPAnDA2 to retrieve the logs.
It is possible to shorten the time taken for Debug Log creation by changing the targets to generate the log for.
NOTE: The Debug Log that can be created is for controller errors only.
C/L 700-355 (Debug Log Storage Prohibition Settings)
NOTE: Up to 20 Debug Logs can be stored in the HDD. Whenever possible, obtain the logs quickly after
the phenomenon had occurred. Also, when turning OFF the power to create logs, the shutdown will take • 0 : Save all logs (default)
a longer time compared to a normal shutdown.
• 1 : Do not save IOT logs
NOTE: After obtaining the logs, restore the original settings to prevent long turn OFF time. • 2 : Do not save IIT logs
• For details, refer to technical information No. FTI-403. • 3 : Do not save IOT/IIT logs
NOTE: This is not reflected in the Debug Log that was created by C/L 701-284 -> '1'.
1. When the network log retrieval function is enabled, the operation for normal services cannot be guaran-
teed and hence the following must be taken into consideration.
• The CE must be present at all times and the device must be turned OFF at least once after obtaining
the log.
• The communication speed can drop to as low as 1/10th of the normal, which makes it impossible to
analyse performance problems.
• Retrieve the log from the customer.
Also explain that failures may occur in the various device services (Print/Fax Send/Service Link-
age, etc.) during this time.
This is useful for isolating the cause when a highly reproducible network related problem, such as EP-BB reg-
istration problems, IP Fax (SIP), and Scan to PC (SMB) communication had occurred.
2.6.1 Software Download
Follow ’4.3 Adjustment: Upgrade Main Processor Firmware’ in Service Manual to upgrade the Controller soft-
ware to the latest version.
3. At Scan/Fax/Internet Fax
Table 2
Report Name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
System Settings List Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Extended Features Settings List
Job History Report Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Error History Report Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Fail Counter Report (CE) (Note) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Shutdown History Report (CE) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Debug Report (CE) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Stored Document List Yes
CAUTION
The lists below may contain important customer data of the customer. For such lists, ensure to
check with the customer before taking them back to the company.
Also, contact Support G for confirmation. Never decide what to do by yourself.
Table 3
Fax Scan Internet Fax
Extended Features Settings List Yes Yes Yes
Job History Report Yes Yes Yes
Error History Report Yes Yes Yes
Fail Counter Report (CE) (Note) Yes Yes Yes
Shutdown History Report (CE) Yes Yes Yes
Debug Report (CE) Yes Yes Yes
Stored Document List Yes Yes
Receive Domain Restriction List Yes
Registered Address Dial List Yes Yes Yes
Mailbox Registration List Yes Yes Yes
Box Selector List Yes
Secured Receive Report Yes Yes
Job Flow Error Report Yes Yes Yes
Activity Report Yes
Unsend Report Yes
Broadcast Report Yes
Relay Broadcast Report Yes
Protocol Monitor (CE) Yes
Transmission Report Yes
Job Template List Yes
Internet Fax Monitor Kit Yes
Internet Fax Unsend Report Yes
But gathered information are depends on MC model, configuration and Option installed or not.
NOTE: Since log data that are collected by using this function correspond to customer’s classified infor- Table 4
mation and personal data, be sure to obtain approval from a customer when using this function.
No Type Remarks
The following data are targeted when this function is used.
5 Report* Collectable as data from DMPYokohama
• Printer settings list
Table 4
• Job history report
No Type Remarks
• Error history report
1 ESS Log Same as conventional machines • HFSI counter report (CE)
2 IIS Log Add from DMPYokohama • Jam counter report (CE)
3 IOT Log Add from DMPYokohama • Fail counter report (CE)
4 Job Log* Add from DMPYokohama • Shutdown history report (CE)
• Debug log report (CE)
• Stored document list
• Receive domain restriction list
• Extended function setting list
• Registered destination list
• Mailbox registration list
• Box selector list
• Counter report by function
• Total count report by job
• Total count management report for copy
• Total count report for printer
• Font list
• ART EX form registration list
• PCL setting list
• PCL macro registration list
• PostScript logical printer registration list
• PDF setting list
• HP-GL/2 setting list
• HP-GL/2 logical printer/memory registration list
• PC-PR201H setting list
• PC-PR201H logical printer/memory registration list
• Total count management report for printer
• Comment registration list
• Total count management report for fax
• Job template list
• Total count management report for scan
IQ-1 Image Quality Entry FIP Image Quality Problem Symptoms FIP
How to use Image Quality Troubleshooting Skew Printed images are not parallel to the edges of the paper. IQ-18
According to the following procedure, check the NG samples obtained during the visit or from the customer Paper crease The printed paper is creased, folded or torn. IQ-19
and proceed to the applicable IQ-FIP. Unsettled image Printed images are not properly fused onto the paper. When IQ-20
rubbed, the image comes off easily.
1. Compare the NG samples with ’NG Image Samples’ in this chapter to determine the problem, then check
the parts that may be the cause of the NG image quality.
2. When the problem cannot be determined or there was no corresponding NG sample in 1 above, proceed
to the corresponding FIP below to repair the problem.
Table 1
Image Quality Problem Symptoms FIP
Periodical spots, stripes, Spots, stripes and bands appear on the image at a regular IQ-2
bands etc. pitch.
Overall light printing Every color on the image is equally light in density. IQ-3
A particular color is light Only a particular color on the image is light in density. IQ-4
All white Paper is printed completely white. IQ-5
Solid black Paper is printed completely black. IQ-6
Solid color Paper is completely printed in a particular color. IQ-7
Vertical blank areas There are extremely light or completely white parts on the IQ-8
image. These parts appear vertically over an extensive area in
the process direction.
Vertical faded stripes Extremely light parts of a particular color appear vertically over IQ-9
an extensive area on the image in the process direction.
Horizontal blank areas There are extremely light or completely white parts on the IQ-10
image. These parts with no image appear horizontally over an
extensive area perpendicular to the process direction.
Horizontal faded stripes Extremely light parts of a particular color appear horizontally IQ-11
over an extensive area perpendicular to the process direction
on the image.
Vertical streaks (irregular) Black lines or streaks of a particular color running in the vertical IQ-12
direction of the paper.
Horizontal streaks (irregular) Black lines or streaks of a particular color running in the hori- IQ-13
zontal direction of the paper.
Partial image omission There are extremely light parts on the image or parts that are IQ-14
completely omitted. These omitted parts appear on limited
areas on the paper.
Spots Black toner spots or toner spots of a particular color are scat- IQ-15
tered randomly across the entire page.
Ghost Image Ghost images appear on the paper. The image printed just IQ-16
before had been printed onto the following sheet of paper, or
part of the printed image was transferred repeatedly.
Background The entire page or part thereof is covered by a very light layer of IQ-17
black toner or toner of a particular color.
IQ-2 FIP for periodical spots, stripes, bands etc. Check the parts that correspond to the closest X value with the following perspectives.
Spots, stripes and bands appear on the image at a regular pitch. (Figure 1) Table 2
NO Verification Action
1 Check the surface of the part. Are there any for- Remove the foreign substances.
eign substances?
2 Is the surface uneven or distorted? Replace the part if it cannot be repaired.
3 Has it been replaced by a component of another If yes, replace it with the part before replacement.
color?
4 When the problem cannot be determined visu- If the trouble persists after replacement, restore it to
ally. its original state and look for other possible causes.
Stitching is the darkening of the density in the development of an image by combining 32 scanning beams with
the next 32 scanning beams in a knot. As there is a significant difference in density especially in contiguous
exposure (process speed 320 mm/s), the density of the knot is balanced by decreasing the amount of light for
the beams at the ends of the 32 beams during contiguous exposure only. Now, the amount of light of the 2
Figure 1 j0tz3019 beams at the 2 ends have been decreased by 2 decrements with the initial value of the NVM.
NO X (mm) Component Name When correcting black streaks manually, change the settings towards the right to strengthen the stitching cor-
1 0.3 ROS (Stitching) (Proceed to the following step.) rection. The correction becomes stronger with every + increment. When correcting white streaks, change the
2 1 Deve. Assy/Deve Drive/Xero system check settings towards the left. The correction becomes weaker with every - increment. For -2, correction is not
entered.
3 2 Deve. Assy/Deve Drive system check
4 6 Deve. Assy/Deve Drive/Xero/IBT system check Table 3
5 44 BCR (K Drum)
Initial
6 36 Deve Roller for each color Beam No. NVM (749-) -2 -1 Value +1 +2 +3 +4
7 36 (Horizontal Deve./Drive system check
Ch0 749-002 3 2 1 0 0 0 0
streaks)
Ch31 749-095 3 2 1 0 0 0 0
8 58 1st BTR for each color
Ch1 749-005 3 3 3 3 2 1 0
9 62.8 2nd BUR
Ch30 749-092 3 3 3 3 2 1 0
10 88 2nd BTR
11 98 Fusing Belt
• When white streaks occur
12 110 Heat Roll
Change the NVM value in the negative direction of the numerical columns in the table above.
13 126 Y/M/C Drum
Increase the value.
14 188 Black Drum
• When black streaks occur
Change the NVM value in the positive direction of the numerical columns in the table above.
Decrease the value. IQ-3 FIP for overall light printing
NOTE: When it is hard to differentiate visually, try changing the value to determine the extent of the Every color on the image is equally light in density.
change.
When no change occurs even when the value is changed, replace the relevant ROS. Correction is
likely to fail especially when the LD alarm (hidden failure) went off etc.
Figure 1 j0tz3001
Procedure
NOTE: The procedures in this FIP assume that the machine components that affect image quality are not
functioning at all. Since some electrical parts have different effects on the image quality depending on the
output level, analyze the problem while taking into account that an image quality that is different from the
above sample may be output. The instruction to replace a parts in a procedure merely identifies a parts
that might be the cause. If the problem persists even after a replacement, reinstall the parts and investi-
gate for other causes. It is also recommended to refer to 6.3.5.2 ’Image Information Flow’ to output test
patterns and identify the problem.
Output in both Copy mode and Print mode. Does the problem recur in both Copy mode and Print
mode?
Y N
Does the problem only recur in Copy mode?
Y N
Check with the client.
Remove each of the IIT PWB connectors and reconnect them properly. Turn the power OFF then ON and
print. Does the problem recur?
Y N
end
Replace the IIT PWB (PL 1.5), followed by the Lens and CCD (PL 1.5).
Carry out the MAX Setup procedure (ADJ 18.1.5). Does the problem persist?
Y N
end
A
Version 1.2 12/2014 3.1 Image Quality Troubleshooting
3-5
Color C60/C70 Printer Image Quality Troubleshooting
Color C60/C70 Printer 12/2014
Image Quality Troubleshooting
Version 1.2 3-6 3.1 Image Quality Troubleshooting
A
Remove the IBT module and reinstall it properly. Turn the power OFF then ON and print. Does the problem IQ-4 FIP when a particular color is light
recur?
Y N Only a particular color on the image is light in density.
end
Remove each of the HVPS-2 connectors and reconnect them properly. Turn the power OFF then ON and
print. Does the problem recur?
Y N
end
Check the 2nd BTR. Is the surface of the 2nd BTR free from dirt or damage?
Y N
Replace the 2nd BTR (PL 6.8).
Install a new IBT Belt (PL 6.3). Turn the power OFF then ON and print. Does the problem recur?
Y N
end
Check the 2nd BTR CAM mechanism. If there are no abnormalities, replace the HVPS-S2C (PL 18.3), fol-
lowed by the MCU PWB (PL 18.2).
Figure 1 j0tz3002
Procedure
NOTE: The procedures in this FIP assume that the machine components that affect image quality are not
functioning at all. Since some electrical parts have different effects on the image quality depending on the
output level, analyze the problem while taking into account that an image quality that is different from the
above sample may be output. The instruction to replace a parts in a procedure merely identifies a parts
that might be the cause. If the problem persists even after a replacement, reinstall the parts and investi-
gate for other causes. It is also recommended to refer to 6.3.5.2 ’Image Information Flow’ to output test
patterns and identify the problem.
Output in both Copy mode and Print mode. Does the problem recur in both Copy mode and Print
mode?
Y N
Does the problem only recur in Copy mode?
Y N
Check with the client.
Remove each of the IIT PWB connectors and reconnect them properly. Turn the power OFF then ON and
print. Does the problem recur?
Y N
end
Replace the IIT PWB (PL 1.5), followed by the Lens and CCD (PL 1.5).
Check the relevant toner cartridge. Is there any toner left in the toner cartridge?
Y N
Replace the toner cartridge.
A
A
Drive the Toner Dispense Motor for the corresponding color. Is the Toner Dispense Motor for the corre- IQ-5 FIP for blank print
sponding color operating normally?
Y N Paper is printed completely white.
Check the drive system of the Toner Dispense Motor.
Carry out the MAX Setup procedure (ADJ 18.1.5). Does the problem persist?
Y N
end
Remove the IBT module and reinstall it properly. Turn the power OFF then ON and print. Does the problem
recur?
Y N
end
Interchange the 1st BTR for the corresponding color with another 1st BTR. Turn the power OFF then ON and
print. Does the same color become light?
Y N
Restore the other 1st BTR and replace the 1st BTR of the corresponding color (PL 6.4).
Check the Deve Unit of the corresponding color. Is the Mag Roll of the Deve Unit free from foreign sub-
stances?
Y N Figure 1 j0tz3003
Remove the foreign substances. Or, replace the Deve Unit (PL 8.6).
Procedure
Check the installation of the Deve Unit of the corresponding color. Is the Deve Unit properly installed?
Y N NOTE: The procedures in this FIP assume that the machine components that affect image quality are not
Install the Deve Unit properly. functioning at all. Since some electrical parts have different effects on the image quality depending on the
output level, analyze the problem while taking into account that an image quality that is different from the
Replace the Drum Unit of the corresponding color. Turn the power OFF then ON and print. Does the same above sample may be output. The instruction to replace a parts in a procedure merely identifies a parts
problem recur? that might be the cause. If the problem persists even after a replacement, reinstall the parts and investi-
Y N gate for other causes. It is also recommended to refer to 6.3.5.2 ’Image Information Flow’ to output test
end patterns and identify the problem.
Output in both Copy mode and Print mode. Does the problem recur in both Copy mode and Print
Replace the HVPS-S4 (K: PL 18.1) or the HVPS CD01 (PL 18.2), followed by the MCU PWB (PL 18.2).
mode?
Y N
Does the problem only recur in Copy mode?
Y N
Check with the client.
Check the connection of the cable between the IIT-IOT. Is the cable between the IIT-IOT properly
connected?
Y N
Connect the cable between the IIT-IOT properly.
Remove each of the IIT PWB connectors and reconnect them properly. Turn the power OFF then ON and
print. Does the problem recur?
Y N
end
Check the installation of the mirror in the carriage mechanism. Is the mirror properly installed?
A
Version 1.2 12/2014 3.1 Image Quality Troubleshooting
3-7
Color C60/C70 Printer Image Quality Troubleshooting
Color C60/C70 Printer 12/2014
Image Quality Troubleshooting
Version 1.2 3-8 3.1 Image Quality Troubleshooting
A
Y N IQ-6 FIP for solid black print
Install the mirror properly.
Paper is printed completely black.
Replace the IIT PWB (PL 1.5), followed by the Lens and CCD (PL 1.5).
Print a page that is entirely black. During the print cycle, turn OFF the power after the feeding sound is heard.
(Force to stop printing if it is in progress) Check the IBT Belt surface. Is there a considerable amount of
toner left on the surface of the IBT Belt?
Y N
Check the connection of connectors on each ROS Unit. Are the connectors connected securely?
Y N
Connect the connector cable securely.
Check the installation of each ROS Unit. Is each ROS Unit properly installed?
Y N
Install the ROS Unit properly.
Check the connection of the MCU PWB connectors. Are the connectors connected securely?
Y N
Connect the connector cable securely.
Replace the ROS Unit (PL 2.1) followed by the MCU PWB (PL 18.2). Figure 1 j0tz3004
Remove each of the HVPS-2 connectors and reconnect them properly. Turn the power OFF then ON and Procedure
print. Does the problem recur?
Y N NOTE: The procedures in this FIP assume that the machine components that affect image quality are not
end functioning at all. Since some electrical parts have different effects on the image quality depending on the
output level, analyze the problem while taking into account that an image quality that is different from the
Check the 2nd BTR CAM mechanism. If there are no abnormalities, replace the HVPS-S2C (PL 18.3) followed above sample may be output. The instruction to replace a parts in a procedure merely identifies a parts
by the MCU PWB (PL 18.2). that might be the cause. If the problem persists even after a replacement, reinstall the parts and investi-
gate for other causes. It is also recommended to refer to 6.3.5.2 ’Image Information Flow’ to output test
patterns and identify the problem.
Output in both Copy mode and Print mode. Does the problem recur in both Copy mode and Print
mode?
Y N
Does the problem only recur in Copy mode?
Y N
Check with the client.
Check the connection of the cable between the IIT-IOT. Is the cable between the IIT-IOT properly
connected?
Y N
Connect the cable between the IIT-IOT properly.
Remove each of the IIT PWB connectors and reconnect them properly. Turn the power OFF then ON and
print. Does the problem recur?
Y N
end
Check the installation of the mirror in the carriage mechanism. Is the mirror properly installed?
A
A
Y N IQ-7 FIP for solid color print
Install the mirror properly.
Paper is completely printed in a particular color.
Replace the IIT PWB (PL 1.5), followed by the Lens and CCD (PL 1.5).
Remove each Drum Unit (PL 8.1) and reinstall. Turn the power OFF then ON and print. Does the problem
recur?
Y N
end
Remove each Drum Unit and install new ones (PL 8.1). Turn the power OFF then ON and print. Does the
problem recur?
Y N
end
Remove each of the HVPS-S1, HVPS-S4 and HVPS CD01 connectors and reconnect them properly. Turn the
power OFF then ON and print. Does the problem recur?
Y N
end
Remove each of the ROS Unit CK (PL 2.1) and ROS Unit YM (PL 2.1) connectors and reconnect them prop-
erly. Turn the power OFF then ON and print. Does the problem recur? Figure 1 j0tz3005
Y N
end Procedure
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 18.2) followed by the ESS PWB (PL 35.2). NOTE: The procedures in this FIP assume that the machine components that affect image quality are not
functioning at all. Since some electrical parts have different effects on the image quality depending on the
output level, analyze the problem while taking into account that an image quality that is different from the
above sample may be output. The instruction to replace a parts in a procedure merely identifies a parts
that might be the cause. If the problem persists even after a replacement, reinstall the parts and investi-
gate for other causes. It is also recommended to refer to 6.3.5.2 ’Image Information Flow’ to output test
patterns and identify the problem.
Output in both Copy mode and Print mode. Does the problem recur in both Copy mode and Print
mode?
Y N
Does the problem only recur in Copy mode?
Y N
Check with the client.
Remove each of the IIT PWB connectors and reconnect them properly. Turn the power OFF then ON and
print. Does the problem recur?
Y N
end
Replace the IIT PWB (PL 1.5), followed by the Lens and CCD (PL 1.5).
Remove the Drum Unit (PL 8.1) of the corresponding color and reinstall. Turn the power OFF then ON and
print. Does the problem recur?
Y N
end
A
Version 1.2 12/2014 3.1 Image Quality Troubleshooting
3-9
Color C60/C70 Printer Image Quality Troubleshooting
Color C60/C70 Printer 12/2014
Image Quality Troubleshooting
Version 1.2 3-10 3.1 Image Quality Troubleshooting
A
Install a new Drum Unit for the corresponding color (PL 8.1). Turn the power OFF then ON and print. Does the IQ-8 FIP for vertical blank areas
problem recur?
Y N There are extremely light or completely white parts on the image. These parts appear vertically over an exten-
sive area in the process direction.
end
Remove each of the HVPS-S1, HVPS-S4 and HVPS CD01 connectors and reconnect them properly. Turn the
power OFF then ON and print. Does the problem recur?
Y N
end
Remove each of the ROS Unit CK (PL 2.1) and ROS Unit YM (PL 2.1) connectors and reconnect them prop-
erly. Turn the power OFF then ON and print. Does the problem recur?
Y N
end
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 18.2) followed by the ESS PWB (PL 35.2).
Figure 1 j0tz3006
Procedure
NOTE: The procedures in this FIP assume that the machine components that affect image quality are not
functioning at all. Since some electrical parts have different effects on the image quality depending on the
output level, analyze the problem while taking into account that an image quality that is different from the
above sample may be output. The instruction to replace a parts in a procedure merely identifies a parts
that might be the cause. If the problem persists even after a replacement, reinstall the parts and investi-
gate for other causes. It is also recommended to refer to 6.3.5.2 ’Image Information Flow’ to output test
patterns and identify the problem.
Output in both Copy mode and Print mode. Does the problem recur in both Copy mode and Print
mode?
Y N
Does the problem only recur in Copy mode?
Y N
Check with the client.
Remove each of the IIT PWB connectors and reconnect them properly. Turn the power OFF then ON and
print. Does the problem recur?
Y N
end
Check the installation of the mirror in the carriage mechanism. Check also for foreign substances. Is the
mirror properly installed and free from foreign substances?
Y N
Remove the foreign substances and install the mirror properly.
A B
A B
Replace the IIT PWB (PL 1.5), followed by the Lens and CCD (PL 1.5). IQ-9 FIP for vertical faded stripes
Print a page that is entirely black. During the print cycle, turn OFF the power after the feeding sound is heard. Extremely light parts of a particular color appear vertically over an extensive area on the image in the process
direction.
(Force to stop printing if it is in progress) Check the IBT Belt surface. Is the surface of the IBT Belt in
proper condition i.e. no omission of image?
Y N
Check the surface of the IBT Belt for distortion and foreign substances. Is the surface of the IBT Belt
in proper condition with no distortion or foreign substances?
Y N
Replace the IBT Belt (PL 6.3).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 18.2) followed by the ESS PWB (PL 35.2).
Check the 2nd BTR. Is the surface of the 2nd BTR in proper condition with no distortion or foreign
substances?
Y N
Replace the 2nd BTR (PL 6.8).
Remove each of the HVPS-2 connectors and reconnect them properly. Turn the power OFF then ON and
print. Does the problem recur?
Y N
end
Figure 1 j0tz3007
Check the 2nd BTR CAM mechanism. If there are no abnormalities, replace the HVPS-S2C (PL 18.3), the
MCU PWB (PL 18.2), followed by the ESS PWB (PL 35.2). Procedure
NOTE: The procedures in this FIP assume that the machine components that affect image quality are not
functioning at all. Since some electrical parts have different effects on the image quality depending on the
output level, analyze the problem while taking into account that an image quality that is different from the
above sample may be output. The instruction to replace a parts in a procedure merely identifies a parts
that might be the cause. If the problem persists even after a replacement, reinstall the parts and investi-
gate for other causes. It is also recommended to refer to 6.3.5.2 ’Image Information Flow’ to output test
patterns and identify the problem.
Output in both Copy mode and Print mode. Does the problem recur in both Copy mode and Print
mode?
Y N
Does the problem only recur in Copy mode?
Y N
Check with the client.
Check the installation of the mirror in the carriage mechanism. Is the mirror properly installed?
Y N
Install the mirror properly.
Remove each of the IIT PWB connectors and reconnect them properly. Turn the power OFF then ON and
print. Does the problem recur?
Y N
end
Replace the IIT PWB (PL 1.5), followed by the Lens and CCD (PL 1.5).
A
Version 1.2 12/2014 3.1 Image Quality Troubleshooting
3-11
Color C60/C70 Printer Image Quality Troubleshooting
Color C60/C70 Printer 12/2014
Image Quality Troubleshooting
Version 1.2 3-12 3.1 Image Quality Troubleshooting
A
Print a page that is entirely black. During the print cycle, turn OFF the power after the feeding sound is heard. IQ-10 FIP for horizontal blank areas
(Stop the printing when it is in progress) Check the IBT surface. Is the image on the surface of the IBT Belt
in normal condition? There are extremely light or completely white parts on the image. These parts with no image appear horizon-
tally over an extensive area perpendicular to the process direction.
Y N
Check the surface of the IBT for distortion and foreign substances. Is the surface of the IBT Belt in
proper condition with no distortion or foreign substances?
Y N
Replace the IBT.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 18.2) followed by the ESS PWB (PL 35.2).
Check the Deve Unit of the corresponding color. Is the Mag Roll of the Deve Unit free from foreign sub-
stances?
Y N
Remove the foreign substances. Or, replace the Deve Unit (PL 8.6).
Check the installation of the Deve Unit of the corresponding color. Is the Deve Unit properly installed?
Y N
Install the Deve Unit properly.
Remove each of the HVPS-2 connectors and reconnect them properly. Turn the power OFF then ON and
print. Does the problem recur?
Y N Figure 1 j0tz3008
end
Procedure
Check the 2nd BTR CAM mechanism. If there are no abnormalities, replace the HVPS-S2C (PL 18.3), the
MCU PWB (PL 18.2), followed by the ESS PWB (PL 35.2). NOTE: The procedures in this FIP assume that the machine components that affect image quality are not
functioning at all. Since some electrical parts have different effects on the image quality depending on the
output level, analyze the problem while taking into account that an image quality that is different from the
above sample may be output. The instruction to replace a parts in a procedure merely identifies a parts
that might be the cause. If the problem persists even after a replacement, reinstall the parts and investi-
gate for other causes. It is also recommended to refer to 6.3.5.2 ’Image Information Flow’ to output test
patterns and identify the problem.
Output in both Copy mode and Print mode. Does the problem recur in both Copy mode and Print
mode?
Y N
Does the problem only recur in Copy mode?
Y N
Check with the client.
Remove each of the IIT PWB connectors and reconnect them properly. Turn the power OFF then ON and
print. Does the problem recur?
Y N
end
Check the installation of the mirror in the carriage mechanism. Is the mirror properly installed?
Y N
Install the mirror properly.
Replace the IIT PWB (PL 1.5), followed by the Lens and CCD (PL 1.5).
A
A
Print a page that is entirely black. During the print cycle, turn OFF the power after the feeding sound is heard. IQ-11 FIP for horizontal faded stripes
(Stop the printing when it is in progress) Check the IBT surface. Is the image on the surface of the IBT
Belt in normal condition with no omission of parts? Extremely light parts of a particular color appear horizontally over an extensive area perpendicular to the pro-
cess direction on the image.
Y N
Check the surface of the IBT for distortion and foreign substances. Is the surface of the IBT Belt in
proper condition with no distortion or foreign substances?
Y N
Replace the IBT Belt (PL 6.3).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 18.2) followed by the ESS PWB (PL 35.2).
Check the 2nd BTR. Is the surface of the 2nd BTR in proper condition with no distortion or foreign
substances?
Y N
Replace the 2nd BTR (PL 6.8).
Remove each of the HVPS-2 connectors and reconnect them properly. Turn the power OFF then ON and
print. Does the problem recur?
Y N
end
Check the 2nd BTR CAM mechanism. If there are no abnormalities, replace the HVPS-S2C (PL 18.3), the
MCU PWB (PL 18.2), followed by the ESS PWB (PL 35.2). Figure 1 j0tz3009
Procedure
NOTE: The procedures in this FIP assume that the machine components that affect image quality are not
functioning at all. Since some electrical parts have different effects on the image quality depending on the
output level, analyze the problem while taking into account that an image quality that is different from the
above sample may be output. The instruction to replace a parts in a procedure merely identifies a parts
that might be the cause. If the problem persists even after a replacement, reinstall the parts and investi-
gate for other causes. It is also recommended to refer to 6.3.5.2 ’Image Information Flow’ to output test
patterns and identify the problem.
Output in both Copy mode and Print mode. Does the problem recur in both Copy mode and Print
mode?
Y N
Does the problem only recur in Copy mode?
Y N
Check with the client.
Remove each of the IIT PWB connectors and reconnect them properly. Turn the power OFF then ON and
print. Does the problem recur?
Y N
end
Replace the IIT PWB (PL 1.5), followed by the Lens and CCD (PL 1.5).
Print a page that is entirely black. During the print cycle, turn OFF the power after the feeding sound is heard.
(Stop the printing when it is in progress) Check the IBT surface. Is the image on the surface of the IBT
Belt in normal condition with no damage?
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 18.2) followed by the ESS PWB (PL 35.2).
Check the Deve Unit of the corresponding color. Is the Mag Roll of the Deve Unit free from foreign sub-
stances?
Y N
Remove the foreign substances. Or, replace the Deve Unit (PL 8.6).
Check the installation of the Deve Unit of the corresponding color. Is the Deve Unit properly installed?
Y N
Install the Deve Unit properly.
Remove each of the HVPS-2 connectors and reconnect them properly. Turn the power OFF then ON and
print. Does the problem recur?
Y N
end
Figure 1 j0tz3010
Check the 2nd BTR CAM mechanism. If there are no abnormalities, replace the HVPS-S2C (PL 18.3), the
MCU PWB (PL 18.2), followed by the ESS PWB (PL 35.2). Procedure
NOTE: The procedures in this FIP assume that the machine components that affect image quality are not
functioning at all. Since some electrical parts have different effects on the image quality depending on the
output level, analyze the problem while taking into account that an image quality that is different from the
above sample may be output. The instruction to replace a parts in a procedure merely identifies a parts
that might be the cause. If the problem persists even after a replacement, reinstall the parts and investi-
gate for other causes. It is also recommended to refer to 6.3.5.2 ’Image Information Flow’ to output test
patterns and identify the problem.
Output in both Copy mode and Print mode. Does the problem recur in both Copy mode and Print
mode?
Y N
Does the problem only recur in Copy mode?
Y N
Check with the client.
Check the Platen Glass. Is the Platen Glass free from dirt and scratches?
Y N
Clean the Platen Glass or replace it as necessary.
Check for dirt on the mirror in the carriage mechanism. Is the mirror clean?
Y N
Clean the mirror.
Remove each of the IIT PWB connectors and reconnect them properly. Turn the power OFF then ON and
print. Does the problem recur?
A
A
Y N IQ-13 FIP for horizontal streaks
Clean or replace the Platen Glass.
Black lines or streaks of a particular color running in the horizontal direction of the paper.
Replace the IIT PWB (PL 1.5), followed by the Lens and CCD (PL 1.5).
Check the 1st BTR of the corresponding color. Is the surface of the 1st BTR of the corresponding color
in proper condition with no distortion or foreign substances?
Y N
Replace the 1st BTR (PL 6.4) of the corresponding color.
Check the 2nd BTR. Is the surface of the 2nd BTR in proper condition with no distortion or foreign
substances?
Y N
Replace the 2nd BTR (PL 6.8).
Remove the Drum Unit (PL 8.1) of the corresponding color and reinstall. Turn the power OFF then ON and
print. Does the problem recur?
Y N
end
Remove the Drum Unit of the corresponding color and install a new one (PL 8.1). Turn the power OFF then ON
and print. Does the problem recur? Figure 1 j0tz3011
Y N
end Procedure
Remove each of the ROS Unit CK (PL 2.1) and ROS Unit YM (PL 2.1) connectors and reconnect them prop- NOTE: The procedures in this FIP assume that the machine components that affect image quality are not
erly. Turn the power OFF then ON and print. Does the problem recur? functioning at all. Since some electrical parts have different effects on the image quality depending on the
Y N output level, analyze the problem while taking into account that an image quality that is different from the
end above sample may be output. The instruction to replace a parts in a procedure merely identifies a parts
that might be the cause. If the problem persists even after a replacement, reinstall the parts and investi-
Replace the ROS Unit CK (PL 2.1), the ROS Unit YM (PL 2.1), the MCU PWB (PL 18.2), followed by the ESS gate for other causes. It is also recommended to refer to 6.3.5.2 ’Image Information Flow’ to output test
PWB (PL 35.2). patterns and identify the problem.
Output in both Copy mode and Print mode. Does the problem recur in both Copy mode and Print
mode?
Y N
Does the problem only recur in Copy mode?
Y N
Check with the client.
Check the Platen Glass. Is the Platen Glass free from dirt and scratches?
Y N
end
Remove each of the IIT PWB connectors and reconnect them properly. Turn the power OFF then ON and
print. Does the problem recur?
Y N
Clean or replace the Platen Glass.
Replace the IIT PWB (PL 1.5), followed by the Lens and CCD (PL 1.5).
A
Version 1.2 12/2014 3.1 Image Quality Troubleshooting
3-15
Color C60/C70 Printer Image Quality Troubleshooting
Color C60/C70 Printer 12/2014
Image Quality Troubleshooting
Version 1.2 3-16 3.1 Image Quality Troubleshooting
A
Check the 1st BTR of the corresponding color. Is the surface of the 1st BTR of the corresponding color IQ-14 FIP for partial image omission
in proper condition with no distortion or foreign substances?
Y N There are extremely light parts on the image or parts that are completely omitted. These omitted parts appear
on limited areas on the paper.
Replace the 1st BTR (PL 6.4) of the corresponding color.
Check the 2nd BTR. Is the surface of the 2nd BTR in proper condition with no distortion or foreign
substances?
Y N
Replace the 2nd BTR (PL 6.8).
Remove the Drum Unit of the corresponding color and reinstall. Turn the power OFF then ON and print. Does
the problem recur?
Y N
end
Remove the Drum Unit of the corresponding color and install a new one (PL 8.1). Turn the power OFF then ON
and print. Does the problem recur?
Y N
end
Remove each of the ROS Unit CK (PL 2.1) and ROS Unit YM (PL 2.1) connectors and reconnect them prop-
erly. Turn the power OFF then ON and print. Does the problem recur?
Y N Figure 1 j0tz3012
end
Procedure
Replace the ROS Unit CK (PL 2.1), the ROS Unit YM (PL 2.1), the MCU PWB (PL 18.2), followed by the ESS
PWB (PL 35.2). NOTE: The procedures in this FIP assume that the machine components that affect image quality are not
functioning at all. Since some electrical parts have different effects on the image quality depending on the
output level, analyze the problem while taking into account that an image quality that is different from the
above sample may be output. The instruction to replace a parts in a procedure merely identifies a parts
that might be the cause. If the problem persists even after a replacement, reinstall the parts and investi-
gate for other causes. It is also recommended to refer to 6.3.5.2 ’Image Information Flow’ to output test
patterns and identify the problem.
Output in both Copy mode and Print mode. Does the problem recur in both Copy mode and Print
mode?
Y N
Does the problem only recur in Copy mode?
Y N
Check with the client.
Check the Platen Glass. Is the Platen Glass free from dirt, scratches and condensation?
Y N
end
Check the installation of the mirror in the carriage mechanism. Is the mirror properly installed?
Y N
Install the mirror properly.
Remove each of the IIT PWB connectors and reconnect them properly. Turn the power OFF then ON and
print. Does the problem recur?
A
A
Y N IQ-15 FIP for spots
Clean or replace the Platen Glass.
Black toner spots or toner spots of a particular color are scattered randomly across the entire page.
Replace the IIT PWB (PL 1.5), followed by the Lens and CCD (PL 1.5).
Use paper from a freshly opened packet. Does the problem recur?
Y N
end
Remove each Drum Unit (PL 8.1) and reinstall. Turn the power OFF then ON and print. Does the problem
recur?
Y N
end
Check the surface of the IBT Belt for distortion and foreign substances. Is the surface of the IBT Belt in
proper condition with no distortion or foreign substances?
Y N
Replace the IBT Belt (PL 6.3). Figure 1 j0tz3013
Check the surface of the 2nd BTR for distortion. Is the surface of the 2nd BTR in proper condition with Procedure
no distortion, dirt or damage?
Y N NOTE: The procedures in this FIP assume that the machine components that affect image quality are not
Replace the 2nd BTR (PL 6.8). functioning at all. Since some electrical parts have different effects on the image quality depending on the
output level, analyze the problem while taking into account that an image quality that is different from the
Check the 2nd BTR CAM mechanism. If there are no abnormalities, replace the HVPS-S2C (PL 18.3), the above sample may be output. The instruction to replace a parts in a procedure merely identifies a parts
MCU PWB (PL 18.2), followed by the ESS PWB (PL 35.2). that might be the cause. If the problem persists even after a replacement, reinstall the parts and investi-
gate for other causes. It is also recommended to refer to 6.3.5.2 ’Image Information Flow’ to output test
patterns and identify the problem.
Output in both Copy mode and Print mode. Does the problem recur in both Copy mode and Print
mode?
Y N
Does the problem only recur in Copy mode?
Y N
Check with the client.
Check the Platen Glass. Is the Platen Glass free from dirt, scratches and condensation?
Y N
end
Remove each of the IIT PWB connectors and reconnect them properly. Turn the power OFF then ON and
print. Does the problem recur?
Y N
Clean or replace the Platen Glass.
Replace the IIT PWB (PL 1.5), followed by the Lens and CCD (PL 1.5).
A
Version 1.2 12/2014 3.1 Image Quality Troubleshooting
3-17
Color C60/C70 Printer Image Quality Troubleshooting
Color C60/C70 Printer 12/2014
Image Quality Troubleshooting
Version 1.2 3-18 3.1 Image Quality Troubleshooting
A
Install a new Drum Unit (PL 8.1). Turn the power OFF then ON and print. Does the problem recur? IQ-16 FIP for ghost images
Y N
end Ghost images appear on the paper. The image printed just before had been printed onto the following sheet of
paper, or part of the printed image was transferred repeatedly.
Check the surface of the 2nd BTR for distortion. Is the surface of the 2nd BTR in proper condition with
no distortion, dirt or damage?
Y N
Replace the 2nd BTR (PL 6.8).
Check for dirt in the paper transport path. Is the paper transport path free from dirt?
Y N
Clean away the dirt.
Remove the Fusing Unit (PL 7.1). Check for dirt on the surface of the Heat Roll. Is the surface of the Heat
Roll and the inlet free from dirt?
Y N
Clean away the dirt. If there is difficulty in removing the dirt, replace the Fusing Unit (PL 7.1).
Use paper from a freshly opened packet. Does the problem recur? Figure 1 j0tz3014
Y N
end Procedure
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 18.2) followed by the ESS PWB (PL 35.2). NOTE: The procedures in this FIP assume that the machine components that affect image quality are not
functioning at all. Since some electrical parts have different effects on the image quality depending on the
output level, analyze the problem while taking into account that an image quality that is different from the
above sample may be output. The instruction to replace a parts in a procedure merely identifies a parts
that might be the cause. If the problem persists even after a replacement, reinstall the parts and investi-
gate for other causes. It is also recommended to refer to 6.3.5.2 ’Image Information Flow’ to output test
patterns and identify the problem.
Output in both Copy mode and Print mode. Does the problem recur in both Copy mode and Print
mode?
Y N
Does the problem only recur in Copy mode?
Y N
Check with the client.
Replace the IIT PWB (PL 1.5), followed by the Lens and CCD (PL 1.5).
Remove the Fusing Unit. Check for dirt on the surface of the Heat Roll. Is the surface of the Heat Roll free
from dirt?
Y N
Clean away the dirt. If there is difficulty in removing the dirt, replace the Fusing Unit (PL 7.1).
Remove the Drum Unit of the color for which the ghost image occurred and install a new one (PL 8.1). Turn the
power OFF then ON and print. Does the problem recur?
Y N IQ-17 FIP for background
end
The entire page or part thereof is covered by a very light layer of black toner or toner of a particular color.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 18.2) followed by the ESS PWB (PL 35.2).
Figure 1 j0tz3015
Procedure
NOTE: The procedures in this FIP assume that the machine components that affect image quality are not
functioning at all. Since some electrical parts have different effects on the image quality depending on the
output level, analyze the problem while taking into account that an image quality that is different from the
above sample may be output. The instruction to replace a parts in a procedure merely identifies a parts
that might be the cause. If the problem persists even after a replacement, reinstall the parts and investi-
gate for other causes. It is also recommended to refer to 6.3.5.2 ’Image Information Flow’ to output test
patterns and identify the problem.
Output in both Copy mode and Print mode. Does the problem recur in both Copy mode and Print
mode?
Y N
Does the problem only recur in Copy mode?
Y N
Check with the client.
Check the Platen Glass. Is the Platen Glass free from condensation?
Y N
end
Remove each of the IIT PWB connectors and reconnect them properly. Turn the power OFF then ON and
print. Does the problem recur?
Y N
Clean or replace the Platen Glass.
Replace the IIT PWB (PL 1.5), followed by the Lens and CCD (PL 1.5).
A
Version 1.2 12/2014 3.1 Image Quality Troubleshooting
3-19
Color C60/C70 Printer Image Quality Troubleshooting
Color C60/C70 Printer 12/2014
Image Quality Troubleshooting
Version 1.2 3-20 3.1 Image Quality Troubleshooting
A
Print in single color for each color to determine for which color background occurs. Remove the Deve Unit and IQ-18 FIP for skewed images
reinstall. Turn the power OFF then ON and print. Does the problem recur?
Y N Printed images are not parallel to the edges of the paper.
end
Remove the Deve Unit for which background occurs and install a new one (PL 8.6). Turn the power OFF then
ON and print. Does the problem recur?
Y N
end
Restore the Deve Unit to its original state (PL 8.6). Remove each of the HVPS-S5 and HVPS-S8 connectors
and reconnect them properly. Turn the power OFF then ON and print. Does the problem recur?
Y N
end
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 18.2) followed by the ESS PWB (PL 35.2).
Figure 1 j0tz3016
Procedure
NOTE: The procedures in this FIP assume that the machine components that affect image quality are not
functioning at all. Since some electrical parts have different effects on the image quality depending on the
output level, analyze the problem while taking into account that an image quality that is different from the
above sample may be output. The instruction to replace a parts in a procedure merely identifies a parts
that might be the cause. If the problem persists even after a replacement, reinstall the parts and investi-
gate for other causes. It is also recommended to refer to 6.3.5.2 ’Image Information Flow’ to output test
patterns and identify the problem.
Output in both Copy mode and Print mode. Does the problem recur in both Copy mode and Print
mode?
Y N
Does the problem only recur in Copy mode?
Y N
Check with the client.
Replace the IIT PWB (PL 1.5), followed by the Lens and CCD (PL 1.5).
Use paper from a freshly opened packet. Does the problem recur?
Y N IQ-19 FIP for paper crease
end
The printed paper is creased, folded or torn.
Check for foreign substances and distortion in the paper transport path. Is the paper transport path free
from foreign substances and distortion?
Y N
Remove the foreign substances and correct the distortion.
Check each roll in the paper transport path. Is each roll properly installed?
Y N
Install each roll properly.
Figure 1 j0tz3017
Procedure
NOTE: The procedures in this FIP assume that the machine components that affect image quality are not
functioning at all. Since some electrical parts have different effects on the image quality depending on the
output level, analyze the problem while taking into account that an image quality that is different from the
above sample may be output. The instruction to replace a parts in a procedure merely identifies a parts
that might be the cause. If the problem persists even after a replacement, reinstall the parts and investi-
gate for other causes. It is also recommended to refer to 6.3.5.2 ’Image Information Flow’ to output test
patterns and identify the problem.
Use paper from a freshly opened packet. Does the problem recur?
Y N
end
Remove the Fusing Unit and reinstall it. Turn the power OFF then ON and print. Does the problem recur?
Y N
end
Check for foreign substances and distortion in the paper transport path. Is the paper transport path free
from foreign substances and distortion?
Figure 1 j0tz3018
Procedure
NOTE: The procedures in this FIP assume that the machine components that affect image quality are not
functioning at all. Since some electrical parts have different effects on the image quality depending on the
output level, analyze the problem while taking into account that an image quality that is different from the
above sample may be output. The instruction to replace a parts in a procedure merely identifies a parts
that might be the cause. If the problem persists even after a replacement, reinstall the parts and investi-
gate for other causes. It is also recommended to refer to 6.3.5.2 ’Image Information Flow’ to output test
patterns and identify the problem.
Use paper stored under room conditions. Does the problem recur?
Y N
end
Check the power supply voltage. Is the voltage within the specified range?
Y N
Connect a power supply with voltage within the specified range.
Remove the Fusing Unit and reinstall it. Turn the power OFF then ON and print. Does the problem recur?
Y N
end
Check the fusing temperature using the Diag. Is a normal fusing temperature set?
Y N IQ-21 Mottle RAP
Set a normal fusing temperature.
Use this RAP to repair the cause for uneven output image density, which occurs irregularly from the inboard to
the outboard or in the whole printout.
Replace the Fusing Unit (PL 7.1).
Initial Actions
• Replace the paper in use with new paper that do not contain excess moisture. Check that the loaded
paper matches the settings in the UI or Print Driver.
• Check if any of the Drum Cartridges and Toner Cartridges is near to their lifespans. Replace them if nec-
essary.
• Perform MAX Setup (ADJ 18.1.5). If the problem persists, continue this RAP.
Procedure
Enter 6.4.2.24 ’Test Pattern Print’ to print one sheet of test pattern 22. Is the problem related to a single
color?
Y N
Does the problem occur in a specific paper type or thickness only?
Y N
Print one sheet of test page. When the lead edge of the printout starts to exit from the Fusing Unit
Exit Nip, open the Front Door.
Open the Fusing Unit to inspect the partially fused paper. Does the problem occurs in both
fused and unfused areas of the paper?
Y N
Clean/replace the Fusing Unit (PL 7.1).
Enter 6.4.2.24 ’Test Pattern Print’ to print one sheet of test pattern 22.
When printing is in progress, open the Front Door and inspect the image on the Transfer Belt. Is the
image density on the belt within the allowable range?
Y N
Replace the Transfer Belt (PL 6.3).
Proceed to ’IQ-22 2nd BTR Inspection RAP’ and check the bias/contact of the 2nd BTR Backup
Roll.
Clean/replace the 2nd BTR Assembly (PL 14.1).
If the problem persists, replace the Transfer Belt (PL 6.3).
A B
Version 1.2 12/2014 3.1 Image Quality Troubleshooting
3-23
Color C60/C70 Printer Image Quality Troubleshooting
Color C60/C70 Printer 12/2014
Image Quality Troubleshooting
Version 1.2 3-24 3.1 Image Quality Troubleshooting
A B
CAUTION Table 1
Even after performing the adjustments in the following procedure, the mottles may not disappear Color BW
completely and other IQ problems may occur instead. Thus, the purpose of this procedure is to find
the optimal compromise. Default Paper Name NVM Side 1 NVM Side 2 NVM Side 1 NVM Side 2
By changing the secondary transfer remote value of a specific faulty paper, the 2nd BTR transfer Gloss 746-355 746-356 746-357 746-358
bias for that paper can also be fine adjusted. HW Gloss 746-359 746-360 746-361 746-362
The secondary transfer bias is a target value (based on the temperature, humidity, 2nd BTR resis- Transparency 746-363 746-364
tance, and other Xerographic input values), which had been calculated by Control Logic in the com-
puter to obtain an optimal transfer bias. There is an NVM location to manually control this target
value remotely for each paper type. The initial value of this [Remote] location is 100 (indicating
100% of the transfer bias target value that was calculated by the computer). The bias can be
changed in a range from 0% to 200% of the target value.
Change the remote value for the relevant paper type to 150 and increase/decrease the remote value
to find out the compromise level for realizing an optimal IQ. If the result is not satisfactory, set the
remote value to 75 and then increase/decrease it to find out the compromise level for realizing an
optimal IQ.
Swap the Drum Cartridges. Does the problem occur with the Cartridge that was swapped in?
Y N
Check the following:
• Clean the HV contact of the faulty Developer Housing Assy.
• Replace the Toner Cartridge if it has not been replaced yet.
• Replace the Developer Housing Assy (PL 8.6). Check the Developer Housing Assy for damage,
wear, and contamination.
If the problem persists, replace the ATC Sensor (PL 8.6).
NOTE: Even after performing the adjustments in the following table, the mottles may not disappear com-
pletely and other IQ problems may occur instead. Thus, the purpose of this procedure is to find the opti-
mal compromise. (Table 1)
Table 1
Color BW
Default Paper Name NVM Side 1 NVM Side 2 NVM Side 1 NVM Side 2
Bond 746-311 746-313 746-313 746-314
Lightweight 746-319 746-320
Plain IC 746-321 746-322 746-323 746-324
Thicker 1A 746-325 746-326 746-327 746-328
Thicker 1B 746-329 746-330 746-331 746-332
Thicker 2A 746-333 746-334 746-335 746-336
Thicker 2B 746-337 746-338 746-339 746-340
Thicker 2C 746-341 746-342 746-343 746-344
Thicker 2D 746-345 746-346 746-347 746-348
Thicker 2E 746-349 746-350 746-351 746-352
Transparencies 746-353 746-354
IQ-22 2nd BTR Inspection RAP IQ-23 1st BTR Inspection RAP
This RAP is used to identify whether the 2nd BTR Assembly has a mechanical error or a bias error. This RAP is used to identify whether the 1st BTR Assembly has a mechanical error or a bias error.
Replace the Deve Bias HVPS (PL 18.1)(PL 18.2)(PL 18.3). Proceed to CH9.8 ’Charging and Exposure YMC’ to check whether the Charge (Y, M, C) HVPS connectors are
If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 18.2). connected properly and whether the wires are damaged. Are the connectors and wires normal?
Y N
Repair/replace the harness as required.
Procedure
Print an error report (refer to ’Printing the CE Report’).
Check if the Chain 089 Fault Codes exist in the report (These Faults are normally not displayed in the machine
UI but only recorded in the Fault history.)
According to the following priorities, repair the Chain 089 Faults (Repairing a Fault with higher priority may also
repair a Fault with lower priority).
1. 089-616 RC Data Overflow Fail FIP
2. 089-604 RC Sample Block Fail-B-Yellow-IN FIP
089-605 RC Sample Block Fail-B-Yellow-CNT FIP
089-606 RC Sample Block Fail-B-Yellow-OUT FIP
089-607 RC Sample Block Fail-B-Magenta-IN FIP
089-608 RC Sample Block Fail-B-Magenta-CNT FIP
089-609 RC Sample Block Fail-B-Magenta-OUT FIP
089-610 RC Sample Block Fail-B-Cyan-IN FIP
089-611 RC Sample Block Fail-B-Cyan-CNT FIP
089-612 RC Sample Block Fail-B-Cyan-OUT FIP
089-613 RC Sample Block Fail-B-Black-IN FIP
089-614 RC Sample Block Fail-B-Black-CNT FIP
089-615 RC Sample Block Fail-B-Black-OUT FIP
3. 089-601RC Sample Block Fail-A1-IN FIP
089-602 RC Sample Block Fail-A1-CNT FIP
089-603 RC Sample Block Fail-A1-OUT FIP
4. 089-600 RC SampleLateral Fail-A1 FIP
5. 089-617 RC Data Over Range Fail FIP
IPS-related Image Quality Troubleshooting CQ-01 Background: Recycled Paper Support (Background
This section describes the CQ-FIP that corresponds to the IPS-related Image Suppression Adjustment)
Quality Troubleshooting. When an IPS-related image quality failure has A background-like phenomenon (e.g. background color or document bleed) may occur depending on the doc-
occurred, refer to the corresponding CQ-FIP and perform the troubleshooting ument.
procedure.
Table 1
Item No. Item Name
CQ-01 Fogging, Recycled Paper Support (Background Suppression Adjustment)
CQ-02 Density Adjustment, Light Ink Support
CQ-03-1 Density Adjustment: Darkening the Highlight
CQ-03-2 Density Adjustment: Lightening
CQ-04 Bleed on Tracing Paper
CQ-05-1 Dual Color Copy Reproduction Adjustment (NVM Adjustment for Yellow Color Reproduction)
CQ-05-2 Dual Color Copy Reproduction Adjustment (Adjustment of Color Reproduction Difference in
Comparison with a Dual Color Machine from Another Company)
CQ-05-3 Dual Color Copy Reproduction Adjustment (Adjustment of Dual Color Photo Image Quality to
Match a Machine from Another Company)
CQ-05-4 Dual Color Copy Reproduction Adjustment (Adjustment of Color Extraction Range)
CQ-06 Gradation Jump in 100-lines Photo Document
CQ-07 Scan: Smeared Text, Mosquito Noise Around Text Figure 1 j0ki31019
CQ-09 Bleed on 2 Sided Document
CQ-10 Platen Background
[Cause]
The default background suppression function is unable to fully remove the background.
CQ-11 Color Balance Adjustment
CQ-12 Rough Thin Lines
[Procedure]
CQ-13 Moire due to Interference Between Document and IIT
1. Set Background Suppression to ’Enabled’ and check whether background still occur on the customer’s
CQ-14 Poor Reproduction of Inkjet Document document.
CQ-15 Block-Patterned Mottle (TI Separation Error)
[Corrective action]
CQ-21 Side 1/Side 2 Image Quality Difference (Side 1/Side 2 Sharpness Adjustment)
1. Background Suppression Level Adjustment
CQ-22 Side 1/Side 2 Image Quality Difference (Side 1/Side 2 Color Balance Adjustment)
Background Suppression: Default Table 1: Rough Standard for Suppression Levels
CQ-23 Side 1/Side 2 Image Quality Difference (Side 1/Side 2 Text/Photo Separation Level Adjustment)
CQ-24 Side 1/Side 2 Image Quality Difference (Side 1/Side 2 Background Suppression Adjustment) Table 1
CQ-25 Side 1/Side 2 Image Quality Difference (Side 1/Side 2 Color Adjustment) Suppression Rough Standard for Suppression Levels (documents with white background, or
Level level of effect on documents)
* Changing the binary value in Table 5 above to decimal value results in the default value of
’273’ in Table 3.
Table 6
Chain- Settings Initial
Link NVM Names PSW Display Range Value Description
715-633 Background Sup- TP_BW_Copy_Fa 0-4095 273 Background Suppression Level
pression Offset x Offset Level of AE *1
Level for BW Copy, 0: Strength Level 0 (normal), 1: Figure 2 j0ki31008
Fax, Binary Scan Strength Level 1 (+1), 2:
Text Mode (Normal, Strength Level 2 (+2), 3:
Pencil Text) Strength Level 3 (+3), 4:
Strength Level 4 (+4), 5-15 and
above: Strength Level 0 (normal)
715-637 Background Sup- TP_BW_Copy_Fa 0-4096 273 Background Suppression Level
pression Offset x Offset Level of AE *1
Level for BW Copy, 0: Strength Level 0 (normal), 1:
Fax, Binary Scan Strength Level 1 (+1), 2:
Text Mode (Tracing Strength Level 2 (+2), 3:
Paper) Strength Level 3 (+3), 4:
Strength Level 4 (+4), 5-15 and
above: Strength Level 0 (normal)
0 bit to 3 bit: Platen
4 bit to 7 bit: CVT & DADF
8 bit to 11 bit: CIS
(3) Precautions
The following NVM settings do not change the background suppression level because their opera-
tions are disabled.
715-630, 632, 636, 638 to 641, 643, 645 to 649
In addition, due to the mechanism of this function (Figure 1), backgrounds might not be suppressed
up to the user’s expectations on the following documents.
(1) Photo documents having their high density sections placed in the background detection areas.
(2) The document contains dark frames or fringes.
(3) The document contains texts on dark background.
(4) Negative document
CQ-02 Density Adjustment: Light Ink Support CQ-03-1 Density Adjustment: Darkening the Highlight
This is used to copy an image to be lighter than the current BW Copy settings; e.g. when using light ink. This is used to reproduce the highlight (light colors) in darker shade.
[Cause] [Cause]
1. Density adjustment cannot lighten images to the light ink level. 1. To prevent background, the highlight reproducibility is adjusted.
[Procedure] [Procedure]
1. Consult with the customer to determine which (or all) level of Photo mode (Lighten +1 to +3) is to be set 1. No special actions required.
with light ink support adjustment. [Corrective action]
[Corrective action] 1. Set the density adjustment from ’Darken +1’ to ’Darken +3’.
1. Change the NVM values listed in the following table to adjust the ’Lighten +1’, ’Lighten +2’, and ’Lighten * When the highlight is not reproduced after performing the density adjustment in (1), it can be adjusted by
+3’ of Photo mode. the following method:
2. Set the background suppression to ’Disabled’.
NOTE: This countermeasure is only valid for BW Copy images. * Although may cause background to appear, it improves the highlight reproducibility.
3. In the case of Copy Service, adjust the density by using ’DC919: Color Balance Adjustment’.
Table 1 Table of Light Ink Support In the case of Scan Service, increase the ’Scan Resolution’.
Chain-Link and Recommended Setting Value * The highlight reproducibility is improved more with 600dpi than 200dpi.
Photo Mode ’Lighten +3’ [Chain-Link: 715-692]: 37 (recommended value) 4. The following describes the adjustment method that is only valid for Output Color ’BW’ and Original Type
Settable range: [0-64] (Default = 0) ’Text’.
Note 1) When 0 is set, the state is the same as when 64 is set.
Note 2) When 20 or lower is set, the result may be blank paper. Table 1 Density Adjustment: Darkening the Highlight
Photo Mode ’Lighten +2’ [Chain-Link: 715-693]: 40 (recommended value) NVM Chain-
Settable range: [0-64] (Default = 0) Link Service Mode How to Use
Note 1) When 0 is set, the state is the same as when 64 is set. 715-720 Copy Output Color ’BW’ The highlight is reproduced darker when a
Note 2) When 15 or lower is set, the result may be blank paper.
Original Type ’Text’ value smaller than the default value (128)
Photo Mode ’Lighten +1’ [Chain-Link: 715-694]: 43 (recommended value) Density ’Normal’ is set.
Settable range: [0-64] (Default = 0) The recommended value is 120.
Note 1) When 0 is set, the state is the same as when 64 is set. Note 2) When 715-721 Copy Output Color ’BW’ The highlight is reproduced darker when a
10 or lower is set, the result may be blank paper.
Original Type ’Text’ value smaller than the default value (128)
Density ’Darken +3’ is set.
The recommended value is 120.
The density of ’Darken +3’ and ’Normal’
may be reversed depending on the setting
value.
715-722 Scan Output Color ’BW’ The highlight is reproduced darker when a
Original Type ’Text’ value smaller than the default value (128)
Density ’Normal’ is set.
The recommended value is 125.
715-723 Scan Output Color ’BW’ The highlight is reproduced darker when a
Original Type ’Text’ value smaller than the default value (128)
Density ’Darken +3’ is set.
The recommended value is 125.
The density of ’Darken +3’ and ’Normal’
may be reversed depending on the setting
value.
* The NVM value adjustment is done by visually checking the copy or scan output while performing the CQ-03-2 Density Adjustment: Lightening
adjustment.
This is used to reproduce the density in lighter shade.
[Cause]
No special actions required.
[Procedure]
1. No special actions required.
[Corrective action]
1. Set the density adjustment from ’Lighten +1’ to ’Lighten +3’.
* When desired image quality cannot be obtained after performing the density adjustment in (1), the fol-
lowing adjustment method is also available:
Countermeasure (2): In the case of Copy Service, adjust the density by using ’Color Balance Adjust-
ment’.
The following describes the adjustment method that is only valid for Output Color ’BW’ and Original Type
’Text’.
* The NVM value adjustment is done by visually checking the copy or scan output while performing the
adjustment.’
CQ-04 Bleed on Tracing Paper CQ-05-1 Dual Color Copy Reproduction Adjustment (NVM
When copying or scanning Tracing Paper document, bleed or background occur around the texts. Adjustment for Yellow Color Reproduction)
When using Dual Color (Red/Black Copy) in Copy Service, the Yellow marker pen is reproduced differently
from the previous model Able1401 a.
[Original]
Figure 1 j0ki31009
[Cause]
1. Because of the characteristics of Tracing Paper, shades are generated around the texts when scanning
using CCD.
[Procedure]
1. No special actions required.
[Corrective action]
1. Use the Lightweight mode.
(1) Copy Service Settings Figure 1 j0ki31010
Perform the following procedure to display the Lightweight mode on the UI.
[Tools] -> ’System Settings’ tab -> [Copy Service Settings] -> [Copy Control] -> [Original Type - See- [Dual Color Copy (Text Mode and Map Mode Default Settings)]
Through Paper] -> [Enabled]
The Lightweight mode becomes selectable when ’Output Color = BW’ and ’Original Type = Text’ are
specified.
(2) Scan Service Settings
Change the following NVM values to enable the Lightweight mode.
NVM 715-669 0: Normal -> 1: Tracing Paper mode
Select ’Color Scanning = BW’ and ’Original Type = Photo’ for the Lightweight mode.
(The Lightweight mode button does not exist on the UI. It is attached as a background mode to the
Photo mode.)
[Corrective action]
1. You can use NVM 715-695 to select whether to reproduce the yellow color for each image quality mode.
The default settings is as follows.
Figure 2 j0hs30008 Example: Changing the binary value (= 0110) in Table 1 above to decimal value results in the default
value of ’6’.
[Dual Color Copy (Photo & Text Mode and Photo Mode Default Settings)]
Figure 3 j0hs30006
[Procedure]
1. No special actions required.
CQ-05-2 Dual Color Copy Reproduction Adjustment (Adjustment CQ-05-3 Dual Color Copy Reproduction Adjustment (Adjustment
of Color Reproduction Difference for Dual Color in Comparison of Dual Color Photo Image Quality to Match a Machine from
with a Machine from Another Company) Another Company)
The color reproduction for Dual Color is different compared to a machine from another company. To make the reproduction the same as the Dual Color Copy Default Mode of a machine from another company.
[Cause] [Cause]
As the default of Dual Color Copy for FX, chromatic colors are extracted and then replaced with red to output The extracted color or replacement color for Dual Color is different.
while achromatic colors are replaced with black to output.
[Procedure]
A sample machine from another company may, as the default, utilize a method that extracts only red to output
1. No special actions required.
as red and outputs the rest in black.
[Corrective action]
Therefore, when making Dual Color Copy in default setting, it would result in a different color reproduction from 1. As it is difficult to reproduce the photo image quality of another company’s Dual Color Copy (Figure 1)
that of another company’s. using the current image quality adjustment feature, make the following settings.
• Source Color: Red, Yellow
Table 1
• Register a Custom Color [Yellow: 80, Magenta: 100, Cyan: 20] (Red equivalent) and specify it as the
Other Company Target Area Color.
FX Default Setting Sample • Register a Custom Color [Yellow: 100, Magenta: 100, Cyan: 100] (Black equivalent) and specify it
Extracted Color Chromatic color Red as the Non-target Area Color.
Replacement for Extracted Color Red Red
Replacement for Non-extracted Black Black
Color
[Procedure]
1. No special actions required.
[Corrective action]
1. By changing [Copy Service Settings] screen -> [Output Color] More -> [Dual Color] -> [Source Color] ->
Red you can obtain the same Dual Color Copy as another company’s.
Figure 1 j0hs30001
CQ-05-4 Dual Color Copy Reproduction Adjustment (Adjustment
of Color Extraction Range)
When yellow highlight is applied on fine red line, the highlighted portion does not appear as red and is repro-
duced in black instead.
Figure 2 j0hs30002
Figure 3 j0hs30003
Figure 1 j0hs30004
[Cause]
The interaction between fine red line and yellow highlight resulted in ’orange color’, which falls outside the ’red
color’ extraction range.
[Procedure]
1. No special actions required.
Table 1
Chain-Link Item Default Color Angle
715 780 B-Hue Start Degree 270 degree
715 781 B-Hue End Degree 320 degree
715 782 G-Hue Start Degree 110 degree
715 783 G-Hue End Degree 200 degree
715 784 R-Hue Start Degree 350 degree
715 785 R-Hue End Degree 60 degree
715 786 Y-Hue Start Degree 60 degree
715 787 Y-Hue End Degree 120 degree
715 788 M-Hue Start Degree 320 degree
715 789 M-Hue End Degree 10 degree
715 790 C-Hue Start Degree 190 degree Figure 1 j0ki31013
715 791 C-Hue End Degree 280 degree
[Cause]
As Text & Photo mode gives priority to 175 lpi halftone dots and text quality, Sharpen Edge is performed for
lower lpi.
[Procedure]
1. No special actions required.
[Corrective action]
100-line document: Countermeasures
2. ’Darken the density’, ’Increase the saturation’, and ’Add more contrast’ according to the customer’s
request to make the red color more vivid.
3. If the red color of fine red line is smeared and/or mixed with black, change from [Photo & Text Mode] to
[Photo Mode].
CQ-07 Scan: Smeared Text, Mosquito Noise Around Text CQ-09 Bleed on 2 Sided Document
Color texts are blurred and mosquito noise is generated around the texts due to JPEG compression. Bleed occurs in the BW Copy and Text mode.
[Cause]
Because the gradation feature is designed to improve the reproducibility of Low Contrast, when bleed density
of the document is high, the background suppression function might not be able to remove it completely.
[Procedure]
1. No special actions required.
[Corrective action]
Bleed on document: Countermeasures
[Cause]
As the JPEG compression technique is for images, not texts, noise is easy to crop up when it is used to com-
press texts.
[Procedure]
1. No special actions required.
[Corrective action]
1. Set the compression mode from ’Normal’ to ’Low Compression’. (Secondary defect: The file size
becomes bigger.)
[Procedure] [Procedure]
1. No special actions required. None
[Corrective action]
Platen Background: Countermeasures
[Corrective action]
1. Enter DC919. Enter CE mode, and then select [Tools] -> [Common Service Settings] -> [Maintenance /
Table 1 Platen Background: Countermeasures Diagnostics] -> [MAX Setup] -> [Color Balance Adjustment]. (For details, refer to DC919 in Chapter 6.)
2. Adjust the values of the High Density/Medium Density/Low Density for Y, M, C and K respectively within
Countermeasures Secondary Defect
the range of -4 to +4 on the DC919 screen. When Output Color is ’B/W’, the adjustment value for ’K’
Switch the AE suppression level set- Reproducibility of highlights is degraded. becomes effective. Press the <Start> button to reflect the setting value.
tings. (Switch the NVM) Visually check the copy image quality to ensure that it meets the customer’s requirements.
Set the density adjustment to ’Lighten The density on the whole area becomes lighter and the reproduc-
+1’. ibility of highlights is degraded.
Set the sharpness adjustment to ’Soften The text becomes blurred.
+1’.
Set the Color Balance Adjustment Level The low density becomes lighter and the reproducibility of high-
(Low Density) to ’Lighten’. lights is degraded.
CQ-12 Rough Thin Lines Table 1
Countermeasures Secondary Defect
When a document containing extremely thin lines is copied in the Photo & Text Mode, the density of the lines on
the copy may become uneven and rough. Enter the System Administrator Mode. • Change [Normal] -> [More Text]
Select [Tools] -> [Common Service Settings] -> [Image Because lines are more emphasized com-
[Cause] Quality Adjustment] -> [Image Quality] -> [Photo & Text pared to the original, the overall image
Recognition] becomes darker.
Extremely thin lines are lines that are barely wide enough to be detected as edges. • Change [Normal] -> [More Text]
(To emphasize edges)
Therefore, as only some of their segments can be detected edges, the machine will switch between the follow- • Change [Normal] -> [More Photo]
ing processes frequently, making the lines look rough. or
Images will be faithful to the original but
• Change [Normal] -> [More Photo] texts are reproduced lighter.
• Edge process: lines are darkened to emphasize them. (To reproduce the whole image smoothly without
• Non-edge process: lines are reproduced in a light density that is faithful to the document without empha- emphasizing edges)
sizing them.
Try the above while looking at the resulting images and
select your preferred one.
Figure 1 j0sg31001
[Procedure]
1. No special actions required.
[Corrective action]
Table 1
Countermeasures Secondary Defect
• Text Mode • Because lines are more emphasized com-
• Light Text Mode of Text Mode pared to the original, the overall image
becomes darker.
Map Mode
Make a copy in any one of the above modes.
CQ-13 Moire due to Interference Between Document and IIT [Corrective action]
There are cases where moire is generated due to interference between the document and the IIT (Copy, BW
Scan). Table 1
Countermeasures Secondary Defect
• This is more likely to occur when the document number of screen lines is 100 lines, 133 lines, or 150 lines. • If this occurs in Text Mode, change to Photo & Text • Text (line) turns into slightly blurred
• This might also occur when the magnification is changed. Mode. image.
• This can also occur in the Full Color Mode. *If it is during a Copy, setting the [Photo & Text Recog-
• If this occurs, the ease at which it can be seen will vary depending on the device. nition] in the spec settings to [More Photo] might
[Cause] improve the condition.
Moire might be generated due to the interference that arise with a 600 dpi scan depending on the number of • Change to Photo Mode.
lines and density of the document. • Reduce sharpness.
• If this occurs after a reduction/enlargement, use
another R/E Ratio.
• If it is during a Scan, use another resolution.
• Change the orientation of the document.
Enter the System Administrator Mode and change the • Change [Normal] -> [More Photo]
[Photo & Text Recognition] in the following menu from [Nor- Images will be faithful to the original but
mal] to [More Photo]. texts are reproduced lighter.
Select [Tools] -> [Common Service Settings] -> [Image
Quality Adjustment] -> [Image Quality] -> [Photo & Text
Recognition]
Figure 1 j0wg30001
[Procedure]
1. No special actions required.
CQ-14 Poor Reproduction of Inkjet Document CQ-15 Block-Patterned Mottle (TI Separation Error)
When making a copy of a document that was printed by an inkjet printer, it is reproduced poorly on the output When print documents of low line count, hatching of graphs and tables of office documents are copied, block-
copy. like mottle occurs.
[Cause] [Cause]
In the default document mode, the reproducibility is optimized when a printed material is used as document. Performance limitation of the TI separation process in determining text and photo.
[Procedure]
1. No special actions required.
[Corrective action]
1. Enter the System Administrator Mode and select [Tools] -> [Copy Service Settings] -> [Copy Control] ->
[Photo &Text / Printed Original] to set [Inkjet Originals] so that the color identification is improved when
performing copy in Photo & Text Mode for documents that were printed using an inkjet printer.
Figure 1 j0hs30005
[Procedure]
1. No special actions required.
The NVM has 5 levels, each of which indicates the Side 2 sharpness offset against Side 1.
Table 1
Content Setting Range Initial Value Meaning
Sharpness adjustment for 0-4 2 Indicates the difference in sharp-
CIS (difference against ness adjustment against Side 1.
Side 1) 0: 2 levels softer than Side 1
1: 1 level softer than Side 1
2: Same as Side 1
3: 1 level sharper than Side 1
4: 2 levels sharper than Side 1
Sample Image
Text is reproduced lighter and coarser on the Side 1 and has lower resolution. The difference in the resolution
capability is exposed as the difference in text density.
Figure 1 j0hk30001
CQ-22 Image Quality Difference between Side 1 and Side 2 1. Enter DC919 and check the value of ’Side 1 Color Balance Adjustment Y Low Density’. In this example, it
is assumed that the value of Side 1 is the default value of ’0’.
(Color Balance Adjustment of Side 1 and Side 2) 2. To darken the Y low density on Side 2, increase the default value of ’4’ of Chain-Link 716-411 within the
To narrow the difference in density between Side 1 and Side 2 during scan. range of ’5’ to ’8’.
[Countermeasure] NOTE: Perform the NVM value adjustment by visually checking the copy output as you perform the
adjustment.
Perform color balance adjustment on Side 1 and Side 2, separately. The center of color balance adjustment* in
Customer Mode will be changed by this adjustment.
* The color balance adjustment is peformed for Side 1 and Side 2 at the same time in Customer Mode. Only this
adjustment can adjust Side 1 and Side 2 separately.
This adjustment is only applicable to the copy function.Perform this adjustment only when requested by the
customer.
Table 1 Overview of Color Balance Adjustment for Side 1 and Side 2 Scans
Color Balance Adjustment for Side 1 Color Balance Adjustment for Side 2
Scan Scan
Overview Changes the center of color balance adjust- Changes the center of color balance adjust-
ment for Side 1 scan in Customer Mode. ment for Side 2 scan in Customer Mode.
Adjustment DC919 NVM 716-408 to 419
method
Adjustment ’0’ is the default value. The image will ’4’ is the default value. The image will
value become lighter from ’-1’ to ’-4’ (in 4 stages), become lighter from ’0’ to ’3’ (in 4 stages),
and darker from ’1’ to ’4’ (in 4 stages). and darker from ’5’ to ’8’ (in 4 stages).
[Sample adjustment]
Adjusting the Yellow low density area on Side 2 because it is lighter than Side 1.
[Countermeasure]
The Photo & Text Recognition in System Administrator Mode can be used to change the judgment level, which
is used to determine if an image is text or photo, on both Side 1 and Side 2 at the same time.This adjustment can
change the Side 2 scan judgment level against the Side 1 scan. Also, this adjustment is only applicable to the Figure 2 j0hk30003
copy function.Perform this adjustment only when requested by the customer.
Table 1 How to Adjust Photo & Text Recognition for Side 2 Scan
Chain-Link Mode Adjustment Method
716-420 Photo & Text Recognition 2: Lots more Text than Side 1, 3: Slightly more Text than Side
for CIS 1, 4: Same as Side 1 (default), 5: Slightly more Photo than
Side 1, 6: Lots more Photo than Side 1
[Sample adjustment]
To adjust the Photo & Text Recognition of Side 2 to ’More Photo than Side 1’. Change the value of Chain-Link
716-420 from the default value of ’4’ to ’5’ or ’6’. * Perform the NVM value adjustment by visually checking the
copy output as you perform the adjustment.
[Reference]
Photo & Text Recognition Error Example
Photo & Text Recognition Error Example (The image is partially recognized as text and reproduced too finely.
Change the setting to ’More Photo’ to reduce the faulty area.) (Figure 1)
Figure 1 j0hk30002
Photo & Text Recognition Error Example (The image is partially recognized as photo and reproduced too
smoothly. Change the setting to ’More Text’ to reduce the faulty area.) (Figure 2)
CQ-24 Image Quality Difference between Side 1 and Side 2 Description of NVM Settings
The NVM setting range is 12 bits, which are broken up into 4 bits for each scan method. The NVM setting value
(Background Suppression Adjustment of Side 1 and Side 2) is determined in binary first, and then converted to a decimal number.
Method of Adjusting Background Suppression Level (Continuation)
Example: The initial value 273 (decimal) indicates that the background suppression levels are 1 for all scan
1. Adjustment in CE Mode (NVM) methods. When the background suppression levels are 2 for all scan methods: = 546 (decimal) =
When adjusting the Text & Photo mode for BW Copy and BW Scan, change the following NVM values: 001000100010 (binary). When the background suppression levels are 3 for all scan methods: = 819 (decimal)
= 001100110011 (binary). When the background suppression levels are 4 for all scan methods: = 1092 (deci-
Table 1 mal) = 010001000100 (binary). When the background suppression level for the Platen or CVT & DADF scan
method is 1 and the background suppression level for the CIS scan method is 3 (to suppress Side 2 back-
Chain- Initial
ground on Side 1) = 785 (decimal) = 001100010001 (binary). When the background suppression level for the
Link NVM Name PSW Display Setting Range Value Meaning
CIS scan method is 1 and the background suppression level for the Platen or CVT & DADF scan method is 3 (to
715-631 Background TP_BW_Copy_F 0 to 4095 273 0: Strength Level 0 (Normal), 1: suppress Side 1 background on Side 2) = 307 (decimal) = 000100110011 (binary)
Suppression ax Offset Level of Strength Level 1, 2: Strength
Offset Level for AE Level 2, 3: Strength Level 3, 4:
BW Copy, Fax, Strength Level 4, 5 to 15 and
BW Scan: Text above: Level 0 (Normal) * Refer
& Photo Mode to Table 3. bit0-bit3: Platen, bit4-
(Print, Photo- bit7: CVT & DADF, bit8-bit11:
graph, Copy) CIS.
Table 2
Meaning of Adjustment Value
Scanning CIS CVT & DADF Platen
Method
Bit allocation 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Expressed in 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1
binary
* When the binary value in Table 2 above is converted to decimal value, it becomes the initial value in Table 1
(that is, 273).
[Countermeasure]
Executing ’2 Sided Color Scanning Calibration’ in System Administrator Mode automatically narrows the dif-
ference in color between Side 1 and Side 2. This adjustment is applicable to the copy and scan functions. Per-
form this adjustment only when requested by the customer.
[Adjustment Method]
Refer to ’Performing the 2 Sided Color Scanning Calibration’ in the Administrator Guide.
NG Image Samples (IDS) IDS1a Total chart sample where power is not supplied to the Y
The NG image samples described in this section are mock samples printed after intentionally disabling the BCR (Vh = 0V)
part outputs and functions.
The degree of NG may change due to different output levels of the parts.
Check the relevant parts and interchange or replace the parts to identify the NG part only when there is a corre-
sponding sample after a visual comparison with the NG samples.
• IDS1a Total chart sample where power is not supplied to the Y BCR (Vh = 0V)
• IDS2a Total chart sample where power is not supplied to the M BCR (Vh = 0V)
• IDS3a Total chart sample where power is not supplied to the C BCR (Vh = 0V)
• IDS4a CC Grid float (Vg = 0) status (Halftone sample)
• IDS5a K color halftone sample where CC has no output (Vg = 0)
• IDS6a Deve Bias float status
• IDS7a Deve Bias earthed status
• IDS8a 1st BTR (Cyan) float status
• IDS9a 1st BTR (Black) float status
• IDS10a 1st BTR (YMCK) float status
• IDS11a 2nd BTR float status
• IDS12a C2 paper sample when not in Fusing Unit Nip state (poor fusing sample)
• IDS13a JD paper sample when not in Fusing Unit Nip state (poor fusing sample)
Figure 1 j0tz3020
IDS2a Total chart sample where power is not supplied to the M IDS3a Total chart sample where power is not supplied to the C
BCR (Vh = 0V) BCR (Vh = 0V)
Figure 2 j0tz3026
Figure 1 j0tz3025
Figure 2 j0tz3027
Figure 1 j0tz3025
IDS8a 1st BTR (Cyan) float status IDS9a 1st BTR (Black) float status
IDS12a C2 paper sample when not in Fusing Unit Nip state (poor IDS13a JD paper sample when not in Fusing Unit Nip state (poor
fusing sample) fusing sample)
If there is actually no gloss on the fusing sample, the points described below will be hard to distinguish. (The If there is actually no gloss on the fusing sample, the points described below will be hard to distinguish. (The
numbers in the samples correspond to the numbers of the descriptions below.) numbers in the samples correspond to the numbers of the descriptions below.)
NOTE: As the Heat Roll and Fusing Belt touch slightly even when not in Fusing Unit Nip state for this NOTE: As the Heat Roll and Fusing Belt touch slightly even when not in Fusing Unit Nip state for this
product, not the whole surface goes into unfusing state when not in Nip state (all the toner can be product, not the whole surface goes into unfusing state when not in Nip state (all the toner can be
removed from the surface of the paper by hand). removed from the surface of the paper by hand).
Figure 1 j0tz3032
IDS1b Image Quality Specification
Perform the following steps to set up the machine to obtain a copy of the test pattern for judging the color den-
sity, balance, and registration of the output image.
• IDS3b Background
• IDS4b Color Registration Error
• IDS5b Blanks Around Leftover Toner
• IDS6b Blanks
• IDS7b Frequently Appearing Bands
• IDS8b Irregular Streaks in Process Direction
• IDS9b Light Image
• IDS10b Moire
• IDS11b Mottles
• IDS12b Newton Ring
• IDS13b Periodical (Repetitively Occurring) Bands, Streaks, Spots, and Smear
• IDS14b Ghost Image
• IDS15b Streak-shaped Blanks in Process Direction
• IDS16b Wrinkled Image
• IDS17b Cloud-shaped Error
• IDS18b Streaks due to IBT Cleaner
• IDS19b Streaks due to Scorotron
• IDS20b Bands due to Scorotron Cleaner
Figure 1 Background Error Sample j0pi3104 Figure 1 Color Registration Error Sample j0pi3105
Cause Cause
Static electricity, high toner density, or failure of the ADC Sensor Failure of the MOB Sensor, failure of the ROS, or control failure of the IBT Belt Walk
Figure 1 Blanks Around Leftover Toner Error Sample j0pi3106 Figure 1 Blanks Error Sample j0pi3107
Cause Cause
There are toner lumps which cause blanks to appear around it during the transfer. Failure of the IBT Belt, moist paper, uneven electric charge
Countermeasures Countermeasures
Proceed to ’IQ-15 FIP for spots’. Proceed to ’IQ-14 FIP for partial image omission’.
IDS7b Frequently Appearing Bands IDS8b Irregular Streaks in Process Direction
Figure 1 Frequently Appearing Bands Error Sample j0pi3108 Figure 1 Streak Error Sample j0pi3109
Cause Cause
Failure of the ROS Assembly, failure of the Photoreceptor, problems with the Gear or Bearing in the Developer Blockage of the Developer Housing Trim Bar, operation failure of the IBT Cleaner Assembly, or contamination
Housing of the ROS Window
Countermeasures Countermeasures
Proceed to ’IQ-2 FIP for periodical spots, stripes, bands etc’. Proceed to ’IQ-12 FIP for vertical streaks’.
Figure 1 Light Image Error Sample j0pi3110 Figure 1 Moire Error Sample j0pi3111
Cause Cause
Static electricity, failure of the ADC Sensor, low toner density, or usage of out-of-spec paper (especially low- The mesh screen used on the document conflicts with the mesh screen used in the Copy machine.
quality paper or thick paper)
Countermeasures
Countermeasures Proceed to ’IQ-1 IIT Image Quality Entry FIP’.
Proceed to ’IQ-3 FIP for overall light printing’.
IDS11b Mottles IDS12b Newton Ring
Figure 1 Mottles Error Sample j0pi3112 Figure 1 Newton Ring Error Sample j0pi3113
Cause Cause
Moist or low-quality paper, old developing powder, or low toner density The surface is highly reflective because it is a glossy photo.
Countermeasures Countermeasures
Proceed to ’IQ-21 Mottle RAP’. Perform the following:
Figure 1 Streak-shaped Blanks Error Sample j0pi3116 Figure 1 Wrinkled Image Error Samples 0104928, j0pi3117
Cause Cause
The ROS Window is contaminated or the Transfer Belt/Drum Cartridge is damaged/in contact Irregular deformation occurring between the IBT and the Fusing Unit, or ’tenting’ of paper due to the Fusing
Unit. Also, the paper might already be wrinkled.
Countermeasures
Proceed to ’IQ-12 FIP for vertical streaks’. Countermeasures
Proceed to ’IQ-19 FIP for paper crease’.
Figure 1 Cloud-shaped Error Sample j0pi3118 Figure 1 Streaks due to IBT Cleaner Error Sample j0pi3119
Cause Cause
Paper deformation occurring between the IBT and the Fusing Unit, or ’tenting’ of paper at the Fusing Unit Damage or wear of the IBT Cleaner Assembly
(paper deformation at the perforation).
Countermeasures
Countermeasures Proceed to ’IQ-12 FIP for vertical streaks’.
Proceed to ’IQ-2 FIP for periodical spots, stripes, bands etc’.
IDS19b Streaks due to Scorotron IDS20b Bands due to Scorotron Cleaner
Figure 1 Streaks due to Scorotron Sample j0pi3120 Figure 1 Scorotron Cleaner Error Sample j0pi3121
Cause Cause
Contamination or failure of the Scorotron Failure of the Scorotron or the Cleaning Motor Assembly. The Cleaning Pad is in contact with the image area,
causing 18 mm bands to appear irregularly at the IB-OB area in the Process direction.
Countermeasures
Proceed to ’IQ-27 Scorotron Cleaner RAP’. Countermeasures
Proceed to ’IQ-27 Scorotron Cleaner RAP’.
REP 19.3.2 Rear Lower Cover.......................................................................................... 122 REP 54.22.1 DADF Out Sensor........................................................................................ 187
REP 19.3.3 Rear Upper Cover.......................................................................................... 123 REP 54.23.1 DADF Exit Sensor ....................................................................................... 189
REP 54.25.1 DADF Regi Sensor ...................................................................................... 190
35. ESS REP 54.25.2 Tension Spring ............................................................................................ 191
REP 35.1.1 Control Unit ................................................................................................... 125
REP 35.2.1 (SCC) ESS PWB............................................................................................ 125 99. (SCC) Safety Critical Components
REP 35.2.2 (SCC) DARTS2 PWB..................................................................................... 126 REP 99.1.1 (SCC) Safety Critical Components................................................................. 193
REP 35.2.3 (ISC) SD Card................................................................................................ 127
4.3 Adjustment
37. I/F Module
REP 37.1.1 Detaching the I/F Module ............................................................................... 129 1. IIT
REP 37.1.2 Inner Cover.................................................................................................... 129 ADJ 1.1.1 Full/Half Rate Carriage Position Adjustment ..................................................... 195
REP 37.2.1 IFM Front Door Interlock Switch ..................................................................... 130 ADJ 1.1.2 IIT Lead Edge Registration ............................................................................... 197
REP 37.2.2 (SCC) IFM PWB............................................................................................. 132 ADJ 1.1.3 IIT Side Registration......................................................................................... 198
REP 37.3.1 Decurler Motor Belt ........................................................................................ 133 ADJ 1.1.4 IIT Vertical/Horizontal Reduce/Enlarge ............................................................ 199
REP 37.3.2 Exit Motor Belt................................................................................................ 134 ADJ 1.1.5 IIT Calibration: DC945...................................................................................... 200
REP 37.4.1 Trans Roll Assembly ...................................................................................... 135 16. INVERTER
REP 37.4.2 Exit Roll Assembly ......................................................................................... 137 ADJ 16.5.1 (SCC) Release Invert Solenoid Nip/Release Pressure Adjustment ................. 205
REP 37.4.3 Feed/Entrans Belt.......................................................................................... 138
ADJ 16.5.2 (SCC) Invert Gate Solenoid Position Adjustment ............................................ 206
REP 37.5.1 Decurler Belt Upper/Lower............................................................................. 139
REP 37.5.2 Decurler Drive Belt......................................................................................... 143 18. ELECTRICAL
REP 37.6.1 Inlet Chute Upper/Lower ................................................................................ 144 ADJ 18.1.1 Registration Measuring Cycle (Registration): DC671...................................... 209
REP 37.6.2 Cam Shaft ..................................................................................................... 146 ADJ 18.1.2 Registration Control Sensor Check Cycle (Registration): DC673 .................... 209
REP 37.7.1 Gate Assembly .............................................................................................. 147 ADJ 18.1.3 Registration Control Setup Cycle (Registration): DC675 ................................. 210
REP 37.7.2 Decurler Gate Sensor .................................................................................... 148 ADJ 18.1.4 Tray 5 Guide Adjustment (Registration): DC740 ............................................. 210
REP 37.8.1 Guide Assembly Low-563/MID-U/MID-Low ................................................... 149 ADJ 18.1.5 MAX Setup .................................................................................................... 211
REP 37.8.2 Guide Assembly-Exit Up ................................................................................ 150 ADJ 18.1.6 Color Balance Adjustment (MAX Setup): DC919............................................. 212
ADJ 18.1.7 TRC Adjustment (MAX Setup): DC924 ........................................................... 213
54. DADF-250 (Color) ADJ 18.1.8 Density Uniformity Adjustment (MAX Setup): DC931 ...................................... 213
REP 54.1.1 DADF ............................................................................................................ 153 ADJ 18.1.9 Procon On / Off Print (MAX Setup): DC938 ...................................................... 218
REP 54.1.2 Service Position............................................................................................. 154
ADJ 18.1.10 ATC Sensor Setup (MAX Setup): DC950 ...................................................... 223
REP 54.2.1 CIS................................................................................................................ 155
ADJ 18.1.11 Belt Edge Learn (Sub System): DC956 ......................................................... 223
REP 54.2.2 (SCC) DCDC PWB ........................................................................................ 157 ADJ 18.1.12 DC991 Adjust Toner Density (MAX Setup).................................................... 224
REP 54.3.1 Left/Right Counter Balance............................................................................ 158
ADJ 18.1.13 UI Touch Panel Origin Point Correction......................................................... 225
REP 54.3.2 (SCC) DADF PWB ......................................................................................... 161
ADJ 18.1.14 Firmware Version Upgrade .......................................................................... 227
REP 54.6.1 (SCC) DADF Feed Clutch .............................................................................. 162 ADJ 18.1.15 Dual Registration Adjustment Process Flow ................................................. 228
REP 54.6.2 Feed Motor Belt ............................................................................................. 162
ADJ 18.1.16 Parallelism Adjustment ................................................................................ 229
REP 54.7.1 Takeaway Roll............................................................................................... 163
ADJ 18.1.17 Side 1/Side 2 Side Skew Adjustment............................................................. 231
REP 54.7.2 Rail................................................................................................................ 164 ADJ 18.1.18 Perpendicularity Adjustment ........................................................................ 232
REP 54.7.3 Pre Regi Motor Belt ........................................................................................ 165
ADJ 18.1.19 Side 1 Lead/Side Regi Adjustment................................................................ 233
REP 54.7.4 Baffle Solenoid Assembly .............................................................................. 165
ADJ 18.1.20 Dual Image Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment...................................................... 234
REP 54.8.1 Regi Motor Belt .............................................................................................. 166 ADJ 18.1.21 Dual Alignment Adjustment.......................................................................... 235
REP 54.8.2 DADF Lead Regi Sensor ................................................................................ 166
ADJ 18.1.22 Things to take note when replacing Important Information Stored Components 237
REP 54.8.3 Regi Roll........................................................................................................ 168
ADJ 18.2.1 Firmware Version Upgrade (Firmware Update Service System)...................... 240
REP 54.9.1 Platen Motor Belt ........................................................................................... 172 ADJ 18.2.2 Backup/Restore (Recovery)/Reproduce ........................................................ 242
REP 54.9.2 Out Roll ......................................................................................................... 172
ADJ 18.2.3 Special Booting.............................................................................................. 245
REP 54.10.1 Exit 1 Roll..................................................................................................... 177
ADJ 18.2.4 Settings Recovery Tool (Freeware) ................................................................ 246
REP 54.10.2 Exit Motor Belt.............................................................................................. 179
REP 54.18.1 Feed Roll ..................................................................................................... 179 54. DADF-250(Color)
REP 54.18.2 Nudger Roll ................................................................................................. 182 ADJ 54.1.1 DADF Lead Skew Adjustment ........................................................................ 249
REP 54.20.1 Tension Spring ............................................................................................ 185 ADJ 54.1.2 DADF Side Edge Registration ........................................................................ 250
REP 54.21.1 Retard Roll .................................................................................................. 186
ADJ 54.1.3 DADF Lead Edge Registration........................................................................ 252
ADJ 54.1.4 DADF Height Adjustment ............................................................................... 253
ADJ 54.1.5 DADF Tail Edge Registration Adjustment ....................................................... 254
ADJ 54.1.6 DADF Slow Scan Direction Reduce / Enlarge Adjustment ............................... 255
3. (REP X.X.X) at the end of a procedure indicates the replacement procedure to be referred to.
DANGER
4. Item numbers of disassembly/assembly and adjustment procedures (i.e. REP/ADJ No.) correlate to PL
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation, such as death or serious injury if operators do not
No. in Chapter 5 Parts List. Therefore, an appropriate replacement or adjustment procedure can easily
handle the machine correctly by disregarding the statement.
be referred to a PL No. or vice versa.E.g. The replacement or adjustment procedure of Component PL1.1
is REP1.1.X or ADJ1.1.X. WARNING
5. When replacement/adjustment procedures or title items vary by modification or model, the modification Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, such as death or serious injury if operators do not
number or the model are indicated at the beginning or the end of the respective titles or procedures. handle the machine correctly by disregarding the statement.
E.g. 1) REP X.X.X Main PWB [w/Tag 1V] CAUTION
*Indicates that the entire procedure under this title applies to machines with Tag 1V. Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, such as injury or property damage if operators do not handle
E.g. 2) the machine correctly by disregarding the statement.
Instruction: Used to alert you to a procedure, if not strictly observed, could result in damage to the machine or
Table 1 equipment.
Symbol Description
NOTE: Used when work procedures and rules are emphasized.
4001: Indicates that a specific part has been modified by the tag number within the
circle. NOTE:Used when other explanations are given.
Purpose
Used to describe the purposes of Adjustment.
As to replacement of any component designated SCC, the complete component unit must be replaced. It must
never be disassembled or no individual internal parts of it must be replaced.
Figure 2 4002 Installation of any part other than the ones designated by Fuji Xerox Co. Ltd. shall be strictly prohibited
because it cannot be guaranteed in quality and safety.
This component stores all the important customer information that is input after the installation. When per-
forming replacement, follow the procedures in ’Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly Adjustment’ to replace/dis-
card. Make absolutely sure that no customer information gets leaked outside.
Figure 2 j0hs40103
11. Disconnect the IIT-ESS Cable, and remove the screw. (Figure 3)
(1) Disconnect the IIT-ESS Cable and hang it on the Tab of the ESS Duct.
(2) Remove the screw.
Figure 1 j0tz41326
1. Remove the SCT/OCT and the Exit Fan Assembly, or the Finisher.
2. Remove the MSI. (REP 13.1.1)
3. Remove the Left Upper Cover. (REP 19.3.1)
4. Remove the IIT Left Cover. (PL 1.1)
• Installation screws: x2 at the top, x2 at the left
5. [Machine with 10.4inch Control Panel] Figure 3 j0hs40114
Remove the 10.4inch Control Panel together with the Wing Tray Assembly.
6. Remove the IIT Right Cover. (PL 1.2) 12. Disconnect the USB Cable. (Figure 4)
• Installation screws: x2 at the top, x2 at the right (1) Disconnect the USB Cable.
7. For machines installed with Finisher, remove the Finisher Docking Plate. (2) Release the USB Cable from the clamp.
• Installation screws (M4): x2 (3) Remove the screw of P-Clamp.
8. Remove the Right Upper Cover. (REP 19.1.1) (4) Remove the clamp on the USB Cable.
9. Remove the Rear Upper Cover. (REP 19.3.3)
13. Remove the Arm Shaft used for opening/closing the IIT Frame from the IIT Frame. (Figure 5) 15. Remove the stoppers (x2) on the right of the IIT. (Figure 7)
(1) Remove the Forming Screws (x2).
(2) Remove the stoppers (x2).
Figure 5 j0tz41310
14. Remove the stoppers (x2) on the left of the IIT. (Figure 6)
Figure 7 j0tz41312
(1) Remove the Forming Screws (x2).
(2) Remove the stoppers (x2). 16. Insert the driver into the hole of the DADF-250 Counter Balance so that the DADF cannot be opened.
(Figure 8)
Figure 8 j0hk40105 Figure 10 j0hs40107
Figure 9 j0hs40106
Figure 12 j0tz41316
3. Push the stoppers (x2) on the left of the IIT in the direction of the arrows and secure them. (Figure 13)
Figure 1 j0hk40129
Figure 13 j0tz41317
REP 1.5.1 IIT Registration Sensor
Parts List on PL 1.5
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the
<Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF
the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver>
button has stopped blinking.
Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the
breaker, and then unplug the power plug.
1. Remove the IIT Rear Cover. (PL 1.2)
• Installation screws: x4 at the rear
2. Remove the Top Rear Cover 2. (PL 1.1)
3. Remove the IIT Registration Sensor. (Figure 1)
(1) Release the wire harness from the clamp. Figure 2 j0hs40110
(2) Remove the screw.
(3) Remove the IIT Registration Sensor.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 1 j0hs40109
Figure 1 j0hk40109
Figure 1 j0hk40111
Figure 1 j0hk40113
Figure 1 j0hk40122
Figure 1 j0hs40112
6. Remove the screws that secure the Carriage Motor from the front. (Figure 2)
(1) Remove the screws (x2).
REP 1.6.2 Carriage Cable
Parts List on PL 1.6
Reference
The coatings of the front and rear Carriage Cables are different.
Front: Black
Rear: Silver
NOTE: This section describes the installation and removal procedures for the rear Carriage Cable.
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the
<Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF
Figure 2 j0hk40116 the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver>
button has stopped blinking.
7. Remove the Carriage Motor from the rear. (Figure 3) Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the
(1) Remove the Tension Spring. breaker, and then unplug the power plug.
(2) Unhook the belt from the pulley of the Carriage Motor and remove the Carriage Motor.
NOTE: The front and rear Carriage Cables must be removed and replaced separately.
Figure 3 j0hs40113
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 1 j0hk40118
Figure 3 j0fu40532
8. Remove the CVT Platen Glass. (Figure 2)
(1) Remove the screw. 11. Remove the Carriage Cable. (Figure 4)
(2) Remove the support. (1) Remove the Tension Spring.
(3) Remove the CVT Platen Glass. (2) Detach the Carriage Cable from the Tension Spring.
(3) Remove the ball from the groove.
(4) Remove the Carriage Cable.
Figure 2 j0hk40119
9. Take out the Full Rate Carriage from the IIT Frame. (REP 1.6.3)
Figure 4 j0fu40533
• The Slide Cable connector can be left connected.
10. Move the Half Rate Carriage until the Carriage Cable ball of the Capstan Pulley is positioned according to Replacement
the conditions (A) and (B) described below. (Figure 3) 1. Insert the ball of the Carriage Cable into the Capstan Pulley. (Figure 5)
(A) Turns of the Carriage Cable (1) Insert the ball into the groove of the Capstan Pulley.
Front: 3 turns (A) Clip
Rear: 2 turns (B) Ball
Figure 5 j0fu40534 Figure 7 j0fu40536
2. Wind the clip end of the Carriage Cable for 3.5 turns. (Figure 6)
(1) Wind the clip end of the Carriage Cable for 3.5 turns on the Capstan Pulley.
(2) Fix the Carriage Cable on the clip end with adhesive tape.
Figure 6 j0fu40535
3. Wind the ball end of the Carriage Cable for 2.5 turns. (Figure 7)
(1) Wind the ball end of the Carriage Cable for 2.5 turns on the Capstan Pulley.
(2) Fix the Carriage Cable wound onto the Capstan Pulley with tape to prevent it from loosening.
Figure 9 j0fu40538
Figure 8 j0fu40537
Figure 10 j0fu40539
6. Remove the tape that was used to prevent the Carriage Cable from loosening.
7. Put the Full Rate Carriage into the IIT Frame.
8. Adjust the positions of the Full Rate/Half Rate Carriage Cables. (ADJ 1.1.1)
9. Move the Full Rate Carriage manually and check that it is moving smoothly.
10. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order starting from Step 7.
REP 1.6.3 Full Rate Carriage
Parts List on PL 1.6
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the
<Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF
the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver>
button has stopped blinking.
Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the
breaker, and then unplug the power plug.
1. Secure the DADF at the service position. (REP 54.1.2)
2. Remove the Right Plate. (PL 1.4)
3. Remove the Platen Glass. (REP 1.4.1)
4. Remove the screws that secure the Carriage Cable at the notch on the IIT Frame. (Figure 1)
(1) Move the Full Rate Carriage to the notch on the IIT Frame.
(2) Remove the screws (blue, x2).
Figure 2 j0hk40121
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. Adjust the position of Full Rate/Half Rate Carriages. (ADJ 1.1.1)
Figure 1 j0hk40120
Figure 1 j0hk40125
Figure 3 j0hk40127
6. Disconnect the connectors. (Figure 2)
(1) Disconnect the connectors.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
(2) Release the wire harness from the holder.
2. After replacement, perform DC945 IIT Calibration. (ADJ 1.1.5)
3. After replacement, clear the [DC135 HFSI] counter.
’Chain Link: 956-803’
’Chain Link: 956-804’
REP 1.7.2 LED Power Supply
Parts List on PL 1.7
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the
<Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF
the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver>
button has stopped blinking.
Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the
breaker, and then unplug the power plug.
1. Secure the DADF at the service position. (REP 54.1.2)
2. Remove the IIT Right Cover. (PL 1.2)
• Installation screws: x2 at the top, x2 at the right
3. Remove the Right Plate. (PL 1.4)
4. Remove the Platen Glass. (REP 1.4.1) Figure 2 j0hk40128
5. Remove the Holder Assembly. (Figure 1)
(1) Disconnect the Flat Cable.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
(2) Remove the screws (x2).
(3) Remove the Holder Assembly.
Figure 1 j0hk40125
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 1 j0hk40137
Figure 1 j0hk40201
Figure 4 j0hk40202
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. After replacement, peel off the barcode label that is pasted on the new ROS Assembly (C, K) and input the
listed values into the following NVMs. (Figure 5)
Figure 5 j0hk40204
Figure 1 j0hk40203
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. After replacement, peel off the barcode label that is pasted on the new ROS Assembly (Y, M) and input
the listed values into the following NVMs. (Figure 4)
Figure 4 j0hk40205
Figure 1 j0hs40103
Figure 3 j0hs40105
7. Remove the Main-K Duct. (Figure 5) 9. Remove the V-Transport Fan Assembly. (Figure 7)
(1) Remove the screws (x2). (1) Disconnect the connector.
(2) Remove the Main-K Duct. (2) Remove the screws (x2).
(3) Remove the V-Transport Fan Assembly.
Figure 5 j0hk40303
Figure 7 j0tz40105
8. Remove the V-Transport Duct. (Figure 6)
(1) Remove the screws (x2). 10. Relax the tension of the belts (x2). (Figure 8)
(2) Remove the V-Transport Duct. (1) Loosen the screw.
(2) Raise the bracket.
(3) Tighten the screw.
(4) Loosen the screw.
(5) Lower the bracket.
(6) Tighten the screw.
Figure 8 j0tz40124 Figure 10 j0tz40107
11. Remove the Tension Bracket Assembly. (Figure 9) 13. Disconnect the connectors (x4). (Figure 11)
(1) Remove the screws (x3). (1) Release the wire harness from the clamp.
(2) Remove the Tension Bracket Assembly. (2) Disconnect the connectors (x2).
(3) Disconnect the connectors (x2).
Figure 9 j0tz40106
Figure 11 j0hk40305
12. Remove the Gear Bracket Assembly. (Figure 10)
(1) Remove the screws (x2). 14. Release the wire harness. (Figure 12)
(2) Remove the Gear Bracket Assembly. (1) Release the wire harness from the clamps (x2).
Figure 13 j0tz40110
Figure 3 j0tz40107
9. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 5) 11. Remove the DEVE Drive Assembly (K). (Figure 7)
(1) Disconnect the connector. (1) Remove the screws (x5).
(2) Disconnect the connector. (2) While removing the belt from the pulley, remove the DEVE Drive Assembly (K).
(3) Release the wire harness from the clamp.
Figure 7 j0hk40310
Figure 5 j0hk40308
Replacement
10. Remove the Fan Assembly. (Figure 6) 1. To install, reverse the removal procedure with the following kept in mind.
(1) Remove the screws (x3).
NOTE: When tightening the tension of the belts (x2) that were loosened in step 4, check where the
(2) Remove the Fan Assembly.
screws were initially located and secure them back at the same locations.
REP 3.1.3 (SCC) Drum Motor Assembly (K)
Parts List on PL 3.1
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the
<Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF
the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver>
button has stopped blinking.
Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the
breaker, and then unplug the power plug.
1. Disconnect all cables that are connected to the Control part at the left of the machine.
2. Remove the Rear Upper Cover. (REP 19.3.3)
3. Disconnect the UI Cable from the ESS Duct. (Figure 1)
(1) Disconnect the UI Cable from the ESS Duct.
Figure 2 j0hs40114
Figure 1 j0hs40103
Figure 3 j0hs40105
Figure 5 j0hk40303
Figure 1 j0hs40103
Figure 3 j0hs40105
7. Remove the Main-K Duct. (Figure 5) 9. Remove the Fusing Duct and the bracket. (Figure 7)
(1) Remove the screws (x2). (1) Remove the screws (x2).
(2) Remove the Main-K Duct. (2) Remove the Fusing Duct.
(3) Remove the screws (x2).
(4) Remove the bracket.
Figure 5 j0hk40303
11. Remove the Drum Motor Assembly (C). (Figure 9) 13. Remove the Drum Motor Assembly (Y). (Figure 11)
(1) Disconnect the connectors (x2). (1) Disconnect the connectors (x2).
(2) Release the wire harness from the clamp. (2) Remove the screws (x3).
(3) Remove the clamp of the wire harness. (3) Remove the Drum Motor Assembly (Y).
(4) Remove the screws (x3).
(5) Remove the Drum Motor Assembly (C).
Figure 11 j0hk40316
14. Remove the Drum Motor YMC PWB Assembly. (Figure 12)
Figure 9 j0hk40314
(1) Disconnect the connectors (x2).
12. Remove the Drum Motor Assembly (M). (Figure 10) (2) Remove the screws (x2).
(1) Disconnect the connectors (x2). (3) Remove the Drum Motor YMC PWB Assembly.
(2) Release the wire harness from the clamp.
(3) Remove the screws (x3).
(4) Remove the Drum Motor Assembly (M).
Figure 12 j0hk40317
15. Remove the DEVE Drive Assembly (Y, M, C). (Figure 13)
(1) Disconnect the connectors (x2).
(2) Remove the screws (x8).
(3) Remove the DEVE Drive Assembly (Y, M, C).
Figure 13 j0hk40318
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
REP 6.3.1 IBT Belt Assembly
Parts List on PL 6.3
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the
<Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF
the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver>
button has stopped blinking.
Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the
breaker, and then unplug the power plug.
CAUTION
Do not work on a hot Fusing Unit until it is cool enough.
Figure 1 j0hk40621
3. Hold the front and rear handles and remove the IBT Belt Assembly. (Figure 2)
(1) Hold the handles and remove the IBT Belt Assembly. Figure 3 j0tz40706
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. When replacing the IBT Belt Assembly, install it after removing the pin at the front and the tape at the rear.
3. After replacement, clear the HFSI counter.
’Chain Link: 954-809’
’Chain Link: 954-810’
’Chain Link: 954-811’
’Chain Link: 954-812’
Figure 1 j0hk41407
3. Remove the first of the 2-tier stopper of the Drawer Unit’s right/left rail and pull the Drawer Unit out until it is
in the service position. (Figure 2)
(1) Push the stopper and pull the Drawer Unit out until it is in the service position.
Figure 2 j0hk41401 Figure 4 j0hk40601
4. Remove the Drawer Screw. (Figure 3) 6. Lift up the IBT Drawer Unit gently and pull it out. (Figure 5)
(1) Remove the Drawer Screw. (1) Remove the screws (x2).
(2) Pull out the IBT Drawer Unit.
Figure 3 j0hk40625
Figure 5 j0hk40602
5. Raise the lever of the XERO DEVE Drawer Unit. (Figure 4)
(1) Lower the lever. 7. Lift up the front of the IBT Belt Assembly and hook the Retract Shaft attached to the IBT Drawer Unit. (Fig-
(2) Raise the lever. ure 6)
(1) Lift up the IBT Belt Assembly.
(2) Hook the Retract Shaft.
Figure 6 jj0hk40623
NOTE: When removing the IBT Cleaner Assembly, cover the Drawer Unit and the floor with paper to
prevent them from being dirtied by toner.
NOTE: Before placing the removed IBT Cleaner Assembly on the floor, lay paper on the floor to pre-
vent the Toner from dirtying the place.
Figure 7 j0hk40624
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. After replacement, clear the HFSI counter.
REP 6.3.3 IBT Belt
Parts List on PL 6.3
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the
<Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF
the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver>
button has stopped blinking.
Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the
breaker, and then unplug the power plug.
CAUTION
Do not work on a hot Fusing Unit until it is cool enough.
Figure 3 j0tz40732
Figure 1 j0tz40707
6. Remove the IBT Belt. (Figure 4)
4. Remove the bracket. (Figure 2) (1) Remove the IBT Belt.
(1) Remove the screws (x2).
(2) Remove the bracket.
NOTE: Install the IBT Belt with the reflector at the rear. (Figure 5)
Figure 5 j0tz40710
2. With the IBT Belt Assembly installed, turn the Cam in the clockwise direction and loosen the tension of the
IBT Belt. Move the IBT Belt to somewhere in the center of the IBT Frame (where the front and rear of the
exposed part of the Drive Roll is even). (Figure 6)
REP 6.10.1 2nd BTR Roll
Parts List on PL 6.10
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the
<Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF
the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver>
button has stopped blinking.
Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the
breaker, and then unplug the power plug.
1. Remove the 2ND BTR Roll Assembly. (REP 14.1.4)
2. Remove the Sensor Cover. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the Tapping Screw.
(2) Remove the Sensor Cover.
Figure 2 j0hk40604
Figure 1 j0hk40603
6. Remove the gear. (Figure 5) 8. Remove the Drive Gear and the Roll Gear. (Figure 7)
(1) Remove the E-Clip. (1) Remove the E-Clip.
(2) Remove the gear. (2) Remove the Drive Gear.
(3) Remove the Roll Gear.
Figure 5 j0hk40607
Figure 7 jj0hk40609
7. Remove the BTR Cam and the gear. (Figure 6)
9. Remove the conductor and the wire harness along with the BTR Cam. (Figure 8)
NOTE: Before removing the BTR Cam, check and note down the orientation of the BTR Cam step.
(1) Remove the E-Clip. NOTE: Before removing the BTR Cam, check and note down the orientation of the BTR Cam step.
(2) Remove the BTR Cam. (1) Remove the screw.
(3) Remove the E-Clip. (2) Remove the conductor and the wire harness.
(4) Remove the gear. (3) Remove the E-Clip.
(4) Remove the BTR Cam.
(3) Remove the Roll Cover Assembly.
Figure 8 j0hk40610
Figure 10 j0hk40612
10. Remove the spring and Roll Cover Assembly at the rear. (Figure 9)
NOTE: Be careful not to lose the spring of the Roll Cover Assembly. 12. Pull out and remove the shaft towards the rear. (Figure 11)
(1) Remove the E-Clip.
(1) Remove the spring.
(2) Pull out and remove the shaft.
(2) Remove the screw.
(3) Remove the Roll Cover Assembly.
Figure 11 j0hk40613
Figure 9 jj0hk40611 13. Remove the Arm Plate (Front). (PL 6.9)
14. Remove the Arm Plate (Rear). (PL 6.9)
11. Remove the spring and Roll Cover Assembly at the front. (Figure 10)
15. Remove the 2nd Roll Assembly. (Figure 12)
NOTE: Be careful not to lose the spring of the Roll Cover Assembly. (1) Remove the 2nd Roll Assembly.
16. Remove the Roll Holder at the rear. (Figure 13) Replacement
(1) Remove the bearing. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order taking note of the following:
(2) Remove the screw.
NOTE: When inserting the shaft that was pulled out and removed in step 12, make sure the shaft
(3) Remove the Roll Holder. passes under the Conductor Plate of the 2nd Roll Assembly. (Figure 15)
Figure 13 j0pi40619
Figure 15 j0hk40615
17. Remove the 2nd Roll. (Figure 14)
(1) Remove the bearing.
(2) Remove the 2nd Roll.
REP 6.10.2 Cleaning Blade
Parts List on PL 6.10
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the
<Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF
the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver>
button has stopped blinking.
Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the
breaker, and then unplug the power plug.
1. Remove the 2ND BTR Roll Assembly. (REP 14.1.4)
2. Remove the 2nd BTR Roll. (REP 6.10.1)
3. Remove the Blade Assembly. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the screw.
(2) Remove the Roll Holder. Figure 2 j0pi40623
(3) Remove the Blade Assembly.
5. Remove the Cleaning Blade. (Figure 3)
(1) Remove the screws (x2).
(2) Remove the Cleaning Blade.
Figure 1 j0pi40622
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order taking note of the following:
Figure 1 j0hk40616
Figure 4 j0tz40714
Figure 5 j0hs40601
Figure 7 j0hs40603
Figure 1 j0hk40701
Figure 1 j0hk41407
Figure 1 j0tz40802
4. Disconnect the connector at the rear. (Figure 3) 6. Remove the bracket in front. (Figure 5)
(1) Peel off the tape. (1) Remove the screw.
(2) Release the wire harness from the clamps (x2). (2) Remove the bracket.
(3) Disconnect the connector (white: Main 2).
(4) Disconnect the connector (red: Main 1).
(5) Disconnect the connector (blue: Sub).
Figure 5 j0hs40702
8. Remove the Main Lamp 1/2 and the Sub Lamp. (Figure 7) 10. Remove the Upper Exit Chute. (Figure 9)
(1) Remove the Main Lamp 1/2 and the Sub Lamp. (1) Remove the Upper Exit Chute.
9. Remove the Top Cover. (Figure 8) 11. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 10)
(1) Remove the screws (x4). (1) Disconnect the connector.
(2) Remove the Top Cover.
Figure 10 j0tz40821 Figure 12 j0tz40813
12. Measure the length of the portion of Nip Screws (x2) that stick out and then remove them. (Figure 11) 14. Open the stopper at the front. (Figure 13)
NOTE: Do not mix up the Nip Screws and Nip Springs at the rear and the front. Keep them in pairs (1) Loosen the screw.
and return them to their respective installation positions. (2) Open the stopper.
(1) Measure the length of the portion of Nip Screw at the front that sticks out.
(2) Measure the length of the portion of Nip Screw at the rear that sticks out.
(3) Remove the Nip Screws (x2).
Figure 13 j0tz40816
Figure 1 j0tz40802
5. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 4) 7. Remove the Upper Exit Chute. (Figure 6)
(1) Disconnect the connector. (1) Remove the Upper Exit Chute.
8. Measure the length of the portion of Nip Screws (x2) that stick out and then remove them. (Figure 7) 10. Remove the Belt Assembly. (Figure 9)
NOTE: Do not mix up the Nip Screws and Nip Springs at the rear and the front. Keep them in pairs (1) Remove the Belt Assembly.
and return them to their respective installation positions.
(1) Measure the length of the portion of Nip Screw at the front that sticks out.
(2) Measure the length of the portion of Nip Screw at the rear that sticks out.
(3) Remove the Nip Screws (x2).
Figure 9 j0tz40814
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. After the installation, adjust the length of the portion of Nip Screws that stick out at the front and rear, to
Figure 7 j0tz40812 match the lengths that were measured in step 8. This is done to correct the Fusing Unit B2/#2 Nip Pres-
sure.
9. Open the Fusing Unit B2/#2. (Figure 8)
(1) Remove the screws (x2).
(2) Open the Fusing Unit B2/#2.
REP 8.1.1 XERO Cartridge (Y, M, C, K) REP 8.2.1 Dispenser Assembly
Parts List on PL 8.1 Parts List on PL 8.2
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the
<Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF <Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF
the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver> the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver>
button has stopped blinking. button has stopped blinking.
Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the
breaker, and then unplug the power plug. breaker, and then unplug the power plug.
1. Remove the Toner Cartridges (Y, M, C, K).
NOTE: When servicing with the XERO/DEVE Drawer Unit pulled out, cover the whole of the XERO/
DEVE Drawer Unit with a black sheet that can be found in the storage space of Tray 1 to prevent optical 2. Remove the XERO Cartridges (Y, M, C, K). (REP 8.1.1)
fatigue of the Drum. 3. Remove the Toner Cartridge Cover. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the Tapping Screw.
NOTE: When servicing with the XERO Cartridges (Y, M, C, K) removed, remove all the XERO Cartridges
and cover the removed XERO Cartridges (Y, M, C, K) with a black sheet that can be found in the storage (2) Remove the hinge.
space of Tray 1 to prevent optical fatigue of the Drum. (3) Remove the Tapping Screw.
(4) Remove the hinge.
(5) Remove the Toner Cartridge Cover.
Figure 1 j0hk40801
Figure 3 j0hk40803
Figure 3 j0hs40801
Figure 1 j0hk40805 10. Remove the rail on the right side of the XERO/DEVE Drawer Unit. (Figure 4)
(1) Remove the screw.
8. Remove the second of the 2-tier stopper of the rails at the left and the right and remove the XERO/DEVE
Drawer Unit. (Figure 2) (2) Remove the rail.
(1) Remove the second tier stoppers at the left and the right.
(2) Pull out and remove the XERO/DEVE Drawer Unit.
11. Remove the rail on the Left side of the machine. (Figure 5) Replacement
(1) Remove the screws (x2). 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
(2) Remove the rail.
Figure 5 j0hk40809
12. Remove the rail on the left side of the XERO/DEVE Drawer Unit. (Figure 6)
(1) Remove the screw.
(2) Remove the rail.
REP 8.6.2 Developer Housing (Y, M, C, K)
Parts List on PL 8.6
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the
<Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF
the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver>
button has stopped blinking.
Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the
breaker, and then unplug the power plug.
NOTE:Because the removal procedure for the Developer Housings (Y, M, C, and K) is the same, the fol-
lowing describes only the procedure for the Developer Housing (K).
1. Remove the XERO Cartridges (Y, M, C, K). (REP 8.1.1)
2. Remove the first of the 2-tier stopper of the rails at the left and the right and pull the XERO/DEVE Drawer Figure 2 j0hs40803
Unit out until it is in the service position. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the first tier stoppers at the left and the right. 4. Remove the Inner Cover Assembly. (Figure 3)
(2) Pull the XERO/DEVE Drawer Unit out until it is in the service position. (1) Slide the shutter towards you.
(2) Remove the screws (x3).
(3) Remove the Inner Cover Assembly.
Figure 1 j0hs40802
Figure 5 j0tz40613
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. After replacement, clear the HFSI counter.
• Developer Housing (Y) ’Chain Link: 954-805’
• Developer Housing (M) ’Chain Link: 954-806’
• Developer Housing (C) ’Chain Link: 954-807’
• Developer Housing (K) ’Chain Link: 954-808’
3. After replacement, perform ATC Sensor Setup for the replaced Developer Housing. (ADJ 18.1.10)
Figure 1 j0hs41201
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. After replacement, clear the HFSI counter.
’Chain Link: 954-820’
’Chain Link: 954-837’
Figure 1 j0hk41206
Figure 3 j0hk41208
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 1 j0hk41210
Figure 1 j0hs41210
Figure 1 j0hk41215
Figure 5 j0hk41219
Figure 1 j0hk41221
NOTE: Replace the Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll at the same time because they have the same life dura-
tion.
NOTE:Since the removal procedure for the Feed/Nudger/Retard Rolls of Tray 1 and Tray 2 are the same,
only the removal procedure for the Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll of Tray 1 is described here.
Figure 4 j0hk41224
1. Open the Front Cover.
Replacement 2. Remove Tray 1.
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. 3. Move the chute to the front. (Figure 1)
2. After replacement, clear the HFSI counter. (1) Move the chute.
’Chain Link: 954-823’
’Chain Link: 954-840’
Figure 1 j0hk41225
NOTE: Replace the Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll at the same time because they have the same life duration.
Figure 1 j0hk41227
NOTE: Replace the Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll at the same time because they have the same life dura-
tion.
1. Open the Front Cover.
Figure 2 j0hk41228 2. Remove Tray 1/2.
3. Pull out Tray 4.
Replacement 4. Move the chute to the front. (Figure 1)
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. (1) Move the chute.
2. After replacement, clear the HFSI counter.
’Chain Link: 954-822’
Figure 1 j0hk41229
Figure 2 j0hk41230
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. After replacement, clear the HFSI counter.
’Chain Link: 954-823’
Figure 1 j0hs41205
Figure 2 j0hs41206
Figure 1 j0hs41207
Figure 2 j0hs41208
REP 13.1.1 MSI
Parts List on PL 13.1
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the
<Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF
the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver>
button has stopped blinking.
Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the
breaker, and then unplug the power plug.
1. Close the MSI Tray. (Figure 1)
2. Disconnect the connector.
(1) Disconnect the connector.
Figure 2 j0tz40302
Figure 1 j0hs41301
Figure 3 j0tz40303
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. After replacement, perform DC740 Tray 5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment. (ADJ 18.1.4)
3. After replacement, clear the HFSI counter.
’Chain Link: 954-824’
’Chain Link: 954-841’
Figure 1 j0fu40802
8. Remove the MSI Front Frame. (Figure 5) 10. Disconnect the connectors (x3). (Figure 7)
(1) Remove the screws (x3). (1) Disconnect the connector.
(2) Remove the Tapping Screws (x2). (2) Release the wire harness from the clamp.
(3) Remove the MSI Front Frame. (3) Disconnect the connectors (x2).
9. Remove the Harness Guide. (Figure 6) 11. Remove the Upper Cover. (Figure 8)
(1) Disconnect the connector. (1) Remove the Upper Cover.
(2) Remove the screw.
(3) Remove the Harness Guide.
12. Remove the Harness Cover. (Figure 9) 14. Remove the Sector Gear. (Figure 11)
(1) Remove the screw. (1) Remove the E-Ring.
(2) Remove the Harness Cover. (2) Remove the Sector Gear.
(3) Disconnect the connectors (x3) from the Harness Cover. (3) Remove the pin.
(4) Remove the bearing.
Figure 9 j0tz40307
Figure 11 j0fu40809
13. Remove the MSI Lift Up Motor. (Figure 10)
(1) Remove the screw of the earth wire. 15. Open the MSI Upper Feeder.
(2) Release the wire harness from the clamps (x2). 16. Remove the screws that secure the MSI Feeder. (Figure 12)
(3) Remove the screws (x3). (1) Remove the Tapping Screws (x5).
(4) Remove the MSI Lift Up Motor.
REP 13.6.1 Retard Roll
Parts List on PL 13.6
Clean
NOTE: Replace the Retard/Feed/Nudger Rolls at the same time. Replacement Kit: 604K 23660
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the
<Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF
the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver>
button has stopped blinking.
Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the
breaker, and then unplug the power plug.
1. Remove the Retard Roll. (Figure 1)
Figure 12 j0tz40309 (1) Open the MSI Upper Feeder.
(2) Remove the Retard Roll.
17. Close the MSI Upper Feeder.
18. Remove the MSI Feeder. (Figure 13)
(1) Remove the MSI Feeder.
Figure 13 j0fu40811
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 1 j0fu40812
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. Align with the D-cut part of the Retard Roll axis to install.
3. After replacement, clear the HFSI counter.
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the
<Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF
the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver>
button has stopped blinking.
Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the
breaker, and then unplug the power plug.
1. Remove the Feed Roll. (Figure 1)
(1) Open the MSI Upper Feeder.
(2) Remove the Feed Roll.
Figure 1 j0fu40813
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. Align with the D-cut part of the Feed Roll axis to install.
3. After replacement, clear the HFSI counter.
’Chain Link: 954-824’ REP 13.6.3 Nudger Roll
Parts List on PL 13.6
Clean
NOTE: Replace the Retard/Feed/Nudger Rolls at the same time.
Replacement Kit: 604K 23660
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the
<Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF
the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver>
button has stopped blinking.
Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the
breaker, and then unplug the power plug.
1. Remove the Nudger Roll. (Figure 1)
(1) Open the MSI Upper Feeder.
(2) Remove the Nudger Roll.
Figure 1 j0fu40814
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. Align with the D-cut part of the Nudger Roll axis to install.
Figure 1 j0fu40815
REP 13.7.2 Feed/Nudger Shaft
Parts List on PL 13.7
Replacement
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the
<Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF
the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver>
button has stopped blinking.
Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the
breaker, and then unplug the power plug.
1. Install the Feed/Nudger Shaft as shown in the following figure. (Figure 1)
Figure 1 j0fu40816
Figure 1 j0hk41402
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 1 j0hk41403
8. Remove the right rail on the side of the Main Unit. (Figure 2)
(1) Remove the screws (blue, x3).
(2) Remove the Right Rail.
9. Remove the right rail on the side of the Drawer Unit. (Figure 3) 11. Remove the MSI Chute Assembly. (REP 15.1.1)
(1) Remove the screws (x3). 12. Remove the Left Rail on the side of the Main Unit. (Figure 5)
(2) Remove the Right Rail. (1) Remove the screws (blue, x3).
(2) Remove the Left Rail.
Figure 3 j0tz40405
Figure 5 j0hk41406
10. Remove the Front Cover Assembly. (Figure 4)
(1) Remove the screws (x2). 13. Remove the left rail on the side of the Drawer Unit. (Figure 6)
(2) Remove the Front Cover Assembly. (1) Remove the screws (blue, x3).
(2) Remove the Left Rail.
REP 14.1.3 Registration Transport Assembly
Parts List on PL 14.1
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the
<Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF
the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver>
button has stopped blinking.
Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the
breaker, and then unplug the power plug.
1. Open the Front Cover.
2. Pull out the Drawer Unit. (Figure 1)
(1) Lower the lever.
(2) Pull out the Drawer Unit.
Figure 6 j0tz40408
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 1 j0hk41407
3. Remove the first of the 2-tier stopper of the Drawer Unit’s right/left rail and pull the Drawer Unit out until it is
in the service position. (Figure 2)
(1) Push the stoppers at the left and the right and pull the Drawer Unit out until it is in the service position.
4. Remove the Connector Cover. (Figure 3) 6. Remove the Registration Transport Assembly. (Figure 5)
(1) Remove the screw. (1) Remove the screw.
(2) Remove the Connector Cover. (2) Remove the Registration Transport Assembly.
Figure 1 j0hk41407
3. Remove the first of the 2-tier stopper of the Drawer Unit’s right/left rail and pull the Drawer Unit out until it is
in the service position. (Figure 2)
(1) Push the stoppers at the left and the right and pull the Drawer Unit out until it is in the service position.
Figure 3 j0hk41411
6. Remove the Indicator. (Figure 5) 8. Remove the 2nd BTR Roll Assembly. (Figure 7)
(1) Remove the Indicator. NOTE: Before placing the removed 2nd BTR Roll Assembly on the floor, lay paper on the floor to
prevent the Toner from dirtying the place.
Figure 5 j0tz40721
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. After replacement, clear the HFSI counter.
’Chain Link: 954-813’
REP 14.2.1 DUP Motor Assembly
Parts List on PL 14.2
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the
<Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF
the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver>
button has stopped blinking.
Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the
breaker, and then unplug the power plug.
1. Open the Front Cover.
2. Remove the 2nd BTR Roll Assembly. (REP 14.1.4)
3. Release the wire harness. (Figure 1)
(1) Release the wire harness from the clamps (x2).
(2) Remove the clamp of the wire harness. Figure 2 j0hk41416
Figure 1 j0hk41415
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order, taking note of the following:
NOTE: Hang the belt of the DUP Motor as shown in the following figure. (Figure 5)
Figure 1 j0hk41407
3. Remove the first of the 2-tier stopper of the Drawer Unit’s right/left rail and pull the Drawer Unit out until it is
in the service position. (Figure 2)
(1) Push the stoppers at the left and the right and pull the Drawer Unit out until it is in the service position.
Figure 5 j0hk41419
Figure 2 j0hk41401 Figure 4 j0tz40420
4. Remove the V-Transport Assembly. (Figure 3) 6. Remove the Transport Belt. (Figure 5)
(1) Remove the screws (x3). (1) Remove the Transport Belt.
(2) Remove the V-Transport Assembly.
Figure 5 j0tz40421
Figure 3 j0hk41420
Replacement
5. Remove the roller. (Figure 4) 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order, taking note of the following:
NOTE: Be careful not to lose the ball bearings on both sides. NOTE: Install the Transport Belt with the glossy side as the inner surface.
(1) Remove the roller.
Figure 1 j0tz40232
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 1 j0hs41601
Figure 4 j0hs41602
Figure 5 j0hs41603
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order taking note of the following:
REP 16.3.1 Lower Chute
Parts List on PL 16.3
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the
<Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF
the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver>
button has stopped blinking.
Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the
breaker, and then unplug the power plug.
1. Remove the Right Upper Cover. (REP 19.1.1)
2. Remove the Inverter Unit. (REP 16.1.1)
3. Remove the pins (x2). (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the KL-Clip.
(2) Remove the pin. Figure 2 j0tz41006
(3) Remove the KL-Clip.
5. Remove the bearing at the Inverter Roll front side. (Figure 3)
(4) Remove the pin.
(1) Remove the E-Clip.
(2) Remove the bearing.
Figure 1 j0tz41005
7. Remove the bearing at the Inverter Roll rear side from the frame. (Figure 5) 10. Remove the bearing at the Inverter Dup Gate front side. (Figure 7)
(1) Slide the bearing to the rear. (1) Remove the E-Clip.
(2) Remove the bearing.
Figure 5 j0tz41009
Figure 7 j0hs41606
8. Turn the Inverter 1 Transport upside down.
9. Remove the stopper (rear). (Figure 6) 11. Slide the Inverter Dup Gate. (Figure 8)
(1) Remove the Tapping Screw. (1) Slide the Inverter Dup Gate.
(2) Remove the screw.
(3) Remove the stopper (rear).
Figure 8 j0hs41607
12. Slide the Lower Chute to the rear and remove it. (Figure 9)
(1) Remove the Lower Chute.
Figure 9 j0hs41608
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 1 j0hk40805
6. Remove the second of the 2-tier stopper of the rails at the left and the right and remove the XERO/DEVE
Drawer Unit. (Figure 2) Figure 3 j0tz41101
(1) Remove the second tier stoppers at the left and the right.
(2) Pull out and remove the XERO/DEVE Drawer Unit. 11. Lift up the MOB ADC Assembly and remove it. (Figure 4)
NOTE: The screw does not need to be removed. Just lift up the Assembly to remove it.
(1) Remove the MOB ADC Assembly.
• The IOT displayed on the UI screen represents the MCU PWB, while SYS1 represents the BP
PWB, and SYS2 represents the ESS PWB.
1. Disconnect all cables that are connected to the Control part at the left of the machine.
2. Remove the Control Unit. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the screws (x6).
(2) Remove the screw.
(3) Open the handle.
(4) Remove the Control Unit.
(3) Remove the ESS Duct.
Figure 1 j0hs41801
Figure 3 j0hs41802
3. Remove the Rear Upper Cover. (REP 19.3.3)
4. [Machines with 9.0inch Control Panel] 8. Disconnect the connectors (x3) and the USB Cable. (Figure 4)
Disconnect the UI Cable from the ESS Duct. (Figure 2) (1) Disconnect the IIT-ESS Cable connector (x2).
(1) Disconnect the UI Cable from the ESS Duct. (2) Disconnect the connector.
(3) Disconnect the USB Cable.
(4) Release the USB Cable from the clamp.
(5) Remove the screw of P-Clamp.
(6) Remove the clamp on the USB Cable.
Figure 2 j0hs40103
Figure 7 j0hs41805
Figure 5 j0hs41804
12. Remove the ESS Fan Bracket. (Figure 8)
10. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 6) (1) Remove the screws (x4).
(1) Disconnect the connectors (x3). (2) Remove the ESS Fan Bracket.
11. Remove the bracket. (Figure 7) 13. Remove the VSEL PWB Assembly. (Figure 9)
(1) Remove the screws (x3). (1) Remove the screw (x2).
(2) Remove the bracket. (2) Pull out the VSEL PWB Assembly.
Figure 9 j0pr41814 Figure 11 j0hs41809
Figure 10 j0hk41819
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. When performing replacement, perform the following procedures. (Figure 11)
• Remove the EEP ROM from the removed BP PWB Assembly, and replace it with the EEP ROM of
the new BP PWB Assembly.
• Remove the Conductor (x2) from the removed BP PWB Assembly, and install it on the new BP PWB
Assembly.
REP 18.2.2 (SCC) MCU PWB REP 18.3.1 AC Power Supply Assembly
Parts List on PL 18.2 Parts List on PL 18.3
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the
<Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF <Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF
the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver> the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver>
button has stopped blinking. button has stopped blinking.
Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the
breaker, and then unplug the power plug. breaker, and then unplug the power plug.
CAUTION 1. Disconnect all cables that are connected to the Control part at the left of the machine.
Always wear a wrist band to protect electrical parts from static damage. If a wrist band is not available, 2. Disconnect all the cables connected to the Power Unit part on the right of the machine.
touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity. 3. Remove the Rear Upper Cover. (REP 19.3.3)
CAUTION 4. Remove the Rear Lower Cover. (REP 19.3.2)
The Serial No., Product No. and Billing Counter are held at the following 3 locations respectively. There- 5. [Machines with 9.0inch Control Panel]
fore never ever replace the following parts all at the same time.
Disconnect the UI Cable from the ESS Duct. (Figure 1)
1. NVM PWB of MCU PWB
(1) Disconnect the UI Cable from the ESS Duct.
2. SD Card of ESS PWB
3. EEP ROM of BP PWB
• The IOT displayed on the UI screen represents the MCU PWB, while SYS1 represents the BP
PWB, and SYS2 represents the ESS PWB.
1. Remove the following parts from the old MCU PWB and install them to the new MCU PWB.
• P420: NVM PWB
WARNING
Do not replace the lihium battery of the NVM PWB by itself. It has to be replaced while
remaining attached to the NVM PWB.
CAUTION
Do not remove the lithum battery of the NVM PWB from the socket. (To prevent data deletion.)
Figure 1 j0hs40103
7. Disconnect the USB cable. (Figure 3) 9. Remove the Right Rear Lower Cover. (Figure 5)
(1) Disconnect the USB cable. (1) Remove the screw.
(2) Release the USB cable from the clamp. (2) Remove the EPSV Cover.
(3) Remove the screw of P-Clamp. (3) Remove the screws (x2).
(4) Disconnect the clamp of the USB cable. (4) Remove the Right Rear Lower Cover.
8. Open the HVPS Unit. (Figure 4) 10. Disconnect the connectors (x4). (Figure 6)
(1) Loosen the screws (x2). (1) Disconnect the connectors (x3).
(2) Open the HVPS Unit. (2) Remove the clamp of the wire harness.
(3) Disconnect the connector.
Figure 6 j0hs41807
Figure 8 j0hk41807
11. Remove the LVPS CC4 Assembly. (Figure 7)
(1) Loosen the screws (x2). 13. Remove the bracket. (Figure 9)
(2) Remove the screws (x2). (1) Remove the screws (x4).
(3) Remove the LVPS CC4 Assembly. (2) Remove the bracket.
12. Remove the 2nd BTR HVPS S2C Assembly. (Figure 8) 14. Remove the LVPS N11A. (Figure 10)
(1) Disconnect the connector. (1) Disconnect the connectors (x8).
(2) Disconnect the Faston Terminal. (2) Release the wire harness from the clamp.
(3) Remove the clamps (x3) of the wire harness. (3) Remove the screws (x5).
(4) Release the wire harness from the clamp. (4) Remove the LVPS N11A.
(5) Loosen the screws (x2).
(6) Remove the screws (x2).
Figure 10 j0hk41809 Figure 12 j0hk41811
15. Disconnect the connectors (x7). (Figure 11) 17. Remove the AC Power Supply Assembly. (Figure 13)
(1) Disconnect the connectors (x7). (1) Remove the screws (x4).
(2) Release the wire harness from the clamps (x2). (2) Remove the AC Power Supply Assembly.
Figure 1 j0hk41902
REP 19.3.1 Left Upper Cover REP 19.3.2 Rear Lower Cover
Parts List on PL 19.3 Parts List on PL 19.3
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the
<Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF <Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF
the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver> the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver>
button has stopped blinking. button has stopped blinking.
Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the
breaker, and then unplug the power plug. breaker, and then unplug the power plug.
1. Remove the MSI. (REP 13.1.1) 1. Remove the Rear Lower Cover. (Figure 1)
2. Remove the Left Upper Cover. (Figure 1) (1) Remove the screws (x4).
(1) Remove the screws (x2). (2) Remove the Rear Lower Cover.
(2) Remove the Left Upper Cover.
Figure 1 j0hk41906
Figure 1 j0hk41905
Replacement
Replacement 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
REP 19.3.3 Rear Upper Cover
Parts List on PL 19.3
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the
<Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF
the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver>
button has stopped blinking.
Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the
breaker, and then unplug the power plug.
1. Remove the Rear Upper Cover. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the screws (x4).
(2) Remove the Rear Upper Cover.
Figure 1 j0hk41907
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
• The IOT displayed on the UI screen represents the MCU PWB, while SYS1 represents the BP
PWB, and SYS2 represents the ESS PWB.
Replacement
1. Remove the following parts from the old ESS PWB and install them to the new ESS PWB.
• J302: HDD
• J310: HDD
• HDD Bracket
• J330: DIMM 4GB
• SD Card (2GB)
2. When replacing the ESS PWB, if the version of the ESS PWB IISS-ROM and the DARTS2 Assembly
IISS-ROM does not match, Error 003-318 will be displayed and the Scan feature may become unavail-
able. Before performing the replacement, update the machine firmware to the latest version.
Figure 1 j0hs41801
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 3 j0hs43504
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 1 j0hs43502
4. Remove the screw and the Stud Screw (x2) at the bottom of the Handle Assembly. (Figure 2)
(1) Remove the screw.
(2) Remove the Stud Screw (x2).
REP 35.2.3 (ISC) SD Card 4. Remove the Blind Cover. (Figure 2)
(1) Remove the screw.
Parts List on PL 35.2
(2) Remove the Blind Cover.
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the
<Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF
the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver>
button has stopped blinking.
Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the
breaker, and then unplug the power plug.
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage electrical parts.
Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is
not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity.
CAUTION
Do not get yourself hurt by a soldered part on the back of the PWB.
CAUTION
When replacing the ESS PWB, remove the SD Card, and make sure to install it on the new ESS PWB. Figure 2 j0hs43506
Take note that in the SD Card, system information such as standard and optional programs/font data, and
machine configuration information/billing/logs, and user information such as address books are stored. 5. Remove the SD Card. (Figure 3)
CAUTION (1) Remove the SD Card.
The reuse/exchange of SD Card is prohibited. As there are issues such as life warranty, the reuse of old
SD Card in other machines is prohibited.
1. Disconnect all cables that are connected to the Control Unit.
2. Remove the Control Unit. (REP 35.1.1)
3. Remove the SD Cover. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the Special Nut (x2).
(2) Remove the SD Cover.
Figure 3 j0hs43507
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 1 j0hs43505
1. Detach the Option connected to I/F Module. 1. Detach the I/F Module. (REP 37.1.1)
2. Disconnect each connector. 2. Install the Safety Bracket (x2) that can be found attached to the inner side of the frame at the front. (PL
3. Detach the I/F Module from the IOT. (Figure 1) 37.1)
(1) Open the Door. 3. Remove the Lever Cover. (PL 37.1)
(2) Remove the screw and pull the Lever in the direction of the arrow. 4. Remove the Top Cover. (Figure 1)
(3) Detach the I/F Module. (1) Disconnect the connector.
(2) Remove the screw (x2).
(3) Remove the Top Cover.
Figure 1 j0ib43701
Figure 1 j0ib43702
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 1 j0ib43704
3. Remove the Push Clamp and release the Wire Harness. (Figure 2)
(1) Remove the Push Clamp.
Figure 2 j0ib43705 Figure 4 j0ib43707
Figure 3 j0ib43706
5. Remove the IFM Front Door Interlock Switch from the bracket. (Figure 4)
(1) Remove the IFM Front Door Interlock Switch.
Figure 1 j0ib43708
Figure 1 j0ib43711
Figure 1 j0ib43702
Figure 3 j0ib43758
6. Remove the Fan 5 Assembly. (Figure 2)
(1) Release the clamp (x2) from the wire. Replacement
(2) Disconnect the connector. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
(3) Remove the screw (x2).
(4) Remove the Fan 5 Assembly.
REP 37.4.1 Trans Roll Assembly
Parts List on PL 37.4
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the
<Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF
the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver>
button has stopped blinking.
Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the
breaker, and then unplug the power plug.
Figure 2 j0ib43714
Figure 1 j0ib43713
Figure 3 j0ib43759
Figure 5 j0ib43761
Figure 1 j0ib43716
Figure 3 j0ib43720
Replacement
Figure 1 j0ib43718
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
8. Remove the Entrans Belt. (Figure 2) 2. Install the Feed/Entrans Belt as shown in the figure. (Figure 4)
(1) Remove the screw.
(2) Remove the Pulley.
(3) Remove the Entrans Belt.
REP 37.5.1 Decurler Belt Upper/Lower
Parts List on PL 37.5
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the
<Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF
the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver>
button has stopped blinking.
Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the
breaker, and then unplug the power plug.
Figure 1 j0ib43722
8. Remove the Pulley. (Figure 3) 10. Remove the Pulley at the rear upper side. (Figure 5)
(1) Remove the screw. (1) Remove the screw that holds the spacer by using a spanner.
(2) Remove the Pulley. (2) Remove the spacer.
(3) Remove the collar (small).
(4) Remove the Pulley.
Figure 3 j0ib43724
12. Remove the Idle Roller. (Figure 7) 14. Remove the Decurler Belt Upper. (Figure 9)
(1) Remove the Idle Roller. (1) Remove the Decurler Belt Roller.
(2) Remove the Decurler Belt Upper (x5).
Figure 7 j0ib43728
Figure 9 j0ib43730
13. Remove the Bearing at the front upper side. (Figure 8)
(1) Remove the screw that holds the shaft by using a spanner. 15. Remove the Pulley at the rear lower side. (Figure 10)
(2) Remove the Bearing. (1) Remove the belt.
(2) Remove the screw.
(3) Remove the spacer.
(4) Remove the Pulley.
16. Remove the Bearing at the rear lower side. (Figure 11) 18. Remove the Idle Roller. (Figure 13)
(1) Remove the spacer. (1) Remove the Idle Roller.
(2) Remove the collar.
(3) Remove the Bearing.
Figure 13 j0ib43734
Figure 15 j0ib43736
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 1 j0ib43723
2. After replacement, enter Diag Mode and clear the [DC135 HFSI] counter.
"Chain-Link: 959-800" 7. Remove the Decurler Drive Belt. (Figure 2)
(1) Remove the screw.
(2) Remove the Pulley.
(3) Remove the Decurler Drive Belt.
Figure 1 j0ib43739
Figure 3 j0ib43738
Figure 2 j0ib43740 Figure 4 j0ib43742
4. Remove the pin at the front upper side. (PL 37.6) 7. Remove the Inlet Chute Upper. (Figure 5)
5. Remove the Decurler Cam Position Sensor Assembly. (Figure 3) (1) Remove the Inlet Chute Upper.
(1) Remove the screw (x2).
(2) Remove the Decurler Cam Position Sensor Assembly.
Figure 5 j0ib43743
8. Perform the same procedure as the Inlet Chute Upper on the Inlet Chute Lower.
Figure 3 j0ib43741
Replacement
6. Remove the pin at the rear upper side. (Figure 4) 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
(1) Remove the screw.
(2) Remove the Pin.
Figure 1 j0ib43744
Figure 1 j0ib43747
Figure 3 j0ib43749
6. Remove the Bearing at the front. (Figure 2)
8. Remove the Gate Assembly. (Figure 4)
(1) Remove the KL-Clip.
(1) While lifting it in the direction of the arrow, remove the Gate Assembly.
(2) Remove the Bearing.
Figure 1 j0ib43751
Figure 1 j0ib43754
Figure 3 j0ib43753
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 1 j0ib43756
Figure 3 j0ib43755
6. Remove the Guide Assembly-Exit Up. (Figure 2)
Replacement (1) Remove the screw.
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
(2) Remove the Guide Assembly-Exit Up.
Figure 2 j0ib43757
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 1 j0dd454100
1. Install the Bracket (x2) of the Left and Right Counter Balance upside down. (Figure 1)
• Normal Position: Notch faces up
• Service Position: Notch faces down
Figure 4 j0dd454103
Figure 1 j0dd454104
Figure 1 j0dd454106
Figure 4 j0dd454109
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 2 j0dd454107 2. When installing the CIS, insert the Film guarded portion of the CIS PWB into the inner side of the Out Sen-
sor Bracket. (Figure 5)
6. Remove the screw that are installed to the CIS. (Figure 3) NOTE: Make sure that the CIS PWB does not get damaged by the Out Sensor Bracket.
(1) Remove the screw at the front.
Figure 5 j0dd454110
Figure 3 j0dd454108
3. If the CIS Installation Bracket had been removed, make sure to realign it back to its position before it was
7. Remove the CIS. (Figure 4)
removed. (Figure 6)
(1) Disconnect the connector.
(2) Disconnect the Flat Cable.
(3) Remove the CIS.
REP 54.2.2 (SCC) DCDC PWB
Parts List on PL 54.2
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the
<Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF
the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver>
button has stopped blinking.
Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the
breaker, and then unplug the power plug.
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is
not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity.
Figure 1 j0dd454112
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the
<Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF
the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver>
button has stopped blinking.
Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the
breaker, and then unplug the power plug.
Figure 1 j0dd454113
Figure 3 j0dd454115
4. Remove the screw (Round: x2) that secure the Shield Bracket of the DCDC-CIS Flat Cable to free the
Shield Bracket. (Figure 2) 6. Remove the DADF Regi Motor. (Figure 4)
(1) Remove the screw (Round: x2). (1) Disconnect the connector.
(2) Free the Shield Bracket. (2) Release the wire harness from the harness holder.
(3) Remove the spring.
(4) Remove the screw (Round: x2).
(5) Remove the DADF Regi Motor.
Figure 4 j0dd454116 Figure 6 j0dd454118
7. Remove the Left Counter Balance. (Figure 5) 10. Disconnect the ground wire that is connected to the DADF PWB. (Figure 7)
(1) Remove the screw (x4). (1) Remove the screw.
(2) Remove the screw (x2). (2) Remove the ground wire.
(3) Remove the Left Counter Balance.
Figure 7 j0dd454119
Figure 5 j0dd454117
11. Remove the PWB Bracket with attached DADF PWB. (Figure 8)
8. Replace with a new Left Counter Balance. (1) Loosen the screw (x2).
9. Release the clamp and disconnect the connector connected to the DADF PWB. (Figure 6) (2) Remove the PWB Bracket with attached DADF PWB.
(1) Release the clamp (x5).
(2) Disconnect the connector (x9).
12. Remove the Bracket. (Figure 9) 14. Replace with a new Right Counter Balance.
NOTE: Before removing the Bracket, check and note down the position of the scale.
Replacement
(1) Remove the screw (x2).
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order taking note of the following:
(2) Remove the screw (x2).
(3) Remove the Bracket. NOTE: When securing the Right Counter Balance, install the Bracket back to the position of the
scale that was noted down in step 12 and secure it.
Figure 9 j0dd454121
Figure 1 j0dd454123
REP 54.6.1 (SCC) DADF Feed Clutch REP 54.6.2 Feed Motor Belt
Parts List on PL 54.6 Parts List on PL 54.6
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the
<Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF <Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF
the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver> the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver>
button has stopped blinking. button has stopped blinking.
Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the
breaker, and then unplug the power plug. breaker, and then unplug the power plug.
Figure 1 j0dd454126
Figure 1 j0dd454125
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. After replacement, clear the HFSI counter.
"Chain-Link: 955-828"
REP 54.7.1 Takeaway Roll
Parts List on PL 54.7
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the
<Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF
the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver>
button has stopped blinking.
Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the
breaker, and then unplug the power plug.
Figure 1 j0dd454133
NOTE: When removing the Takeaway Roll, be careful as the Bearing (Front) and Ball Bearing
(Rear) also get removed at the same time.
Figure 4 j0dd454136
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 1 j0fu40476
REP 54.7.3 Pre Regi Motor Belt REP 54.7.4 Baffle Solenoid Assembly
Parts List on PL 54.7 Parts List on PL 54.7
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the
<Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF <Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF
the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver> the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver>
button has stopped blinking. button has stopped blinking.
Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the
breaker, and then unplug the power plug. breaker, and then unplug the power plug.
Replacement Replacement
1. Install the Pre Regi Motor Belt as shown in the figure. (Figure 1) 1. Install the Baffle Solenoid to the Solenoid Bracket as shown in the figure. (Figure 1)
REP 54.8.1 Regi Motor Belt REP 54.8.2 DADF Lead Regi Sensor
Parts List on PL 54.8 Parts List on PL 54.8
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the
<Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF <Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF
the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver> the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver>
button has stopped blinking. button has stopped blinking.
Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the
breaker, and then unplug the power plug. breaker, and then unplug the power plug.
Figure 1 j0dd454139
Figure 1 j0dd454140
5. Remove the Baffle Solenoid Assembly. (Figure 3) 7. Remove the Lead Regi Sensor Bracket. (Figure 5)
NOTE: Before removing the Baffle Solenoid Assembly, check and note down the position of the (1) Remove the screw.
scale. (2) Remove the Lead Regi Sensor Bracket.
(3) Disconnect the connector.
(1) Disconnect the connector.
(2) Remove the screw (x2).
(3) Remove the Baffle Solenoid Assembly.
Figure 5 j0dd454144
8. Remove the DADF Lead Regi Sensor from the Sensor Bracket. (Figure 6)
Figure 3 j0dd454142 (1) Remove the screw.
(2) Remove the DADF Lead Regi Sensor.
6. Remove the Regi In 1 Chute. (Figure 4)
(1) Remove the screw (x2).
(2) Remove the Regi In 1 Chute.
Figure 1 j0dd454140
5. Remove the Regi Out Chute. (Figure 3) 7. Remove the Baffle Solenoid Assembly. (Figure 5)
(1) Disconnect the connector. NOTE: Before removing the Baffle Solenoid Assembly, check and note down the position of the
(2) Remove the screw (x4). scale.
(3) Lift the Regi Out Chute slightly in the direction of the arrow and remove it.
(1) Disconnect the connector.
(2) Remove the screw (x2).
(3) Remove the Baffle Solenoid Assembly.
Figure 3 j0dd454147
NOTE: When removing the DADF Left Upper Cover, be careful as the spring also gets removed at
the same time.
Figure 8 j0dd454151
Figure 9 j0dd454152
12. Remove the Pulley and the Bearing at the rear. (Figure 10)
(1) Remove the E-Ring.
Figure 7 j0dd454150 (2) Remove the Pulley.
(3) Remove the E-Ring.
(4) Remove the Bearing.
Figure 12 j0dd454155
Figure 10 j0dd454153
Replacement
13. Remove the Bearing at the front. (Figure 11) 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order taking note of the following:
(1) Remove the E-Ring.
NOTE: When installing the Baffle Solenoid Assembly, align it to the position of the scale that was
(2) Remove the Bearing. noted down earlier to install it.
Figure 11 j0dd454154
Figure 1 j0dd454156
Figure 1 j0dd454157
6. Remove the Exit Upper Chute. (Figure 3) 8. Remove the Out Sensor Bracket. (Figure 5)
(1) Remove the screw (x4). (1) Remove the screw.
(2) Remove the Exit Upper Chute. (2) Remove the Out Sensor Bracket.
7. Remove the Guide Upper Chute. (Figure 4) 9. Move the Guide Chute. (Figure 6)
(1) Remove the screw (x2). (1) Remove the screw.
(2) Remove the Guide Upper Chute. (2) Remove the Arm.
(3) Remove the Tapping Screw (x3).
(4) Remove the Tapping Screw (x2).
(5) Move the Guide Chute.
Figure 8 j0dd454164
Figure 9 j0dd454165
14. Remove the Pulley and the Shoulder Screw and the Spring. (Figure 11) 16. Remove the Platen Rear Link from the shaft and remove the Bearing. (Figure 13)
(1) Remove the E-Ring. (1) Remove the Platen Rear Link from the shaft.
(2) Remove the Pulley. (2) Remove the E-Ring.
(3) Remove the Shoulder Screw. (3) Remove the Bearing.
(4) Remove the Spring.
Figure 13 j0dd454169
Figure 11 j0dd454167
17. Remove the Platen Front Link from the shaft. (Figure 14)
15. Remove the Pulley of the Regi Roll. (Figure 12) (1) Remove the spring.
(1) Remove the E-Ring. (2) Remove the E-Ring.
(2) Remove the Pulley. (3) Remove the Platen Front Link from the shaft.
Figure 15 j0dd454171
NOTE: When removing the Clutch Bracket, be careful as the Gear also gets removed at the same
Figure 2 j0dd454128
time.
Figure 3 j0dd454129
5. Loosen the screw that maintains the tension of the DADF Exit Motor. Loosen the tension and remove the
Figure 1 j0dd454127
Belt from the Pulley. (Figure 4)
3. Remove the DADF Feed Motor. (Figure 2) (1) Loosen the screw (x2).
(1) Disconnect the connector. (2) Push the DADF Exit Motor in the direction of the arrow.
(2) Loosen the screw. (3) Remove the Belt from the Pulley.
(3) Remove the screw.
(4) Remove the DADF Feed Motor.
Figure 4 j0dd454130
Replacement 1. Remove the Feeder Upper Cover of the Feeder Upper Chute. (Figure 1)
1. Install the DADF Exit Motor Belt as shown in the figure. (Figure 1) (1) Open the Feeder Upper Chute.
(2) Remove the Tapping Screw (x2).
(3) Remove the Feeder Upper Cover.
Figure 1 j0dd454132
Figure 1 j0dd454176
3. Remove the Chute Guide. (Figure 3) 5. Remove the KL-Clip at the front and move the Bearing in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 5)
(1) Remove the Chute Guide. (1) Remove the KL-Clip.
(2) Move the Bearing in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 3 j0dd454178
Figure 5 j0dd454180
4. Remove the KL-Clip at the rear and move the Bearing in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 4)
(1) Remove the KL-Clip. 6. Remove the Feeder/Nudger Roll Assembly. (Figure 6)
(2) Move the Bearing in the direction of the arrow. (1) Remove the Feeder/Nudger Roll Assembly.
Figure 6 j0dd454181 Figure 8 j0dd454183
Figure 7 j0dd454182
Figure 9 j0dd454184
8. Remove the Feed Roll. (Figure 8)
(1) Remove the Feed Shaft. 3. Install the Tension Spring as shown in the figure. (Figure 10)
(2) Remove the Feed Roll.
1. Remove the Feeder Upper Cover of the Feeder Upper Chute. (Figure 1)
(1) Open the Feeder Upper Chute.
(2) Remove the Tapping Screw (x2).
Figure 10 j0dd454185 (3) Remove the Feeder Upper Cover.
Figure 1 j0dd454176
3. Remove the Chute Guide. (Figure 3) 5. Remove the KL-Clip at the front and move the Bearing in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 5)
(1) Remove the Chute Guide. (1) Remove the KL-Clip.
(2) Move the Bearing in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 3 j0dd454178
Figure 5 j0dd454180
4. Remove the KL-Clip at the rear and move the Bearing in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 4)
(1) Remove the KL-Clip. 6. Remove the Feeder/Nudger Roll Assembly. (Figure 6)
(2) Move the Bearing in the direction of the arrow. (1) Remove the Feeder/Nudger Roll Assembly.
Figure 7 j0dd454186
Figure 9 j0dd454188
8. Remove the Nudger Roll. (Figure 8)
(1) Remove the Nudger Shaft. 3. Install the Tension Spring as shown in the figure. (Figure 10)
(2) Remove the Nudger Roll.
REP 54.20.1 Tension Spring
Parts List on PL 54.20
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the
<Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF
the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver>
button has stopped blinking.
Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the
breaker, and then unplug the power plug.
Replacement
1. Install the Tension Spring as shown in the figure. (Figure 1)
(A) Install such that the hook is on the inside.
Figure 10 j0dd454185
Figure 1 j0dd454189
Figure 2 j0dd454191
Figure 1 j0dd454190
Figure 3 j0dd454192
Figure 4 j0dd454193
Figure 1 j0dd454190
Figure 5 j0dd454194
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
3. Remove the Guide Upper Chute. (Figure 3) 5. Remove the DADF Out Sensor from the Sensor Bracket. (Figure 5)
(1) Open the Invert Chute. (1) Disconnect the connector.
(2) Remove the screw (x2). (2) Remove the DADF Out Sensor.
(3) Remove the Guide Upper Chute.
Figure 5 j0dd454198
Figure 3 j0dd454196
Replacement
4. Remove the OUT Sensor Bracket. (Figure 4) 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
(1) Remove the screw.
(2) Remove the Out Sensor Bracket.
REP 54.23.1 DADF Exit Sensor
Parts List on PL 54.23
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the
<Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF
the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver>
button has stopped blinking.
Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the
breaker, and then unplug the power plug.
Figure 2 j0dd454191
Figure 1 j0dd454190
Figure 3 j0dd454199
Figure 1 j0dd454146
Replacement
1. Install the Tension Spring as shown in the figure. (Figure 1)
(A) Install such that the hook is on the inside.
Figure 2 j0dd454173
5. Remove the DADF Regi Sensor from the Sensor Bracket. (Figure 3)
(1) Disconnect the connector.
(2) Remove the screw.
(3) Remove the DADF Regi Sensor.
Figure 3 j0dd454174
Figure 1 j0dd454175
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Adjustment
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the
<Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF
the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver>
button has stopped blinking.
Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the
breaker, and then unplug the power plug.
Figure 3 j0hk40131
9. Change the position where the Capstan Pulley is fixed if the jig holes cannot be aligned and the jigs can-
not be installed. (Figure 4)
(1) Loosen the Setscrews (x2).
(2) Turn the Capstan Pulley.
Figure 1 j0hk40130
(3) Align the jig holes.
7. Align the jig hole of the Half Rate Carriage with the jig hole of the Rail. (Front and rear) (Figure 2)
10. Check that the jig holes of the IIT Frame and the Full Rate Carriage are aligned. (Front and rear) (Figure 5)
(1) Install the jigs. (Front and rear)
(2) Secure by using the screws.
Figure 5 j0hk40132
11. Loosen the fixing screw of the Carriage Cable if the jig holes cannot be aligned and the jigs cannot be
installed. (Figure 6)
(1) Loosen the screw.
(2) Move the Full Rate Carriage to align the jig holes.
(3) Tighten the screw.
ADJ 1.1.2 IIT Lead Edge Registration Adjustment
Purpose 1. Enter DC131[715-050].
To adjust the IIT scan timing in the Slow Scan direction and to correct the copy position. 2. Change the value.
• 1 increment: 0.036mm
CAUTION • Increment of the value: The image moves to the Lead Edge.
Avoid using this procedure when performing the adjustment of the Lead Edge Registration. This proce- • Decrement of the value: The image moves to the Tail Edge.
dure should be performed only when the actual IIT Regi is not appropriate. This is because the IIT Lead
Edge Registration affects the precision of the document size detection, etc.
NOTE: Before performing this procedure, make sure that the IOT Lead Edge Registration is appropriate.
(Refer to ’ ADJ 18.1.15 Dual Registration Adjustment Process Flow’ in Chapter 4.)
Check
1. Place the Test Chart (499T 00247) on the Platen Glass correctly and make copies in the following copy
mode:
• Copy Mode: Black
• Paper Size: A3
• Reduce/Enlarge: 100%
• No. of copies: 2
2. Check that the distance between the Lead Edge of the 2nd copy and the reference line is 10.0mm 1.6mm
or the same as the dimension on the Test Chart. (Figure 1)
Figure 1 j0vf41850
NOTE: Before performing this procedure, make sure that the IOT Lead Edge Registration is appropriate.
(Refer to ’ADJ 18.1.15 Dual Registration Adjustment Process Flow’ in Chapter 4.)
Check
1. Load A3 paper into Tray 2.
2. Place the Test Chart (499T 00247) on the Platen Glass correctly and make copies in the following copy
mode:
• Copy Mode: Black
• Paper Tray: Tray 2
• Reduce/Enlarge: 100%
• No. of copies: 2
3. Check that the distance between the side edge of the 2nd copy is within specified value of 10.0mm
2.1mm or the same as the dimension on the Test Chart. (Figure 1)
Figure 1 j0vf41581
CAUTION
Avoid performing this procedure. This procedure should only be performed when the actual IIT magnifi-
cation is not correct.
NOTE: Before performing this procedure, make sure that the IOT horizontal/vertical Reduce/Enlarge
ratios are correct.
Check
1. Place the Test Chart (499T 00247) on the Platen Glass correctly and make a copy in the following copy
mode:
• Copy Mode: Black
• Document Type: Text/Photo
Figure 1 j0vf41852
• Paper: A3
• Reduce/Enlarge: 100% (Figure 2)
• No. of copies: 2
2. Check the 2nd copy for the following: Figure 1
Figure 2 j0vf41853
Adjustment
Horizontal Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment
NOTE: Before performing ’White Reference Adjustment’ and ’CCD Calibration’, check that ADJ 1.1.2/
ADJ 1.1.3 IIT Lead/Side Edge Registration is correct. Adjust if necessary.
If the spec is not satisfied, perform ADJ 1.1.1 Full Rate/Half Rate Carriage Position Adjustment.
And, then perform ’White Reference Adjustment’ and ’CCD Calibration’.
NOTE: When the Lens Unit is to be replaced, check that ADJ 1.1.2/ADJ 1.1.3 IIT Lead/Side Edge Regis-
tration is correct before replacing the Lens Unit. Adjust if necessary.
If the spec is not satisfied, perform ADJ 1.1.1 Full Rate/Half Rate Carriage Position Adjustment.
Then, replace the Lens Unit and perform Optical Axis Correction. And, then perform ’White Reference
Adjustment’ and ’CCD Calibration’.
Adjustment
<White Reference Adjustment>
NOTE: Depending on the paper used before performing the White Reference Adjustment, the
DC131[715-106] IIT Paper Code may have to be set. To support individual paper, it is also possible to set
the item to ’0: Use NVM individual paper coefficient’ and enter the appropriate values in NVM715-102 to
105 (Individual Paper Correction Value) to perform the White Reference Adjustment.
The setting values are as follows:
DC131[715-106]
Default setting: 3
0: Use NVM Individual Paper Coefficient (715-102 to 105) (Default value during initialization)
1: J paper (Factory adjustment value: IIT standard) NOTE: If there is indoor light on the Platen surface which is causing noise interference, the edge
2: P paper detection may not be performed properly.
3: C2 paper (Standard blank paper) (FX/APO/GCO initial setting: Factory default setting) Optical Axis Correction Result: OK/NG
4: Green 100 paper Front Nut Correction Angle: (numeric display)
5: Digital Color Xpression Rear Nut Correction Angle: (numeric display)
6: Color Tech+ • Front/Rear Nut Correction Angle shows a combination of and a numeral.
7: Xerox 4200 Paper • Front Nut items refer to the nuts at the front of the CCD Lens Assembly.
8: Xerox Business • Rear Nut items refer to the nuts at the rear of the CCD Lens Assembly.
9:Green70 Paper • +: Refers to right rotation.
NOTE: Initializing the NVM will cause the value of DC131[715-106] to revert to ’3: C2 paper’ or the • -: Refers to left rotation.
parameter value in ’0: Use NVM individual paper coefficient’. When the NVM has been initialized, • Numeral: Refers to the angle. (Unit: degree)
the value of DC131[715-106] will revert to ’3: C2 paper’ or the setting value of the paper that is being E.g.) When Front Nut Correction Angle: 90 Rear Nut Correction Angle: -45 is displayed
used. Also, when ’0: Use NVM individual paper coefficient’ is used, the parameter values of
Rotate the front nut 90 degrees to the right and the rear nut 45 degrees to the left.
DC131[715-102 to 105] will also be initialized, so record down the parameter values set for each
supported paper of DC131[715-102 to 105] in advance. NOTE: If the value is an abnormal number such as 990, clean the Platen Glass and the mirror, etc.
For the details on NVM initialization, refer to [Handling when NVM has been Initialized] at the end of and start again. This may be due to the light path being blocked.
this section.
5. If ’NG’ is displayed, rotate the nut according to the display to perform correction. (Figure 1)
1. Change the value of NVM [715-106] to match the paper used. The default setting is ’3: C2 Paper’.
NOTE: As it is difficult to control the rotation amount, it is recommended to draw a line on a strip of
2. Enter Diag Mode and select DC945 (IIT Calibration). paper and tape it to the tip of the Box Driver to make a mark as shown in the figure below.
3. Select [White Reference Adjustment].
4. Stack 10 or more sheets of new blank paper (A3 or 11x17’) on the Platen and press < Start >.
5. The setting will be displayed on the White Reference Setup screen.
<CCD Calibration>
1. Enter Diag Mode and select DC945 (IIT Calibration). NOTE: If the result is OK, the operation can be completed even if the number of rotations is still dis-
played.
2. Select [Optical Axis Correction].
3. Open the Platen and press < Start > with nothing placed on the Platen Glass. <Side 2 Shading Correction>
4. The following content will be displayed on the Optical Axis Correction Settings screen.
1. Remove the White Reference Sheet (jig) stored behind the DADF Platen Cushion. (Figure 2)
NOTE: Be sure to turn the power OFF then ON after the Side 2 Shading Correction has completed.
6. When it has failed, clean the CIS and execute [Side 2 Shading Correction] again.
7. Select [Stop] and the White Reference Sheet (jig) will return to its original position.
8. Be sure to turn the power OFF then ON after Side 2 Shading Correction has completed.
Figure 2 j0hk40139 Depending on the paper used before performing the White Reference Adjustment, the DC131[716-131]
DADF Paper Code may have to be set. To support individual paper, it is also possible to set the item to ’0: Use
2. Load the White Reference Sheet (jig) on the DADF. (Figure 3) NVM individual paper coefficient’ and enter the appropriate values in NVM716-132 to 134 (Individual Paper
Correction Value) to perform the White Reference Adjustment - Side 2.
NOTE:
• Take note of Side 1 and Side 2 (the loading orientation) of the White Reference Sheet. The setting values are as follows:
Load it with the side where [UPPER SIDE < Feed Direction] is recorded facing up.
• If the White Reference Sheet is not loaded before the operation, the DADF will keep on rotat- DC131[716-131]
ing.
Default setting: 3
In that case, turn the power OFF then ON.
0: Use NVM Individual Paper Coefficient (716-132 to 134) (Default value during initialization)
1: J paper (Factory adjustment value: CCD standard)
2: P Paper
3: C2 paper (Standard blank paper) (FX/APO/GCO initial setting: Factory default setting)
4: Green 100 paper
5: Digital Color Xpression
6: Color Tech+
7: Xerox 4200 Paper
8: Xerox Business
9:Green70 Paper
NOTE: Initializing the NVM will cause the value of DC131[716-131] to revert to ’3: C2 paper’ or the
parameter value in ’0: Use NVM individual paper coefficient’. When the NVM has been initialized,
the value of DC131[716-131] will revert to ’3: C2 paper’ or the setting value of the paper that is being
used. Also, when ’0: Use NVM individual paper coefficient’ is used, the parameter values of
DC131[716-132 to 134] will also be initialized, so record down the parameter values set for each
Figure 3 j0hk40140
supported paper of DC131[716-132 to 134] in advance.
3. Enter Diag Mode and select DC945 (IIT Calibration). For the details on NVM initialization, refer to [Handling when NVM has been Initialized] at the end of
this section.
4. Select [Side 2 Shading Correction].
Press < Start >. 1. Change the value of DC131 [716-131] to match the paper used. The default setting is ’3: C2 paper’.
2. Enter Diag Mode and select DC945 (IIT Calibration).
3. Select [White Reference Adjustment - Side 2]. *2: List containing the NVM factory default setting values that is bundled with the machine.
4. Load one sheet of new blank paper (A3 or 11x17’) with a paper type that was mentioned above on the
DADF and press < Start >. Table 1 NVM list (related to White Reference Adjustment)
NOTE: If C2 paper (default setting) is not loaded before the operation, the DADF will keep on rotat- Setting Range NVM Default
ing. In that case, turn the power OFF then ON. Value
Setting List *2
5. After scanning is complete, new RGB setting values will appear on the ’White Reference Adjustment - Default O: Recorded
Side 2’ screen. (DC131 [716-58 to 61] are set.) Minimu Maximu Value X: Not
6. If completed with error, the RGB setting values will be blank. Chain Link Contents m value m value *1 recorded Remarks
7. Be sure to turn the power OFF then ON after White Reference Adjustment - Side 2 has completed. Related to White Reference Adjustment
715 92 WREF_ADJ_R 70 255 140 O Factory Default
715 93 WREF_ADJ_G 70 255 140 O Factory Default
<CCD Calibration - Side 2>
715 94 WREF_ADJ_B 70 255 140 O Factory Default
1. Enter Diag Mode and select DC945 (IIT Calibration). 715 95 WREF_ADJ__BWX 70 255 140 O Factory Default
2. Select [CCD Calibration - Side 2]. 715 96 WREF_ADJ__BWY 70 255 140 O Factory Default
3. Load the Color Chart (499T 00276) on the DADF and press < Start >. 715 102 WREF_ADJ_R (Indi- 0 127 63 X Default Value:
vidual Paper) 63 indicates 0.
NOTE: If the Color Chart (499T 00276) is not loaded before the operation, the DADF will keep on (Correction is
rotating. In that case, turn the power OFF then ON. not performed)
4. The settings and results are displayed in the ’CCD Calibration - Side 2 Settings’ screen. 715 103 WREF_ADJ_G (Indi- 0 127 63 X Default Value:
vidual Paper) 63 indicates 0.
5. If ’NG’ is displayed, clean the Side 2 Color CCD and repeat CCD Calibration - Side 2.
(Correction is
6. Be sure to turn the power OFF then ON after CCD Calibration - Side 2 has completed. not performed)
715 104 WREF_ADJ_B (Indi- 0 127 63 X Default Value:
[Handling when NVM has been Initialized] vidual Paper) 63 indicates 0.
(Correction is
1. The factory default adjustment values of the NVM (NVM data marked with O) can be found in the NVM not performed)
Default Value Setting list that is bundled with the machine. Enter the appropriate values according to the 715 105 WREF_ADJ_BW 0 127 63 X Default Value:
NVM Default Value Setting list. (Individual Paper) 63 indicates 0.
Important values are NVM 715-92 to 96, 106, 716-58 to 61, and 131. (Correction is
2. NVM 715-102 to 105 and 716-132 to 134 are generally not used. not performed)
In the case where they are used, 715-106: 0, 716-131: 0 will be set. After NVM initialization, enter the val- 715 106 IIT Paper Code 0 8 0 O The factory
ues that were recorded before the NVM initialization. Refer to the following NVM list (related to White Ref- default initial set-
erence Adjustment) for the default values. ting value is ’3:
C2 paper’.
*1: Setting values when NVM has been initialized. Related to White Reference Adjustment - Side 2.
716 58 Factory Default SD 0 255 160 O Factory Default
Data B Color Correc-
tion Coefficient
716 59 Factory Default SD 0 255 160 O Factory Default
Data G Color Correc-
tion Coefficient
716 60 Factory Default SD 0 255 160 O Factory Default
Data R Color Correc-
tion Coefficient
Adjustment
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the
<Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF
the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver>
button has stopped blinking.
Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the
breaker, and then unplug the power plug.
Figure 1 j0hk41605
4. Loosen the screws (x2) of the Link to adjust the nip/release pressure. (Figure 2)
Reference: The proper nip/release pressure can be obtained by just loosening and then tightening the
screws (x2) of the Link.
Adjustment
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the ’Data’ lamp is not blinking. Press the
<Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn OFF
the power switch and make sure that the screen display has turned OFF and the <Power Saver>
button has stopped blinking.
Turn OFF the main power switch, check that the ’Main Power’ lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the
breaker, and then unplug the power plug.
Figure 2 j0hk41605
1. Remove the SCT/OCT or the Finisher.
2. Open the Inverter. 5. Loosen the Position Adjustment Screws (x2) of the Invert Gate Solenoid. (Figure 3)
3. Open the tip of the Exit Gate downwards and make sure that it is no longer connected to the Upper Chute. (1) Loosen the screws (x2).
(Figure 1)
Reference: When the Exit Gate is closed, make a copy using any setting other than ’Face Down’ output.
Figure 3 j0tt41004
Figure 1 j0tt41003 6. Raise the Exit Gate and put it in contact with the Upper Chute. Next, gently push the Upper Position
Adjustment Screw of the Invert Gate Solenoid upwards and lock the Invert Gate Solenoid. (Figure 4)
4. Remove the Inverter Cover. (Figure 2) Reference: By locking the Invert Gate Solenoid, the Exit Gate can be kept in closed state.
(1) Remove the screws (x2). (1) Raise the Exit Gate.
(2) Remove the Inverter Cover. (2) Push the upper screw upwards to lock the Invert Gate Solenoid.
Figure 5 j0tt41006
NOTE: If it got pushed down too far and caused the Invert Gate Solenoid to be unlocked, redo the
procedure starting from Step 6.
(1) While pushing the lower screw downwards, tighten the upper screw.
(2) Tighten the lower screw.
Figure 6 j0tt41007
This cycle performs the color regi measurement that includes the detection of AC component to determine the
This is a self-diagnosis cycle to check that the detection system can operate properly. To verify that the detec-
condition of AC control (Drum Drive, Belt Drive, and Belt Steering, etc), which is one of the color regi compo- tion result is ’Zero Misregistration’, the color shift amount is detected using CUI patch (Cyan monochromatic-
nents.
ity) and the misregistration detected in the MOB sensor is displayed on the UI screen.
• Performs regi measurement to determine the condition of the AC control. This detection result is compared again with the target value to determine the OK/NG (Check or Adjustment)
• Checks that the Belt control etc. are operating normally. result which will be displayed. Correction is not performed.
• Measures/displays the amount of color shift relative to Black in the Fast Scan/Slow Scan direction.
• Displays the result of comparing OK/NG (Check or Adjustment) with the target value. Adjustment
Adjustment 1. Enter DC673.
1. Enter DC671. Switch to the CE mode and select [Registration Control Sensor Check Cycle] according to the following
Switch to the CE mode and select [Registration Measuring Cycle] according to the following steps. steps.
(1) Press and hold the < 0 > button for 5 seconds or longer and then press the < Start > button to switch to (1) Press and hold the < 0 > button for 5 seconds or longer and then press the < Start > button to switch to
CE mode.
CE mode.
(2) Enter the password ’6.7.8.9’ and select [Confirm].
(2) Enter the password ’6.7.8.9’ and select [Confirm].
(3) Select [Tools] on the touch panel.
(3) Select [Tools] on the touch panel.
(4) On the ’Tools’ screen, select ’System Settings’ tab -> [Common Service Settings] -> [Maintenance /
(4) On the ’Tools’ screen, select ’System Settings’ tab -> [Common Service Settings] -> [Maintenance /
Diagnostics].
Diagnostics].
(5) Select [Registration].
(5) Select [Registration].
(6) Select [Registration Control Sensor Check Cycle].
(6) Select [Registration Measuring Cycle].
2. Press the [Start] button.
2. Press the [Start] button.
The measured value and ’OK’ or ’NG’ will be displayed.
’OK’ or ’NG’ will be displayed in the Result column.
3. When the measure value is larger than the target value by 10, ’NG’ (Check or Adjustment) is displayed.
3. When NG (Check or Adjustment) is displayed, refer to the corresponding FIP and correct the problem.
When ’NG’, check that Cyan is being printed and replace the MOB Sensor Assembly.
If the result is NG for both AC/DC, fix the AC problem first.
When Cyan is not being printed, repair the Marking accessories including the Deve.
ADJ 18.1.3 Registration Control Setup Cycle (Registration): ADJ 18.1.4 Tray 5 Guide Adjustment (Registration): DC740
DC675 Purpose
Purpose To check that the MSI Guide paper width detection is properly carried out.
To set the most appropriate Regi Control correction value for skew etc. at the first execution when replacing the
NOTE:
ROS etc. (details of the relevant parts will be described in the note below).
• This adjustment is performed when the MSI size sensor is replaced and when a size detection error
The Setup Cycle is made up of the following 2 functions. occurs.
• The following procedures can be applied to both the MSI in the machine and the High Capacity
Function 1: Performed right after assembling or during field installation, or when replacing a key part. Also, this Feeder.
is a Regi Control Full Cycle that can be performed in the Diag mode right after the NVM is initialized. Executing
this function corrects the Color Registration into the predefined range. The corrected shift amount for each Procedure
color is saved in the NVM and it is displayed at normal completion. 1. Enter the Diag Mode and select [Maintenance / Diagnostics], then select [Registration].
2. The Tray 5 Guide Adjustment screen is displayed.
Function 2: On entering a setup cycle, the IOT does not start. The Regi Control shift correction amount is dis-
3. Select the [Minimum Size Position] or the [Maximum Size Position] button.
played automatically on the UI screen and is used as a tool for determining the cause when a failure occurs.
4. When the [Minimum Size Position] button is selected.
NOTE: This Diag is to be performed during the following. After that, make sure also to execute [DC671 (1) Follow the instructions on the screen and align the Paper Guides to the minimum size position.
Registration Measuring Cycle]. (2) Press the [Start] button.
• ROS replacement/detachment • ’OK’ appears if the sensor output value is within the specified range. At the same time, the
• IBT Belt replacement/detachment NVM [742-270] MSI Side Guide Minimum Position data is changed.
• Belt Module replacement/detachment • ’NG’ appears if the sensor output value is out of the specified range. If ’NG’, check the guide
position and try again.
NOTE: After the ROS is replaced, set the value of NVM[759-913] from '0' > '1'. 5. When the [Maximum Size Position] button is selected.
After the Registration Control Setup Cycle is automatically executed, it will revert to '0'. (1) Follow the instructions on the screen and align the Paper Guides to the maximum size position.
As the default value becomes '1' after initialization, perform Registration Control Setup Cycle and end it. (2) Press the [Start] button.
Adjustment • ’OK’ appears if the sensor output value is within the specified range.
1. Enter DC675. At the same time, the NVM [742-271] MSI Side Guide Maximum Position data is changed.
Switch to the CE mode and select [Registration Control Setup Cycle] according to the following steps. • ’NG’ appears if the sensor output value is out of the specified range. If NG, check the guide
position and try again.
(1) Press and hold the < 0 > button for 5 seconds or longer and then press the < Start > button to switch to
CE mode. 6. Select [Close] to return to the previous screen.
(2) Enter the password ’6.7.8.9’ and select [Confirm].
(3) Select [Tools] on the touch panel.
(4) On the ’Tools’ screen, select ’System Settings’ tab -> [Common Service Settings] -> [Maintenance /
Diagnostics].
(5) Select [Registration].
(6) Select [Registration Control Setup Cycle].
2. Press the [Start] button.
The shift amount for each color is corrected automatically.
ADJ 18.1.5 MAX Setup
Purpose
To maintain an image quality that consistently brings about customer satisfaction, and to deliver an image
quality that meets the demands of the customer.
NOTE: Perform ’Calibration’ as much as possible during the time of the visit. Also, suggest the ’Calibra-
tion’ to the customer as much as possible during the time of the visit.
Table 1
Name Adjustment Area Y M C K
ADC Target H High Density +/-65 +/-65 +/-65 +/-30
752-754 752-755 752-756 752-757
ADC Target L4 High Density +/-55 +/-55 +/-55 -
752-746 752-747 752-748 -
3. When temporarily changing the density of Toner in the Developer Housing Assy
Operation Content
1. User can select the color balance adjustment value from -4 to +4 (9 levels) for low density, middle density,
(Basically, the output image density will not change)
and high density outputs for each Y, M, C, K (Black) color, respectively.’0’ is the default value. The image
(Even if it is changed here, after a period of normal use the toner density will be controlled to return to the will become lighter (lower density) from -1 to -4, and darker (higher density) from +1 to +4.
ATC target)
2. Image adjustment is carried out in the TRC section of the IIT/IPS according to the set value.
-> DC991: Change with Adjust Toner Density.
3. Keep the set value as the NVM of the IISS.
4. When changing the density of Toner in the Developer Housing Assy, and then maintaining the change.
4. When color mode is ’B/W’, the adjustment value for ’K’ becomes effective.
(Basically, the output image density will not change)
-> Change with Delta ATC Target Manual Correction Amount (NVM)
Adjustment
’+/-xx’ in the table are the upper and lower limit ranges used by the actual controls (The values will be kept 1. Enter DC919.
within these limits)) Switch to the CE mode and select [Color Balance Adjustment] according to the following steps.
(1) Press and hold the < 0 > button for 5 seconds or longer and then press the < Start > button to switch to
Table 2 CE mode.
Name AdjustmentArea Y M C K (2) Enter the password ’6.7.8.9’ and select [Confirm].
(3) Select [Tools] on the touch panel.
ADC Target Toner Density +/-33 +/-33 +/-33 +/-33
(4) On the ’Tools’ screen, select ’System Settings’ tab -> [Common Service Settings] -> [Maintenance /
753-070 753-071 753-072 753-073
Diagnostics].
(5) Select [MAX Setup].
5. When changing the Vdeve (*For specific defects, not necessary for normal use.)
(6) Select [Color Balance Adjustment].
(Basically, the output image density will not change)
2. Change the values of high density/medium density/low density for Y/M/C/K respectively within the range
-> Change with Delta RADC Target Manual Correction Amount (NVM)
of -4 to 4 on the DC919 screen and press < Start >. Then, visually check the copy image quality to ensure
’+/-xx’ in the table are the upper and lower limit ranges used by the actual controls (The values will be kept that it meets the customer’s requirements.
within these limits))
Table 3
Name AdjustmentArea Y M C K
ADC Target M Photoreceptor voltage +/-55 +/-55 +/-55 +/-35
752-750 752-751 752-752 752-753
ADJ 18.1.7 TRC Adjustment (MAX Setup): DC924 ADJ 18.1.8 Density Uniformity Adjustment (MAX Setup): DC931
Purpose Purpose
Manual Density Adjustment. Manually sets the offset amount of the ADC-LUT created by the ADC patch and By adjusting the IN-OUT direction of the ROS light exposure amount (M/C rear-front), the IN-OUT uneven
finely adjusts the gradation. density of each of the colors YMCK is corrected independently.
NOTE: When performing this adjustment, make sure that there is no problem with the IOT. After perform- NOTE: There are usually no problems adjusting in primary color, but even if the uneven density is cor-
ing the auto gradation adjustment, only perform adjustment for density, especially highlight or central gra- rected for each individual color by the status, environment and machine difference of the M/C image
dation when necessary. developing unit, the RGB and Gray for secondary/process color may not necessarily be corrected in
equivalence. In this case, it is possible to specifically adjust the uneven density for RGB or the specified
Adjustment Overview color the customer wishes to adjust.
1. The gradation adjustment amount can be set from the screen in 1/128 units (-128 to +127) for the L/ M/H In this case, however, as the unevenness in density for each single color for YMCK may worsen instead,
gradation of each color Y, M, C and K. (0 indicates no adjustment. + numbers increase the density, and - be sure to check the primary colors after secondary/process color adjustment and adjust the density to
numbers reduce the density) the desired level of the customer.
2. The ’Scope’ on the screen can be used to set separately whether the TRC_Adjust applies to the printer Primary colors are Y, M, C and K; secondary colors are R, B and G printed with 2 of the Y, M and C col-
and the copier. ors; process color is gray color printed with all 3 colors Y, M and C.
3. Upon entering the adjustment screen, the “Manual LUT Adj. Value” for the L/M/H of each of the colors [Y],
[M], [C] and [K] and the status of the ’Scope’ will be displayed. NOTE: Although the standard density (Cin) of the test patterns is Low: 20% and Mid: 60%, change the
Cin% on the screen if it differs from the density specified by the customer. (However, the total for Y, M, C,
4. The ’Manual LUT Adj. Value’ for each color can be changed on the adjustment screen.
K is restricted to 240% or below.)
5. ’None’, ’Copy & Print’ or ’Copy Only’ is displayed for the status of the ’Scope’. This setting can be changed
from the screen. Description:
6. When the [Start] button on the screen is selected, the corresponding NVM is updated for the ’Manual LUT
• There are 2 functions: [PG Output] and [Adjustment].
Adj. Value’ and ’Scope’ status displayed on the screen.
<PG Output Mode>
Adjustment
1. Enter DC924. • The 3 types of In/Out Built-in PG is output for the Primary Colors, Secondary/Process Colors, and Single
Switch to the CE mode and select [TRC Adjustment] according to the following steps. Color specified from the YMCK 4 colors. (As the PG for Primary Colors and Secondary/Process Colors
(1) Press and hold the < 0 > button for 5 seconds or longer and then press the < Start > button to switch to consist of multiple colors, they will be output as the same PG regardless of the color specified)
CE mode. • The output mode will output one sheet in 4C mode. Paper size and type depend on the selected tray. (1 to
(2) Enter the password ’6.7.8.9’ and select [Confirm]. 4 can be selected using Chain-Link in the UI Diag)
(3) Select [Tools] on the touch panel. • The PG output Procon setup conditions for Potential Control and Toner Supply Control are the same as
(4) On the ’Tools’ screen, select ’System Settings’ tab -> [Common Service Settings] -> [Maintenance / in Customer mode settings.
Diagnostics]. • When doing PG output it is necessary to run the Minisetup that can be found in Procon setup.
(5) Select [MAX Setup].
(6) Select [TRC Adjustment].
2. Change the values of high density/medium density/low density for Y/M/C/K respectively within the range
of -128 to +127 on the DC924 screen and press < Start >. Then, visually check the copy image quality to
<Adjustment Mode>
ensure that it meets the customer’s requirements.
3. Select ’Scope’ from the following: • The Form Pattern Adjustment (1 to 10), Form Pattern Adjustment Level (1 to 6) (T2: 1 to 9) and Position
• None Adjustment (5 areas: B, C, D, E, F) found in the In/Out Adjustment Settings of the specified color can be
• Copy & Print set from the screen.
• Copy Only
Adjustment
<Primary, Secondary/Process Color Rough Adjustment Procedure>
Figure 2 j0hs41869 Figure 4 j0hs41866
[Chart of patterns that have a dark Out-Board [front] [Patterns: 7 & 9]] (Figure 3) 7. After determining the pattern in Step 6, choose and determine the density level from the following figures.
It is recommended to enter Level 3 first and check the change in density before proceeding.
[For checking the levels of Patterns 1 & 3 (dark in the center)] (Figure 5)
Figure 3 j0hs41865
[Chart of patterns that have a light Out-Board [front] [Patterns: 5,6,8,10 ] (Figure 4) Figure 5 j0hs41870(T2)
[For checking the levels of Patterns 2 & 4 (light in the center)] (Figure 6)
Figure 6 j0hs41871(T2)
Figure 8 j0hs41868(T2)
8. Enter the correction color, shape, level confirmed in Step 6.7, and select [Save].
9. After the input is complete, select [Full Color] for Sample Printout.
10. Select [Print] again to output the test pattern.
11. Repeat Steps 4 to 10 until the density for every color is even. If other fine adjustment is needed, perform
fine adjustment by following the procedure in <Primary, Secondary/Process Color Fine Adjustment Pro-
cedure>.
12. When adjustment for primary color is completed, check the In-Out density in the same way for second-
ary/process color as follows.
13. Configure the following settings and select [Print].
Figure 7 j0hs41867(T2)
• Tray: Tray 1 (Check that A3 paper is loaded.))
• Output pattern: Secondary/Process Color
[For checking the levels of Patterns 5,6,8,10 (light Out-Board)] (Figure 9) 14. Perform the following Steps 4 to 10 to adjust the density of Secondary/Process Color. If other fine adjust-
ment is needed, perform fine adjustment by following the procedure in <Primary, Secondary/Process
Color Fine Adjustment Procedure>.
<Primary, Secondary/Process Color Fine Adjustment Procedure>
In the rough adjustment procedure, the samples were printed and patterns and levels adjusted. The fine
adjustment procedure for samples whose levels cannot be matched is described below.
1. As in the rough adjustment procedure, print the sample and choose the pattern level.
2. After selection, refer to the following figure and determine the area that needs to be fine-tuned. (Figure 9)
Figure 9 j0ms40922(T2)
Figure 10 j0pa60009
3. Compare the sample with Figure 9 above. Determine which position (B, C, D, E or F) needs to be fine-
tuned. 2. Printout the sample with [Print] again after adjustment and check the adjustment result.
4. Select [Position Adjustment]. 3. Readjust if necessary.
• The ’Position Adjustment’ screen is displayed. 4. Press [OK] after confirming the numbers.
5. Determine the color and area that needs to be adjusted. Fine adjustment is possible by increasing/
decreasing the number in the ’Position Adjustment’ screen.
• (Increasing the value will make the color darker.)
• (Decreasing the value will make the color lighter.)
NOTE: As there is a limit to the adjustment amount, the current value can be changed by up to +/-
256(T2: +/-17) when levels 1 to 6 (T2: 1 to 9) are selected for the fine adjustment, and although val-
ues outside this range can be input, they will not have any adjustment effect.
6. After entering the value, select ’Next’. Print the pattern again and check the density. Repeat Steps 1 and 5
until the density is even.
<How to Adjust Inclination> (T2)
1. Adjust the density distribution based on the printout sample. (Adjustment amount is -17~17)
The greater the value, the greater the adjustment amount.
There are 2 modes in Procon On / Off Print, namely Procon ’On’ Print mode Screen Display Name Y M C K
and Procon ’Off’ Print mode. Measured ADC Mini1 H RADC_Mini1 RADC_Mini1 RADC_Mini1 RADC_Mini1
[H][Y] [H][M] [H][C] [H][K]
The details are as follows.
752-264 752-265 752-266 752-267
• Procon ’On’ Print mode: Procon+TRC Adjustment is enabled. Measured ADC Mini2 H RADC_Mini2 RADC_Mini2 RADC_Mini2 RADC_Mini2
• Procon ’Off’ Print mode: Status of IOT elements. [H][Y] [H][M] [H][C] [H][K]
Procon ’On’ Print mode and Procon ’Off’ Print mode are described separately below. 752-288 752-289 752-290 752-291
ADC Patch Cin M - - - -
Procon ’On’ Print - - - -
ADC Target M RADC Correction RADC Correction RADC Correction RADC Correction
Purpose Target Value Target Value Target Value Target Value
Create Minisetup and Job End Patch with the same settings as the Customer Mode. Check the color density of [M][Y] [M][M] [M][C] [M][K]
the printed sample and the related settings for each type of Process Control for occurrences of hidden failures. 752-586 752-592 752-598 752-604
ADC Measured M RADC [M][Y] RADC [M][M] RADC [M][C] RADC [M][K]
Use this mode during:
752-236 752-237 752-238 752-239
1. Density check ADC Measured Mini1 M RADC_Mini1 RADC_Mini 1 RADC_Mini1 RADC_Mini 1
2. Process Control related NVM check [M][Y] [M][M] [M][C] [M][K]
ADC Patch Cin H ADC_Cin[H][Y] ADC_Cin[H][M] ADC_Cin[H][C] ADC_Cin[H][K] ADC Measured Mini2 L4 RADC_Mini2 RADC_Mini2 RADC_Mini2 -
[L4][Y] [L4][M] [L4][C]
752-026 752-027 752-028 752-029
752-280 752-281 752-282 -
ADC Target H RADC Correction RADC Correction RADC Correction RADC Correction
Target Value Target Value Target Value [H][C] Target Value [H][K] ADC Patch Cin L3 ADC_Cin[L3][Y] ADC_Cin[L3][M] ADC_Cin[L3][C] ADC_Cin[L3][K]
[H][Y] [H][M] 752-014 752-015 752-016 752-017
752-587 752-593 752-599 752-605 ADC Target L3 RADC Correction RADC Correction RADC Correction RADC Correction
Measured ADC H RADC [H][Y] RADC [H][M] RADC [H][C] RADC [H][K] Target Value Target Value Target Value Target Value
[L3][Y] [L3][M] [L3][C] [L3][K]
752-240 752-241 752-242 752-243
752-584 752-590 752-596 752-602
ADC Measured L3 RADC [L3][Y] RADC [L3][M] RADC [L3][C] RADC [L3][K]
752-228 752-229 752-230 752-231
Table 1 Table 1
Screen Display Name Y M C K Screen Display Name Y M C K
ADC Measured Mini1 L3 RADC_Mini1 RADC_Mini1 RADC_Mini1 RADC_Mini1 ADC Sensor Fail (Com- ADC Sensor Fail - - -
[L3][Y] [L3][M] [L3][C] [L3][K] mon to 4 colors) 752-189 - - -
752-252 752-253 752-254 752-255 ADC Minisetup Fail ADC_MiniSetup_ ADC_MiniSetup_ ADC_MiniSetup_ ADC_MiniSetup_
ADC Measured Mini2 L3 RADC_Mini2 RADC_Mini2 RADC_Mini2 RADC_Mini2 Fail [Y] Fail [M] Fail [C] Fail [K]
[L3][Y] [L3][M] [L3][C] [L3][K] 752-203 752-204 752-205 752-206
752-276 752-277 752-278 752-279 ATC Target ATC Correction ATC Correction ATC Correction ATC Correction
ADC Patch Cin L2 ADC_Cin[L2][Y] ADC_Cin[L2][M] ADC_Cin[L2][C] ADC_Cin[L2][K] Target Value [Y] Target Value [M] Target Value [C] Target Value [K]
752-010 752-011 752-012 752-013 752-005 752-006 752-007 752-008
ADC Target L2 RADC Correction RADC Correction RADC Correction RADC Correction Measured ATC Average ATC Average ATC Average ATC Average ATC Average
Target Value Target Value Target Value Target Value Value [Y] Value [M] Value [C] Value [K]
[L2][Y] [L2][M] [L2][C] [L2][K] 752-371 752-372 752-373 752-374
752-583 752-589 752-595 752-601 Measured ATC Ampli- ATC Amplitude [Y] ATC Amplitude [M] ATC Amplitude [C] ATC Amplitude [K]
ADC Measured L2 RADC [L2][Y] RADC [L2][M] RADC [L2][C] RADC [L2][K] tude 752-375 752-376 752-377 752-378
752-224 752-225 752-226 752-227 ATC Average Fail ATC Average Fail ATC Average Fail ATC Average Fail ATC Average Fail
ADC Measured Mini1 L2 RADC_Mini1 RADC_Mini1 RADC_Mini1 RADC_Mini1 [Y] [M] [C] [K]
[L2][Y] [L2][M] [L2][C] [L2][K] 752-379 752-380 752-381 752-382
752-248 752-249 752-250 752-251 ATC Amplitude Fail ATC Amplitude ATC Amplitude Fail ATC Amplitude ATC Amplitude
ADC Measured Mini2 L2 RADC_Mini2 RADC_Mini2 RADC_Mini2 RADC_Mini2 Fail [Y] [M] Fail [C] Fail [K]
[L2][Y] [L2][M] [L2][C] [L2][K] 752-383 752-384 752-385 752-386
752-272 752-273 752-274 752-275 Charged Voltage BCR_DC_OUT BCR_DC_OUT [M] BCR_DC_OUT [C] BCR_DC_OUT[K]
ADC Patch Cin L1 ADC_Cin[L1][Y] ADC_Cin[L1][M] ADC_Cin[L1][C] ADC_Cin[L1][K] [Y]
752-006 752-007 752-008 752-009 754-002 754-003 754-004 754-005
ADC Target L1 RADC Correction RADC Correction RADC Correction RADC Correction Bias Setting BIAS_DC_OUT BIAS_DC_OUT BIAS_DC_OUT BIAS_DC_OUT
Target Value Target Value Target Value Target Value [Y] [M] [C] [K]
[L1][Y] [L1][M] [L1][C] [L1][K] 754-006 754-007 754-008 754-009
752-582 752-588 752-594 752-600 LD Power LD_OUT [Y] LD_OUT [M] LD_OUT [C] LD_OUT [K]
ADC Measured L1 RADC [L1][Y] RADC [L1][M] RADC [L1][C] RADC [L1][K] 754-010 754-011 754-012 754-013
752-220 752-221 752-222 752-223 Vdeve (Procon ’On’ Print) Vdeve_PCON_P Vdeve_PCON_PS Vdeve_PCON_PS Vdeve_PCON_PS
ADC Measured Mini1 L1 RADC_Mini1 RADC_Mini1 RADC_Mini1 RADC_Mini1 S [Y] [M] [C] [K]
[L1][Y] [L1][M] [L1][C] [L1][K] 754-082 754-083 754-084 754-085
752-244 752-245 752-246 752-247 Vdeve (Procon ’Off’ Print) Vdeve_Standard Vdeve_Standard_ Vdeve_Standard_ Vdeve_Standard_
ADC Measured Mini2 L1 RADC_Mini2 RADC_Mini2 RADC_Mini2 RADC_Mini2 _PS [Y] PS [M] PS [C] PS [K]
[L1][Y] [L1][M] [L1][C] [L1][K] 754-535 754-536 754-537 754-538
752-268 752-269 752-270 752-271 Vdeve Upper Limit Correction Vdeve Correction Vdeve Correction Vdeve Correction Vdeve
ADC Patch Fail ADC Patch Fail [Y] ADC Patch Fail [M] ADC Patch Fail [C] ADC Patch Fail [K] Upper Limit_PS Upper Limit_PS Upper Limit_PS [C] Upper Limit_PS [K]
752-190 752-191 752-192 752-193 [Y] [M]
ADC Shutter Open Fail ADC Shutter - - - 754-527 754-528 754-529 754-530
(Common to 4 colors) Open_Fail Vdeve Lower Limit Correction Vdeve Correction Vdeve Correction Vdeve Correction Vdeve
752-187 - - - Lower Limit_PS Lower Limit_PS Lower Limit_PS [C] Lower Limit_PS [K]
ADC Shutter Close Fail ADC Shutter - - - [Y] [M]
(Common to 4 colors) Close_Fail 754-523 754-524 754-525 754-526
752-186 - - -
(5) Check the following data in order and carry out the procedure only when necessary.
Table 4
Step Check Data Check Method When out of range
1 • ATC Target • Check that the Measured ATC a. Adjust to ATC Target 20 bits in
• Measured ATC Average is in the range of ATC DC991Toner Up/Down.
Average Target +/-20 bits.
b. If DC991Toner Up/Down does not
enable the Measured ATC Average to
be smaller, check the parts (Toner Dis-
pensor, Empty Sensor, etc.) related to
toner supply for any problem.
Use this mode during: Compare the sample of Procon ’On’ with that of Procon ’Off’ and adjust with the following.
NOTE: To determine whether the problem is related only to ADC Gradation Control, compare a
1. Density check sample (Sample with ADC Gradation Control OFF) of Pattern No. 16 (ProconPG) output in DC 612
2. Process Control related NVM check with Procin ON Print (Sample with ADC Gradation ON). This helps to isolate the problem more eas-
3. Process Control hidden failure check ily.
Overview
• Upon entering the adjustment screen, the following NVM table or the Read button will be displayed.
(However, a blank screen will appear upon entry if there is failure.)
• When the [Start] button on the screen is pressed, Minisetup will be executed in 4C mode (paper type
according to tray settings: Other than 308mm, Cycle out once after Minisetup). 1 sheet of the built-in PG
’Pcon PG’ will be printed and the job patch created. (A specific tray and screen can be selected. Default:
Tray 1 and 200C)
• The PCON output conditions do not follow the Customer mode settings. Grid Voltage Control is the Stan-
dard Grid Voltage Mode. ADC Gradation Control is OFF. Toner Supply Control is the same as in Cus-
tomer mode settings.
ADJ 18.1.10 ATC Sensor Setup (MAX Setup): DC950 ADJ 18.1.11 Belt Edge Learn (Sub System): DC956
Purpose Purpose
To acquire the sensitivity correction values ’Correction Coefficient’ and ’Correction Offset’ for adjusting the Input the form of the belt end into the memory of the machine to print in alignment with the form of the belt.
ATC sensor output from the bar code numbers which display the sensitivity attribute in every ATC sensor. The
bar code numbers are set in NVM ’Bar Code Number’ manually from this adjustment screen. This adjustment is required during:
ADJ 18.1.12 DC991 Adjust Toner Density (MAX Setup) (3) Select [Tools] on the touch panel.
(4) On the ’Tools’ screen, select ’System Settings’ tab -> [Common Service Settings] -> [Maintenance /
Purpose Diagnostics].
Adjusts toner density with Tone Up and Tone Down.
(5) Select [MAX Setup].
Mode for performing Tone Up and Tone Down. (6) Select [Adjust Toner Density ].
2. Input the required numbers (-99 to +99) in Up/Down for Y, M, C and K on the screen.
Table 1 Density Up for positive values.
Item Overview Density Down for negative values.
3. Click the [Start] button.
Tone Up No paper feed. Supplies toner at specified time.
4. Check the image quality and repeat the procedure until the appropriate density is obtained.
Tone Down No paper feed. Stops toner supply.
• The difference between the current ATC Target Value and the ATC Measured Value is large (more than
20bit)
• When you want to change the toner density intentionally
Overview
Machine operation:
• At No Paper Run, the equivalent number of sheets for Max [Maximum number of Down sheets in the four
colors, Maximum number of Up sheets in the four colors] is processed. In fact, as the IOT only operates
up to the equivalent of the max A4 L 60 sheets, even if a value above 60 is set from the UI, operation will be
by that of 60 sheets.
• For XERO/DEVE, this is the same as the case for normal images. Xfer2nd Retract, Output OFF. Output is
also OFF for 1st. Follow Diag No Paper Mode for Jam detection etc.
• During the operation, the V-Transport is stopped and the Fusing cannot be driven. -> Considered as
Standby status (no rotation, and the temperature is controlled in the same way as in Standby)
• After No Paper Run of the number of sheets specified above, Cycle Down is carried out after X’fer 2nd
Contact and Belt 2 rotation. The Develper is also rotated during this period (deletes blank paper and per-
form mixing during this period)
Procon operation:
• Toner supply control settings are as follows and does not follow the settings in Customer mode. After the
operation, the Customer mode settings are restored.
• Potential Control, ADC Gradation Control and Auto Gradation Control are the same as in Customer
mode settings.
Toner supply control:
Perform this adjustment when the UI PWB and the Control Panel are replaced.
NOTE: To adjust, use the touch pen provided or a pen with tip of radius 1mm or below, and take care not
to damage the surface of the UI screen.
Adjustment
1. Turn off both the power and main power.
2. While pressing the 3 keys, [0], [1], [3] on the Control Panel Keypad at the same time, turn on the main
power.
3. Release the Keys when [1/6] is displayed on the Panel. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 j0fu40239
5. Using your finger, touch the intersections of the vertical and horizontal lines, P1 to P9, in sequence.
When P1 is pressed, the following is displayed and the buzzer sounds. (Figure 3)
Figure 1 j0ki61020
Figure 3 j0fu40240
Each time you press the intersections from P2 to P9 using your finger, the number will increase sequen-
tially from 1->9.
6. After pressing P9, Origin Point Correction is carried out and the following screen will appear for a moment
when the corrected data has been saved. (Figure 4)
7. If the correction has failed, the following screen appears. (Figure 5) 9. Turn the power OFF.
If correction has failed, repeat Steps 1 to 9 again.
Figure 5 j0fu40242
8. When the Origin Point Correction is complete, the following screen is displayed. (Figure 6)
Press on the 4 circled intersections. (In any order.)A black box will be displayed on the pressed parts and
remains until the next input.
The buzzer sounds when the correction is complete -> Origin Point Correction complete.
The buzzer does not sound if the correction has failed -> Perform correction again.
ADJ 18.1.14 Firmware Version Upgrade 2. Turn the power of the PC and the printer ON. Check that the IP Address/Subnet Mask are already input so
that they can communicate with each other.
Purpose
NOTE: For IOT port settings, check that the SNMP and Port 9100 are enabled and the UDP of the
This procedure is performed to update the machine firmware (ESS, IOT, IISS, DADF, FAX, Finisher, HCF), or
SMP is running. (Start the CentreWare Internet Services. Select [Properties], [Securities] and
when reinstallation of the machine firmware is required due to failure of some sort.
[Enable Port] in this order and insert check mark at the UDP of SNMP.)
NOTE: Firmware upgrade for Fax Card NOTE: Check that the output destination of the default printer driver at the PC becomes LPT1.
1. When the firmware of the Fax Card is upgraded, the Activity Report that is stored in the Fax Card
3. Click to run the Firmware Version Upgrade Tool (FWDLMgr.exe).
will be initialized.
4. Select [Agree] on the Firmware Version Upgrade Tool (License Agreement).
• Before performing the upgrade, print out the Activity Report in advance. After performing the
upgrade, pass the Activity Report to the customer. 5. Select the Machine Model from the pull down menu of the Machine Model column on the selection screen
for machine models and files.
<Obtaining the Firmware>
6. Click the downloaded file from the Firmware column on the selection screen for machine models and
files, and click [Next].
Download the Firmware Version Upgrade Tool (FXDLMgr.exe) and the machine Firmware from the following
Select detailed version to display each ROM version in the downloaded file.
location when upgrading the machine Firmware.
7. Select the connection method between the printer and the PC on the Communication Interface selection
[APO/GCO] screen, and select [Next]. (Servicing time: Approx. 15min)
NOTE: Check that the output destination of the default printer driver at the PC becomes LPT1.
• Refer to APO RTS Docushare.
8. Press the Search button on the selection screen on the Printer/MF machine to search for devices con-
NOTE: Downloading both software from the web site may take some time (depending on the environ- nected to this Network.
ment) because of the file size. Hence, download the software into the PC (PSW) in advance before visit-
The Scope of Search button is for searching in other networks.
ing the customer.
9. The devices that can be specified on the selection screen for Printer/MF machines are displayed in the
NOTE: Connection Cables Printer/MF machines column. Insert check marks into the checkboxes and select [Next].
• 499T 07773: LAN Cable (Cross 1m) 10. The Firmware update status appears on the ’Updating’ screen.
• 499T 07776: USB Cable (2m) After completion, the results screen appears.
NOTE: Precautions during installation 11. Select the [Close] button on the results screen. (Firmware upgrade complete.)
The downloaded data is a compressed file. Decompress the data before downloading them into the NOTE: After downloading ends, the IOT will automatically reboot.
printer.
Procedure
There are two ways to download the machine Firmware - the DLD method (USB1.1/2.0) and the PJL method <DLD method (USB1.1/2.0)>
(Port9100: Network).
1. Turn OFF the machine.
When downloading by DLD method (USB1.1/2.0), it is necessary to change to the download mode. 2. Connect the PC to the printer with the USB cable. (Figure 1)
<Firmware Download>
1. Select a compressed file (download data) that is compatible with the printer specifications from the URL
of the TSC, and download it into the desired folder on the PC.
2. Decompress the downloaded compressed file (download data).
The adjustment need not be performed for everything. Use to following to determine whether the adjustment is
needed and perform the required items.
Check
NOTE: This procedure is one in a series of compulsary procedures that has to be performed in
sequence.
ADJ 18.1.16,ADJ 18.1.17,ADJ 18.1.18,ADJ 18.1.19,ADJ 18.1.20,ADJ 18.1.21
NOTE: Before starting this series of adjustments, check that the Paper Profiles and Alignment Profiles of
the Custom Paper are not selected by entering the System Administrator Mode and selecting [Tools] >
[Paper Tray Settings] > [Custom Paper Name/Color] (check that ’No Name’ is displayed).
NOTE: Check that the HFSI Counter of 2nd BTR Unit (954-813) has not reached the threshold value and
that it is installed properly. If the threshold value has been exceeded, replace the 2nd BTR Unit.
4. Calculate the difference between the length of IB Image (1B) and length of OB Image (1A) (by 1A-1B) and
check whether it is within 0.3mm of the target adjustment value. If it is within the target value, proceed to
’ADJ 18.1.17 Side 1/Side 2 Side Skew Adjustment’.
5. If the calculated value is larger than the target value, note down the value and proceed with the following
adjustment procedure.
Figure 2 Releasing the 2nd BTR Cam (j0hk41821) Figure 3 Adjusting the 2nd BTR Cam (j0hk41822)
Check
NOTE: This procedure is one in a series of compulsary procedures that has to be performed in
sequence.
ADJ 18.1.18,ADJ 18.1.19,ADJ 18.1.20,ADJ 18.1.21
1. Enter DC131 ’NVM Read / Write’ and add the Amount for Skew Adjustment of Side 2 to the NVM location
759-139. (For negative values, use the minus (-) key.)
2. Repeat the check to make sure that the Side 1 Side Skew is within the target value.
Figure 1 Measurement of Skew at IB of Side 1 (j0pi41453) 3. Perform Side 1 Side Skew Adjustment.
4. Calculate the difference between the length of Side Regi at IB of LE (2A) and length of Side Regi at IB of
Side 2 Skew Adjustment
TE (2B) (by 2A-2B) and check whether it is within 0.4mm of the target adjustment value. If it is within the Use the value that was noted down to calculate the amount for skew adjustment.
target value, proceed to ’Side 2 Side Skew Check’.
Amount for Skew Adjustment (NVM adjustment amount) = (2C-2D)/0.1
1. Enter DC131 ’NVM Read / Write’ and add the Amount for Skew Adjustment of Side 2 to the NVM location
759-140. (For negative values, use the minus (-) key.)
2. Repeat the check to make sure that the Side 2 Side Skew is within the target value.
3. Perform ’ADJ 18.1.18 Perpendicularity Adjusment’.
Check
NOTE: This procedure is one in a series of compulsary procedures that has to be performed in
sequence.
ADJ 18.1.16,ADJ 18.1.17,ADJ 18.1.18,ADJ 18.1.19,ADJ 18.1.20,ADJ 18.1.21
Adjustment
NOTE: As all procedures in this adjustment require that the machine remains powered, make sure that
the machine does not get blacked out during the operation.
NOTE: If the entered change values exceed the range indicated in the NVM locations 759-070 and 759-
071, any attempt at printing will cause ’RC Data Over Range Fault (089-617)’ to occur.
1. Use the value that was noted down to calculate the amount for perpendicularity adjustment.
Perpendicularity/0.05 = Amount for Perpendicularity Adjustment
2. Enter DC131 ’NVM Read / Write’ and follow the conditions below to input the adjustment amount into the
NVM.
Add the current value of NVM [759-137] to the Amount for Perpendicularity Adjustment to find the calcu-
lated value.
[759-137] + [Amount for Perpendicularity Adjustment] = [Calculated Value]
If the calculated value is positive
Figure 1 Perpendicularity Measurement of Side 1 (j0pi41850) • Compare the value of NVM [759-070] to the calculated value. If the calculated value is larger, input
the value of NVM [759-070] into NVM [759-137] (Side 1 Skew Offset).
5. Flip the paper over and measure the lengths of 3C and 3D as shown in (Figure 2). • Compare the value of NVM [759-070] to the calculated value. If the calculated value is smaller, input
6. Calculate the perpendicularity by using the following procedure and compare it with the target adjust- the calculated value into NVM [759-137] (Side 1 Skew Offset).
ment value. If the calculated value is negative
(1) Calculate X = 3A-3C • Compare the value of NVM [759-071] to the calculated value. If the calculated value is smaller (fur-
(2) Calculate Y = 3B-3D ther away from ’0’), input the value of NVM [759-071] into NVM [759-137] (Side 1 Skew Offset).
(3) Calculate Perpendicularity = 1.444x(X-Y)/2 • Compare the value of NVM [759-071] to the calculated value. If the calculated value is larger, input
the calculated value into NVM [759-137] (Side 1 Skew Offset).
Check that calculated Perpendicularity is within 0.3mm of the target adjustment value. If it is within the
target value, proceed to ’ADJ 18.1.19 Side 1 Lead/Side Registration Adjustment’. In the same way for Side 2, add the current value of NVM [759-138] to the Amount for Perpendicularity
Adjustment to find the calculated value. Similar to Side 1, obtain the value to input into NVM [759-138]
7. If the calculated value is larger than the target value, note down the value and proceed with the Perpen-
dicularity Adjustment procedure. (Side 2 Skew Offset) by comparing the calculated value with either NVM [759-070] or NVM [759-071]
depending on its sign (+ or -).
ADJ 18.1.19 Side 1 Lead/Side Regi Adjustment Lead/Side Registration Adjustment
Purpose 1. Add the lead edge adjustment amount to the current value in the NVM for the paper weight selected in
Paper Output, in order to change the NVM value. (Changed Value=Current Value + Adjustment Value)
To adjust the transfer-related paper position so that the Lead and Side Registration of Side 1 is within the spec.
Enter this changed value in all the NVM locations for the other paper weights listed on Table 1, in order to
The max. difference is Lead 0.7mm, Side 1.2mm. change the settings. This has allowed the machine to be set to the basic conditions. In addition, if it is
known that the customer runs heavyweight paper, output the customer-specified heavyweight paper
Adjustment and perform this step on the appropriate NVM for the paper weight.
NOTE: This procedure is one in a series of compulsary procedures that has to be performed in 2. Add the side edge adjustment amount to the current value in the NVM for the paper tray selected in Paper
sequence. Output, in order to change the NVM value. (Changed Value=Current Value + Adjustment Value)
ADJ 18.1.16,ADJ 18.1.17,ADJ 18.1.18,ADJ 18.1.19,ADJ 18.1.20,ADJ 18.1.21 As to each of the other trays, do the following: output paper; measure 4B; calculate the side edge adjust-
ment amount from the current value in the NVM for the tray listed on Table 2; and enter it in the NVM for the
NOTE: Take note that for this adjustment, the parameter for Lead is defined at Paper Weight while the tray from which the paper was output, in order to change the setting.
parameter for Side is defined at Paper Tray. When inputting the NVM, make sure you are accessing the
3. Repeat the check to make sure that the Registration is within the spec.
correct location for Paper Weight (Lead) and Paper Tray (Side). Refer to the next page for the relevant
NVM locations. 4. Perform ’ADJ 18.1.20 Dual Image Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment’.
1. Refer to ’How to access the UI Diag’ to enter the Diag Mode. Table 1 Paper Weight (gsm) (Side 1 Lead Edge Adjustment NVMs)
2. DC129: Registration > System Registration Adjustment > Paper Supply - Tray A3 Plain (A3) > Adjusted gsm 64-79 80-90 91-105 106-128 129-150 151-176 177-220 221-256 257-300
Side - Side 1 > Number of Sheets - 3 > Print.
Side 1 742-126 742-127 742-128 742-129 742-130 742-131 742-132 742-133 742-134
3. (Figure 1) Select the last printout and designate the Lead Edge as (LE 1). As shown in the figure, measure
the lengths of 4A and 4B in units of mm.
Table 2 Paper Tray (Side 1 Side Edge Adjustment NVMs)
Bypass Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 HCF(Upper) HCF(Lower)
Side 1 759-193 759-195 759-197 759-199 759-201 759-203 759-205
4. Check that the Lead Edge (4A) and Side Edge (4B) are both within 0.3mm of the target adjustment value.
If they are within the target value, proceed to ’ADJ 18.1.20 Dual Image Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment’. If
either or both of them require adjusting, adjust only the item(s) by using the next step.
5. Use the value that was noted down to calculate the adjustment amount by the following formulas.
(10 - length of Lead Edge (4A)) x 10 = Adjustment Amount for Lead Edge
(Length of Side Edge (4B) - 10) x 10 = Adjustment Amount for Side Edge
Check
NOTE: This procedure is one in a series of compulsary procedures that has to be performed in
sequence.
ADJ 18.1.16,ADJ 18.1.17,ADJ 18.1.18,ADJ 18.1.19,ADJ 18.1.20,ADJ 18.1.21
4. Use the image length between the Lead Edge and Tail Edge of both sides (5A and 5C) to calculate the Adjustment (Vertical Ratio)
Vertical R/E Misalignment by the following formulas. 1. Use the value that was noted down to calculate the adjustment amount by the following formula.
Side 1: {([5A] / [400]) - 1} x 100 = [Side 1 Vertical R/E Misalignment] (Difference in Reduce/Enlarge Ratio) / 0.025 = [Dual Slow Scan Adjustment Amount]
Side 2: {([5C] / [400]) - 1} x 100 = [Side 2 Vertical R/E Misalignment] 2. Enter DC131 ’NVM Read / Write’ and add the adjustment amount to the following NVM.
5. Calculate the difference between the Reduce/Enlarge Ratio of Side 1 and Side 2 by using the following NVM [759-13]: Side 1 Slow Scan Adjustment Amount (setting range: 20)
formula and check whether the difference is within 0.03%. Adjustment (Horizontal Ratio)
If it is within the target value, proceed to ’ADJ 18.1.21 Dual Alignment Adjustment’.
1. Use the value that was noted down to calculate the adjustment amount by the following formulas.
[Side 2 Vertical R/E Misalignment] - [Side 1 Vertical R/E Misalignment] = [Difference in Reduce/Enlarge
(Difference in Reduce/Enlarge Ratio) / 0.025 = [Dual Fast Scan Adjustment Amount]
Ratio]
2. Enter DC131 ’NVM Read / Write’ and follow the conditions below to input the adjustment amount into the
NVM.
Add the current value of NVM [759-133] to the Dual Fast Scan Adjustment Amount to find the calculated ADJ 18.1.21 Dual Alignment Adjustment
value.
[759-133] + [Dual Fast Scan Adjustment Amount] = [Calculated Value]
Purpose
To adjust the alignment of both sides to be within the spec. The max. difference is Lead 1.2mm, Side 2.4mm.
If the calculated value is positive
• Compare the value of NVM [759-072] to the calculated value. If the calculated value is larger, input
the value of NVM [759-072] into NVM [759-133] (Side 1 Fast Scan % Offset).
Check
• Compare the value of NVM [759-072] to the calculated value. If the calculated value is smaller, input 1. Refer to ’How to access the UI Diag’ to enter the Diag Mode.
the calculated value into NVM [759-133] (Side 1 Fast Scan % Offset). 2. Select Registration > System Registration Adjustment > Paper Supply - Tray A3 Uncoated (A3) >
Adjusted Side - Side 2 > Number of Sheets - 3 > Print.
If the calculated value is negative
3. (Figure 1) Select the last printout and designate the Lead Edge as (LE 2). As the printout is output to the
• Compare the value of NVM [759-073] to the calculated value. If the calculated value is smaller (fur-
Output Tray with the Side 2 facing up, the Lead Edge of Side 1 is underneath and the Tail Edge of Side 2
ther away from ’0’), input the value of NVM [759-073] into NVM [759-133] (Side 1 Fast Scan % Off-
set). comes later.
• Compare the value of NVM [759-073] to the calculated value. If the calculated value is larger, input Designate Side 1 as (LE 1). Measure the lengths of 6A (Side 1 Lead Edge Regi), 6D (Side 1 Tail Edge
Regi), 6E (Side 1 OB Regi), and 6H (Side 1 IB Regi) in units of mm as shown in the figure.
the calculated value into NVM [759-133] (Side 1 Fast Scan % Offset).
3. Repeat the check to make sure that the differences in Reduce/Enlarge Ratio of both Side 1 and Side 2 are
within the target values.
4. Perform ’ADJ 18.1.21 Dual Alignment Adjustment’.
NOTE: The differences in Reduce/Enlarge Ratio of both Side 1 and Side 2 are caused by the elon-
gation or shrinkage of paper at the fusing stage. As the amount of change at Side 1 is larger com-
pared to Side 2, it creates a difference in the Reduce/Enlarge Ratio. Although the adjustment
method is a relative correction method only corrects the Reduce/Enlarge Ratio of Side 1, it is also
possible to perform an absolute correction method in which both sides are independently adjusted.
At that time, divide the Difference in Reduce/Enlarge Ratios for each of Side 1 and Side 2 (that were
obtained at Step 4 and 7) by 0.025 (which is the adjustment unit) and calculate the respective adjustment
amounts.
The NVM to be adjusted are as follows. Perform the adjustment to get the Difference in Reduce/Enlarge
Ratios for each side to be as close to ’0’ as possible.
As the adjustment range for Fast Scan % is constrained by the values of NVM [759-072] and NVM [759-
073], make sure that you only input values that are within the range into the target NVM.
Figure 1 Measurement of Alignment in the Front-Rear Direction at Side 1 (j0hs41855)
NVM: 759-133 (Side 1 Fast Scan % Offset)
NVM: 759-134 (Side 2 Fast Scan % Offset) 4. (Figure 2) Measure each of the same lines at Side 2. Measure 6C (Side 2 Lead Edge Regi), 6B (Side 2 Tail
NVM: 759-135 (Side 1 Slow Scan % Offset) Edge Regi), 6F (Side 2 OB Regi), and 6G (Side 2 IB Regi) in units of mm.
NVM: 759-136 (Side 2 Slow Scan % Offset)
For both Fast Scan % and Slow Scan %, the max. permissible difference for a surface is 0.3%.
5. Calculate the Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration Gap and the InBoard/OutBoard Registration Gap by
the following formulas.
[6A (Side 1 LE Regi)] - [6B (Side 2 TE Regi)] = [A]
[6D (Side 1 TE Regi)] - [6C (Side 2 LE Regi)] = [B]
[6H (Side 1 IB Regi)] - [6G (Side 2 IB Regi)] = [C]
[6E (Side 1 OB Regi)] - [6F (Side 2 OB Regi)] = [D]
([B] - [A]) / 2 = [LE/TE Registration Gap for both sides]
([D] - [C]) / 2 = [IB/OB Registration Gap for both sides]
Check that the LE/TE Registration Gap and IB/OB Registration Gap for both sides are within +/-1.2 mm
and +/-2.4 mm respectively.
6. If one/both are larger than the target values, note down the values and proceed with the adjustment pro-
cedure (perform the adjustment only for the values that exceed the target values.)
Adjustment
Use the value that was noted down to calculate the adjustment amount by the following formulas.
[LE/TE Registration Gap for both sides] x 10 = [LE/TE Lead Registration Adjustment Amount]
[IB/OB Registration Gap for both sides] x 10 = [IB/OB Side Registration Adjustment Amount]
NOTE: Take note that for this adjustment, the parameter for Lead Edge is defined at Paper Weight while
the parameter for Side Edge is defined at Paper Tray. When inputting the calculated values into the NVM,
make sure you are accessing the correct location for Paper Weight (Lead Edge) and Paper Tray (Side
Edge).
1. If the LE/TE judgment is NG, add the LE/TE Lead Adjustment Amount to the current value in the NVM for
the paper weight selected in Paper Output, in order to change the NVM value. (Changed Value=Current
Value + Adjustment Value) Enter this changed value in all the other NVM locations for the other paper
weights listed on Table 1, in order to change the settings. This has allowed the machine to be set to the
basic conditions. In addition, if it is known that the customer runs heavyweight paper, output the cus-
tomer-specified heavyweight paper and perform this step on the appropriate NVM for the paper weight.
ADJ 18.1.22 Things to take note when replacing Important
Information Stored Components
Purpose
After installation, any data that the customer has registered are very important. To lose or leak the data would
be an unforgivable offence. To gain the trust of customers, it is essential for CE to be knowledgeable about the
name of components that store these data. The CE must also have full understanding on how to handle these
components when replacing them.
Procedure
This product stores important data in the following components. Perform the operation according to the follow-
ing procedures.
NOTE: Japan) Collect/discard components according to the FTO (2-027) that is common to all models.
APO/GCO) Collect/discard components according to the separately pre-determined procedures.
Table 1
Component Name Stored Information Pre-replacement operation Post-replacement operation
1 HDD Remaining data (the data left behind) • Procedures before servicing • Handling of replaced HDD
• Digital data saved in the Mailboxes (*) To restore the settings later, print the reports and back [Japan] Before you bring back the HDD, always notify
• Fax polling reserved document data (*) up the data by using tools. Also, check that the Docu- the customer. Explain that the removed HDD will be sent
• Unsent Fax/Scan document data (*) ments Stored lamp on the panel is off. If the lamp is on, to an FX Recycling Station where it will either undergo
• Unprinted Copy/Fax Receive/Print document data the stored document data (data with (*) listed to the left) the ’Overwriting Process’ or the ’Destruction Process’ in
(*) are erased when the component is replaced. Ask for the order to prevent security problems from occurring. If the
customer’s agreement to proceed. customer would like to personally confirm that the
• Data stored in the SMB folder
removed HDD is destroyed, destroy the HDD on the
• Font spot (charges applies).
• Form [APO/GCO] Collect/discard components according to
• Logo/Secure Print (*) the separately pre-determined procedures.
• Sample Print (*) • Procedures after servicing
• Delayed Print (*) Restore data using the tools. Restore settings accord-
• Network Scanning ing to the reports.
• Job Flow
• Job log (stored in the HDD)
• Debug log
• Recipient data in the expanded address book
• Audit log (stored in the HDD)
• User information (when the Machine is set to store
the user information in the HDD in the Network
Authentication Mode and when in the XSA Mode)
• Account ID (Network Authentication Mode and XSA
Mode)
• JBA data operation log (stored in the HDD)
• Certificates (Device Certificate, Personal Certifi-
cate)
Deleted data (data that has been deleted but still physically
remain in the HDD. Usually, this is difficult to recover.)
• Temporarily saved image data for Copy/Print/Fax
output.
• Temporarily saved scan image data for extraction
from the client PC.
• Temporarily saved inputs from the network
HDD spool data
• Data that is deleted after it is taken out from a Mailbox
• Image data that is deleted after Secure Print/Sample
Set/Delayed Print has been completed
Table 1
Component Name Stored Information Pre-replacement operation Post-replacement operation
2 NVRAM(SD Card) on the Con- User-settable parameters (IP Address, etc.) • Procedures before servicing • Handling of replaced PWB
troller Board • Mailbox data To restore the settings later, print the reports and back [Japan]
• Speed dial data up the data by using tools. Always initialize the PWB before bringing it back. Inform
• Group dial data • Delete Data Operation the customer that even if it cannot be initialized at the
• Speed dial classification data If the NVM hardware is operating normally, perform spe- customer’s machine, it will be done in the FX Recycling
• Comments (or FAX Service) cial boot number 3 (turn ON the main power while hold- Station, so there will be no security problems.
• Job memory ing down the [3] + [Stop] + [Power Saver] keys) to delete [APO/GCO]
the data. Collect/discard components according to the sepa-
• Job log
• Total deletion rately pre-determined procedures.
• Error log (Fault History, Counters)
Execute ’Delete All Data’ in the KO mode. Other than the • Procedures after servicing
• DV Log/Auditron Settings/PV Total Data/JBA opera-
NVM, HDD/FAX, etc. can also be initialized this way. Restore data using the tools. Restore settings accord-
tion log
ing to the reports.
3 Data stored in the FAX Card • Activity log data • Procedures before servicing • Handling of replaced PWB
• System Data To restore the settings later, print the reports. There is no [Japan]
• Box classification list data way to clear only the data in the FAX Card. Always initialize the PWB before bringing it back. Inform
• Fax data (local name and local ID, etc.) • Total deletion the customer that even if it cannot be initialized at the
• Telephone Book Execute ’Delete All Data’ in the KO mode. The NVM/ customer’s machine, it will be done in the FX Recycling
HDD, etc. of controllers other than the FAX Card are also Station, so there will be no security problems.
• Job data (those left behind by delayed communica-
initialized. [APO/GCO]
tion)
Collect/discard components according to the sepa-
rately pre-determined procedures.
• Restore settings according to the post-service reports.
Use Conditions
Procedure in KO (System Administrator) Mode
1. The ’Firmware Update Service User Agreement’ of the Firmware Update Service to accept the usage
conditions of this service is checked. 1. Press the < Log In / Out > button.
2. The machine has EP-BB temporarily installed*1 or completely installed*1. 2. Enter the System Administrator ID ’11111’ and select [Enter].
3. At the EP-BB Service Parameters of the machine, the software refresh button (KO/CE) display flag is set 3. Select [Tools].
to ’Display’. 4. Select the ’System Settings’ tab > [Common Service Settings] > [Maintenance].
4. The EP communication aggregation server is not available. 5. Select [Software Update].
5. For Internet communication, the IP Address for communication is not restricted by IP filters, etc. * If the [Software Upgrade] button is not displayed, check the following Table 2 of ’EP Service Parameter
Settings’.
6. For Internet communication, HTTP communication using Port 80 is possible.
6. Select [Start Software Update]. If an Error occurs upon selecting this, check the contents of the Error.
*1: The EP installation status come in the following types:
7. Select [Yes]. Do not turn OFF the power, open the Front cover, etc. until the default screen is displayed.
Not installed - the state where EP-BB installation procedure has not been performed. 8. The download into the built-in HDD will start. Wait until the progress bar has reached 100%
Temporarily installed - the state where EP-BB installation procedure has completed, but the contract agree-
ment is not activated yet.
(In this state, periodic communication is performed, but the various EP-BB features such as Alerts and notifi-
cation of consumables are not operating)
Completely installed - The final state where the contract agreement has been activated and all EP-BB features
are operating.
KO Mode
• During the upgrade, the required change in NVM settings (rewriting) is performed automatically.
Figure 1 j0ki40002
• The upgrade is possible as long as the combination of firmwares that are installed in the machine is the
same as the combination that is guaranteed by the Firmware Update Service 9. The machine will reboot automatically and the update will start from the HDD
• The upgrade cannot be performed if the EPA-IF of the accessories that are connected to the machine is Wait until the numbers at the left and right of the screen become equal. (The maximum required time is
earlier than V2. approx. 25min)
• Other than the above, the upgrade may also be not possible due to the combination of options, etc.
* When version upgrade cannot be performed, the error code indicated in the following Table 1 of the
’Main Error Codes’ will be displayed.
Figure 2 j0ki40003 Figure 3 j0ki40002
10. When the update has completed, the machine will reboot automatically. When the ’Services Home’ 8. The machine will reboot automatically and the update will start from the HDD.
screen is displayed, the update is complete. Wait until the numbers at the left and right of the screen become equal. (The maximum required time is
*If the NVM Settings Change (Rewriting) is set, the NVM settings will be changed after the reboot and approx. 25min)
then the machine will reboot once again after completing this.
Procedure in CE Mode
1. Enter the CE Mode.
2. Select [Tools].
3. Select the ’System Settings’ tab > [Common Service Settings] > [Maintenance].
4. Select [Software Update].
* If the [Software Upgrade] button is not displayed, check the following Table 2 of ’EP Service Parameter
Settings’.
5. Select [Start Software Update]. After selecting this, the version of the firmware to be downloaded will be
displayed. Check the target version.
6. Select [Yes]. Do not turn OFF the power, open the Front cover, etc. until the default screen is displayed.
7. The download into the built-in HDD will start. Wait until the progress bar has reached 100%
Figure 4 j0ki40003
9. When the update has completed, the machine will reboot automatically and display the ’Services Home’
screen.
10. If required, enter the CE mode again to perform change the NVM settings (rewriting).
NOTE: As the procedure differs by case as follows, make sure you are performing the required proce-
EP Service Parameter Settings dure.
* The [Software Update] button is set to be displayed/not displayed by the EP Service Parameters.
Table 2
Table 2 No. Backup/Restore Cases Reference
Settings Chain-Link Settings 1 Backup to HDD Go to Procedure A.
Software Update (KO) Flag 920-053 0: Disabled (not displayed)*1 2 Restore from HDD Go to Procedure B.
1: Enabled (display) 3 Restore from HDD using special booting (such as when the UI screen is not Go to Procedure C.
Software Update (CE) Flag 920-054 0: Disabled (not displayed)*1 displayed)
1: Enabled (display) 4 Backup to USB memory Go to Procedure D.
5 Restore from USB memory Go to Procedure E.
*1: Default setting 6 Restore from USB memory using special booting (such as when the UI Go to Procedure F.
screen is not displayed)
CAUTION
7 Cloning (in customer mode) Go to Procedure G.
Before changing any settings, get the customer to check the ’Firmware Update Service User Agreement’
to accept the usage conditions of this service.
Backup/Restore to HDD
Procedure A (Backup to HDD)
1. Open the ’Job Status’ screen and check that there are no jobs being executed or in the queue.
2. Disconnect the Network Cable and the Fax line.
3. Enter the UI Diag and select the ’System Settings’ tab -> [Common Service Settings] -> [Maintenance / Backup/Restore to USB Memory
Diagnostics] -> [Back Up Files / Restore Files] on the second page. Backup/Restore to USB Memory is used in the following cases.
4. Select [Back Up Files] > [File Storage Location], then [Hard Disk], and select [Start].
5. When the confirmation message: ’Are you sure you want to make a copy of the files and save them in the • Before replacing the HDD.
hard disk?’ is displayed, select [Yes]. The backup starts and the message: ’Backing up files to the hard • If the HDD replacement is still a few days away, backup the data and ask the customer to save it in their PC
disk...’ is displayed. as a safety precaution. (At this time, explain to the customer why the data is being backed up and that the
6. When the backup has completed successfully, the message: ’File backup operation has successfully CE is not allowed to take back the customer information. )
completed.’ is displayed. Select [Confirm]. Return to the ’Back Up Files / Restore Files’ menu screen. The Procedure D (Backup to USB memory)
backup will take approx. 2 to 5 minutes.
1. Turn OFF the machine, connect the USB Memory to the Fax Board, and then turn ON the machine.
7. Select [Close], [Exit (Clear Log)], [Yes] in order and the machine will automatically reboot.
This completes the backup operation. NOTE: As the Fax Cable is disconnected, the message ’A fault or an error has occurred. See User
Guide for information on fault code 016-214.’ will be displayed. (Reference message)
Upgrade the Firmware or perform other operations.
After the operation, go to the following to restore the backup data if needed. 2. Check that there are no jobs being executed or in the queue.
If the UI screen does not start up after the operation, restore by referring to ’Restore from HDD using spe- 3. Disconnect the Network Cable and the Fax line.
cial booting’. 4. Enter the UI Diag and select the ’System Settings’ tab -> [Common Service Settings] -> [Maintenance /
Diagnostics] -> [Back Up Files / Restore Files] on the second page.
5. Select [Back Up Files] >[File Storage Location], then [USB Memory], and select [Start].
Procedure B (Restore from HDD) 6. When the confirmation message: ’Are you sure you want to make a copy of the files and save them in the
1. Open the ’Job Status’ screen and check that there are no jobs being executed or in the queue. USB memory?’ is displayed, select [Yes]. The backup starts and the message: ’Backing up files to the
2. Disconnect the Network Cable and the Fax line. USB memory...’ is displayed. The backup will take approx. 5 to 7 minutes.
3. Enter the UI Diag and select the ’System Settings’ tab -> [Common Service Settings] -> [Maintenance / 7. When the backup has completed successfully, the message: ’File backup operation has successfully
Diagnostics] -> [Back Up Files / Restore Files] on the second page. completed. Switch off the machine power and wait until this screen disappears. Then pull out the USB
4. Select [Restore Backed Up Files] > [File Storage Location], then [Hard Disk], and select [Start]. memory.’ is displayed. Turn OFF the machine.
5. When the confirmation message: ’Are you sure you want to restore the backed up files from the hard 8. Disconnect the USB Memory and connect the Fax Cable.
disk?’ is displayed, select [Yes] to start the restoration. At this time, the following message will be dis- 9. If necessary, copy the whole ’backup’ directory into the customer’s PC and request that they keep it safe.
played. After that, delete the backup data that is stored in the USB Memory.
Restoring backed up files from the hard disk... If the UI screen does not start up after the operation, restore by referring to ’Restore from USB Memory using
The machine will reboot automatically after the files have been restored. special booting’.
The software will be upgraded after the reboot.
Procedure E (Restore from USB Memory)
Do not switch off the power until the default screen is displayed.
1. Turn OFF the machine, connect the USB Memory to the Fax Board, and then turn ON the machine.
6. When the restore has completed successfully, the machine will reboot and then enter the Download
Mode. The screen at this time will display ’Download Mode’ just like when downloading the Firmware via 2. Open the ’Job Status’ screen and check that there are no jobs being executed or in the queue.
Port9100/USB connection. 3. Disconnect the Network Cable and the Fax line.
7. When the process has completed successfully, the machine reboots automatically. 4. Enter the UI Diag and select the ’System Settings’ tab -> [Common Service Settings] -> [Maintenance /
Diagnostics] -> [Back Up Files / Restore Files] on the second page.
5. Select [Restore Backed Up Files] > [File Storage Location], then [USB Memory], and select [Start].
Procedure C (Restore from HDD using special booting) 6. When the confirmation message: ’Are you sure you want to restore the backed up files from the USB
1. Turn OFF the machine. memory?’ is displayed, select [Yes]. The restore starts and the following message is displayed.
2. Turn on the main power while pressing and holding [Power Saver] + [Stop] + [5]. Restoring backed up files from the USB memory...
3. The restore process will then run automatically, ’HDD Initialization, Restore HDD Settings, Restore NVM The machine will reboot automatically after the files have been restored.
Setting Data’ are performed, and the machine reboots automatically once the process is completed. The software will be upgraded after the reboot.
4. Next, the Firmware download starts and the machine reboots automatically after it has completed. Do not switch off the power until the default screen is displayed.
5. Verify that the machine has been restored to its original state and that copying is possible. 7. The restore process will complete in approx 4 minutes, after which the machine will automatically reboot
and enter the Download Mode. The screen at this time will display ’Download Mode’ just like when down-
loading the Firmware via Port9100/USB connection.
Procedure G (Cloning)
Purpose
Although this is not a CE function, this can reduce the environmental settings workload when performing a
mass-installation service. It is also a useful backup/restore function that a customer can use.
1. Designate one machine as the master device and perform settings as normal via ’Control Panel/CWIS,’
etc. Check the settings under Network Settings > Enable Port. (This section cannot be copied)
2. Perform network settings for the target clone machine according to the ’Installation Order’. (IP Address,
Subnet Mask, and Gateway Address)
3. At the master device, perform the same Network Settings > Enable Port settings as those in the target
clone machine. If there are any differences, the related settings will not be not cloned.
4. From the client, connect to the master device via CWIS.
5. Select [Properties] tab > General Setup > Cloning. (Figure 3)
Figure 1 j0